MASTER NEGATIVE 
 
 NO. 93-81335-21 
 
MICROFILMED 1993 
 COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK 
 
 as part of the 
 "Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Project" 
 
 Funded by the 
 NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES 
 
 Reproductions may not be made without permission from 
 
 Columbia University Library 
 
COPYRIGHT STATEMENT 
 
 The copyright law of the United States - Title 17, United 
 States Code - concerns the making of photocopies or 
 other reproductions of copyrighted material. 
 
 Under certain conditions specified in the law, libraries and 
 archives are authorized to furnish a photocopy or other 
 reproduction. One of these specified conditions is that the 
 photocopy or other reproduction is not to be "used for any 
 purpose other than private study, scholarship, or 
 research." If a user makes a request for, or later uses, a 
 photocopy or reproduction for purposes in excess of "fair 
 use," that user may be liable for copyright infringement. 
 
 This institution reserves the right to refuse to accept a 
 copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order 
 would involve violation of the copyright law. 
 
A UTHOR: 
 
 HARPER, WILLIAM 
 RAINEY 
 
 TITLE: 
 
 AN INDUCTIVE GREEK 
 METHOD 
 
 PLACE: 
 
 NEW YORK 
 
 DA TE: 
 
 [1888] 
 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
 PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Master Negative U 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET 
 
 Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record 
 
 Restrictions on Use: 
 
 887 .82 
 
 H23 
 
 f 
 
 ■HMaahnaMsM** 
 
 ^1 
 
 Harper, William Rainey, 1856-1906. 
 
 An inductive Greek method, by William R. Harper ... 
 and William E. Waters ... New York and Chicago,* Ivi- 
 son, Blakeman, and company (^^1888] 
 
 1 
 
 viii p., 2 1., il3j-355 p. 18^ 
 
 cm 
 
 1. Gree k language— Composition and exercises. i. Waters, William 
 Everett, 1856-|<^;»| joint author. 
 
 Library of Congress 
 © 1889 : 24388 
 
 'Kj 
 
 PA2S8.H4S 1888 
 
 10-241S9t 
 
 J 
 
 TECHNICAL MICROFORM DATA 
 
 FILM SIZE:^ >S^^ ^^__ REDUCTION RATIO: /^ 
 
 IMAGE PLACEMENT: lA (UA^ IB IIB '^~ 
 
 DATE FILMED:,. V.-_2:ii::c53 INITIALS flJ_^ 
 
 HLMEDBY: RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS. INC WOODDRIDGF.^ 
 
|Mt*^« •. AaMaatAa^aaao' • * ' • < 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC IRREGULARITIES 
 
 MAIN 
 ENTRY: 
 
 z Ucirp^r. {/Jiilici^n RtJ^Jh^V , . 
 
 Bibliographic Irregularities in the Original Documgnt 
 List volumes and pages affected; include name of institution if filming borrowed text. 
 
 Page(s) missing/ not available:. 
 
 .Volumes(s) missing/not available:. 
 
 j^Illegible and/or damaged page(s): Q. QO'5'O 
 
 Page(s) or volumes(s) misnumbered: 
 Bound out of sequence:__ 
 
 .Page(s) or illustration(s) filmed from copy borrowed from: Li'tr^r/ 
 of g/>»iV4| ColU^^ 
 
 Other: 
 
FILMED IN WHOLE 
 
 OR PART FROM A 
 
 COPY BORROWED 
 FROM LIB R AR Y OF 
 ELMIRA COLLEGE 
 
c 
 
 Association for Information and image Management 
 
 1100 Wayne Avenue, Suite 1100. 
 Silver Spring, Maryland 20910 
 
 301/587-8202 
 
 Centimeter 
 
 12 3 4 
 
 UiJ 
 
 I r 
 
 mJmHmjM^^ 
 
 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 
 
 rrr 
 
 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 mm 
 
 iliiiiliiiilmilmJiiiiliiiiliiiiliiiiliiiil^ ijj 
 
 Inches 
 
 iiliiiiiiiiiliiiiliiiiliiiiliiiiliiiiiiiiiliiiiiiiiiliiiiii 
 
 I M I I I I I I I M I I I I I M M 
 
 .0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 1^ 2.8 
 
 2.5 
 
 >6 3.2 
 ^ 3.6 
 
 2.2 
 
 no 
 
 lllll 4.0 
 
 2.0 
 
 
 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 
 
 I TT 
 
 W] 
 
 MflNUFfiCTURED TO flllM STflNDflRDS 
 BY fiPPLIED IMnCE. INC. 
 
,'^, Ifr'll,™. ' ■ 
 
 
 urn 
 
 
 
 
 *ri * ' 
 
 
 Oif" > t 
 
 
 =^^', 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 ^..f ^ ■ 
 
 wV 
 
 r.'2^-» 
 
 V'"'^ 
 
 It;!'* I *; 
 
 p*«j. 
 
 
 
 
 
 r '. 
 
 'tf' 
 
 
 f: ! 
 
 !-• 
 
 
 .■5 
 
 
 
 
 A:4-^,'-i 
 
SS7.s^ 
 
 wz^ 
 
 Columbia ^oUc^t 
 in thi? ®ltir of $l^nt Hork 
 
 
 GIVEN BY 
 
 PiYn. "Book 
 
 
 ■1 
 
 ••A 
 
 3» 
 
 
 • I ' 
 
 !!' 
 
\ 
 
AN INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD 
 
♦I 
 
 AN INDUCTIVE 
 
 GEEEK METHOD 
 
 BY 
 
 WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. 
 
 PROFESSOR IN YALE UNIVERSITY 
 
 AND 
 
 WILLIAM E. WATERS, Ph.D. 
 
 CINCINNATI, OHIO 
 
 NEW YORK • : • CINCINNATI • : • CHICAGO 
 
 AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 
 
Copyright, 1888, 
 Bt Ivison, Blakeman, and Company. 
 
 i! 
 
 [printed b^ 
 
 JMm. Ifvison 
 
 mew ^ovK T^* S* B. 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 There is clearly no demand for a new Introductory Greek 
 book, unless it is one which differs essentially from those which 
 are already in use. The score or more of methods which have 
 appeared in this country are constructed according to the same 
 idea. Though many of them are scholarly and progressive, all 
 are merely companions to the grammar, and not guides to the 
 language. 
 
 The existence of so many '' methods " indicates a feeling that, 
 thus far, an entirely satisfactory introductory book has not been 
 found. If anything additional were needed to justify the exist- 
 once of tliis feeling, it would be found in the lack of interest 
 which characterizes the average student of Greek, and in the 
 confessedly small results accomplished in college. 
 
 The method presented in this book claims to overcome both 
 of these difliculties. It will arouse enthusiasm; it will increase 
 results. It is not supposed that this claim will be accepted until 
 the merits of the method have been tested in the class-room, but 
 the following outline of the^/*^/?i of work which it advocates may, 
 perhaps, show the value of the principles on which the claim is 
 based. 
 
 1. A sentence of the original text, or part of a sentence (in 
 later work, even a section), is placed before the pupil. The pro- 
 nunciation and exact translation of each word are furnished him. 
 By the aid which the teacher gives him in advance, and with the 
 material given in the book, he thoroughh^ masters the words and 
 
 cc 
 
 17«()I)1 
 
VI 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 phrases of this sentence or section. His knowledge is tested by 
 requiring him to recite or write the Greek sentence with only 
 the translation before his e^^e. 
 
 2. In connection with this mastery of the words and i>hrases 
 of the sentence assigned, the pupil re:ids and digests the contents 
 of the ''Notes" on these words. This study accomplishes two 
 things, — first, the careful examination of each remark, with its 
 application to the work in hand, aids in fixing more firmly in 
 mind the word sought to be mastered ; second, grammatical ma- 
 terial from the very beginning is being collected. 
 
 3. The " Text " and " Notes " having been learned, the next 
 step is one of a more general character. Out of the material 
 which has thus far been mastered, those principles which are of 
 most importance, and which the pupil himself will be most likely 
 to recognize, are jwinted out under the head of '^ Observations." 
 The pu])il may be brought to see these points himself before 
 having his attention called to them in the Lesson. 
 
 4. The grammatical material obtained in the Lesson is now 
 systematized and arranged with reference to the two leading 
 grammars. This not only furnishes a review of what already 
 has been done, but also enables the pupil to see the connection 
 of each new fact or principle with the others to which it stands 
 related. 
 
 5. The words of the sentence or section are now separated 
 from their context and placed in alphabetical order. Thus sepa- 
 rated, they form the basis of additional study. In some cases 
 words similar in form and meaning to familiar English words 
 are inserted in order to allow a greater variety in the exercise. 
 
 6. Li order to prevent the memorizing of the Greek text 
 without a clear idea of the force of each word, to impress more 
 firmly on the mind the words and phrases of the text, and to 
 drill the pupil in pro.se composition, " Exercises," Greek into 
 English and English into Greek, are given. These are always 
 based upon the sentence or section which furnishes the basis of 
 the L<»j«son. Prose comj»osition taught in this manner ceases 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 711 
 
 to be dreaded by the pupil, and becomes, indeed, a source of 
 delight. 
 
 7. Once more the leading points of the entire Less;on, whether 
 suggested in the ^' Notes," the " Observations," or the " Gram- 
 mar Lesson," come up for consideration under the head of 
 ^' Topics for Study." Upon each topic the student is expected 
 to make a statement of what he knows (not of what has been 
 said in the book). If his statement is not sufficiently full, it 
 will be criticised by the class. 
 
 From this outline the idea of the method will be apparent. It 
 proposes, first, to gain an accurate and thorough knowledge of 
 some of the facts of the language ; second, to learn from these 
 facts the principles which they illustrate, and by which they are 
 regulated ; third, to apply these principles in the further progress 
 of the work. A few words in explanation of this statement are 
 needed. 
 
 1. The method employed is inductive, and yet a slight depart- 
 ure is made at times to allow a more complete treatment of a 
 subject, in order to elucidate some detail of which an example 
 has not occurred. 
 
 2. The term "facts," as used, includes data from every source. 
 Special emphasis is laid upon the collecting of facts from the liv- 
 ing page of the original text ; but paradigms and vocabularies are 
 also to be used for this purpose. 
 
 3. It is not to be supposed that a long time must elapse be- 
 fore the beginner is ready to take hold of principles. As a 
 matter of fact, he is taught important princii)les, and that, too, 
 inductively, during the first hour's work. The three processes 
 are all the while going on together. He is increasing the store 
 of facts at his commaud, learning from the facts thus acquired 
 new principles, and applying these principles to the new forms 
 continually coming to his notice. 
 
 4. The memorizing of the facts of a language before a knowl- 
 edge of the principles has been acquired is, indeed, a piece of 
 drudgery, and yet not so great as is the memorizing of grammar 
 
Vlll 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 without a knowledge of the facts. Kor will it long remain 
 drudger}' ; for very soon the student begins to see analogies, and 
 to compare this word with that, and, in short, to make his own 
 grammar. 
 
 The Lessons cover Book I. of Xenophon's Anabasis, and in- 
 clude a formal study of almost every portion of the grammar. 
 Special attention is given to review, lessons for the purpose be- 
 ing frequently inserted. Some additional items of interest to 
 teachers will be found elsewhere. 
 
 To Professor W. R. Crabbe, of Shadyside Academy, Pitts- 
 burgh, the authors are under obligation for his kindness in con- 
 senting to examine the proof-sheets, and for the very valuable 
 suggestions and criticisms which have been received from him. 
 
 The List of Words arranged in the order of their first oc- 
 currence has been prepared by Professor James Wallace, of 
 Macalister College, IVIiun., who is engaged in the preparation 
 of a second book upon the Anabasis to accompany the present 
 volume. 
 
 Suggestions, corrections, and criticisms v/ill gladly be received, 
 and in each case proper acknowledgment will be made. It is 
 the hope of those engaged in the preparation of this method, 
 that by its publication a greater interest in the study of the 
 Greek language may be awakened. 
 
 WILLIAM R. HARPER, 
 WILLIAM E. WATERS. 
 
 Adgdst 18, 1888. 
 
 SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS. 
 
 1. Use twenty minutes of every hour in explaining to tlie class the new 
 points of the advance-lesson ; and in no case ask a class to prepare a lesson 
 which has not thus been explained. 
 
 2. Do not fail to rei^uire tlie pupil so to master the text that, with the Eng- 
 lish translation before his eye, he can repeat or write the original with accu- 
 racy and without hesitation ; and with every advance-lesson let the text of 
 the ten or twelve preceding lessons be reviewed. 
 
 3. Let every point referred to in the " Notes " be called up in one form or 
 another in the class-room. 
 
 4. In teaching the "Observ?ttions," let the words or phrases which serve as 
 the basis of the "Observations" be written upon the board. 
 
 5. Insist upon tlie tliorough mastery of the " Vocabularies," not only from 
 the Greek into English, but also from the English into Greek. 
 
 6. In the translation of the English sentences into Greek, the following 
 order is suggested: (1) The pupil will write the exercise in a blank-book ; 
 (2) He will coi)y it upon the blackboaid ; (3) The instructor will read and 
 correct the work on the board, the i)ui)il at the same time incorporating the 
 corrections in his blank book ; (4) The instructor will examine the book and 
 mark all words which contain an error ; (.5) Tlie pupil will take the book and 
 correct all words so marked. To carry out this plan two blank books are 
 re(]uired. 
 
 7. The Review lessons are very important, and should be dwelt upon until 
 thoroughly mastered. 
 
 8. Much time can be saved and much good accomplished by having the 
 class do a portion of the woik in concert. This is especially helpful in repro- 
 ducing the original text from the English translation and in reviewing the 
 *• English Exercises into Greek." 
 
 9. It is unnecessary, indeed harmful, to tell the pupil everything that may 
 be said concerning a word or form, when it first occuis. Nor should one feel 
 obliged, when a general statement is made concerning a given point, to indi- 
 cate all the exceptions which exist. 
 
 10. Recpiire the mastery of the paradigms, but not merely that they may 
 be recited by rote. The pupil should study and compare them, with a view 
 to ascertaining the principles in accordance with which they are constructed. 
 As paradigms are commonly studied, they work more injury than benelit. 
 
 11. Introduce conversation in (Jreek upon the text if possible ; it relieves 
 the monotony of a recitation ; it fixes the text more firmly in mind ; it 
 teaches the })U])il to think in the language which he is studying. Every 
 teacher knows the common stock of interrogative words and phrases, or can 
 get them from a graniinar. 
 
 12. It is not supposed that an ordinaiy class will learn one lesson a day. 
 If the seventy l(\ssons can be covered in one hundred or one hundred and 
 twenty recitations, the pi-o-'ress should be regaixlcd as satisfactory. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Page 
 Preface y 
 
 Suggestions to Teachers i% 
 
 Lessons L-LXXII . 13-226 
 
 Text op Anabasis Book 1 227-277 
 
 A Literal Translation of Chapters I.-III 279-288 
 
 A Free Translation of Chapters I -II 289-294 
 
 Words of Anabasis Book I. in orokr of Fikst Occur- 
 rence 295-327 
 
 Vocabulary 329-355 
 
) 
 
 . \ 
 
 1 
 
 » 
 
 I 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON I. 
 
 ANABASIS, I. I. 1. 
 
 Note. — In studying the " Text " and « Notes " the pupil will observe 
 the following suggestions : — 
 
 (1) Take up first the word Aa-pei-ov, and notice the form of each 
 letter, the marks of accent, the transliteration given below it, the number 
 of syllables, and the translation. After reading carefullv what is said 
 about it in Note 1, (a), (b), (c), copy it on paper two or three times, 
 each time pronouncing it aloud ; write it from memory two or three 
 times, comparing the result with the printed form; pronounce it (always 
 aloud) until it can be uttered without hesitation, and in pronouncing 
 associate the meaning with the sound. 
 
 (2) Treat in the same manner the remaining words of the lesson, but 
 in no case take up a new word until the word preceding it has been 
 thoroughly mastered. 
 
 (3) Having mastered the words separately, study the sentence as a 
 whole, pronouncing the Greek, and writing it out from the English 
 translation (p. 279). 
 
 (4) Understand from the beginning that every sentence of the Greek 
 text is to be 'mastered. Nothing short of absolute mastery will answer 
 the purpose. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 [For the first few lessons the words will be divided into syllables, to 
 facilitate reading.] 
 
 Ad'peL-ov Kai na-/9i;-crd-rt-So9 yl-yvov-rai 7raL-Se<; 
 Da-rei-ou kai Pa-ry-sa-ti-dos gi-gnon-tai pai-des 
 Of-Dcurius and of-Parysatis are-horn hoys 
 
14 
 
 INDUCTIVE GllEEIv METHOD. 
 
 u-0, 7rpe-(rpv'T€-po<; fxeu Ap-ra-gep-gq^;, ve-cj-Te-pof; 
 dy-0, pre-sby-te-ros men Ar-ta-xer-xes, ne-6-te-ros 
 
 two 
 
 elder 
 
 indeed Artaxerxes. 
 
 younger 
 
 81 Ku-po9. 
 de Cy-ros. 
 
 however Cyrus. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. Ad-p(i-ov, of Darius : (a) three vowel sounds : a = a in father, 
 €1 = ei in piiie, ov = ow in uncouth ; (b) the mark (') over the second 
 syllable from the end, or penult, is the acute accent, indicating where the 
 vocal stress is to be laid ; ^ (c) ending ov indicates gen. sing. 
 
 2. Kali and: (a) one vowel sound, = ai in aisle; (6) the mark f) 
 drawn from left to right is called the grave accent^ indicating an absence 
 of vocal stress. 
 
 3. Uapva-arlb'Oi of Parijsatis : (a) five vowel sounds : a = a in art^ 
 v = ?/, made by placing the lips for 00 in moot and sounding ee in thee 
 (like the Germ. ?V), i = iin pit, = in obey; (6) two characters, a 
 and s for s, tlie latter being used at the end of the word ; (c) end. as 
 indicates gen. sing.; cf. also ov in Aapelov. 
 
 4. ylyvuvrai, (they) are born ; for yi-ycu-ovrai cf. gen-esis, birth, creation : 
 (a)y = g in give; (6) vt indicates 3d plur. , they; cf. Lat. incolu-nt ; 
 (c) mm indicates 3d plur. pass., cf. naacu-ntur. 
 
 5. 7roiS-4s, boys ; cf. Eng. ped-agogue : (a) two vowel sounds : ai = ai 
 in aisle, c = e in met; €$• = es in yes, never ez; (b) the accent (") over the 
 penult is called circumflex, practically the Simie as the acute so far as 
 concerns pronunciation ; (c) cf. Aapdov and note that either the acute 
 or the circumflex accent may stand over the penult ; and that when a 
 diphthong is accented, the mark is over the second vowel; (</) end. 
 €ff indicates nom. plur., cf Lat. honor-ea, Eng. hox-es, 
 
 6. 8v6, two ; Lat. duo. 
 
 7. Trpe-a^v-Tf-pos, elder; cf. presbyter, presbyterian : (re) end. of (Lat. 
 us as in servus) indicates nom. sing, masc; but note different use of the 
 
 1 In reality the acute accent indicated a higher pitch of the voice. The matter 
 of accent is, however, no more important than that of quantity ; the pupil should 
 never fail to give to long vowels and diphthon^js their full, complete value. 
 
 LESSON T. 
 
 15 
 
 same end. in UapvcruTidos (3 c); (b) cf. place of accent in this and the 
 preceding words, and note that the accent does not go before the third 
 syllable from the end, or antepenult. 
 
 8. p€v, on the one hand, indeed: followed immediately by another 
 word, hence p€v, not pev ; cf. koi (2 b). 
 
 9. *Apra^€/j£iis, Artaxerxes : (a) ^ = x in exert, ks in barks ; (b) r} = ey 
 in prey ; (c) two e characters : «=i e in met, rj = ey in prey; (d) end. rjs 
 indicates nom. sing, mas., cf. similar use of os in npfo-^vrfpos (7 a). 
 
 10. Picorepos, younger: (a) one new vowel : o), = in prone ; (6) two 
 characters, — = in obey, o) = in prone ; cf. napvadridos, yiyvow 
 T(u, np€a^uT€pos ; ('■) note that the accent over the antepenult is the 
 acute ; (</) os indicates nom. sing, mas., cf npfa^vTepos (7 a). 
 
 11. dif on the other hand, but : (a) in contrast with pev, indeed ; 
 (b) why de and not Be ? see 8. 
 
 12. Kvposy Cyrus: the accent over the penult is circumflex, cf nal- 
 Bes (5 6) ; note that in these two words the circumflex stands over a full 
 vowel sound (a long vowel or a diphthong). 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The vowels in this lesson are : A a, f, /;, t, o, v, « ; the diphthongs : 
 
 at, ei, ov. 
 
 2. The consonants are : /3, y, A 5, K k, p, v, ^, U ir, p, cr s, r. 
 
 3. To be carefully distinguished are e and rj, o and q>. 
 
 4. o- stands for the s-sound except at the end of words. 
 
 5. The three kinds of accent are, acute, grave, and circumflex. 
 
 6. The acute stands over one of the last three syllables. 
 
 7. The acute or circumflex may stand over the penult. 
 
 8. The circumflex stands only over long vowels or diphthongs ; while 
 the acute stands over short and long. 
 
 9. Kai, pev, he become Kcii, pev, be (grave accent) when words imme- 
 diately follow in the same clause. 
 
 10. -ov indicates gen. sing., so also -09 in some nouns (like is in Lat. 
 honor -i&, of honor) ; but -o? also indicates nom. sing, (like us in Lat. 
 servus, a slave). 
 
 11. Ending -ey indicates nom. plural. 
 
 12. In Greek, as in Latin, there are different declensions, and the 
 same ending may have different uses. 
 
 13. pev , , , he indicate a contrast ; they do not stand first in their 
 clauses. 
 
16 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. ytyvovraif they are born, 
 
 2. ylyvfTuit he is born. 
 
 3. dvo, two. 
 
 4. dc, buty on the other hand. 
 6. Kaif and. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 G. fxtvj indeed, on the one hand. 
 
 7. vf(i>T(posy younger. 
 
 8. TTatfiff, boijs. 
 
 9. 7rp((r^uT€poSf older* 
 
 1. Translate : (a) ^ Kai ^Apra^ep^rjs ylyverai. (Ji) Avo be naides yi- 
 yvovrai. (c) Kupoy /xev napi;(rdriSoff ylyi/crai. ((/) rtyi'oi/Tat §€ tratSff 
 Ilapva-dTcbns /cat Aapeiov. (e) riyverai 6c. (/) Fiyi/oi/rat Sf TraiSty dvo. 
 
 2. Translate: (a) He is born. (6) Artaxerxes indeed is born. 
 
 (c) But Artaxerxes and Cyrus are born of Darius and Parysatis. 
 
 (d) Cyrus indeed [was] younger, Artaxerxes, however, [was] older. 
 («) And two boys are born. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Endings -ou, -o?, -€s. 2. Place of the accent for diphthongs. 3. Use 
 of grave accent for the acute. 4. End. -vt, -vrai. 5. Sound of vowel v. 
 6. Long and short e and o sounds. 7. Uses of s and a. 8. Use of fie'u 
 and Se. 9. Accent of the antepenult, of the penult. 10. Length of 
 vowel over which the circumflex stands. 
 
 LESSON II. 
 ANABASIS I. I. 1. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 [In the study of the *' text '* and " notes," follow closely the directions 
 given with Lesson I.] 
 
 €-7r€t Se rj-(T0€'V€i Adpeio? /cat v-TTcjir-Tev-e 
 e-pei de e-sthe-nei Dareios kai hy-p6p-teu-e 
 When however was-sick Darius and was-suspecting 
 
 1 Be prepared to pronounce these Greek exercises in the class room. This 
 direction applies to subsequent exercises also. 
 
 LESSON n. 
 
 te-Ieu-ten tou 
 
 an-end of-ihe 
 
 17 
 
 fiC'Ov, i-/3ov'\e-To TO) Trat-Se 
 bi-ou, e-bou-le-to to pai-de 
 
 (o/yiife, lie-waS'Wishing the-two two-boys 
 
 a/z,-(^o-r€-yoct> Trap-ei-vai, 
 am-pho-te-ro par-ei-nai. 
 Outk tO'he-present. 
 
 Note that the quantities of «, i?, o, w, are no longer indicated. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. cVf /, when : (a) becomes tV^i when followed immediately by 
 another word ; (b) « = i in pine, cf. Aapelov I.^ N. 1. 
 
 2. 5e', but : cf. peVf 5e' I. N. 8, 11 ; note that these words do not stand 
 first in their clauses. Of. Lat. cum autem, but when. 
 
 3. Aapdos, Darius: (a) end. -os indicates nom. sing., cf. us in Lat. 
 servus ; (6) -s is case end. nom., o- being the stem end. ; in Greek as 
 in Latin, nouns whose stem ends in o belong to the o, or 2d, declens. ; 
 (r) .f. Aapdov, naiSfs f. N. 1 and 5; note, when the penult has the cir- 
 cumHex accent, the ultima is short. 
 
 4. ijfT^ci/ci, (he) was sick : (a) 6 = th in thin ; (h) from aaOeve-a, I am 
 sick; (c) initial d has been lengthened or augmented to 77, e; (d) this 
 augment of a short initial vowel to a long one increases the time of pro- 
 nouncing it ; such augment is called a temporal augment ; (e) -€i is a 
 contraction of e-e. 
 
 5. ■iJ'ir-wnT€u-€, he was suspecting : (a) the apostrophe mark turning to 
 the right is written with an initial vowel to indicate that it is pronounced 
 with an introductory h sound ; it is called the rough breathing; turning 
 to the lefty it indicates that the vowel is not thus pronounced, and is 
 called the smooth breathing, cf. eVft, rjadevei; (6) fv = eu in feud; (c) from 
 vrT-oTTTfv-ta, I suspect; (d) vvr shortened from vtto, hypo, is a prepositional 
 prefix ; cf. sub in suspicio, / look under, suspect ; (e) o has been aug- 
 mented to o) ; this augment of a short initial vowel to a long one in- 
 creases the tiine of pronouncing it, and is called temporal augment, cf rj 
 in Tjo-diPfi (4 c, d) ; (/) -e indicates 3d sing. ; cf. ei in rjadhti (=€-€). 
 
 1 This and similar references are to preceding Lessons. 
 
 2 
 
i 
 
 18 
 
 IXDLXTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 ii i 
 
 I 
 
 6. TfXevTTj-v, end: (<() noni. rfXtwrj ; (/>) -17 is here the stem end., just 
 as o in AapflnSf Al^jfiov ; ( ) as iiouus whose stem ends in belong to 
 the 0, or 2d, decl. in both Greek and Latin, so tliose whose stem ends 
 in T) (in Lat. a) belong to the a, or 1st, decl. ; {d) end. 'p indicates ace. 
 sing., cf. -m in Lat. mensa-m. 
 
 7. roi", 0/ the: (<) the en<l. -ou as in Aapciov indicates gen. sing.; 
 (6) in -ov note stem end. o, which indicates 2d decl. 
 
 8. jSibv, of life ; cf. bio-lofjy, bio-(jraphtj : (a) ending -ov indicates gen. 
 sing. 2d decl., cf. tov, Aapetov ; (6) gen. Aapttov, nom. Aapclos ; gen. 
 [iiov, nom. ^ios. 
 
 9. «-^oi^X-€To, he was wishing: (a) from ^i>v\-o^a\,, I wish ; Lat. vol-o ; 
 (J>) the syllable c- is an augment ; since it makes an additional syllable 
 it is called the syllabic augment^ cf ijrr^tWt, vTnarrrcvf ; note that the 
 augment indicates past time; (c) end. -ero^ indicates 3d sing, passive, 
 cf. active end. -f in i/TrcoTrreu-f, rjoBevei. 
 
 10. Tii), the two : this form of the art., indicating two, is dual ; cf. 
 singular, plural. 
 
 11. TTatSc, two boys : (a) end. -f also indicates dual number ; (b) cf. 
 Aapftov, TrmSfs', Kupos, Aapdns ; note, when the penult has the circumflex 
 accent the ultima is short, cf. 3 r. 
 
 12. iip(f)0T(pia, both; Lat. ambo : end. a> indicates dual number, cf, 
 
 13. 7rap-(7vai, to be present: (a) nap, for rropi, prepos. prefix, by the 
 side of present; cf. par-allel ; (b) accent circumflex over the penult, cf. 
 nal^e (11 b) ; as regards accent the final at is treated as short. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS, 
 
 1. Two new consonants, and X ; new diphthong, fv. 
 
 2. A breathing is placed over every initial vowel or diphthong. 
 
 3. The Greek has two breathings, called rough and smooth. 
 
 4. The Greek has a definite article, but no indefinite article. 
 
 5. The augment indicates i)ast time ; there are two kinds, temporal 
 and syllabic. 
 
 6. Endings -f (active) and -fro (passive) indicate 3d sing, past 
 time. 
 
 1 This passive ending does not make the meaning of ^ouAo/xot passive ; the sub- 
 ject of deponents is reserved for a later lesson. 
 
 
 LESSON IL 
 
 19 
 
 7. With verbs having prepositional prefix, the augment comes be- 
 tween prefix and verb. 
 
 8. The Greek has a dual number. 
 
 9. Ending -v indicates accus. sing. 
 
 10. Final -at treated as short so far as regards accent. 
 
 11. When the penult has the circumflex accent, the ultima is short. 
 
 12. f'€ contracts to et. 
 
 \/ 13. p.tv and §€ do not stand first in their clauses. 
 
 r 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Breathings 
 
 2. Accent * 
 
 3. Augment 
 
 4. Number 
 
 H. 17. 
 
 H. 96 and a, 99, 100 
 a and b, 102, a, 108. 
 H. 354, 355, 356, 
 
 360 
 H. 123. 
 
 G. 4. 
 
 G. 21, 22 N. 1, 23. 
 
 G. 99 a and 6, 100,105. 
 
 G. 33. 
 
 6. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. apC^oripui, boUi. 
 
 2. aaBevi'Oi, I am sick. 
 "» /Sioy, life. 
 
 '- . /3ovX-o/xat, / wish. 
 
 5. fVe/, V)he7i. 
 
 6. 7raiS-f, two boys. 
 
 7. irapci, beside. 
 
 8. nap-elvai, to be present, 
 
 9. TeXevTTj, end. 
 
 10. TOV, of tJie (masc sing.). 
 
 11. Tft), the two. 
 
 12. vTro, under. 
 
 13. {nr-oTTTfvu}, I suspect. 
 
 14. TTott-o), Invoice. 
 
 Present. 
 
 ^ovXopxit,^ I wish. . 
 ylyvopai, I am born. 
 
 ^ovXfrat, he wishes. 
 ylyvfTaLy he is bom. 
 
 ^ovXovrai, they wish. 
 yiypovTai, they are born. 
 
 1 The pupil meeting the word ozytone in the grammar will understand by it 
 accented acute on tlie last syllable. 
 
 * Remember that this word, thougli passive in form, is active in signification. 
 
 C' 
 
20 
 
 INDL'CTIVE GllEEIv METHOD. 
 
 Impkukkct. 
 
 e/3ovXfro, he was loishiiuj. 
 eytyufTOf he irax horn. 
 
 f^ovXoin-u, they were wishing. 
 iyiyvovTOy they were born. 
 
 a. KXKUCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : {a) 'V.k(\ (^c iylyvoxTo •nalhf^ hvo. (b) Tf\(vTf)v Tin lilnv 
 fiijvXofxai,. (c) Btov T(\(VTtj. ((/) II(j/>(If(U to) 7r«I5f f/i^ouXfTo. {() Kai 
 T)a6€V€i*ApTa^cfj^T]s. (/) iVyfo/zni 5e Aapdov. (y) 'YnonTiCo} T(\fvTt)v toO 
 ^iov Kvpov. (A) 'E^ovXfTo, vTrcorrrfuf, r)adiviiy (ttoUi. (Explain each aug- 
 ment and personal ending.) 
 
 2. Translate : (a) IJut when tlicy wished to he present, Darius was 
 sick, (b) And Dariu^3 suspected [the] entl of his (= of the) lile to he 
 near (= present), (c) I wish the two hoys to be present, (d) Cyrus 
 indeed is horn of Parysatis. (c) But when I suspect an end of life, I 
 wish my two (= thc-two) boys (= two-hoys) to he present. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. riace of the augment. 2. The augment and prepositional prefix. 
 3. Terms aiujnxcnt, syllabic avymod, tanqwrid augment. \. Number. 
 5. Augment of «, o. G. Contraction of e-f. 7. Noun endings -or, -»/, -ov, 
 oiy -€. 8. The marks * and *. 9. The verb endings -n-^aij -(-Tat, -o-i/rat, 
 -€'TOy 'o-vTOi -€ ; which belong to the present tense I 10. Position of fieV 
 and 5(. 11. Meaning of o;<:*/fo«(j. 
 
 LESSON III. 
 ANA1^>ASTS 1. I. 2. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 [Easy words are no longer divided into syllables.] 
 
 jK,e^' ovj/ 7Tpea/3vT€pos Trapcov 
 
 men ouii presbyteros parun 
 
 hcing-2)rcsent 
 
 o 
 
 ho 
 
 The oii'tlLC'OnC'hand 
 
 now 
 
 eld 
 
 cr 
 
 LESSON III. 
 
 21 
 
 i-Tvy-X^'Ve- Kvpov Se /x€-Ta-7re>-7r€-rat ano tt^9 
 e-tyiig-cha-ne • Cyron de ine-ta-peiii-pe-tai apo IGs 
 
 happened; Vt/nf.i however he-send s-a/ter from the 
 
 2, 
 
 T 
 
 7]<; 
 
 oiRXV"^ t;? avTOP aa-Tpa-TTrju e-TTOtr^-o-e. 
 
 ardicH 1h"m .'miIom sa-ini-in'Mi o-poin-se. 
 
 government of-whirJi him mirap hr-i^hadj-madr. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. 6, ho, the: 00 tbe article, nom. sing. masc. ; what is the genitive? 
 (6) 6 has no accent ; it is read as if part of the following word. 
 
 2. /xcV, indeed, on the one hand: cf. nptirf-iCTfitni fiev 'Apr. I.; fitv 
 stands second in its clause cr sentence ; cf. be II. 
 
 3. o^u, accordingly, now (h>gical, not temporal): the circumflex accent 
 stands over the breathing when they arc written together ; on accented 
 
 diphthongs, cf, Traifif? I. N- 5. 
 
 4. np€(T(ivT€fios : accent on the antepenult, cf Ilnpuo-artSoy, pewrfpoy, 
 vnwirrfvf, t^ovXero ; when the acute accent stands over the antepenult, the 
 
 final syllable is short. 
 
 5. Trap-o)./, being present : (a) nap for rrapa, prepositional prefix, by the 
 side of; cf nap-dvai II. N. 13 ; (/>) wu, participle, being: cf. tlvai. in irair 
 
 tlvai, to be present. 
 
 6. c-ruyxat^, (/<') happened: (a) \'vom rvyxav-o), I happen; (b) €-, syl- 
 labic augment ; if *>"^^'''"» 'V'^*'''" ^^' ^- ^ ' ('") X = '^'^ "» ^^'^^^^» [^'''' 
 -y;^ = 71(76 iu uuchor ; ('/) linal -e indi.at(;s 3<l sing., past tense ; rf vn^ 
 TTTfuf. h^eiv^i. 11. N. 5; 00 the English is " happened to be present," 
 the Greek, " hai)pened being ])resent." 
 
 7. Kxpov, Cyrus: end. n-v indicates accns. sing. 2d declension, cf. um 
 in Lat. aervum ; gen. and ace. sing, of /5io9 / 
 
 8. [iira-n(pn-(Tm, he .'iends after i"^ 00 *'^»" 7r(/x7ra), / send, with pre- 
 positional prefix perci, after; {b) on the accent, cf. npta^vrepos 4, and 
 irapfiiai II. N. 13 6. 
 
 1 He sends would really be 7r«>Tr-et, not Tre>7r-eTat; hut the ending -erat, thoTigh 
 a passive en<ling, may represent the actor as acting for his own benefit; thus, 
 TT/MTCTai, he is smt, or hr. sends for his oivn sak^ or benefit. This latter use is 
 technically calk<l tin* Mid<Ue Voice. 
 
 WU'^S 
 
 ^M 
 
 M 
 
 
 U- i^ 
 
 .* 
 
 
 '•'%■ 
 
 
 'tt^Jit^iv- 
 
mm/r 
 
 22 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 .9. aTToJrom, away from; cf. Lat. ab : (a) may be used as a prepo- 
 sitional prefix ; thus, dn-oyu, being axraij (ahsait) ; (h) what would dn- 
 (Ivai, dTTOTrffXTTOJ Dieau ? 
 
 10. TTis, of the: (a) -r;-? indicates foni. gen. sing 1st deck'iisioii ; 
 (b) cf. -oi', whicli indicates gen. «ing. M deidension. 
 
 11. «>x'>, of [the] province, government; if. Eng. an-archij, mnn-nrchj: 
 (a) noni. dpxfjy cf reXeur/;!/ If. N. 6 ; (A) genitive goveincdhv, or follow- 
 ing dno ; (c) cf -rjs in rf/f 10. 
 
 12. rV, of which: (u) fcni. gen. sing., cf r^js, dpxfji ; (b) correspond- 
 ing niasculini! form is or, (/. tov, Adpuov. 
 
 13. avrov, him: (a) -o-v indicates masc. sing. ace. 2d <leclension, 
 cf. Kvpov 7. 
 
 14. iraTimjrtjv,s„/rnp:'^ ace. sing.; cf rrXevriji', 1st dcrlcnsimi, filnu, 
 2d declension ; tlie ace. sing, ist and iM declensions ends in ,.. Cf Lat. 
 mensa-m, servu-m. 
 
 15. i-7roirj-a--i, he made, had made: (a) oi = oi in oil; (b) from 
 TTote'-w, / make, cf English poet; (c) note the augment, the ending -€, 
 the verl) stem Troif, and that o- has been inserted after the st<'m,"the 
 € of which has at the same time been lengthened to 17; (//) this a- 
 (representing .(ra-), when added to a simple verb stem, forms a new 
 stem, called First Aorid, and denotes jwst time. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The new consonants x, yx ; the diphthong o(. 
 
 2. The circumfle.x accent stands over the breathing when they are 
 written together. 
 
 3. The article and relative are declined : e. g. 6, tov, r^y ; o^;, 5?. 
 
 4. Nouns whose stem ends in « (nom. ,;) are feminine; tho.«:e whose 
 stem ends in o (nom. oy) arc masculine. 
 
 5. .,;, -,;,, .;;„ure endings of 1st <leclcnsion ; -or, -ou, -ou are r.n.lin<'s 
 of 2d d('(dension. " 
 
 6. 'J1ie participle with Tvyxdua> has the force of an Rnglish infinitive. 
 
 7. Many prepositions, e.g. d7r6, ^mi, napd, Ino, are found prefi.Ked to 
 verbal forms. 
 
 8. Besides the imperfect, there is an aorist which denotes past time. 
 
 9. ( of nouoi becomes rj before <r of the aorist. 
 
 1 A kind of lord-lieuteiMMt who represented the interests of the Persi.m mon- 
 arch ni his dependent provinces. 
 
 LESSON III 
 
 28 
 
 10. The acute accent stands over the antepenult only when the 
 ultima is short. 
 
 11. ptu and fie' do not 8tan<l first in their clauses or sentences. 
 
 12. ovu does not stand lirst in its clause or sentence. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1 . Gamma nasal . . . . 
 
 2. Accent ... . . 
 
 3. Declension 
 
 4. The Article . . . . 
 T). Adjectiv(' a)i<l IJclalive 
 
 Agreement . . . . 
 
 6. Compound Verbs . . 
 
 7. Impeif. and Aor. Tenses 
 
 II. 20. 
 
 II. 90. 100. 108. 
 II. 131, 132, 134. 
 II. 870, 272. 
 
 II. OJiO. 027. 
 
 II. 580. 
 
 II. 829, 836, 837. 
 
 (J. 6, 1. 
 
 (J. 21, 22, 23. 
 
 (i. 34, 35. 
 
 (i. 78 (read). 
 
 (i. 138. 151. 
 
 O. 131,3. 
 
 G. 200 and N. 5. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. A. 
 
 1. dnoy from. 
 
 2. dpxrjf government. 
 
 3. (wTt'iVy him. 
 
 4. ^9, of irhich (fern. sing). 
 
 5. fJifTu, after. 
 
 G. TTf'/iTra), / aend. 
 
 7. fji€Tan(fnTnfiaiy I send after. 
 
 8. ov, of which (masc. ^iug-)- 
 
 9. o, thfi (num. nuisc. sing.). 
 
 10. ovVf acc.ordingbj. 
 
 11. irapdj bij the side of, 
 
 12. napdiP, being present. 
 
 13. auTpuTTTji, ant rap. 
 
 14. T^f, of the, (fern. sing.). 
 
 15. Tou, of the (masc. sing.). 
 IC. Tvyxdvu), I happen. 
 
 VOCABULARY. B. 
 
 Masculine Singular. — Second Declension. 
 
 NO.MINATIVK. 
 
 6, the. 
 
 Aapflo^, Darius. 
 TTptcr^vTfpn^y elder. 
 v(o)Tfpniy younger, 
 ^los, life. 
 KOpof, Cyrus. 
 nuror, he hiiJiscff 
 
 (Jknitivk, 
 
 TOV, if tilt'. 
 
 Anpfiov, of Darius. 
 npfapvTf'pnv, of an elder. 
 vfojTtpnv^ of a younger. 
 /3iou, of life. 
 KvpoVf of Cyrus. 
 avTovj of him, his. 
 
 ACCURATIVF, 
 
 roV, tJic. 
 
 Aapdovj Darius. 
 7rpea(BvT(poVf elder. 
 vewTfpovy younger, 
 fiiovj life. 
 Kepoi', Cyrus. 
 avTov, him. 
 
 
 , \ 
 
 fe^-s'*-i-f,.- 
 
( 
 
 s 
 
 24 
 
 INDUCTIVK GKKKK MHTHOD. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : («) Tvyx"^'" <^^' CO Ti7x«»'a> oJi^rrapwi'. (c) 'ETvyx«»'' 
 
 6e arrci^. ('/) Bot'Xo/xru utroi' crarpciTrr/r dvat. (') A.>o9 * ^€ f/i^otX.ro^ roi; 
 
 v6c;)repoi' 7ra/.€r.cu. (/) K«l .^OXor^o arrcl.ut Acpelo.^, oC ylyv^rm Kipoj. 
 
 0/) 'O o-«rp<i7rr;s: rrji iW)^ ^ttoui rfXeuT^^i^ roC (iiw rov i^cwr.'/.ou Ki>v. 
 
 ' 2. Tmnshile : (u) Boii.-. (/') I'-in^' ul.s.ut. 0) To l.e rn-cnt. 
 
 00 To be. (0 Jlut 1 liai>l>^-'> ^" ^•^' '''••■^^"^- ^-^^ '^'''"^ ^''■" ''*'*^' "*'" 
 coi-aiii-ly were Nvishiu- to be absent. (<i) Darius on tlie one hanJ sent 
 after Artaxerxes. (h) lie himself ((rtov) on tl.e other hand hapi-ened 
 to be (= bein-) absent, (t) And Cyrus indeed wished to be older. 
 (j) r.ut Oyrus happened to be satrap of the government, ironi which 
 Darius eent-after liini. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Analysis 2 of cVout, of eVoi^af. 2. Participle with rvyxnvio. 3. To- 
 sition of McV and 8/. 4. Noni., gen., ace, sing, endings 1st and 2d de- 
 clensions. 5. Augment in- compound verbs. (J. Accent of antei-enult ; 
 of penult. 7. Gender of stents in -n, in -o. 8. Formation of aorist. 
 9. e- before -cr of tiie aorirtt. " 10. Dilference between signitication of 
 aorist and imperfect tenses... 11. Pronunciation of x, yx- 1-- M^'-'i^ing 
 of the augment ; tenses which htive it. 
 
 LESSON IV. 
 ANABASIS I. I. l^ 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 [Only the more dillicult words will b.. divi.b-d into sylb'ibl<"s or trans- 
 literated.l 
 
 Koi aTpdT-qyhu Se avTOP a-Tre-Set-fe ndvTcou, 
 
 strategon ' a-pe-dei-xc 
 
 also general and Jiim hC'{liad)-appointcd of-all, 
 
 1 avTo? (in nom.) does not mean hr., hut hft hirh:ft^l/t Lat. ipso. 
 
 3 That is, the distinguishing of the various 'elements of which caoh word is 
 
 made up. - • > 
 
 . > . . >^ 
 
 i' 
 
 LESSON IV. 
 
 25 
 
 ocroL 
 
 eU Kaa-rco-Koi TreSioi^ a-OpoKov-jai, 
 hosoi Cas-to-lou ath-roi-zoii-tai. 
 
 as.nany-as into Castoluss plain asseM-the.^sclves. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. .al. and, also: cf. 1... ct, ',..(..; lil.- ot, .a,' », f„..,.-n.l.v 
 
 "'T' "'"'■ ■ n.nal ■ ,i IC"- .'".'^,yi,: n inaliv, H.nitiv..,ge...ler, 
 
 ai„ ■::;Tf:;:::::..t..u.e ^,^ or .....i./. <..o.»<e<^ '-- 
 
 ^'"' t'^r/; "^"....r,,,. ..• ... .v.. ..- a. ; n..U, a/ n.ay bo connective 
 
 as well as adversative. , r i^- -/ 
 
 4. (m-<8(i5f, 'k: "W<"""^ • V / , vi „ 7., i.„i .lotnallv made 
 
 • ■ III s- 9- r,1fnol only pi"""unc(Ml like is, Imt .xctuaii} m 
 
 up of K an.l t, -•/. I..II- vox voc , „,,. 15 ,/•(«) e before 8 as 
 
 (,/) „ in i indicate, ll.e aon.t, ./. .^o.-,a. III. v 15 ' . ^J 
 
 6 ir'ut«;:/>i!i" ".."■'.: «.)on,l... ii,,.icatey.on.. 1... 
 , , ./-Tin Tit serv-i; mean ng of Trp^cr^vTfpot, Trpc- 
 
 °-;'lT:;ii5;::;::::;::.^!'v:. ^;^ ir pan or the roiio^in, 
 
 8. .cS,.v W-m, ... .. •" ■ ( ,^,„ .egnum, imlicate., 
 would liave Im-oi. i"«'<'f - V') '"' '"''- . 
 
 neuter nom., ace, voc, sii.f;., :|.l .1. clens.-... ^^ ^, 
 
 9. „0p., f....r .., («,./ i,„liral..» 3d ,.lur., as in 
 
 1 s 4- 01) o;n.n is a Hi.M.ili. ant ....l.nK ; ./. V.y.--™ . ""!/'"■' 
 r'""7'l^,n h^n iu (for ll,a>,.:lr..). .',0,„.lio^<a, ik..ycUUci ,Un..Hv... 
 horn, ^ovAoiTfit, tiv II nu'i Kj I ^..pnnd ind third t acts jor 
 
 ■<f^.^i;-rv^ tai^liffSR?* •«*%;, :.5?*liiF^ 
 
 :^^M 
 
 ,,f 
 
 A 
 
 "t*m^<mM0fi^»^' |jv»^%.-ji 
 
 Miii.iiJHIwiiiiiiltiiiiTliiiiT'iii^^ 
 
26 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK iMETHOD. 
 
 LESSON V. 
 
 27 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. One new consonant, - C, = th in avoids. $ in arrcfictf. is a double 
 consonant. 
 
 2. Kai and de liavi' each two di He rent .sigiiilication.s. 
 
 3. Verbs meaning " to appoint" govern two accusatives. 
 
 4. Tin. .•i,vnn.lle.v' accent staiuln over the breatliii.g, the acute b.-hin-l 
 it, wlien accent and breathing Tall to<'ether. 
 
 5. -ot, ^cov indicate respectively the noni. and gen. plur. niasc. 'M 
 declension. 
 
 6. 'ou indicates noni., ace, voc, sing, neuter, 2d declension. 
 
 7. The Greek verb lias three voices, — active, passive, middle. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 1. Final -(u, -oL II. 102, .(. 
 
 2. Decl. ot (IvdpwTTus, Sujpnu 
 
 3. Till! doulile consonant ^ 
 
 n. 153. 
 
 11. 20. 
 
 4. Formation of the lirst aorist stem 11.428. 
 
 ^- Voices 
 
 6. Verbs with two accusatives 
 
 G. 22, N. 1. 
 ii. 42. 
 
 (;.5. 2. 
 
 G. 110.111 I. 
 
 11. 298 and «; G. 88, I, 2. 
 
 811-13. 
 11.726. (J. 166. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1 . d6f)0L((o, I collect. 
 
 2. aTro-BeUvviii, I appoint. 
 
 3. fir, with ace, info. 
 
 4. oo-or, quantus, as manij as. 
 
 5. nas (gen. plur. irdin-wv), all. 
 
 (I. TTf^ioi^y plain. 
 
 7. o-T/mrr^ycJr, general. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (aj WovXcrai T(\€vTi]V nduTcov, uam ylyvoirrai. (h) 'Anty 
 d.Uvvfic avrov -ndvru^v crarfn'iTrrjv. (c) 'A/,r«J,>J,;, 6 npeaf^Crfpo,, dn^u dno 
 r^r dpxn^, /3ouX€rai KOpou arpuTrjyou ,lvm. (d) 'O Kvpos oZu aarpdnrj, i„ 
 €T<;yXau€. (^ Uapvcrari,, Tjs 6 KOpos iyiv€To, .nnlrjcre alrbv arparrjyou rfj: 
 yXV^- (/) AuToj ,'rCyxnve mipoyu. (rj) 'Ett.I 6f 6 Kvpos €Tvyxav€ (rarpdnrj^ 
 ^u, 6 arpary^yU r,\,vTr)u rod /3/ov .Vru'et. (h) Tvy xdva> np^a^vr.po, c5i/. 
 (i) BouAo/xat §€ P€d>Tepos ctVat. ( j) M^rtn/pTriTo rbv KZpov arro rov TrcS/ou. 
 
 . 
 
 2. Translate: {a) He was sending him into (Jastolus's phun. (Jt) He 
 was sending alter him. (c) I wish in truth (that) the satrap be present. 
 ((/) The general indeed happened to be al>sent. (»•) IJut 1 happen to be 
 the general of all who assemble themselves. (/) From the government 
 of which he happened to b(> satrap and geneial. (7) Ihit when the 
 3'ounger susjiected an end of his life. (/<) 1 appoint him general of all 
 who wish to he ])resenl. (/) And hariu'^ (o A*//*.) Iiappened lo be ab- 
 sent; happened to be gi-neial. (j) Tljey .sent alter Gyius the .satrap. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The aorist tense. 2. The middle? voice. .3. Translation and anal- 
 ysis of eVotftro. 4. The letters ^ and ^. 5. The ])articiple with rvyxdvu). 
 6. Analysis of ^rTfTr/fiTTCTo. 7. landings in the 2d declension. 8. End- 
 ings 'Oiy 'u>v. 9. Meanings of Ktti and bi. 10. Neuter nouns of the 2d 
 declension. 11. Verbs which take two accusatives. 12. Prepositions 
 meaning /ro)/j, hdo^ by the side o/, afffv, up. 
 
 LESSON V. 
 ANAHASIS L 1. 2. 
 
 i. TEXT. 
 
 avd'liai-v€L ovv 6 Kvpo% \d/3o)u Ticr-cra- 
 
 ana-bai-iiei Tis-sa- 
 
 ihcygoc^'Vp ncronliiKjlif - (hjrua faking 2'issa- 
 
 phor-iiC'ii lios philon, ton llel-lc-iiGii e-chon 
 
 phcrncs as a-fricnd, also oj'-thc Greeks and having 
 
 oTT-Xt-rd? ave/Sr) Tpi-d-Ko-ori-ov^y ap-)(ov-Ta 
 
 hop-li-tas an-ebc tri-a-ko-si-oiis, ar-chon-ta 
 
 heavf/'nrmrJ~<;oldier.<i hr-ivent-vp 1h rce-h and red, commojuhr 
 
:=r-~*':^^5»= 
 
 rm.- 
 
 28 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON V. 
 
 21) 
 
 I 
 
 8e avTCJu 'Bc-PL-du Hap-pd-ai-ov. 
 Xe-ni-an 
 
 and of -them Xenias a-Farrasian, 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. «j'a-/3ati€i, lie goes up: (<t) liom ai'u-fiiiii'bt, I go up; lienco Awtfii- 
 .SK<, the going or inaichinij; up to Jiahylim ; (/>) <ii'<i, up^ jMi'positioiial 
 prulix ; ''he goes away" wuiikl be aTro-/i«iWi ; (c) end. -u indicates j)ies. 
 iiul. act. 3cl sing. ; (^d) cf. ylyvovrai I. N. 4, pfTinrfpnerai III. N. 8 ; note, 
 the pies, tense may (lenote a tiujc actually or historically past; as such it 
 is called the ]Listorical present. 
 
 2. Xd^wv, taking^ : {a) IVuni Xa^fidita, I ta/cc ; (/>) end. -tov indicates 
 participle, niasc. sing. noni. ; cf. napdiv III. N. 5; (c) Xafxfiiiv-on', prcs. 
 part., also = talcing, i. e. as a continued action ; Xn/3a)i', taking y i. e. as an 
 act simply brought to pass ; (d) meaning ol" lumrrfvuiVy dvafiaifm'f otto- 
 (ialvuiv \ (c) cf. use of -(1)1/ in rrdvTo)v IV. n, 5. 
 
 3. TiaaacPf'pvijv, nom. Tia-acKpfpvr]^] on -u cf. TfXfvrfjv II. N. 6, Ki pov 
 III. N. 7, aarpd-nr^v III. N. 14. 
 
 4. (OS (piXou, as a friend ; cf Eng. phil-anthropy : (a) wr, no accent, 
 cf. 6 III., (Is IV. ; all pronounced with foil, word and called proclitics. 
 
 5. Twv'E\Xr}i/wv, of the Greeks: on the end. -au cf. Truirrtoi' IV. N. 5. 
 
 6. €;(«v, having : (a) from e;(«, / have ; (b) use here of end. -wf ? 
 Another use of same end. ? 
 
 7. oTrXiras, heavy-armed soldiers; cf Eng. pan-oply^ full armor: 
 (r/) nom. sing. oTrXlrr/s-, accus. sing. ottKitt^v, cf. araTpunrji^ (Tarpunrjv HI. 
 N. 14 ; Q)) end. -ay indicates accus. plur. 1st decl. ; cf. Lat. mens-as ; 
 (c) r/. 'ApTu^ip^ijs, (TdT/KiTrr/y, oTrXtrr/r ; masc. nouns 1st decl. end in -r;?, 
 nom. sing. . ^ 
 
 8. <ii^-<'-/5j;, Ac went lip: (a) on <m'- and -€- r/. flrr-t'-^ft^r TV. N. 4; 
 (I)) Greek for " he goes up"? 
 
 9. rpuiKoaiovs, three hundred : (a) end. -ouf (= os in Lat. servos) 
 indicates masc. plur. accus. 2d decl. 
 
 10. Sfvinv, nom. AfvlCis : {a) S, capital ^, = Ics in barks ; (J)) on the 
 ending -v cf. 3. 
 
 1 Thft pupil should not be allowed to fall into the habit of rendorinp: aoii>t 
 participles by the Enp. "having" with a past partic, e.g. "having taken," 
 '* having come," etc. 
 
 ^ 
 
 4 
 ■4 
 
 ?! 
 
 11. ap)(oVT-a, coramandcr^ governor ; cf. opx^'h government: (^a) nom. 
 sing. ap\-(ii\'y })artic. from up\-ui^ forme<l as (;^a)i/ from (X(o\ used here as 
 noun ; (A) -i/r-, partic. suili.x ; cf. Lat. ama-nt-em ; (c) -a, ending accus. 
 sincj. 3d decl. 
 
 12. </ir-wv, (f them: (a) on the ending cf. Trdin-w" IV. N. 5. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Two new characters : S, an«l (f> {-^ ph iit hyphen). 
 
 2. Unaccented words read as a part of the following word are called 
 proclitirs. 
 
 3. 'V is the ending of accus. sing. 1st an«l ii<l decl. ; -(7f (ending of 
 accus. ])lur. 1st decl. ; -our ending of accus. plur. 2d decl, ; -a cmding of 
 accus. sing. 3d decl. 
 
 4. Ending -cov indicates gen. j>lur. ; also the nom. sing. masc. of 
 particijdes like Xa/3a)i/, (xa>v- 
 
 5. Masculine nouns, 1st «lecl., end in -rfs or -as nom. sing. 
 
 6. Ending -a in<licates pres. ind. act. 3d sing., as in dva^alvei. 
 
 7. -i/r- is a participial suilix. 
 
 8. The accent, when it falls on the genitive endings -rjs, -oe, -tov. is 
 circumflex : "/'x^^» '''"^^ avroiv. 
 
 9. Apposilives {<'.g. <PiXou. «/);^oi^n) ngroe in case with their .sub- 
 stantives. 
 
 10. The present tense may be used to denote an event actually past. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 L Proclitics . . . . Hill. 
 
 ± Accent of nouns . . 11.128,129. 
 
 3. Noun stems . . . 11. 130. 
 
 4. Declension of x'^P"* 
 
 rr/i,} H. 135. 
 
 5. Special rule of accent 
 
 1st decl. . . . II. 141. 
 
 6. Appositives. . . . 11. 623. 
 H. 821-24. 828. 
 
 i. lenses 
 
 G. 29. 
 
 (I. 25, I and 2. 
 
 G. 32, 2. 
 
 G. 37. 
 
 G. 39, 4. 
 
 G. 137. 
 
 G. 200 and n. 1 and 5. 
 
 ' ^ji' ^ SBmmS i mmm 
 
 'mmmt'^'-:^^'^^m^^^ 
 
'■ " ■ J-'f "■;ip™T»:T'» 
 
 mn u< ' ii< M iP III a$m 
 
 3= 
 
 =2J 
 
 ao 
 
 1NDUCTI\'E GKKEK METHOD. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. (ii'd/Sun'O), 7 f/'j /'^>. 
 
 2. Civifir], he went up. 
 
 3. n/jj^coj', cohiinamli.r. 
 
 5. 6;^aj, / /aft'e. 
 
 7. oTrXtr;;^, heuvij-mmfrl soOlicr 
 
 8. r^aixiio-iot, //i/fj hundicd. 
 D. (/)iXoy, afiitiuL 
 
 10. ojy, as. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate: 00 'fly 6c Tuyx'"'<a (ii'a/3a(Vcoi/. (/>) 'o apx^iv Xafx^dvu 
 
 (piXovs TfudKoalovs. (c) Km Kvfxw 5( vnionTcvf is- «';^oi/Ta oTrXiTm t<Li/ 
 'KXX/yj'fo.'. ((/) 'Ky/yroi/ro 8vo TTui.Vv. (<:) "Otrot frr/)nT»;y„I tU K<taTuj\,w 
 7r(bl«u tjOpolCoi'TOy iinvXmTiH Tuu Kr/iop J/);^i,i/T(i €iV<a. { /; *KXdfiiJat'( oCtuu 
 o)S unXirqu. (jj) 'O Ku/joj- ai^t/^;;, i/n-OTrTftwi/ rfXe i/rr/i/ rou ilapdov. (h) *Aro- 
 diiKuvfxi avrbv (TaTpdni)v rwi/ d/j;(wi'. (?) 'O (^/Xor twi/ arpaTTjyCiy dnwu 
 (Tvyxave. (j) MfraTrf/xTTfrai touj (piXovs tcjv dpxdirruv. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) But when he wont uj), he was takin;,' Xenias as a 
 friend, (h) Xenias the Parrasian happens to be (= being) commander 
 of :30() hoplites. (c) The government of which Tissapherncs was wishing 
 to b.j satrap, (d) I wisli the boys both to be absent. 00 Tliey sent 
 him away. (/) lint when Tissapliernes desires Xenias the Parrasian to 
 be absent, I suspect Iiini. 0/) Taking 300 friends and Xenias as com- 
 mander of tliem, lie went up into Castolus's plain, (/t) Put I have 
 friends and genei-als as commanders. (t) Having Artaxerxes as the 
 older satrap. 0/) If^' apppointed Cyrus as commander. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The verbal endings -co, -u, -o-/xm, -ctui, -o-vro, -o-mm, -f-ro. 
 2. Partic. sufllx. 3. Analysis of ilpxoirra, 4. Use of the augment. 
 5. Formation of the 1st aorist. (5. Signification of the aorist'tense. 
 7. Accent of end. -cou 1st decl. 8. guantity of Omil -m, -oi as regaids 
 accent. 9. Quantity of -«9 accus. phir. 1st decl. 10. Difference between 
 XalBdyu and Xa^jSdi'oju. U. The sullix it. 12. Appositive.s. 13. Endings 
 -f, -ovy, -Of, -T/f, -ey, ~(,i. 
 
 LESSON VI 
 
 LESSON VI. 
 
 
 ANAJ3ASIS 1. I. 3, to i7ri/3ov\evoc avjfo. 
 
 For text and translation the jnipil is releried to y\). I'llH, 270. The divid - 
 ing of words ijito syllables will be discontinued from this point : such 
 division as is continued hereafter will have for its object not to leach the 
 puj>il the syllablfs of which a word is comiKt^r*!, but llic Inriii.'itivr idr- 
 ments out of wliicli il has gr(»wn. The marking of (juanlih will bi- «'on- 
 tinued only in the; cas(M>f «, I, and v. »; and w art* l(»ng l»y naluie, and € undo 
 are short. When a vowel has the circumflex accent it is always long. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. (-T(X(vTT]-fT-e, In: cndnl. ; r.J. rfXivrff II.: 0') f'om rrXrvTu-u ; (h) (>n 
 the form cf. (-noirj-a-c 111.; (c) note that a, like; e, is lengthened to rj 
 before a- of the 1st aorist. 
 
 2. KQT-e-aTTjy he tool' hia afand (dovu)^ was csttddi.'iJKd (auMvfi): (a) from 
 7(TTT)'fxi, Lat. sisto ; both developttd from the simple form or tln'me (rra : 
 (b) Kar (for Kara, cf. vtt in vnoinrfve 11.), picpositional ]»r(;fix ~ dovm; 
 cf. Eng. cata-ract; (c) Kara -\- IcrTqfjii becomes Ka^-tVr;;/:ii ; 7iot<' change of 
 T to ^ before the rough breathing ; ((/) (/. Xa8a>v V.^ dvc^rj V., KartaTTjf 
 all indicating past time, and in usage erjuivalent to aorists with the 
 Hullix rra (rf. iiroirj-a-t) ; they however differ in form, and for (-onvcmienccr 
 are eddied Second Aorists. 
 
 3. (Is TTjv (3n(riX(id-u, info the, hinrjdom ; iraa rxffddifihrd info the kivff- 
 dom — be bec.'inn^ king ; (/<) iU witli ace. case, ef. (U nePiinv IV. ; (h) fia- 
 (TiXfidu, nom. ftaaiXdd. decline*! like X^/'"- 
 
 4. did fSdXX-fi, he .'ilandi r.'i : if. iCng. diidxil-iiud, : (o) ou the tense cf, 
 nv(i[-inivfi v. N. 1 >', d ; (Ji) hid^ throiKjlt^ ]>re]>ositional prefix. 
 
 5. a^fXf/>f{i/, hrutJirr : rf. rinl-ddrlpji-ia^ bmtberly love; why not 
 udfXfjydu in the text f 
 
 6. a)f (7n-(iovX(v-o\., mnjini) Unit lie iniH jtlnlliiui infiiinst (Jiini) ; the 
 accuser's dirrrt. wortis to IIk; king weie, " In- [( 'yrus] is ])lotting against 
 you," Kvpos (7TifiovX(v-n.f etc. Xenophon (|Uoting this indircdhj uses a 
 mode ada))t(Ml for any veib <|Uote«l indirectly when dependent »i))on a 
 verb denoting i>asl. time.* This is calbMl the Optative mode. 
 
 1 Do not forget that 6ia/3aAA€i is an historical laeseiit, really eipiivalent to an 
 aorist. 
 
 
 
 
 Ifi 
 
 9\ 
 "^1 
 
 L^^ --J 
 
 lMIM*MKMIMraWB^«i*pff*IH4a 
 
 L ' . i UM iii ny iii im mmmmma emmmm m 
 
zzX-.~: 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 I 
 
 132 
 
 INDUCTIVE GUKKK MKTIIOI). 
 
 7. avTio, fi) ov fur liun, here (Ujiiinst him; cf. \'l\\\i. aato-crat, ant-vpsy.- 
 {a) <o is a conlracUuii of the stem vowel o with i, and is the case end. 
 dat. sing. 2d decl.,^ cf. Lat. servo, to <t slave : {b) rf. avrdv, avroi ; the 
 gcii. and dat., having an accented ultima, are written with the ciinnnflt-x 
 accent. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Thi' lii>t aurisL strni is nindc 1)V ad<ling I In- Millix aa ; in tlie IJd 
 sinil. -(Ta becomes -o-e. 
 
 2. Final a of the simjile verb stem or thomr lu'comr-; rj lutuu- aa. 
 
 3. 'i'he .second aorisl has no sullix -aa ; it lias a sludtt-r form of tlie 
 verb than the jjre.sent. 
 
 4. The first and second aorists dillVr only in form ; ea< h has the 
 augment in the indicative mode. 
 
 5. Prepositional i)ritixes ending in a vowel lose it before the initial 
 vowel of the verb. 
 
 6. Before a rough breathing t is roughened to B {fh). 
 
 7. -o) marks the dat. sing. 2d decl. ; if accented, it is circumllex. 
 
 8. The prepos. tls governs the ace. ease. 
 
 9. The pres. ind. in a direct statement may become pres. optative 
 when quoted after a main verb denoting past time. 
 
 10. When an oxytone, ?'. r. a word with acute accent on the ultima, 
 is followed by another word so elosely connected with it in .<:en^e as not 
 to require any mark of punctuation, it changes or softens its acute accent 
 into the grave accent. Some editors soften the accent even before a 
 comma. 
 
 11. 'K7rt/3oi'Xfi'u) is followed by dative of the person conspire<l against. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Names and characters of first twelve 
 
 Greek letters II. 5. G. 1. 
 
 2. Elision in compound words . . . 11.81. G. 12, '2. 
 
 3. Greek modes 11.299. G. 89. 
 
 4. Greek tenses in the indicative . . II. 300 G. 90. 
 
 5. Themes and rcots 11.307. G. 92. 
 
 C. The article H. 272. G. 78. 
 
 1 This o, is prononnced like w, t. e. o in prune ; the » is the i^aine as the t in 
 Lat. honor-i, roc-i- 
 
 i 
 
 LESSON VL 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 1. 6 db(\(f>6sf brother. 
 
 2. avro), to {or for) him. 
 
 3. j} /^ao-tXeia, kinydom. 
 
 4. 6id, fhrnuyh. 
 
 5. dia-^dWof 1 slander. 
 
 6. cm, upon. 
 
 7. €iri-^ov\€vu>, I conspire 
 
 ayainst. 
 
 8. Kara, down. 
 
 9. Ka6 iaTTjfii, I cause to 
 
 sitf =: set down, 
 10. KttT-faTT), he not dnini. 
 I I. TTiiik, aty hif. 
 
 12. TfAcuTu-o), / cud. 
 
 13. coi, (hat; on (he yroiind 
 
 that, as ?/(with part.). 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate and explain the formation of : (Votf/o-f, fVfXfvrr/cTf. nTrc- 
 fift^f, (n€fiov\€v<T€, vTTWTrrfvo-f, f]<76fvrj(r€. 2. Do( line dpxn^ l^aaiXda, i) vc 
 u)T(pa, arpaTTjyo?. 3. Translate : (a) Vtto tw nt^lco, napa toU dvBpiinots, 
 fitra TOU OTpaTTjyov, dirb TTJg r(\(VTrji, eh top (SioVj Kara ti)u x^/jai', But toO 
 i3tov, rrpof Tov a^fX</)oV. (b) 'Em^ov\(v€i ovv to) arpaTTjy^. (r) Aca^aXXci 
 TOP ddeXfpov. ((/) 'YTTcuTTTcve avrov cjs 6ta/3dXXoi tov dS€\(j)6u. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) They desired in-truth to be absent. (//) And he 
 made the younger to be satrap, (c) Artaxerxes indeed happens to be 
 younger. (tZ) He is conspiring against the government, (c) He sus- 
 pected that he was conspiring against the government. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 I. Comparison between formation of the; 1st and 2d aorists. 2. Dif- 
 ference of use between imperfect and aorist. 3. The accent in deelen- 
 .sion. 4. The participial sign. 5. Nom. sing, endings 1st decl. masc. 
 and fem. G. Nom. sing, endings 2<l decl. masc. and neut. 7. r bef.)re 
 a rough breathing. R. Proclitirs. 0. Verb endings -<i and -ot. 10. Con- 
 struction after eVt^ouXcuo). II. The ten.ses whicli denote continued 
 action ; those which d(Miot(- compb^ted action ; those ^vhicll denote an 
 action as simply brought to i)ass. 12. TiuK! dcMioted by the different 
 tenses of the indicative. 13. Th(Miistori<al jM-rfect. 
 
 3 
 
 ri»- 
 
 
 * 
 It 
 
 Kl 
 
 
 ^'f«HP>i*.i'«^ 
 
 inJl 
 
 f<i^4fei» ■r^.:-^:t'.':'ff. 
 
p f mm I N — — " 
 
 I 
 
 o-± 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON VII. 
 
 ANAi^>ASLS I. I. :>, to the end. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. 6, thCy he: (a) stiiiids here without its substantive *Apra^//j^»^f ; 
 6 5<, hut he ; (/>) note, the article stantlin<,' without its sul)stantive lias the 
 force ot" a denionst rativc pronoun. 
 
 2. ncidc-rai, lie in i)crsnn(h'.t1 ^ In: hrlitrr.'i ; cf. yiyv(-ra\., he in born ; 
 (a) fnun nddco, I 2)ei\'in(t(hi ; TrdOofxai, I am p'tsnoihil, hence, b'luve; 
 (6) note tlio tense, tlenotini^ time actniilly pa^t, rf. dvnl^aiifi V. 
 
 3. (TvK-XafjL^uvii, he arrests : (ft) IVom Xafi^duo), I foLf, rf. XaQ-wu V. ; 
 (//) av\ lor orui/, prepositional jtrctix, = tofjether^ vith ; cf. s)j}i-(iij(jyiO'^ a 
 place of meeting together ; (c) v 1m comes X before X, but note <rvi'-f-\dfx- 
 fiav-€, he was arrest i )nj ; (d) o[»tativ<' o nWnfil-idv-oi. 
 
 4. dno-KT€v-a)v, interfecturus, nlimif to kill ; {a) from K-nlvu}. I kill. 
 dno-KTfivco, I kill, destroy;^ (A) dnoKTiivoyv, lilliiKj ; dnoKXtvCiv. about to 
 kill (future), not to be classed with Xa^cjv as a 2(1 aor. partic. on account 
 of the short form of the verb stem (KTfu) : in tin? 2«1 aor. partir. the end. 
 iov has an Jicute acci'ut ; (c) HU[>pIv avriw (/. ' . Kvpov) n< the object. 
 
 5. T), the (fcm.) ; T) de, hut sln\ rf. 6 fit 1 ; t) de iXT]Trip. hut the viother. 
 
 6. p.i]Tr)i), mother ; cf. Lat. mater : {a) nom. sing. ; {b) cf. ap\j) III., 
 ^aaiKdii \\., of the a decl.; Aafxios II., nthlov IV., of the o decl.; note 
 that prjTTji) sliows no resi'mblance to liicse and belongs to the iJd or con- 
 sonant dei-.l. 
 
 7. €^-air-r]-(Ta-fx(ui], befifjiufj (/</?») ojf : ((() from ntVc'o), / /"''/» with <^. 
 Lat. ex, =: ((vnif, ojl'; (/;) for f h-ngthened to i;, and fur -an, 1st. aor. 
 sullix, (/. f-7roir\-(T-( III. N, 15 ; (c) -pevrj (masc, /ifi/o-) participial suliix, 
 mid. voice ; for the active sullix rf ap^ovra V.; (»/) t ^aiTrjadf if i^-o^, he 
 begyiiKj nfl\ i^aiTi)(TLnxivr[y she^ etc., i^mTriadpfv-ov, if, etc.; rf. the Lat. 
 end. -us, -a, -um. 
 
 8. cVt, upon, to ; cf. Eng. epi-ta/ih, W(»rds upou a tond)stone : note that 
 aftei- a verb of motion, eVt is followed by the ace, ; cf. similar use of ace. 
 after us. 
 
 * Or, soinetiiiK's, / lr<til nirai/ or ordrr ojF tn ifeath. 
 
 , 
 
 I 
 
 LESSON VIL 35 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The proclitics ^, ^, U^ each, like ct., without an accent. 
 
 2. The article standing without a substantive is e.iuivalent to a 
 demonstrative pronoun : he, she, it. 
 
 3. The passive of a verb may a<M"i»'' '-^ m^'Mning apparently discon- 
 nected with its active meaning, c tj. ndOui. 7ra'^o/xai. 
 
 4 I'repos. ef out if, from; avv, u-Hh ; eni, upon. 
 
 5 V of avu beconies X when lollowe.l by X in the snm.. word. 
 
 6. Sterna ending in a consonant (pirW^ st. /xar.p) belong to the 
 
 third declension. 
 
 7. 6 8€, but he ; rj 5c, but she ; tu fie, hut it. 
 
 8. The augment occurs only in the indicative mode, not in the partic, 
 
 e.g.'Kapuv, (^aiTT^aafxevrj. 
 
 9. p,vo-, iem. fte.^, is the partic. sulfix middle vone. 
 
 10. The nom. of participles mid. voice is -/if»'-os, -/xcv-ri, -/xcpov, Lat. 
 
 -U8, -a, -um. . 
 
 11. ir^id^rai, avWafi^du.c, pres. tense, here refer to time actually past. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. The letters of the (ireek alphabet 
 
 2. Division of consonants . . . 
 
 3. The semivowels 
 
 4. Declension ol" dyad(k . . . • 
 
 5. Participial sullixes 
 
 (j. Article as a demonstrative . . 
 
 11. 5. 
 H. 22. 
 II. 23. 
 H. 222. 
 
 II. 382. 
 
 11.654and<;. 
 
 (). 1. 
 
 (I 6. 
 
 (J. 6, 1. 
 
 (i. (TorfyuSi 62, '.*> 
 
 (J. 117. 2. 
 
 {}. 143 and N. 2 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. alT€(o, 1 bctj. 
 
 2. f J, from, out of. 
 ;i. f ^-atrew, / hefi off. 
 
 \. dno-KT(ivo), I kill destronj. 
 5. dno-mpTru). I seud o(l\arraij. 
 (j. (crcirci), / kill. 
 7. T) fJiT]TT]p, mother. 
 
 8. TTuXtt/, hark, again. 
 
 9. TTfiOu), I persuade. 
 
 10. TiuOoiiai, I am j)ersuaded, U 
 
 here. 
 
 1 1. avv. vith. 
 
 12. o-vXXafx/yai/o), / seize, arrest. 
 
 ,vs)f<m>m< 
 
 l|||JijSi««isSffc>*^s»i¥^^»»ig^^^^ -*•■ 
 
... -;:,;■■> 
 
 
 •■--I- 
 
 36 lx\DUCTlVK GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : 00 Kar^'arrj ttciXlu u, Tr)u dpxn^^. (h) 'O 5,' avptXdfifiapf 
 aMu, i>, dia^anopra ruu Aapuou. (.:) 'O piu np^a^vr^po,, rov: rpioKoalov, 
 auXXa/yj,!/, KuTe,,Trj u, rfju x<^pciu. (.1) 'U di rvyxdpu ,'$mTr]aap^i>rj riv 
 Vf<l)Tfpou Tcov ddeXcpcJv. 
 
 2. Translalv: (a) ytyv,ipn'<n; (A) vnonr.viipiuo,, (r) ftox.\A,upn,. 
 00 n.pncov, (,) nepnopwos, (/) \ap^,m,p,uoi, (r/) ^uifdaXXoptPo,, (A) 
 
 3. Translate : 00 \;o\iv^ up, (h) ])eing present, (c) havin^,', 00 leav- 
 ing lor one's self, (.) collecting themselves, (/) persuading himself 
 {(j) being persuaded. ' 
 
 4. Translate: 00 liut being slandered, he wislies to l,c absent from 
 the government, (h) He sends the three hundred back again to the 
 government of which Cyrus had made liim satrap. 00 But he believes 
 (-believing) [and] sends after Cyrus as li {U) about to kill liini. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Arliclc as demonstrative pn.nonn. 2. ClassiHcation ..f notins 
 according to ilecl. ;5. Creek v..i,:<:s ; signifieations of the middle. 
 4. Proclitics. 5. Ili-storical prcs. 0. „ before X. 7. Accent in <lecl. 
 8. Formation of particii.les. 1). Analysis of <?p;^oi'ra. 10. Quantity of 
 the vowel of each final syllabKt in the .-.kcs of 1st and 2d decl. 11. Tli«- 
 augment, kinds, place, effect en a jnep. i)renx. 12. (Jender in fust two 
 declen.sions. 13. Formation of the aor. stem. 
 
 
 LESSON VIIJ. 
 
 *>7 
 
 LESSON VIII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. I. 4, to avT eKeivov. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. 6h\ f<»r o ht, hut hr. ; </. t^ ^t VII.: note the Imhh of e before the 
 initial vowel of wr and the use of tin; apoKtrophe to indicate the Iohm. 
 
 2. wr, when, as soon as: conjunction, </. meaning of wc VI., VII. 
 
 3. dTT-TJXOe, he xcenl away^ was gone : 00 ''<"" theme €\6 (fXvd) seen in 
 Eng. pros-elyte, one who goes to another sect ; (b) pres. €pxopai, deponent, 
 from theme tpx ; the fut., 2d aor., and perf. forms have the theme tXvd ; 
 (c) rj temp, aiig., cf. vTrwTTTtvf IF; 00 ^^ f'"' "''""j ^^ "' dn-wv, dndvai. 
 
 4. Kiv8vvfvad s, after incurring danger : 00 f'^"" Kivhiiviv co ; ('0 -aiii 
 indicates 1st aor. partic. act., standing for -o-a-rr-r, as Laf. amans for 
 ama-nt-s ; (c) on -aa-, cf. (nolrjac III. N.; on vt cf. apxovT-a V.; (^0 s 
 case end. nom. sing, nuisc, rf. (TaTpuTrrj-s, Aapdo s, Fat. amans. 
 
 5. dTipa(T-6(i-Sy after being dishonond : (^0 trom dri/jid^-a), theme drl- 
 fiad ; {h) C not only sounded with a 5 sound, but actually contain- 
 ing a 5 ; (c) note the change * of a ^ sound before another t sound 
 (i. e. 5 before 6) to a ; (^0 '"' ^' ^' ^onnded with the ai<l of the tip of the 
 tongue, arc culled lingual consonants or mutes; (e) ~6(i-s for -Oe-vr-t indi- 
 cates 1st aor. partic. pass. ; (/) ^e-, lirst pass, sullix ; on -vt- and -s cf. 
 Kivbvv€v(Tas lor KivbvvfvaavTS. 
 
 6. €o-Tai, he shall be: {(() {roui theme ey, Lat. es-ae, to he; infm. 
 civat, partic. wv ; (/>) -rat end. as in yiyvcTat ; note that this fut. is depo- 
 nent, t. e. active in meaning, but with passive terminations. 
 
 7. €7rt, ujujn, here in the jtowcr of : followed by dat., cf. however «Vi 
 Ti]v dpx'i]^ VI 1. 
 
 8. fiv 8vvr)-Tai, if he. shall (or Jnatf) hr. ahU : (a) {jv = ft, if (Fat. Bi) -f- 
 uv (untranslatable) ; (/>) cf. Fug. diina-mite^ an ahh explosive : from 
 hvva-iiai, dep., cf ^ouXo /xca ; 0) -r;-, vowel of subjunctive, but o) in 1st 
 person : dvvapai, 1 am able ; bvuwpm, pn^s. subjunctive, 1st sing., 
 dvvrjrai, ]>res. subjunctive, 3d sing. 
 
 9. ^aaiXfv-ar-u, hr .shall rule ; cf. ftuaiXdd, king<lom : (^0 from ftaai- 
 Xcv-w, 1 rule ; /3aaiXfv-et, he rules ; {h) note, o- inserted after the verb 
 
 1 So in Lat. claus-trum, from claud-o, is for claud-trum; this has come 
 into Eng. as clois-lcr. 
 
 
 ' 
 
 ^ 
 
 .1 
 
 t 
 
 
 r -i 
 
 
 
 
 fi. 
 
 .H, 
 
 f 
 
 'k 
 
 « 
 
 i 
 
 4 
 
 ■fe' 
 
 rn 
 
 n 
 
 'i. 
 
 4\. 
 
 
>">»- f IWI W li»"l 
 
 -! 
 
 • 'i: 
 
 INDUCTJVE GREER METHOD. 
 
 stem forniR tlic future stnin, as aa- forms tho 1st aor. stem, rf. (nolrjat 
 J 11. ; (t) similarly ttodJ-o-o), rroirj-ad, I shall make, lie will make. 
 
 10. di/T* lor dun, iui^tidd of ; ^ cf. 6 6* 1 ; note, a final vowel may Ix; 
 droi)})ed Leloie tlie initial vowel of a iollowinuj wor<l, an<l an apostioj.he 
 indicate tlie loss; (/>) preposition followed l>y the gen. <'ase. 
 
 11. fACftVou, of that oitCj of him; from e/cftfor, decline<l like dyndk 
 except that thci ncut. sin^. is (K(1vo, n(»l (kuuov. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1- A final vowt'l may be elidetl hefoi e the initial vowel of a following 
 word. 
 
 2. 0)9 is used hoth as conjunction and adverb. 
 
 3. ( augments to t}, c. y. dnTJXOe from theme fX6. 
 
 4. 'i'he augment in compound verl)s couies after the [(reposition. 
 
 5. T, S, or 6 before another r, 8, or (in the same word) becomes a. 
 
 6. f-rai indicates tlie ind. mid. 'M sing. ; rj-rai the subjuuc. mid. .3d sing. 
 
 7. -coj/, end. of the active partic. iij |tres., 2d aor., and fut. 
 
 8. -am, end. of the ])arlic., 1st aor. act.; standing for aa-ur-t 
 
 9. -6(19, end. of tiic partic, 1st aoi'. })ass. ; standing for Of vr-i. 
 
 10. The verb stem in made fut. by ad«ling o-°|«.,' c. g. noirj-aoi. Troir}-a<t. 
 
 11. Second aor. forms (c. g. dn-riXOe) are derived from the theme 
 without a tense suffix. 
 
 12. Only the indicative has the au<'meut. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. The three classes of mutes 
 
 2. Linguals cliangcd to o- . . 
 
 3. Elision 
 
 4. Declension of tKelvos, auro? . 
 T). Suflixes of the fut., 1st aor., 
 
 and 1st i)ass. systems . , 1 1. 372. 
 
 r>. Vowel of th(i subjunctive . JI. 408. 
 
 7. 'I'tMJses in participles . . . 11.856. 
 
 8. Final clau.ses H. 885. 
 
 II. 24. 
 II. 52. 
 II. 79. 
 11.271,265. 
 
 G. 6. 2 second group. 
 Cf. 16, 1 end. 
 G. 12. 
 G. 83. 79. 
 
 c;. 110 II., Ill , VI. 
 G. 114. 
 G. 204. 
 (J. 217. 
 
 ^ Such Fav^. wowU :i<i aiifirhn'st, (nifit/nfr .show this preposition; l>iit tlic fionso 
 in them is rather Dial of against tijaii instrad of. 
 
 2 Tliis nicuis tliat an o-vowel follows <r in tin* 1st pers. sinrj. and phir. aiul 3»1 
 jiers. plur. ; and that * follows elsewhere. 
 
 LESSON VIII. 
 
 39 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. dWd, but. 
 
 2. dm, instead of. 
 
 3. ?p;(o^ai, / come, go. 
 
 4. dn-fpxofiaij I go ovag. 
 
 5. dTT-T\k6(y he went awat/. 
 (). drl/jid^o}, I dishonor. 
 
 7. /3ovXfv&),* I advise, jdait. 
 
 8. dvvafiai, I am able. 
 
 9. €Kuvos^ that one^ he. 
 
 lU. cVi (with dat.), upony in th^, 
 
 jKiiver of. 
 i 1 . ccrrat, will be. 
 1 2. c'rt, »/'V, again. 
 \l\. ijv (eiuv)^ if. 
 II. Kivf)vv(vu), / incur danger, 
 IT). firjnoTfy ni.iu.r. 
 
 16. oTTwff, in order that. 
 
 17. Xoo), / loose. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) fx***^i fti/Svi/eucoi/, Kivbvvtvcroiv^ Kivdtjvfvcrtts, TfXfvrtj- 
 (rd/x€i'or, alrijanfxfprjj T(\(VTrj6(U. (b) noirjauyv, rron^frar, noirjadfifuoi, Trotij- 
 6(ii. (<■) yiyvo^ai, yiyi/erat, fiovXfTai. {d) inoifi, cttokIto, (nnirjaf. 
 (r) TTfido), TTfi^ei, TTfiOfTai, ufiaBfU, ndBcov. (/) Xva>, XOcor/, XOo/xfi'or, 
 \vcra^€vr]y Xvaas, Xvawv, Xvdfis, Xvfi, eXuc, Xdo/xat, cXt^cTo, Xvcrat, cXuoi/ro. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) after begging, about to ])eg, after being begged. 
 (b) Cyrus is-begged-olF (partic. aor. pass.) [and] sent away to the gov- 
 irrniuent of which Darius had made him satrap, (c) He plans (for him- 
 self) in order that he may again be able to be general of all the Greeks 
 wlio assemble into the plain. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Elision. 2. Participial sullixes. '.]. Indirect discourse. 4. Tense 
 suflixes. 5. Verb theme, (i. Future; <d" (ivai. 7. Anidysis of Xinrm, 
 XvBfU. 8. Lingual consonant before another ling. cons. 0. Accent in 
 fleclension. 10. t before a rough breaf hi ng. II. 'I'enses which denote 
 continued action. 12. Purpose. Ki. M<.*aning of <r«[,. 
 
 ' V«-rv l're<|uent as an imlirect middle. 
 
 ■M 
 
 1^1 
 
 
 ,m$wr^wms^- 
 
 ?}•"'* 
 

 1" 
 
 40 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON IX. 
 ANABASIS I. 1. 4, 5. 
 
 TEXT : UafjvaaTii fitu dt) . . . fj /SacriXcI. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1 v.-r;,,r^.;-(/o,-,i.,..) ,n,lhnj: (a) Inun ln-dp)^co ; on 6,r (Lat. 
 sub) Icr vrro cf. vrr-o>nr,ve If. N. 5 d ; (6) on rj ;um1 , r/". ^^6^,,, U, ^, 4 . 
 (0 on the accent ./. dn-fjXe. YIII. n. 3 ; note that it is upon the 
 temporal au;^'. '^ 
 
 2. Ki>f>oy : «lat. aCter i7r^/,;^f ; ,/ similar us,, of the dat. in Lat. aftor 
 verbs ol iwlnuj: e.g. mihi succurrit. 
 
 3. c^eXoGcra, lovimj : («) IVom </>cX.'a, ; (/>) 0*Xe-co. (he) lovin«, d,tXc- 
 oucra (she) loving ; so c>., .>.cra ; (r) note, the cliphthor.j, ov absorb, 
 c «»l (/,tXe-a, and a circnmfle.x marks the contraction ; 1 (,/) so d,(Xa, I love 
 (^iXJ,!., lovm- (l>CKovaa (she) loving ; note the contraction. 
 
 4 ^ucTtXevo-VT-a, (Jnm) ruliw, ; cf. ^acn\i{,a., VIII. : (n) on -vr- and 
 -anf.r.p^„,ra V. N. II ; (/,) ^aatXcuo,., he ruliug, ^aa^X.Covaa, she mlivg ; 
 {<0-a n.arks ace. sing. 3^1 decl. ; .so ,} ^.^rrJp (stm, pnru>), rrjv prjr.'p-a. 
 
 o. „r/,-,.,-ocTo, mujht arrirr, rnmr : (a) prcs. <,,,t. Ironi a0-.«,V-o;..u 
 'I<-'1>- ; (/>) -otro, contr. of -c of the theme with en<l. -oiro ; note that r is 
 absorbed by ot, as by o, in 0.X/a;, (/,.Xi 3 ./, and that a circumnex marks 
 the contr. ; 1 (c) on the corresp. act. end. cf. .'m^ovX^C-oi VI. ; fd) note 
 that the verb is introduced by the indef. rd. pron. oVn., whoever. nn<l 
 thai whoever mujht come = if any one came; (e) d(/, for drr r= aV<J) cf. 
 KaO-iaTT]pi Vl. N. 2. 
 
 6. rra^m. with lh(. ..,,, /,,,, /,,,/,/,^ y,,„,^ ,;,^^ ^ • ,^. ^^^ . ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^ .^^^ ^ 
 .. s..paral.on in n<yni will, the g.-n. ; (/,) " whoever, .,f those fnun heside 
 
 '"• l<n.g, ,.,.. Iron, ih,, court, cam." m.ans "whoever <,f those hr.id. 
 I who wen. iM'si.lo] the king came," etc. 
 
 7. /3acr(Xe'-coff, 0/ (//tc) A-n/^/ ; note the omission of the def. art -^ 
 00 Iron, /ya^.X.u-r, kxng ; cf ^a.cX.C-ovra above; (A) -a,, for -or as in 
 nnp.aar.8-0. I. X 3 ; o. case endi,.g g.n. sing. 3d decl., cf -is in Lat. 3d 
 
 ^ A ci,cm..ncx on the;,rm,^/ of course can occur only when the ,dtima is .hort 
 ^^ ^^^ J IM. an. ,s n.,ula.-l, on.ilte.l ben.re ,a.A,... wi.en ,l.<. «.eat kin« of pj^^is 
 
 $ 
 
 I 
 
 LESSON IX. 
 
 41 
 
 decl., e. g. honor-is, 0/ honor ; (e) so apxaur-os, ^aanXfCoirT oi, naid or, 
 p.TjTp'6s (Lat. xnatr-is). 
 
 8. 7rai/T-os, «/^; ace. plur. masc. ; gen. plur. nduT-(ov IV. n. 5: so 
 nduTus (:i(i(nX( as, all kings, mivTm ap^ourai^ all commanders. 
 
 9. dia-Tid-iis, disposing: {a) thus disposing all = fhns afft cling the 
 viinds of all ; (h) from diu-TiOtj-pi, llnine 0(y prcs. stei,i riOi ; (c) pres. 
 stem of the compound, dui-Ti6€, parlic. 6ta-Tt6/f-»/r-y; on -cWr changed to -ccr 
 c/. drifxaaddv VI 1 1, n. 5 /• ; </, also KivHOvfCiriii Nil I. f..r Ktvfiui/fu.raio-r ; 
 ((/) note, UT is lost before the en<l. -s ; then e is lengthened to ct, a to a. 
 
 10. ^ao-tXf-i, /o ^/le Z;i??5r; (a) -t, end. of dat. sing. 3d decl., of Lat. 
 regl and iota subscript in €ivt(d ; (b) ai)plying the endings met with, we 
 liave : ^aaiXtC-s, fiaaiXe-tos, /liacrtXc?, (iaaiXt-a ; (iaaiXt-t^,^ /^acrtXc-wi/, 
 /3ao-iXc-ap. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The accent of compound verbs does not precede the augment. 
 
 2. vndpxoi), to he for, to aid, governs the dative case. 
 
 3. Participles in -au have the feminine in -ovad. 
 
 4. Verb themes ending in -f lose it before an ending beginning with 
 -ft), 'OV, or ot, and the contracted syllable receives a circumlle.\ accent. 
 
 5. A sentence introduced by the indef. rel. oartr and containing the 
 oi)tative has the force of a con<lition. 
 
 6. TT becomes (p before a rough breathing, as r becomes $. 
 
 7. The [>artic. sullix vt is lost before the case ending f, and a pre- 
 ceding a becomes a ; f becomes ft. 
 
 8. The third decl. endings : -r, -or, -t, -a, -c$-, -a>i/, -at. 
 
 9. With the gen. napd denotes separation : from the side of. 
 
 :i. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. TIir«'(; onb-rs of I he miihs 
 
 2. Compensalivj' l<'n;^lh('i,in" 
 
 3. Contraction of c and o 
 
 sounds 
 
 • • • • . 
 
 4. Accr'nt in rr»ntra(li(.„ 
 
 5. Third declension . . . 
 
 II. 25. 
 11.34. 
 
 (I 0. 2 end. 
 (i. 16, N. I. 
 
 IL37,r. 39,/>. 
 TT 105. 
 
 O. 9, 2 and 4. 
 O. 24. 
 
 H. 16.3: 168- 0.45, 1 and 2; 46, 
 170. 2; 47; 48. 
 
 » Tn Xenoph.ni ftaa^Xi-,, [^ contr. to ^a<rtA,rc, a change like that of h<r6e 
 
 Vt* 
 
 ■ ^ 7^*^ -- --* J ri 
 
 " lWfHH.,i >.m i . j i i.« 
 
k 
 
 ; I 
 
 42 
 
 INDUCTIVE GUEEK iMETllOl). 
 
 0. Declension (A' ^(UTiXfvi 
 7. Accent as allt'cUMl l»^' tlic 
 
 II. 206. 
 
 augment 
 
 8. Veiby of aiding ... 
 
 9. Trapd with the gen. case 
 
 10. npos with the ace. case ^ . 
 
 11. Conditional rehitive sen- 
 
 tences II. 912; 889. 
 
 11. 391,6. 
 11. 764, 2. 
 H. 802 and 1. 
 H.805an<l.3a. 
 
 G. 53, ;}. 
 
 G. 105. 
 
 (;. 184. '2. 
 
 (i. 191, Vi. 4(1). 
 
 G. 191, VI. (; (3)^. 
 
 (J.231; 219. I,L', M. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. a(f)-iKV(o-fx(u, I arrive. 
 
 '2. 6 ^iKTiXevs, kinij. 
 
 ',1. (iaaiXfvco, I rule. 
 
 4. 67, (iicnr(li)nj/i/, so flu n. 
 
 T). 8ia-TiST}-fii, I arramje, disjio.^i!. 
 
 6. ^, than. 
 
 7. fiaWov^ rather. 
 
 8. ocTTii, u'liocver. 
 
 0. ouro), so, thus ; ita. 
 
 lU. iravrdy all. 
 
 II. Trapd, with gen.,/m7H beside, 
 
 from. 
 \'2. i»7?d, mid, r .• sub. 
 
 13. VTT d/>;^a), / '////. 
 
 14. </)tX(co, (piXcoy I love. 
 IT). 0(Aof, Jrinid. 
 
 U). iiare, ////{^ as a result ; ut. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate: (a) (iaaiXfixof. f-i(i(Ti\€vouTos, (iuaiXevovTu. fiaaiKtvovaa 
 Avo-toi/, \iaov(Ta. (6) *H fir) firirr//> auroM e(/)iAft, oxrrf oiyrj /iaXXoi/ (^/Xoi/ 
 fivnt t; TO) (BaaiXd. (c) "Oo-Tt? o^y a(/)t*ci'otro 7r(i/>* nyroO tt/kj^ rof fiaaiXfv- 
 oura \\f)Ta^(p^r^v, dnc^d^e rrrpaTtjynv to)u KWijuoiu. (d) \\\\* tjv bvvrjTui 
 ^a(Ti\fv? fii'iUy TToiijaei rov d^fXcjniu iTTpaTi]yt)V. {> ) *\\ fiTjTrjp vvv ui(,3(iii'f 
 npos Tuu \\pra^(p^i)v wi- (((UTTjaofUvq rov Kvpoif. (/) *0 di vnonrfvOtU 
 
 €Te\€VTJ](T€ TOU (HoV. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) lie indeed liapjHMis io lie friendly (= a friend) to 
 the king. (/>) 15ut when the younger happened to he absent, Ti.-^.si- 
 phernes slanders him before the ruling Artaxer.xes. (,•) But the mother, 
 loving Cyrus rather than the ohlcr brother, persuades the king and 
 sends Cyrus back again to his governnnnt. 
 
 1 Make it a point to considt tliu troatniciit <if \he pi ♦•position given in the grain- 
 inar.s, ^.s often as nov; prepositions or new uses of the familiar ouo< are met with. 
 
 LESSON X. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 r^ 
 
 1. Accent of i'7r^/>xf. 2. ottw? and cootc . '^. Analysis of partic. end. 
 -ay, -619. 4. (f) in lUpiKueopai. 5. Endings in the :jd deel. G. Adjective 
 and relative agreement. 7. Analysis of ^aaiktvovra. 8. Augment ol a, 
 f, o. 9. Verb endings -ot, -oito. 10. Elision and augment in compound 
 vj'rbs. 11. Conditional relatives. 12. Clas-siJication of the consonants. 
 13. Article as a demonstrative. II. Time in«lic.ated by tlni tenses of tin- 
 j)articiplc. 
 
 LESSON X. — REVIEW. 
 
 [This les.son is a review of all that have preceded it. Nothing is so 
 necessary, in tlie ac<[uisition of a language, as constant and thorough 
 review. One should carry forward with him at least nine-tenths of what 
 he h}is learned. The }>receding lessons contain in all eighty-eight 
 different words, together with a large number of grammatical forms.' 
 Many of the most important principles of the language liave been con- 
 sidered. Others might have been brought forward; but it has U^en 
 deemed wise to hoM them in reserve, it is understood that the student 
 will in no case proceed to take up Lesson XL until this lesson, with all 
 that it includes, is learned. Let every word, every phra.'^c, every prin- 
 ciple, l>e mastered absolutely.] 
 
 1. TEXT. ANABASIS 1. i. I to ^aatXfl I. I. 5. 
 
 In the review of the text which has thus far been taken, pursue the 
 following order of work : — 
 
 1. Pronounce aloud the (»reek text rejioatedly. 
 
 2. With oidy the I'^nglish translation before the eye. pronounce the 
 (Ireek, until this can b(^ done rapidly and without hesitation. 
 
 3. With only the I'^nglish tr.inslation befor(* the eye, write out tin- 
 Creek ; comi)are the result with the printed Creek te.\t; note and correct 
 mistakes. 
 
 4. Write out a grammatical analysis of the material of the text thus 
 far studied undci- the following heads: (I) noun-foinis, classifving 
 se]>arately in both sing, and ]>lur.. (a) nom. forms, (/>) gon. form.s, 
 (r) dat. forujs, ('/) ac«-. fojnis ; (2) verb-forms, classify separatelv 
 
 1 M" ,a 
 
 I'nl 
 
 i ] 
 
 .^^WW??^-"-"'^ 
 
44 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD, 
 
 (a) presents, (A) iinpcriccts, (c) aorista ; and, again, (,/) sulMunclives, 
 (c) optatives, (/) participles. i v ^ J 
 
 0. Go through the text and select those forms and phrasc« which 
 perhaps, still remain un.nastere.l. Read again the previous notes mven' 
 upon them. ]Jo not leave them b-fore they have been conquered 
 
 2. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 . . . . J I. 5. 
 
 1 !• C7« 
 
 .... 11. 17. 
 II. 20. 
 
 1. Tlie a]i>hal)t't 
 
 I • • • • 
 
 2. 'i'jje vowels 
 
 • • • • 
 
 3. Rreatliinjjs 
 
 4. Gamma nasal .... 
 
 ^' ^eta II. 21 «. 
 
 C. Classification of consonants 11.22. 
 
 7. Semivowels IJ. 23. 
 
 8. The mutes n. 24, 25. 
 
 ^- -y • II. 26. 
 
 10. Compensative lengtheniiK' 
 
 (« '"^'^ • . . . . ir. 34. 
 
 11. Contr. off with w, ov, * . H. 37. 
 
 12. Lingual mute before an- 
 
 other lingual mute . . H. 52. 
 
 13. Elision . 11^ 79.81. 
 
 14. Svllables. 
 
 15. Accent . 
 
 • . . « . 
 
 in. Accent as aOected by contr. 
 
 17. Grave accent ..... 
 
 18. Proclitics ....[, 
 
 19. Gender, number, cases . 
 
 20. Accent of nouns .... 
 
 2^- ^'^^^''"^ • • II. 13o'. 
 
 (J. 1. 
 G. 2. 
 G. 4. 
 G. 6, 1. 
 G. 5. 2. 
 G. 5. 
 G. 6. 1. 
 G. 6. 2. 
 G. 5. 2. 
 
 G. 16, Gn. L 
 G. 9, 2, 3, 4. 
 
 G. 16, 1. 
 
 G. 12. I and 2. 
 G. 18, 1. 
 
 11. 90. 
 
 ir. 95. 96 and rf, G. 21, 1, 2, 22, 1, 
 99. 1 00 rr, A, 102, a. 2, N. 1. 
 
 n. 105. 
 II. 108. 
 II. 111. 
 IL 123. 
 II. 128, 129. 
 
 22. Declensions 
 
 - « p 
 
 23. Stem en«l., gender, nom. 
 
 endings, 1st decl. . . . 
 
 24. ^,;jpa, Tifx^ 
 
 25. -«x,, 1st decl. . . 
 
 H. 131. 
 
 II. 134. 
 H. 135. 
 II. 141. 
 
 (J. 24. 
 
 (J. 23. 
 
 G. 29. 
 
 O. 33. 1, 2, 3. 
 
 G. 25, 1, 2. 
 
 O. 32, 1, 2. 
 
 (I 34. 
 
 G. 35. 
 G. 37. 
 G. 39. I 
 
 f.o,„ t„e beginning, t,.o ,.upi> shouw be encolag:a';o"L7:;.;;;;:;!r:':r '"■^'' 
 
 
 ''^*'-m^%:n 
 
 W- 
 
 LESSON X. 
 
 45 
 
 26. Second decl., stem end., 
 
 27. 
 28. 
 
 29. 
 30. 
 31. 
 32. 
 33. 
 34. 
 
 35. 
 36. 
 37. 
 38. 
 39. 
 40. 
 41. 
 42. 
 43. 
 44. 
 45. 
 46. 
 47. 
 
 48. 
 49. 
 50. 
 
 gender, nom. end. 
 
 H. 151. 
 
 
 G. 40. 
 
 av6po>nos<, bu)()ou .... 
 
 11. 153. 
 
 
 G. 42, 1. 
 
 Third decl. stems and case 
 
 
 
 
 endings 
 
 II. 163, 
 
 168, 
 
 G. 45,46, 2, 47, 1 
 
 
 169, 
 
 170. 
 
 49. 
 
 fiaaiXivs 
 
 H. 206. 
 
 
 G. 53, .3. 
 
 dyaOus 
 
 11 o*>o 
 
 J 1 • «.^«w#w* 
 
 
 (3. 02, :t crof/iiJi. 
 
 avrds 
 
 11. 205. 
 
 
 (I 79, L 
 
 €K€lVOS 
 
 II. 271. 
 
 
 (J. 83. 
 
 Article 
 
 11. 272. 
 
 
 G. 78. 
 
 Voices, modes, tenses. 
 
 
 
 
 themes 
 
 11.298 300.307 
 
 . G. 88-92. 
 
 Augment 
 
 11.354-56.360 
 
 (L 99, 100, 105. 
 
 Tense and mode suffixes . 
 
 H. 372. 
 
 
 G. 110 11.,111.,VL 
 
 Participial suffixes . . . 
 
 IL 382. 
 
 
 G. 117, 2. 
 
 Vowel of the subjunct. 
 
 H. 408. 
 
 
 G. 114. 
 
 Agreement of the subject 
 
 H. 601. 
 
 
 G. 134. 
 
 " « verb 
 
 H. 603. 
 
 
 G. 135. 
 
 " " adjective 
 
 H. 620. 
 
 
 G. 138. 
 
 " " appositive 
 
 H. 623. 
 
 
 G. 137. 
 
 " •• relative 
 
 H. 627. 
 
 
 G. 151. 
 
 as a demonstrative . . 
 
 H. 654 , 
 
 md e. 
 
 G. 143 and N. 2. 
 
 01)ject and pred. ace. . . 
 
 H. 726. 
 
 
 G. 166. 
 
 Voice 
 
 11. 811- 
 
 813. 
 
 G. 199. 
 
 Tense 
 
 H. 821- 
 
 24. 828, 
 
 G. 200. \. 1, 202, 
 
 1 
 
 329,836, 
 
 837,856. 1,204. 
 
 "Onur with fut. ind. 
 
 II. 885. 
 
 
 (}. 217. 
 
 The cond. sentence . . . 
 
 11. 889. 
 
 
 G. 219, 1. 
 
 Conditional relatives . . 
 
 II. 912. 
 
 
 G. 231. 
 
 3. VOCABULARY. 
 
 [The pupil is expected to know the various forms which have 
 occurred of each of the words here given.] 
 
 1. a&pol^d). 
 
 O » ' 
 
 Z. aiT€U>. 
 
 Vkiuw. 
 
 3. avn-ftaivo). 5. dno-dfiKVVfxi. 
 
 4. an-(f))(Ofiai. 6 
 
 Uno-KT(ll/U). 
 
 7. dcrGfVfui. 
 
 S. VLTiud^Ui. 
 
 tn'A 
 
 e| 
 
 
 
 
 
 
■ I 
 
 t 
 
 ■ 
 
 1 I 
 
 '1 
 
 4C 
 
 0. a(p-iKi/€Oinn. 
 
 10. ^aariXfvto. 
 
 11. finvXfvui. 
 
 12. fiuvXofidi. 
 
 13. yiyvofjuu. 
 
 14. fita-/iiaXXa). 
 
 15. 8ui-TlOt]f^Ll. 
 
 INDUCTIVE GltKKK METHOD. 
 
 HJ. bvvafiai. 
 
 17. (ij/at. 
 
 II). (7Tl-/3oi'X6l'a). 
 
 21. KuO-iaTtJfil. 
 
 22. Acti'c^pj'fua). 
 
 21. Xa/i/ia I'u). 
 
 2."). Xi>co. 
 
 2(5. /ifra-Tre/iTTO). 
 
 2i . TTa^-fmit. 
 
 28. 7rft(9a>. 
 
 -!*. TTfllTTCO. 
 
 •Jn. TTOlfd). 
 
 •U . fri»XXa;i3ni'c«>. 
 
 3 J. TfXffrdw. 
 
 3 4. v7r-dp^(t). 
 
 35. VTT-OTTTfVUi. 
 
 3(1. ff}i\f(n. 
 
 Aims., Prons. I'uKPo.srrroNs. Ai»v. I'a»ticm->!. 
 
 1. 
 
 o d^(\cj)<k\ 
 
 1. 
 
 aiJ.(j)nT(f)U). 
 
 1. 
 
 » f 
 twa. 
 
 1, 
 
 hi]. 
 
 2, 
 
 n "m 
 
 
 UfoiTfpos. 
 
 2. 
 
 » » 
 
 2 
 
 fTt. 
 
 3. 
 
 6 ('if) ^0)1'. 
 
 3. 
 
 TrdvTfs. 
 
 :i. 
 
 (ITTO. 
 
 3. 
 
 fiff 
 
 4. 
 
 y) /^(itrtXeia. 
 
 4. 
 
 np€(T^VT(f)ni 
 
 4. 
 
 did. 
 
 4. 
 
 prjTTOTt 
 
 r». 
 
 o fttiaiXevw 
 
 
 
 5. 
 
 (U. 
 
 5. 
 
 vvv. 
 
 G. 
 
 6 fii()<:. 
 
 1. 
 
 avTus. 
 
 G. 
 
 «f 
 
 G. 
 
 OVTUi. 
 
 
 01 "EXXrjves. 
 
 
 
 (KflvOS. 
 
 4 . 
 
 > / 
 
 7. 
 
 irdXtv 
 
 8. 
 
 7] fir]Trjp. 
 
 3. 
 
 * t / 
 O, 7J, TO 
 
 s. 
 
 Kara 
 
 s. 
 
 
 1). 
 
 6 6n\iT7]^. 
 
 4. 
 
 OffOP 
 
 I). 
 
 ptrd. 
 
 
 
 10. 
 
 6 TToii. 
 
 
 
 10. 
 
 irapd. 
 
 
 
 11. 
 
 TO TTf^loV. 
 
 Conjunctions. 
 
 11. 
 
 TTpoi. 
 
 
 
 12. 
 
 6 (TaTpaTTTJ^. 
 
 I. 
 
 Se, Kat, dXXd 
 
 12. 
 
 (TVV. 
 
 
 
 13. 
 
 6 iTTpaTt]y('is. 
 
 2. 
 
 > / 
 
 CTTft. 
 
 13. 
 
 vno. 
 
 
 
 14. 
 
 1] TfXfur/}. 
 
 •> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 15. 
 
 6 <^iXov. 
 
 4. 
 5. 
 G. 
 
 OTTCOff, CiaT€. 
 
 
 
 
 
 4. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (r/) 'O o-r^nr7y(if TfXei;rr}i. rov /3/ou (uoUi. (h)'o rrpt- 
 (T^Crepos dno t?)^ dpx^s nn^u (xCyxavf. (<) "Ofrni arp,iTrjyo\ r)0pnlC<nTo fit 
 TTf^inu, linvXmTiU Tot' Kvpnu (uxu npxniTa. (//) 'o di Ztilat KaritTT,) (U 
 T7)v dpxt'ji'. (t) 'II 6' (WCyxciuf dia(3dX\nv(Ta rov P(uiT€pov ois rf) dpxi) 
 €7ri^ov\fvoi. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) He wishes accor<linj;,My to he ahst-nt from the kin^- 
 doin. (/>) lie seii.ls lor the three lnmdnMl men from the province of 
 which Darius had made him satrap, (r) The kin;^r i,i,hM.d happens to 
 be a friend to him. (,f) liut .she, loving the youn^'er, wished him to l)e 
 present. 
 
 LESSON XI. 
 
 47 
 
 LESSON XI. 
 
 ANABASIS i. I. 5, 6. 
 
 TEXT : Kai rCiV irap (avT<o . 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 Xdfioi. ^aaiXfa. 
 
 1. nap (with dat.), bij the side n/.- (a) cj. napa (intnXfia^ IX. (i^i'W.), 
 from the side of the Icing ; {h) on nap* lor napd cf avr \T11. N. 10. 
 
 2. tavTuty himself sibi : note that nap (avr<a stands between ruiv and 
 ^ap^dpav like an ordinary attrib. adj., e.g. rSiv dyadS>p naidcovy of the 
 
 good hogs. 
 
 3. (n-f-pfXd-To, contr. from (n^pfXft-To from fni-p(X(opai, deponent : 
 (a) on the foini, c/. (-^ovXcto 11.; {h) €-€ = €i as in r;or^€i/« 11. ; (c) on 
 «-€ = €t, cf €-ov - oO in (fyiXodfra IX. ; ((0 construed with gen., he took 
 care of the barbiwiavs. 
 
 4. TToXffifii', contr. from noX€p€-(iu, from TroXf/xc'cu ; cf. Kw^. jxilnnic: 
 (a) -€iv indicates the inlin., cf also vai in napd-vai II.; (6) so <;|^6), (x^iv; 
 
 Xvo), XdftI'. 
 
 5. T€, for T€, both, foil, by Kai and: (a) note lo.ss of accent ; to be 
 read as part oi tha jtrccedivg word;^ (Jj) cf ds IV., o>p V., 6 VII., which 
 have no accent, and are read as part of thv.fdl. word. 
 
 6. 0)9 . . . €i7](Tav, ut essent, that they might be : (a) pres. opt. 3d 
 plur., in a clause of j)urpose ; (J)) from tlpl, T am,, cf. lov, bring, eivai, to 
 bey (o-rai, will be ; (r) on the o])tative in indir. disc, for indie, of the 
 dir. disc. cf. wr inifinvXtvoi VI. ; {d) on the opt. in c(Mid. \v\. sent. cf. 
 oaris d(l)iKVolTO IX. 
 
 7. €vvo'iK'(i)s exoi-er, and fjiaf fJirg migltt have in africndbj manner^ i. e. 
 iiiight be frimdlg .- (n) -wr indicates the adverb ; (//) as -oi iinlieates the 
 pres. opt. 3d sing., so ouv in<lieat<s the pres. opt. 3d plur., rf however 
 il-rj-aav 6; (c) opt. as in (Xr)(Tav, 6 a. 
 
 8. hvvapi-Vy force : {(i) nom. bvvapi-i, cf Eng. dynamitr^ bvvrjraL VIII.; 
 {!)) ('.\u\. -V indicates accus. sing. 3d deel., cf also -a in upxovr-a V. N. 11. 
 
 9. a>f pdXifTTa ihvvaro, quam maxime poterat, tis mil (is he conld ; 
 t-5vva-To trom ^vva-pai de]*., '/. fivvrjTai VIII.; on the form cf. f-fiov- 
 Af-To II. N. 9 : fVf/ifXftTo, 3 a. 
 
 1 So in bat.. hominuHque. 
 
 ■.-.;m-'^'- 
 
,:;*!«*»^s*i4J'li!#»'i" 
 
 : \ 
 
 48 
 
 JNDLX'TIVK GRKKK METHOD. 
 
 LKSSON X!. 
 
 49 
 
 ^N; 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 I > 
 
 'I 
 
 10. (nL-Kpv7TT-u-fi(,^o-s, hi(Un(f (for hwiytin • r^,\ r. . » 
 
 _ 12 or. <.V,v„a«ua-raro-„, ,,s HH/-r./.,„v,/ „. ,,„,,.,,-4/. , („) ;,, y,^.,. . ■ 
 <.>f /i<iA.,m. 9, sli,.|,j,||u.nii.«(l„. .MiiHil.t • ri.\ i ' ""'' """" 
 
 x,;iVl! ^'^ "' ''•"■■""■• -"""^ ■■■>■ ■"<">- "' "Z""/^- 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 1. ^«p<J is const. ,vill, b,„I, .„,, ,„a .,„,, ,„„ „ .„, ^y 
 
 article and Us subst. an,l l,ave tl,e valne of an attrib. adj. 
 
 3. tmfi€'K(ofiai is construed with the gun. 
 
 4. it and ojrwr indicate imipose. 
 
 5. -€tv, -TO. indicate the infinitive. f'-«y = ,jy 
 
 6. r/ loses its accent, and is read a8 part of tl.e preceding word 
 
 o'- vtb •: •: ::;!::;rsV""^ ''-' '- --' ^" '"« «•"■ "■'■••■' '-^ i-'- 
 
 ^ J. |. nu„liiied bvan adv. has the sen.se of the Kng. >o U with a 
 
 9. -otfv and ,,-or,,., indicate the oj.t 3d jilnr 
 
 10. i. or. sfen.gthen the .snpclalive, like quam in l.alin 
 
 11. Adverbs are lonued f,„n. ad,j..,.,ives by Ihe en,!. -„,. 
 
 ani .!;::"""""■' •■'"• •^"''^'■'""^■- "- ^"■■->' '-.v <•-■ endings .„,. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Open and close vowels . 
 
 2. Contraction of vowels 
 
 3. Enclitics 
 
 
 
 •I. J^eclension of TruXt? 
 
 S. Coniparisijn of adjectives 
 
 C. Foiination of adverbs 
 
 7. Tenses of the indicative 
 
 H. 12. 
 
 II. 37. 
 
 11. 113. 
 
 il. 201. 
 
 II. 248, 249. 
 
 ir. 257. 
 
 H. 301. 302. 
 
 G. 2 N. 
 
 G. 9. J, 2,3,4. 
 
 G. 27. 
 
 G. 53. 
 
 G. 71. 
 
 G. 74. 
 
 G. 90, 1, 2. 
 
 ii. Article with attributives . II. 666 and a. (J. 142, 1 and n. 
 9. Adverb with «;( to . . . . 11. 810 examples. 
 10. Modes in linal clauses . . H. 881. G. 215 A., 216. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1 . a7Tapd(TK€vofy u uprcpa red. 
 
 2. 6 ^dp^apos, barbaridii. 
 
 3. 17 dvvapif, force. 
 
 4. ((ivTfo, to liintsilf. 
 
 5. €iTj(Tav (opt.), they iiiiylit be. 
 (j. 'EWtjvikos, Greek. 
 
 7. eTTt/cpuTrrw, 1 hide, 
 
 8. cV(/xcX(o/xa( (w. gen.), 7 aire 
 
 for. 
 
 9. fvi^olcoy, friendly. 
 
 i(>. (vvoiKu)^, in a friendly vay. 
 
 1 1. iKnvui, (ihlf. 
 
 12. ort, cjs (w. Hup), iiit<?nsilv 
 
 the HUperlative. 
 
 13. napd (w. dat.), by the side of. 
 
 14. rroXf/ifo), I Jiyhf, make tvdr, 
 \^t. Tt . . . Kttly both . . . and. 
 i(). us (c(jiij.), 7/t order that. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Form" the adverb from 'eWtjvikos and iKavos. 2. Decl. dvvapis, 
 dnapda-Kfvos (sin^^r), Uavos (plur.). 3. Translate : (a) Oi Trap* eavTu 
 fidp^apoi /3ovXoi/rat fivai iKavoi noXtpdu. (^) 'O p€u Kvpos dvi^t] kuX tcrrai 
 napa tc5 dSfX^w. (c) *Kf3ov\oirro 5r) avrbv €)(fiv on iKavuiTarou ap^oura. 
 {d) 'Err«i fif daOfvti 6 /SntrtXeuy, (mpfKf'iTai avrov ff Ilnpufrorty. (' ) 'Ettc- 
 KpvTTTfro rovi fTTpaTTjyovs ort /xtiXtora (dvvaro. 
 
 4. Translate : (r() But whoever mij^dit arrive from be.^ide (Vrns slan- 
 dered the king as secretly (= hiding) as possible. (/>) l>ut Cyrus was 
 l)lotting in order that he might rule, (c) The satraj) acrordingly went 
 up when the king was happening to be most unprejiarrd. (</) He will 
 be a friend of the king if he is able (subj.) to hold (= liave) hi< 
 government, (c) And if he wishes to slay the generals, the king's 
 brother will be present as a friend to them. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Elision. 2. Coidr. of f-r, tr, /-ft, e-ou. e-n, f-ta. 3. Deponents. 
 4. Verb ending -av. 5. Didcrcnt uses (A' the opt. (',. Accent of tc. 
 7. Theme and pres. stem of Xapftdvoi. H. JOnd. -otfi/, -t; aau. 0. tx^ 
 with the adv. 10. ^Trtop with fnt. ind. 1 1. Cases with Trripd. 12. End- 
 ingsof 3d decl. 1.3. Attributiv(j ]>osition. 14. Position of p^u; of g/ 
 15. Augment. 10. Participial sutli.xes. 17. Comparison of iVardr 
 
50 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XII. 
 
 ANA1^>ASIS I. I. G. 
 
 TEXT : u)5e ovv (uokIto . . . nXfjv Mi\t)Tov. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. €LX€ : (a) impr. iiul. from e^^ ; here c augments to «; ('-/) ant,', 
 of a, o ? 
 
 2. (u rms iruXeai, in the ciV/V.s-.- (a) eV, Lat. in, in; with <lat. case ; 
 (h) TToXc-o-t, tlat. phir. ol" ttoXi-?, »/. Kiig. mcho-pnlis ; * (/•) note change ol 
 i to e ; in wliicli cases is t rctaiiUMl ? 
 
 3. rra/)-J7yy€iAe : ((f) from nap-ayyeWa ; '/. En^'. (uujd ;'^ (h) yy=V(i. 
 cf. yx in Tuyx"t'cu 1 1 1, n. 6; (c) vyyfXXe, inipf., f/m (tinwunciyuj ,• tjyyuXf, 
 1st aor., anuonnail. ; (J) note, thnv is l)ut one; X in the 1st anr., an.l tlie 
 tense snllix -o--a is not empluyed, l>ut e is strengthenc<l to a. 
 
 4. Xa/x/3di'-6iv : (</) -€lv indicates inlin. act., cf. TroXcfidv XI. n.4; 
 (h) pres. infui., since Xafx^au is the pres. stem of the theme Xn/3. 
 
 5. uu8p-as : (rt) nom. sing dinjp, stem aVfp, ]>ut avBp in decl. ; (h) on 
 stems in p behjnging to the 3(1 decl. rf. p^jryjp VII. Ohs. 6. 
 
 6. TrXf to-Tovf, most, ^fXrlaTov?, bi'.-^t : (<i) superlatives of ttoXv?, dyaOos ; 
 (b) the adjectives meaning much, yood, are irrcguhirly compared. 
 
 7. 0)9 </.9, a.-; ?/, r/. o)ff (^iXoj/ V. : introduces tlie foUowing two gen., 
 whicli, lakiM t«»m'tlii r, niakr ;i cuiistrut 1 ion e<|uivah-nt to tlie Lat. 
 ahl. ahs. 
 
 8. Tia-(racp(ppovs, for Tia(Ta(f)(pv(a-os, a here drops awav between f 
 and o and llie vowels contr. to ov. 
 
 9. K(u yap ri-aav,for [the, etc.'] vcn' : (a) cf. Lat. etenim = et-enim; 
 (It) »y-<rav, erant, urn'; on -aav rf. (U)<rav XL 
 
 10. TO dpxdlot/, ori(jin(illij ; rf. lOng. archaic: ncc. sing, in-ut. with 
 force of adverb, 
 
 11. (K (SaaiXtois, from, hy, [the] kinrj : (a) «k, .came jis € f but used 
 when the following word begins with a consonant ; (6) with the gen. 
 case. 
 
 1 From AiTjTTjp, mother, ami woAic, citj/. 
 
 2 Strictly a messenger. 
 
 i:.Ui.:i 'i,\ 
 
 • N. v^ 
 
 LESSON Xll 
 
 51 
 
 12. hi-ho-pi(UiU, hor'nuj hn„ ,,in„ . (a) jH-rL pari. pa-, (m ui'u\.) of 
 theme 8o, to yirr, if. Lat. do, dare; (//) note, the stem of the perf. is 
 formed by means of a prefixed reduplication, cf. Lat. pe-pendi. de-di, 
 te-tendi ; (c) on part, sutiix -p(vo cf. iniKpvnTo-pfvo-i XI. n. 10. 
 
 13. d(\)-€i-<TTr)-K€-(Tav, (thcif) had vf rotted : i {a) from dcp-idTTjpi, theme 
 ara, Lat. sta-re ; {h) on d</) lor citt* cf. df})-iKvo'iTo IX. N. 5 r, Kad-iarrjfu 
 VI. N. 2(;; («•) -(Toi/ indicates :id plur., cf. €i7jaau XL, 5^"" 9- 
 
 14. naa-at, all ; from nas : nom. plur. fem. ; stem nuff-a ; for the 
 masc. stem cf. ndvT-ojv IV. N. 5. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. € sometimes augments to (i. yy pronounced like ng in 8i7?f/. 
 
 2. eV is foil, by the dat. ; f$ by the gen. 
 
 3. Verbs the stem of whose present ends in -XX form the first aor. 
 with only one X and lengthen the theme-vowel, f to « ; the tense sulUx 
 
 'ira is not used. 
 
 4. The theme Xa/3 becomes Xapf3au in the present system. 
 
 5. dvTjp has dvbp for its stem, in declension. 
 
 6. TToXvff, dyados are irreg. compared. 
 
 7. The Greek has a gen. abs. corresp. to the Lat. abl. abs. 
 
 8. -aav indicates the 3d plur. in some forms of the verb. 
 
 9. The ace. sing. neut. of the adj. may be used adverbially. 
 
 10. ef becomes ex before consonants. 
 
 11. The perf. stem is formed by reduplication. 
 
 12. TTUff has the two stems navr (mns«-., n»*uL) and niKT-a (fem.). 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Accent in the thiid d«'(l. 
 
 2. Decdcns. of dvtjp . 
 
 3. Declens. of tick . 
 
 4. Tense systems . . 
 
 5. Adverbial accusative . 
 
 6. Genitive absolute . . 
 
 II. 172. 
 
 II. 188 //, 189. 
 
 II. 240. 
 
 II. 303. 
 
 II. 719. 
 
 11. 970 
 
 G. 25, 3. 
 (i. 57. 2. 
 (L 07. 
 (L 92, 4. 
 G. 160,2. 
 G. 183. 
 
 1 Tliis form is i.hipprf. iud., but being somewhat irregular, its full analysis is 
 for the present witlihcld. 
 
 ' ^!i > m ' q ! iM#..'i|ipiii f i^ |' "ijj 
 
 ■^^ssMrmyj^^^^'^ <v'-.iv*is-^. 
 
52 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 \i 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. dyycXXoD, / announce. 
 
 2. Trap-ayytWa), I annowice.^ 
 
 3. 6 dinjp, man. 
 
 4. d(}>-LaTrjfii, I caitse to stand 
 
 off, revolt. 
 
 5. /SeXnoToy, 6es^ 
 
 6. tidoofiiy I give, 
 
 7. €Ka(TTos, each. 
 
 8. eV, in. 
 
 9. TJaav, erant, they were. 
 
 10. oTToo-os, quantus, a*- »^ani/ as. 
 
 11. TTOff, ereri/, a//. 
 
 12. 7rXi}t/, except. 
 
 13. Tj TToXiy, c't^j/. 
 
 14. TToXiJy, TrXfToToff, much, most. 
 
 15. 17 (TvXXoyij, i<?vi/. 
 
 16. dpxcuos, ancient, original, 
 
 17. TO dpxaiov, formerly. 
 
 18. Torf, </ten. 
 
 19. 6 <t)povpapxoi, captain of the 
 
 guard. 
 
 20. { (^vXaic^, grwarti. 
 
 21. Z)d€, thus. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decl. rrao-a fj avWoyrj (sing.) ; 6 ^(Xtkttos dvf)p ; cVaori; TrdXtff. 
 
 2. Translate: (a) And the city makes the levy as follows. (6) As 
 many generals as he has in the city, (t) To each he announces that they 
 are-to-take (= to take) 3(X) as good men as possible, {d) The Pelo- 
 ponnesian cities were, in truth, wishing to aid the Ionian cities, (f) 1 
 will make Tissaphernes general, on-tlie-ground-that (ws) Cyrus wishes 
 (it). 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Comparison. 2. Vowel contraction. 3. Open and close vowels. 
 4. Adv. ending. 5. Different meanings of U- 6. Modes in final 
 clauses. 7. Peculiarities in decl. of Tro'Xif. 8. Peculiarities of trap- 
 i}yyetXf . 9. Voice and accent of (ttokIto 10. Construct, of TroXfo-i (after 
 Ti<Taa(t>^'puov,). U. Declens. of ^aaiX^vs. 12. -ovf in i:ia<ra(l>€pvovs. 
 13. Accent in contraction. 14. Stems of Tvdi. 
 
 1 Literally i>rtss the ward along, amwuncc to one ((/ter another. 
 
 LESSON XIII. 
 
 63 
 
 LESSON XIII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. L 7. 
 
 TEXT : €V MtXjjTa) df . . . eKirenroiKOTas. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. 7rpo-aiad-6-ix€vo-s, foreseeing : (a) from cuaBdv-o-fxaiy I perceive, cf. 
 Eng. aesthetic ; (6) rrpo, before, Lat. pro ; (c) note, the partic. here has 
 f(»r its base the theme aiaO, not aladav ; it is 2d aor. ; cf. Xa^-av V., dvt- 
 
 2. TO, ai/rd, the same (things) ; ra avra ravra, these same things : (a) 6 
 avTos dvTjp, the same man ; tj avrq rf €vt^, the same end ; (b) ravra, neut. 
 plur. noni. or ace. of ovtos, this, that. 
 
 3. ^ov\(vo-fx€ifovi, them planning for themselves: (a) in agreement 
 with avTovs understood, the people of Miletus ; (/>) note, the partic. in 
 /xfi/o- is declined like dyaOo s ; for the nom. fem cf. i^-airqaapiiv-r) VII. 
 
 4. aTTO-OT^-i'ai, to revolt; cf dcp-fi-orr) K€-aav K\l. ; (a) cf. noXefi-civ, 
 ft-vai ; note the infin. suttix is -wu or -€iv ; (b) cf. Kar-e-fTTrj VI. ; both 
 forms, showing the theme o-tq (here lengthened to orriy), are 2d aor.; 
 (t) so Kara-arrj-vai, to stand down, be established. 
 
 5. d7r-€-KT(iu-e, he killed : (a) from d7ro-*cTft»'a), cf. dno-Krepau VII., 
 theme kt€v; (b) 1st aor., cf. nap-riyytiXe XII. ; note, stems in v, as those 
 in X, do not lorm the 1st aor. with the tense suflix aa, but lengthen the 
 vowel of the theme, — f to €t. 
 
 6. TOV9 fx€u . . . Tovs 6e, some . . . others : on 6 as a demons, cf. 6 fi« 
 VII., 6 8* VIII. 
 
 7. €{-€-i3aX-f, he cast out, banished: (a) from tV-jSoXXu), theme ^aX ; 
 (6) note that the theme is the base of the verb here ; the form is 2d aor., 
 c/. 4. 
 
 8. \mo-\a^o)v tov9 (jxvy-o-vr-as, undertaking (= receiving) the fkeing 
 ones (= fugitives') : {a) cf Xa^toi/ V. ; (6) (fievyovras, pres. part, from 
 (f)€vyci>, fugio, flee ; on the form cf apxovra V. 
 
 9. (TvX-Xcl-as . . . €-7r6\i6pK'€i, collecting . . . he besieged, i. e. he col- 
 lected and besieged: for avv-'Key-aas, from o-vX-Xeyo) ; on <rvX for avu cf. 
 avWap^dvfi VII. ; on f = ks, ys, cf dntdfi^e IV. ; on -ad? - irn-vr-^. cf. 
 
 1 
 
 It ■■■'I 
 
1 
 
 54 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 Kivbvvfva-ds VIII. N. ; (b) from it6\iopK€(o ; -« contracted from (-€, as in 
 
 7joBfVfL II. 
 
 10. (TTpdrfVfxaj army (ace); cf. orpaTrjyos IV. : (a) 3d decl. iieut., 
 stem arparevfiaT ; (6) note absence of case end. and dropping of final t. 
 
 11. €-nfipa-To, he was trying: (a) from napd-o-pai, dep. ; (6) -aro for 
 -a-fTo ; -€To being the same ending as in e/^ovX-ero 11. 
 
 12. KaT-dy€iVy to lead down, hack: (a) irom ayw, ago, / Zearf; (6) on 
 the end. -«i/, cf. 4. 
 
 13. «-7rf-7rTa)-K-oT-ay, fallen (i. e. cas<) ow^, eojiVes ; (a) nom. €K7T(nTu>- 
 Ka)s, contr. from -Korr ; on -o>s for -ors c/. «cii/Si;»/€v(Tds for Kivdvvevaavrs ; 
 (^) perf. partic, here with the force of a nonn ; theme ttto) from TrtTrrw ; 
 (c) TTf-, redup.; cf. de-Bo-ptvai XII.; (f?) k-, representing ko, perf. act. 
 suttix, as aa- is of the 1st aor. ; (e) -as as in Ttdpr-as IX. 
 
 S. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. fV is followed by the dat. case. 
 
 2. alaOdvopai, theme alaO, larrjui, theme at a, KTiivtOy theme rrev, 
 /3dXXa), theme /3aX, Xa/i^aVo), theme Xa^. 
 
 3. 6 avTOi = </ie same. 
 
 4. Participles in p,(vo-s are declined like dyaOos. 
 
 5. The infin. endings are -€tv, -i/at. 
 
 6. The 2d aor. commonly shows the verb theme ; e.g. ano-ar^-vai. 
 
 7. 6 p€v . . . 6 be denote contrasted persons. 
 
 8. Verbs in v and X form the first aor. without -a-, but lengthen the 
 thematic vowel. 
 
 9. The participle standing without a substantive may have the force 
 of a noun : e. g. ap^av, (Pevycou. 
 
 10. K and y at the end of a verb stem, before -<ra-, 1st aor. suffix, 
 unite with a-, forming ^. 
 
 11. Neuter stems in t form the nom. and ace. sing without a ease 
 ending, and by dropping r. 
 
 12. a-€ contracts to a, a-e to a. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declens. of y^ H. 144. 
 
 2. Declens. of neut. stems in t . II. 181. 
 
 G. 38 ((TVK^). 
 G. 50 IT. 
 
 LESSON XIIL 
 
 b5 
 
 G. 79, 2. 
 G. 83. 
 
 G. 110, III., 2. 
 G. 110, V. 
 
 3. 6 avTos H. 265. 
 
 4. Declens. of oUros (neut.) , . H. 272. 
 6. First aor. of liquid verbs . . H. 431. 
 
 6. Theme in 2d aor H. 435, a. 
 
 7. Attributives used without 
 
 their substantives . . . H. 621 ; 965-66. G. 139 I and 2 
 
 8. 6fi€v . . . 6B€ H. 654. G. 143. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. oryo), / lead. 
 
 2. KOT-dyo), I lead dovm, hack. 
 
 3. alaSdvopai, I perceive. 
 
 4. /SaXXo), / throw. 
 
 5. eV/3aXXa), / eject, banish. 
 C. ^ y^,' earth, land. 
 
 7. 6 eWfTTTtoKwy, exile. 
 
 8. 17 ddXarra, sea, 
 
 9. Kard, down ; Kara yrjv, by 
 
 land. 
 
 10. 6 avTos, idem, the same. 
 
 11. 6 pev ... 6 be, lie ... he. 
 
 1 2. neipdopat, I attempt. 
 
 13. uLTTToj, I fall. 
 
 14. no\iopK€(t), I besiege. 
 
 15. TO (TTpdrevpa, army. 
 
 16. o-vX-Xcyo), / collect. 
 
 17. ra avra ravra, haec eadem, 
 
 these same. 
 
 1 8 . <f)€vy(o, I flee ; cpfvyav, fugitive. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate: (a) 'O Se (fievyav, (rvWe^ds rptdKoa-iovs Ta>v lIf\oirovvT)- 
 
 (TlCaV, TToXtOp/Cft TTJV TToKlP. {f>) *0 p€U dOpol^fl TTjV ^eXTlCrTrjV duVapiV 0)9 
 
 fni^ovXevovTos tov adeX^ot) eavrco. ('') Ot /xcV nfidovrai, oi be e^ovXevovro 
 orrwff Xdfioiev ^aaiXea. {d) Ovt<os enefieXeiTo tSuv (^evyovroiv, axrrf naaai 
 ai TToXeis evvdiKcits e^oieu. 
 
 2. Decline to avro arpdrevpa : 6 avros (f)v\a^ ; 17 aur^ ^PXV' 
 
 3. Translate : (a) They desire to revolt to the brother of the ruling 
 man. (b) All the generals were desiring to besiege those (rovs) in Mi- 
 letus both by sea and by land, (c) He attempted to lead back the army 
 to (ets) the government of which he happened to be satrap, (c?) Some 
 he was sending away into the city, others he was collecting in orrler that 
 he might take Miletus, (e) He was taking care of the best of the bar- 
 barians. (/) Perceiving the same things in Miletus, the commander of 
 the army goes up to (-the-side-of the) king. 
 
 1 Cf. Eng, ge-ography. 
 
t 
 
 56 
 
 INDUCTIVE GKEEK METliOO. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Augment. 2. Tense suffixes. 3. The verl) theme. 4. Time de- 
 noted by the tenses of the ])aiticii)le. 5, Declension of participles in 
 -Hfvo-s. 6. Const, with €/ii/9oi;Xfva>, fTTt/xeX/o/Lint. 7. <| and <V 8. Redu- 
 plication. 9. Analysis oi tnoXiopKti^ frrdparo. 10. to apxatov, formerly, 
 at first. 11. Enclitics. 12. Three uses of the optative. 13. The for- 
 mation of the nom. of fKneTmoKorai. 
 
 LESSON XIV. 
 
 ANABASIS I. I. 7, 8. 
 
 TEXT : KOI avrrf av oKXtj 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 rjaOavtro. 
 
 1. avrri, this, i. e. the war with Tissaph. : (a) nom. sing., subj. of rjv 
 agreeing in gender with irpdrfiaffis (fern.) ; (b) nuisc. ovtos, neut. rovro ; 
 neut. plur. ToCra, cf. ra avra ravra XT II. 
 
 2. /iXXri 7rp6(f)aais, another jiretext : (a) aKkrj (masc. oXXor, Lat. alius) 
 decl. like avT6i ; (/;) npocpaaiSy declens. and gend. same as Bvvafiis XI., 
 nSkis XII. 
 
 3. ^''^ w;as (3d sing.); ^aav, were, XII. ; meaning of wv, tivat, tirjaavl 
 
 4. avT^, to him ; was to him, = he had ; note the possessive force of 
 the dative. 
 
 5. Tov ddpoiCdVy of the to-colled = of collecting : (a) -tiv, sign of the 
 inf. act., cf. TroXf/i-cIvXI., XofijSai/ €iv XII. ; (h) note the Greek inf. with 
 the force of an Eng. noun in -ing ; so tov \v(iv of loosing. 
 
 6. rj(iov. he vns aalciiiq (as a right) ; from a^toa> : (a) impf. 3d sing, 
 for ^^io€, cf f)a6epe€, Tja$(v(i II. ; (b) note, o-< = ov. Contr. of f-a, e-e, 
 €-«, a-c, f-o ? 
 
 7. Bo-6rj-vaiy to be given : {a) from theme Bo, Lat. do, dare, cf. Be-bo- 
 p€vai XII. ; (/>) $rf, long form of Be, 1st aor. pass, suffix ; cf. aTifw.' 
 aOfis YIll., = dTifxa(T-6f'VTt ; (f) -vai inf. suffix in the aor. pass. (c/". 5 a). 
 
 8. oi, to himself: cf similar meaning of iavr^ XI. 
 
 LESSON XIV. 
 
 57 
 
 9. Tovrar, these: (a) ace. plur. fern, from o^ror cf. avrrj 1 ; (h) note 
 the forms : ovros, avrtj, rovro, ravra ; (c) cf. ra avra ravra XIII., note 
 that the forms of olros do not stand between the art. and its substantive. 
 
 10. avTa>v, of them; gen. after apxC'V, to be ruler of them. 
 
 11. a-vv-f-irparr€{v) avrtiy co-operated with him: (a) fioni avfx-Trparra, 
 theme irpdy ; ( ) Mnal v because the following word begins with a vowel, 
 cf. TJOpoiCfv Xi. ; (t) avra, dat. following avv (with) in the verb. 
 
 12. wpos favrovj tov:ardj against himself ; cf eavr^ to himself XI. : 
 note, these words stand between errt^vX^v and ils art., cf. nap iavrto XI. 
 
 13. jgaOdve-To, he was perceiving : (a) from aia-3dvo-fiai, dep , cf trpo- 
 aiaOo-fXfvoi XIII. ; (6) note, oi augments to tj ; augment of Oj (, ol (c) 
 tense of ]ja6dv€To ? 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. ovTOS, avrrj, rovro, this, that. 
 
 2. aWos-, another ; 6 aWosy the other, declined like avros. 
 
 3. 7rpd0ao-t-r, iroXt-y, bvvapi-i, fem. 3d decl., are declined alike. 
 
 4. ft/ii, am^ is conjugated irregularly. 
 
 5. The Greek, like the Latin, has a dat. of possessor. 
 
 6. The inlin. may be used as an indeclinable noun and take the art. 
 as a modifier, representing any case. 
 
 7. o-€ = ov. Be, 1st passive suffix. 
 
 8. apxeiv, a verb of ruling, governs the genitive case. 
 
 9. avv, with, in composition with a verb governs the dat. case. 
 
 10. A prepositional phrase may take the attributive position. 
 
 11. at augments to rj. 
 
 12. ovros does not stand between a noun and its art., e. g. ovros 6 dp^p. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Mutes before <r H. 54. 
 
 2. Contraction of o-c H. 37. 
 
 3. Declension of ovros H. 272. 
 
 4. Declension of aWos H. 267. 
 
 5. Position of ovros H. 673 ; 
 
 6. Genitive with apxfiv H. 741. 
 
 7. Dative with verbs comp. with avPj ini H. 775. 
 
 8. Infinitive used as a noun . . . . H. 959. 
 
 670. 
 
 G. 16, 2. 
 G. 9, 2. 
 G. 83. 
 G. 84, 3. 
 G. 142, 4. 
 G. 171,3. 
 G. 187. 
 G. 262. a 
 
 HI 
 
 A 
 
58 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 i i 
 
 LESSON XV. 
 
 59 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. nkXos, another. 
 
 2. d$i6<o, I claim, ask as a right. 
 
 3. a^x^i ^ rule, 
 
 4. av, again. 
 
 5. f) fm^ovkfj, conspiracy. 
 
 6. ^v, erat, vjas. 
 
 7. ot, sibi, to himself. 
 
 8. ovK, not. 
 
 9. ovTos, this, that. 
 10. f} np6<f)a(nf, pretext, 
 
 IL npaTTo), I do, act, make. 
 12, trvfiirpdrTa, I do with, co- 
 operate. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Declension of 7rp6(f)a(Tis, avros, a-rpaTfVfia, /Sao-iXfvf, ttoXis, fVtjSouXij, 
 \v-6p€vos (loosing). 
 
 2. Translate : (a) "Hia-Bero. (b) ^Hi(TBdvoirro ovroi ol av8pes avTovf 
 TO. avra ravra eV rfj TrdXft ^ov\(vop(vovi. (f) ^Tpanvpara on ^iKria-ra 
 av\\€^avT(s, €^ov\ouTO ravTTjP ttju noXiv Kara yiju noXiopKCiv. (d) *ETvy\a- 
 Vfv ovv Tj akXq ^vvapis tSov 'EXXryi/i/ccov avSpaif avTov pdXXov (f)i\ov<ra fj rov 
 (iaaCKia. (*') AXX' 6 KO/jos (f)i\os 71/ Ka\ ra arpaTevpaTi /cat rals <f)v\aKals. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) In order that tbe king might take the army as 
 unprepared as possible. (6) If he may be able to have those cities in- 
 stead of the king, (c) He was not a friend to the ruling Artaxerxea. 
 (tZ) But lie was taking care of collecting an army, (e) He accordingly 
 made (ttok'oo) that pretext. 
 
 4. Translate and analyze : Mrjvai, Xvdijvai, dripaaOfls. do6(U, €rr(ipaTo, 
 Tj^iov. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The liquid consonants. 2. Formation of the 1st aor. of verbs end- 
 ing in a liquid. 3. Attributive and predicate positions. 4. Noun ac- 
 cent. 5. Accent in the first declens. 6. Accent of monosvllables in 
 the third declens. 7. The tense suffixes ; 1st pass, suffix. 8. Nora, of 
 participles whose stems end in -or, -avr, -ovr, -tvr. 9. Time denoted 
 by the tenses of the indicative. 10. Modes in final clauses. 11. The 
 Unites, the three classes and three orders. 12. Open and close vowels. 
 
 LESSON XV. 
 
 ANABASIS I. I. 8, 9. 
 
 TEXT : Ti(r(ra(l)epv€i be ivopi^c . . . <t)vyas r^v. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. Tio-o-a(/>epi/€i TToXtpovvra, (him) warring with Tissaphemes : (a) dat. 
 after noXepLovvra ; for Ti(T<Ta(j)epve(r-i, on the dropping of <r cf. Tt<rGra</>ep- 
 vovs XII. 1 ; (b) for the ace. cf. V. N. 3 ; (<) noXepovvra for noXtpto-vr-a, 
 from TToXf/zf-o), cf TroXepclv XL ; on the form cf apxovra V. 
 
 2. (rrparevpaT-a, armies : (a) on the gender and formation of the 
 nom. cf <rrpdT€vpa XIII. ; (//) a, ending of nom. ace. neut. plur., cf a 
 in Latin, e. g. regn-a, gener-a, cornu-a. 
 
 3. Banavdv, for BaTravd-eiv, to be wasting mmey : from bairavd-a) ; note, 
 
 'd-fif = -dv. 
 
 4. ovBiu ^x^€-To, in-no-wise, not-at-all was angry : (a) ace. sing. neut. 
 used adverbially, cf to dpxohv XII. ; (//) nom. masc. ovbeisj nullus ; 
 (c) from dx6o-pai, dep. ; on the aug. cf r^aBivei II. 
 
 5. avToiv TToXf/xov-i/T-o)!/, iis bellantibus, whilst, because, they were 
 warring : on the gen. abs., cf. XII. n. 7. 
 
 6. rovs yvyvopevovs daapovs, the (being-horn) accruing revenues : note 
 the attrib. position of the partic, cf ^aaiXevom-a IX.; theme oi yi-yvo- 
 
 piv-ovs ? cf. I. 
 
 7. hv Ti(T(Ta(f>€pvovs ktI, which, of (i. e. belonging to) Tissaphemes, he 
 happened to be having : (a) &V for &s (ace. fem.) ; note that the relative 
 here agrees with its antecedent even in case. 
 
 8. X€ppovri(r<o rfj icri., in the Chen'onesus, the directly ojrpodte Abydos: 
 (a) X, Eng. ch\ cf X in Xmas, for Cb(rist)mas; (b) 2d decl. fem. ; 
 (c) Ts KaravTiiripai 'AjSvSou is attrib. to Xeppovrjcrco ; note that the attrib. 
 
 1 This dropping of <r may be compared with the change of s to r in Latin in 
 such words as arbos, arboris; genus, generis. 
 
CO 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 positions are : art., attrib., noini, or noun, art., attrib. ; ^ (d) A/3u5ov, 
 genitive with tlie lociitive adv. avrtiripas. 
 
 9. rdvbf TOP Tpdnov, this way, thuSy as follows : ace. sing, used adverb- 
 ially, cf. TO apxalov Xil., ovbiv 4 a; noni. o6e 6 rpoTros ; note, 65« like 
 ovTos (XIV. ^. [)) does not take the attrib. position. 
 
 10. ^vyd-s lur <f)vya8-s, fugitive ; same theme (<j)vy) as in (jxvyovras 
 XIII. : (a) note loss of d belbre a ; so in Lat., virtus lor virtut s ; 
 (6) dat. pi 111'. <pvyad-ai becomes (fivydai. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The person against whom one fights is expressed by the dative casa 
 
 2. f-o contracts to ov. 
 
 3. Nom. and ace. plur. neut. ends in a. 
 
 4. a-fiv contracts to av. 
 
 5. The accus. i« used adverbially in certain expressions. 
 
 6. The attributive position is immediattdy after the article, — either 
 between the article and substantive, or after the substantive with the 
 article preceding. 
 
 7. Participles and prepositional phrases, like a<ljeetives, may stand iu 
 the attributive position. 
 
 8. Adverbs of place are followed by the gen. case. 
 
 9. T and h before a are dropped. 
 
 10. Stems in -cr, 3d decl., lose s between vowels. 
 
 11. Verb themes ending in t contract e with a following vowel. 
 
 12. The relative may occasionally agree with its antecedent even in 
 rnse. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Decl ens. of /SacrtXfia, apxhy y^ 
 
 2. Declens. of /St'os. (rrpar-qyo^, rponos. 
 
 3. Declens. of aya66s. avros, aWo9y 6. 
 
 4. Declens. of TrdXtr, dvvapiSy npocfyaais, (TTpdrivixa, avrjp, ^acriKfvs, 
 6. Declens. of <^vXaJ (lor c^vXax-s) H. 174. G. 50. 
 
 6. Attributive positions . . . . H. 666 ; 668. G. 142, 1, 2. 
 
 7. Dative of association .... H. 772. G 186, n. I. 
 
 1 The teacher should illustrate this point clearly and forcibly. 
 
 LESSON XV. 
 
 61 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. a/i^i, about. 
 
 2. avTinepas, directly opposite. 
 
 3. (Ix^opai, I am angry. 
 
 4 danavatoj I spend (waste) 
 money. 
 
 5. 6 Saa-fios, revenue. 
 
 6. vofM^Q), puto, / think. 
 
 7. oSe, this, the follovnng. 
 
 8. ovSeiff. ovbtv, nobody, nothing. 
 
 9. 6 rpoTTOi, manner. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze: (v6pi^€, nnXepovm-a, aTparfvpara, tarrava}, rj^BfTO. tToK€~ 
 fiovvToiv, <jui/fXcyero, (f)vyaS' 
 
 2. Translate : (a) *0 ^vya? ov ^ ^aai\€v(T€i. (b) Tovro to aTpdTevp,a 
 ^ovXerai Tovde rbv avhpa jdaaiXfa €Lvai. (*) ^E^ov\ovto ovu dp^fiv tqhv 
 <rTpaTfVfidTa>p. (jd) Ovk d^Oofxai rmu aTparqyiov dpa^aipovrwv tm ttjv 
 
 TToXtV. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) I wish to be opposite that city, (b) The com- 
 mander makes his levy in this manner, (c) He takes 300 men of the 
 Greeks and of the barbarians as many as possible, (d) He collects (aor. 
 part.) his armies, generals, heavy-armed men of the Greeks, and guards- 
 men [and] besieges the Ionian cities both by land and by sea. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 L Adverbial accusative. 2. Accent in contraction. 3. Case with 
 verbs of fighting. 4. Contraction of d-€iv. 5. Quantity of a in noKeays, 
 TToXfo)!/. 6. Agreement of the relative. 7. Mutes before <r. 8 Au"- 
 nient of a, e. 9. Enclitics. 10. Construction with verbs of ruling. 
 11. Tenses in the subjunctive and optative. 12. Accent in declension. 
 
 1 — 
 
 = OVK, hut preferred when the foil, word begins with a consonant. 
 
62 
 
 INDUCTIVE GKEEK METHOD. 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 LESSON XVI. 
 ANABASIS I. I. 9. 
 
 TEXT : toi5t6) avyytvofxtvos . . . iroXctj €Kovaai. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. TovTtp (Tvy y€v-6-fi€vo-s, associated with him [and\ lit. becomivg asso- 
 ciated ivith that one: {a) dat. follows uvv in coniposilion, cf. avvtnpaTrev 
 avTto XIV. ; (b) from avp + yiyvofiai (cf. I ) ; note vy becomes yy — ng; 
 cf. irvyxavf III., rrap^yyetXf XII. ; (c) yi-yvo-fiai, theme yev ', tense in 
 avy-yevonfuos ? 
 
 2. r^ydaOr] Tf, both admired [and^ etc.] : (a) from aya-fiai, dep., here 
 aor. pass, with act. meaning (<t Ix^ing inserted before the pass, surtix) ; 
 cf. 8oS^-vai XIV. ; note, the j)assive of deponents has an active meaning; 
 (6) T€, iMiclitic ; cf. T€ XI. ; re . . . «cat - »fot . . . kqi (Xlil.), both . . . avd. 
 
 3. 8i B(o-cri(p), he (jives : (a) from di8<o-fii, cf. do-Orjvai XIV., Se-So- 
 fxevai XII. ; (6) -/Lit, -ai indicate pres. ind. act. 1st and 3d sing., like the 
 more usnal -«, -ft ; so aTro-bfUvvym ano-hfUviKn ; Xcrrrj^i, ^arrjai ; (r) on 
 (v) cf. fjBpoi^fv XI., (TvUnpaTTfP XIV. ; theme ol bidaaiv ? « 
 
 4. 6 §€ X«)3-a)i/, but he took^ lit. taking : (a) on 6 as a demons, cf. 6 fi< 
 VII. ; (h) on Xa^cav cf. V. ; theme ? tense here ? jnes. ind. / 
 
 5. (Tvp €-\f^€(v)y for crvi^e X€'y-(Tf(i/), A^ collected : cf. avWoyri XII., 
 avWe^ds XIII. : («) on ^ = k(t, ya, cf. dntSfi^f IV., avXXf^as XIII. ; 
 tense here ? (b) from o-vX-Xtyo) ; av\ for avp, cf. trvX-Xa/i)3ai/ft VII. 
 
 6. OTTO TovTcop Twi/ ;^pr;/:xaTa)i/ from,, with, these means : note the order, 
 TovTo>v t5)P, cf ravras XIV. ; )(prjfjidT<i)P (led. like (Trpdrcvfia. 
 
 7. 6ppQ}-fJL€Po-s, rushing: (a) from 6ppd-<o (cf. Sanapd-ta XV.), I start ; 
 6ppdo-p.ai, I start myself, rush; the mid. voice as in dOpoi^oprai IV.; 
 (/>) -w for a-o ; on a for a-f, cf. iirdparo XIII. 
 
 8. epa^i . . . oiVoCcrt, un7/i the Thracians, the beyond the Hellespont 
 dwelling, i. e. the Th. who dwell beyond the If. ; on the attrib. position cf. 
 Xeppov^ao) . . . 'AjSuSov XV. : (a) nom. Opa^ (lor OpoK-s), cf. (f)v\a(, 
 Gram. Less. XV.; on the dat. cf. Tia(Ta(f)€pP€i XV, ; (b) oUovat for 
 oiK€o-PT-(Ti, dat. plur. ; on €-o contracted to ou, '/. TroXf/ioCi/Ta XV. ; on pt 
 lost before a, cf. drifiavBeis VIII. 
 
 LESSON XVI. 
 
 63 
 
 9. acftiXei, he was aiding : from a>^fXe-a> ; note, a absorbs the aug- 
 ment f-, and remains unchanged ; on -et (= -€-(), cf. rfaBepfL ii. 
 
 10. xp^f^'^'^'^ avv€-^dK\o-PTo, they were (for their sake) contributing 
 vneans : (t/) cf. xpltJ^or-uiP 6; (b) from a-vp.-^aK\ai for (rvp-^aKka \ so 
 avfi-Trpdrroi), arvp ^ovXfvoa ; on tlie theme ol ^dXXto, cf. t^e^aXep Xill. 
 
 11. aTpaTt(OTa>p, of (the) soldiers, cf. oTpuTrjyos, aTpdrevpxi : (a) noin. 
 urpaTiuiTrjSy Ist decl. masc. ; so oTrXtnjff, onXirds V. ; not*j the accent of 
 the gen. plur. 1st decl. 
 
 12. €Kov(Tai, willing, fern. ; from Udtp, masc. sing. ; fem. tKovtrd, cf. 
 (^CXovira IX. ; (k6pt(s, they (masc.) willing. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The dative follows verbs compounded with avp. 
 
 2. avv becomes avy before y, pronounced sung. 
 
 3. Theme of yiypopai, yf i/ ; Xafi^dpo), Xa^ ; /SoXXto, /3aX. 
 
 4. Deponents retain their active meaning even in passive forms. 
 
 5. -fju and -ai, personal endings, = -to and -ft. 
 
 6. The impf. 3d sing, ending in € adds v before a Avord beginning 
 with a vowel. 
 
 7. pX becomes XX ; ptt, p^ become /xtt, p)3. 
 
 8. Final k or y in verb themes unites with aa in the 1st aor., form- 
 ing ^a. 
 
 9. a-o, a-io = 6> ; a-t = d. 
 
 10. Final #c or y in noun stems unites with s (nom.) or -o-t (dat. 
 plur.), forming f, ^t. 
 
 11. Participles drop vr before the dat. plur. end. -at. 
 
 12. 6) does not change in augment. 
 
 13. The genit. plur. 1st decl. ends in ©v (circumflex accent 0- 
 
 14. Adjectives and participles in -a>p have the fem. in -ova-a. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. V before other consonants . 
 
 . . H. 55. 
 
 G. 16,5, 6. 
 
 2. V movable 
 
 . xi. 87. 
 
 G. 13. 
 
 3. Declens. of TroKIrrjs . . . , 
 
 . . H. 145. 
 
 G. 37. 1. 
 
 1 E.xcept the feminine of barytone adjectives and participles in os, which takes 
 the same accent as the masc. and neut. 
 
64 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 4. Declens. of </)X«^ (for (pXt^-s) 
 
 6. The -fu conjugation . . . 
 
 6. Passive deponents .... 
 
 7. Circumstantial paiticii)le . 
 
 H. 174. 
 H. 311. 
 H. 497. 
 H. 968-69. 
 
 G 50. 
 G. 93, 3. 
 G. 88, 2 N. 
 G. 277. 1-6. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. ayafxai, I admire, 
 
 2. 6 daptiKosy^ a dai'ic, 
 
 3. fKoiif, fKova-a, willing. 
 
 4. /iv/jtot, 10,01)0. 
 
 5. oIk€(0, I live, dwell in, 
 
 6. opfjido), I start. 
 
 7. 6 arpaTunTrjSj soldier. 
 
 8. avy-yiyi/ofjicuj coiue into inter- 
 
 course witli. 
 
 9. <rvfi.-^aX\a>, I contribute. 
 
 10. ^ Tpo(p^, support. 
 
 1 1 . wr<p,2 beyond, above. 
 
 12. TO xmf^^ thing; to. xpny^a, 
 
 means. 
 
 13. TO xpv(riov, money. 
 
 14. M(f}f\fta, I aid. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. ^ Translate : (o) Otrov 6 epaf dnpdKovs dCo avp^dWerai. (h) 'Eicwir 
 w<f)(\r}(rai tov alrov arpaTidiTijv. (r) OtVw i7rf> TroXtf rqv (v tm ntdita. 
 (d) UoXfprja-fi avv <rTpaTi(i>Tai, pvpion. (> ) 'F«:a>F didw/jii ra xp^f^ra (is 
 Tpcxprjv Totv (TTpaTKoTwv rov ^aariXfvnvTos opdpo^. 
 
 2 Tran.slcite : (a) Tliese men were contributin<r money for the sup- 
 port of the guards. (6) But the kings living in tliat city do not per- 
 ceive the plots against them, (c) The army deemed it right (aii6u>) 
 that 10,(H)() darics should l>e given to the generals, (d) I do not wish to 
 live in the kingdom of that king, (e) These men were not willing. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Sound of yy, yx 2. Enclitics, proclitics. 3. i^ before consonants ; 
 <rvv in composition. 4. Uses of the pres. indie. 5. Declens. of xpv- 
 alou. 6. Case with irr6 7. Declens. of xp^f^a 8. Formation of 1st 
 aor. stem. 9. Position of ovros 10. Middle voice. 11. Case with 
 verbs of fighting. 12. Analysis of eVoXc/ict. 13. Attributive position. 
 14. Contraction of to ; vr before <r. 15. Accent of arparKorav. 
 
 1 A Persian jroM coin equal to about $3.75. 
 
 2 Lat. super, En;;, ovkh. 
 
 LESSON XVII. 
 
 66 
 
 LESSON XVIL 
 
 ANABASIS I. I. 9, 10. 
 
 TEXT : roCro 5' aZ 
 
 n€piy€unp€uos av t<op durioTafTiaTuv. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. TovTOj this ; join with to (TTpdr^vpa, this army: separated from its 
 noun for the sake of emphasis, — this army, as well as the preceding. 
 
 2. Tptcfyo-pfvo-v, being supported : from Tp€<p<o, cf Tpo<Pri XVT. 
 
 3. €-\dvSav€(y), escaped notice: from \avOdu<o, theme Xad ] cf. Xafi- 
 /Sai/u), theme Xaj3 
 
 4. feVoy «v, being a guest, friend: on the partic. with Tvyxdva, cf. 
 napoiv III. 
 
 5. xmo rSiv oXkoi dimoTaaiaTau, by tJie at-home adversaries : (a) note 
 the meaning of {,n6 followed by the gen. ; cf the Lat. abl. of the agent 
 Willi ab ; (b) oikoi, adv., with the position and force of an attrib. adj., cf. 
 nap* iavT^ XI., kqt dvTinepas 'A^v8ov XV.; on the meaning cf. otVo), 
 / inhabit; (c) avTioTaoKormv from dvriaraarKarrjSy 1st decl. niasc, cf 
 orpaTiiyrqs XVI. N. 11. 
 
 6. axTti for cuTf€i, he demands ; from aiTfco, cf. fi-aiTTf-aafxemj VII. : 
 on € « = ft, cf. noXefiuu XI. 
 
 7. avrdi/ . . . ^evovs, pioOov : objects o^ niVct ; avrdv, t. e. Cyrus, upon 
 whom the demand is made : ^evovs, fiio66v, the objects demanded. 
 
 8. €49, into, about (with numerals) : so ds rpLaKooioi (TTpaT-qyoi <ibout 
 3()() generals. 
 
 9. ^cVovff, hired soldiers, mercenaries : on ^f'voy, guest, visitor, cf 4. 
 
 10. rpiiav pr}vS)v, of three months: (a) nom. rpeU pfju-ts ; so rptls nal- 
 fiff, three boys, rptau rrotSwi/, of three boys ; (b) cf. Lat. trea, three; (r) prj- 
 vS>v, nom. sing, firjv, cf. Lat. mensis ; on the nom. without case end. s, 
 cf. firjTTjp VII., dvrjp XII. vocab. 
 
 11. as n€pi-y€v-6-n€uo-s av, on-the-ground^that he would conquer, etc., 
 [if he received aid from Cyrus] : (a) yf„, theme of what verb ? tense 
 here? (6) ytvdficvos, becoming; avy-y^pofifvos, being unth ; nfpty€v6p€vos, 
 yetting around, becoming superior to ; (r) Slv, not translatable, but always 
 
 5 
 
 D 
 
66 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 used in conclusions after conditions referring to the future in a vague or 
 uncertain (and less vivid) manner.^ 
 
 12. avTioTaa-KoToiyv . cf. 5 ; note the gen. following iripiya/Ofifvos ; cf, 
 gen. after apxfiv XIV. 
 
 2, OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Adjectives are separated from their substantives for emphasis. 
 
 2. V is added to the impf. indie, act. 3d sing, o!' verbs when the foil, 
 word has an initial vowel. 
 
 3. \av6dv<t>y thenje \a3 ; Xa/x^avo), theme Xaj3 ; Tvyxavto, theme tv;^ ; 
 yiyuofxai, theme y€V. 
 
 4. Tvyxdva> is foil, by the partic. where the infin. might be expected. 
 
 5. ^(vos has two different meanings : guest, visitor, mercenary soldier. 
 Mercenaries were called friends euphemistically 
 
 6. vTTo with the gen. of a noun denoting a person signifies the agent. 
 
 7. Adverbs, like partic. and prep, phrases, have the position and 
 value of attrib. adj. 
 
 8. atVfo) is foil, by the ace. of the thing desired and that of the person 
 upon whom the demand is made. 
 
 9. CIS with numerals means about, approximately. 
 
 10. Stems in -v, 3d decl., like those in -p, do not take the end. s in 
 the nom. sing. 
 
 11. &v used in conclusions after conditions referring in a vague or 
 uncertain manner to future time. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 G. 16,6, N. 1, 2. 
 G. 16, 6, N. 1, 2. 
 
 1 . vT, v8, v6 before cr H. 66. 
 
 2. V and vr, i/5, v6 before -ct, dat. 
 
 plur H. 57. 
 
 3. Two classes of feminines, Ist 
 
 decl H. 137-140. G. 37, 2. 
 
 4. Nom. sing. 3d decl H. 168. G. 46, 2, 3, 4. 
 
 5. Decl. of Xvo>i; H. 241,2 242. G. 68. 
 
 1 The teacher should point out, in connection with this lesson, the signification 
 of the phrases fxd. vivid, snxd/ut. less vicid. 
 
 2 Omit the 3d sentence. 
 
 LESSON XVTL 
 
 67 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 J"* 
 
 to 
 
 1. alria, I beg, demand. 
 
 2. aj/, used in the conclusion of 
 
 less vivid fut. cond. 
 
 3. 6 ai/TtoTacjtwrjyf, adversary. 
 
 4. hL(T\ikioi, 2,000. 
 
 5. €f)xofiai, I come. 
 
 a. XavddvtOj I escape notice. 
 
 7. 6 firjv, month. 
 
 8. 6 fiiados, pay. 
 
 9. 6 $€uos, guest ; mercenary. 
 
 10. oLKoi, at home. 
 
 11. TTfpt, around. 
 
 12. 7r€ pL-yiyvoixM, I become supe- 
 
 rior, conquer. 
 
 13. TTte^o), / press. 
 
 14. Tp€t£, three. 
 
 15. rpicjxoy I support. 
 
 16. vTid,^ under, by. 
 
 J 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) Avrrj S' ovv out(o tu> ^aaiXel €m^ov\€vov(Ta \av$dv€i 
 T) TToXtf. (6) Sfvias 8" 6 Ilappdaios (piXoi (ov (Tvyxave tw aarpdirr). kqi 
 oTipaa-BeU xmo Ta>v ev rf/ ndXei oIkovvtcov dvepir] irpoi ^acriKta ( ) 'Hiadd- 
 VfTo ; IjddfTo. "HiTfi Tov apxovra top avrbv fiiaOou. {d) Kai 6 Kvpos BiB<o- 
 aw avTto ^fvovs Ka\ Tpiibv p.r}voi'j piuBov. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Clearchus, being a fugitive, was a general of the 
 Greeks in the army of Cyrus. (6) But he took (uor. partic.) the 
 money [and] was desiring to spend it for the support of the Grecian 
 force, (c) He collected an army of 2,000 men by-means-of {dno) these 
 resources (xp^/io). {d) The guards indeed thus make the levy, (t) And 
 he was deliberating in order that he might take the cities as unprepared 
 as possible. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Analysis of Trte^o/ifi/ot. 2. Constructions after aiVfo). 3. Con- 
 structions with verbs oi'Jighting ; verbs of superiority ; with compounds 
 in (Tvv; with eVt^ovXevo). 4. vno with the genitive. 5. Accent in the 
 3d decl. 6. Vowel contraction. 7. Circumstantial participles. 8. »^ be- 
 fore other consonants. 9. Declens. of arpaTioiTTjs, aaTpdnrjs. 10. Three 
 uses of the optative. 
 
 1 TTopo = by, by the side of; vn6 = by only in expressions of agency. 
 
 ^' 
 
6S 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 ! 
 
 LESSON XVIII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. I. 10. 
 
 TEXT : 6 be Kvpos didaaiv . . . Tp((p6fjL€vov (rrpiirevfia. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. 8ib(ocriv . . . Koi Setrai, gives . . . and icants of, asks^ him : (a) c/. 
 BiBaxTiv XVI. ; -p movable as in rjOpoi^ep XL, efejSaXev XIII. ; (b) from 
 Seofiatj (lep., / want ; for dc-e-rai, e-c = « as in «Vc/LtfXftTo XL, (noitlro 
 Xil. 
 
 2. fi?) <caTa XC-o-ai, no< ^0 /oose?i c?oi<;>j, let down, come to term^ with, 
 ne condiciones ferat : (a) /x^, wo^, corresponding to the Lat. ne in 
 many of its uses ; (6) 1st aor. inf. act. from KaTa-\v<o ; ending -at ; (r) on 
 the pres. act. ending, cf. TroXe/xeti/ ; aor. pass., cf. SoOij vm ; 2d aor. act., 
 cf. dnoarTTJ-vai. 
 
 3. npoaOev . . . nplv av, before, until ; npoadeu = previously, l)ut need 
 not be translated when followed by npiv. 
 
 4. aiVw (Tvp-^ov\€v<TT]rai, should consult with him : (n) avToi dat. as 
 in avvenparrfv avrai XIV'. ; (h) from o-v/x -^ovXcvo), / advise with; mid. 
 I advise with {for my interest) ; avp. for aw as in orv/Li-Trparrw XIV. vocab. ; 
 (c) -rjTai indicates the subjunct., cf. Bvv-rjraL VII I. ; a- (for aa-) indicates 
 the I St aor. stem ; (d) note, np\v av followed by the subjunct ; cf. the 
 Lat. antequaxn consuluerit ; had the main verb been in a secondary 
 tense, trptv might have been followed by the opt. without av. 
 
 5. TO iv QfTTokLa arpaTfyfia, the army in Thessaly : on the attrib. po- 
 sition of eV GerraXta, cf. nap* iavr^ XL 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. V is added to the ending -ai before words beginning with a vowel. 
 
 2. dfofiai is followed by the gen. of the person of whom a request is 
 made. 
 
 3. fill corresponds in many of its uses to the Lat. ne. 
 
 LESSON XVIIL 
 
 69 
 
 4. The 1st aor. inf. act. ends in -a-ai. 
 
 5. npoaSfv . . . irpip, until. 
 
 6. The subjunct. is used after -npXv ap, when it is dependent upon a 
 primary tense. 
 
 7. The opt. without ap may stand after npip when it is dependent 
 upon a secondary tense. 
 
 8. The ending -rjrat indicates the subjunct. 3d sing. 
 
 9. The dat. is used after compounds with avu. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of stems ending in a 
 
 lingual mute : drjs, f\ms, -yipatp H. 176, 177. 
 
 2. Declension of c^tXto? . . . . H. 222. 
 
 3. Construction with oiVccd . . . H. 724. 
 
 4. Construction with Sco/xni . . . H. 743, a. 
 6. Relat. clauses introduced by until H. 921. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 G. 50. 
 
 G. 62 (5|toy). 
 
 G. 164. 
 
 G. 172,2 N.l. 
 
 G. 239. 240. 
 
 1. dtofxaif I wantf ask. 
 
 2. cf. six. 
 
 3. Kara- AVa> J I loosen^ conie to 
 
 agreement. 
 
 4. /X17, not. 
 
 5. npip, until. 
 
 6. npoadfp, before. 
 
 7. avfi-^ovXeva, I advise with, 
 
 8. T€TpaKi<TxlXioi, 4,0(X). 
 
 VOCABULARY B. 
 
 \va>, I loose. 
 Xv«,^ he looses. 
 f\v((p),^ he ivas loosing. 
 Xvo-o), / shall loose. 
 XtJo-ft,^ he will loose. 
 f Xvo-f (i/),* he loosed. 
 
 Xvot,* he might loose. 
 
 \voi€v,^ they might loose. 
 
 Xufti/,"^ to loose. 
 
 \i(T€ip, to be about to loose. 
 
 \vaai ® to loose. 
 
 Xvo)!/,* loosing. 
 
 * cf. avafiaCvet V. 
 ' " irvyxave III. 
 3 •• ^ao-iAcv'aci VIII. 
 
 * " eVoiVeni. 
 5 " intPovAfvoi VI. 
 
 T cf. kafifiavtiy XIT. 
 » " Karakvaai XVJII. 
 » " exwJ'V. 
 
70 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 \iovaa,^ ) 
 
 N - y loosinn. 
 
 Avov, ) '^ 
 
 Xi5o-a)i/, about to loose, 
 
 Xi;o-dy,'^ loosimj. 
 * \vufiai, aril loosed. 
 Xvtrai, he is loosed. 
 \vovTai, they are loosed. 
 €\v€To,^ he was being loosed. 
 fXvovTo, they were being loosed. 
 
 \vaofiai, I shall loose (for myself), 
 Xto-frut, he mill loose (for himself). 
 (XiauTo, he loosed (for himself). 
 eXixravTo, they loosed (for them- 
 
 stives) . 
 XvrfTai* he may loose ^ be loosed, 
 Xv(Tr)Tai, *' " 
 
 \vdfj"ai,^ to be loosed, 
 \v6(is,*'' loosed. 
 
 (( 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline fiicrBoi, auTKrraaicaTrjs, rpecfiOfievos, XajSwi/. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Ka\ ffiftro avrav ^fj npoaSep ava^aivap np\v arpa- 
 Tfvfia aBpoi^oi. (b) Tw di Kvp(a didcoai a-TpaTfvfjLara cos Tiaaa(f)epvovs avra 
 (ni^ovXevovTos. (c) Tovrut tw au^pl Soxrco 8vo firjucov piaBov. (d) Ov avfi- 
 ^ovXevatTQi rotff aTparrjyoii npoadfu np\v av Tt)v avWoyqv noifp^ai. 
 
 3. Translate: (a) Cyrus escapes notice [inj collectin<,^ his armies. 
 (b) Being hard-pressed hy the soldiers, they assemble in (= into) the 
 cities. ((•) The king thinks that his brother is spending-money on his 
 armies, (d) He perceives the plots against himself and tries to arrest 
 the men. (e) They do not wish to revolt to Cyrus. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The declension of mnjp] of rray. 2. Comparison. 3. Formation 
 of the adverb. 4. ort, as with superlatives. 5. Some uses of the opta- 
 tive mode. 6. Time denoted by the tenses of the subjunct., opt., infin. 
 7. Classes of feminines 1st declens. 8. Subjunct. and optat. after nplv. 
 9. V and vt before s. 10. Nom. of stems in -oin-, -€vtj qvt. 
 
 » " inkovaa TX. 
 
 ' cf. ovveKeyfTO XV. 
 
 6 " So99ivai XIV. 
 
 ' " Kiv^vvevara.^ VIII. 
 
 * •• SvirqTai VIII. 
 
 ♦ Middle or passive. 
 
 « " iTi^atredi VIII 
 
 LESSON XIX. 
 
 71 
 
 LESSON XIX. 
 
 ANABASIS I. I. 11. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. $€uov ovra avT<a, being (ace. sing.) a guest-friend to him (since he 
 itvt.s- his guest-friend) ; on the dat. cf. airra XIV in init. 
 
 2. ovra . . . Xa^ovTa^ being . . . haviiig taken : from <3i^, Xa^u, stems 
 oiTTy Xa^oirr ; note, the nom. is formed without the case end. f, and o is 
 lengthened to «, r disappearing, since it may never stand at the end of 
 a word. 
 
 3. ort TrXftoTouff, quam plurimos, cf. XII. 
 
 4. 7rapa-yfV€-a3ai, to become beside^ come, arrive: -<r6cu, infin. ending 
 mid. voice ; yev theme of what verb ? tense here ? 
 
 5. ft>f . . . ^ovX6fi€vos (TTpaTfveadai, as wishing (wishing, as he said) 
 to conduct a campaign for himself ; to march : (a) on «?, cf. as dnoKT€va>v 
 VII. ; (b) oTparcve aSai pre.s. inf. mid., cf. 4. 
 
 6. ois Tra/jf;(oin-a)i/ Ui(ribmv, o'n the ground tJiat, etc. : on the gen. abs. 
 cf. (ni^ovXevovTos Ti(Ta-a<p€pvovs XII. 
 
 7. TTJ tavTov x<^P9^ to-the of -himself country: (a) note, iavrov stands 
 between the art. and its substmit., i. e. in the attrib. position ; (6) note 
 the forms tavrov, iavra iavrov. 
 
 8. (Xd-flv, to come: (a) 2d aor. infin. act., from the theme fXS (iXvB) ; 
 ind. rjXd€, he came; note that here € augments to 17 ; cf. eixf XII. ; (6) 
 the assumed pres. is fpxofiai. dep. cf. XVII. vocab. 
 
 9. (iff 7roXc^j7-<r<wi', as being about (intending, as he said) to fight, cf. 
 
 0)9 aTTOKTCPCOV VII. 
 
 10. (^vyd-<Ti, for <^vyaS-o-t; on 5 dropped before s, cf. (pvytk XV. 
 
 11. TcHs M.i\rf(riQ)u, iiamely, the (fugitives) of the Milesians: MiXrjaioiv, 
 attrib. position, rf. vols Qpd^t rois . . . oIkovcti XVI. 
 
 12. firoiiwv ovTas, thu^ they were doing : (a) note, oi^ro) becomes ovras 
 before an initial vowel; (b) enoiovv, contr. from i^oie-ov; on e-o = ov cf. 
 iroXffiovvra XV., voXcfiovprav XV.; -ov, end. of impf. ind. act. 3d plur.; 
 so eXvov, they were loosing. 
 
72 ' 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Stems in -orr form the nominative in -«i». 
 
 2. I1ie dative usecl with the verb to be may indicate possesjsion. 
 
 3. -aSai is the ending of the infin. mid. voice. 
 
 4. OK with the participle marks something us merely alleged, which 
 may or may not be trne. 
 
 5. The possessive iavroii stands in the attrib. posit. 
 
 6. € may augment to ly as well as to tu 
 
 7. The pres., 2d aor., and fut. act. infinitives end in -€tv. 
 
 8. rjX6€y he came, has no present, but assumes tpxofiai instead. 
 
 9. Mff with the fut. partic. indicates an intention as stated, whether 
 assumed or real. 
 
 10. Participles, prepositional phrases, adverbs, and genitives are found 
 in the attrib. position. 
 
 U. The ending -w indicates the impf. ind. act. 3d plur. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of (pikitv (loving) . 
 
 2. Declension of iavrov (sing.) . 
 
 3. Mute-, liquid-, and vowel-verbs 
 
 4. Formative ekment.s of the verb 
 
 5. The infinitive endings . . 
 
 . H. 243. G. 69. 
 
 . H 266. G. 80. 
 
 . H. 309. G. 92, 3. 
 
 . H. 353. G. 93 (read). 
 
 . H. 381. G. 117. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. tavrov, ofhirnself. 
 
 2. rfKdfiy), he came. 
 
 3. rrXfvM, / order. 
 
 4. napa-yiypofxaL, I arrive. 
 
 h. naf>-*x^i I furnish, cause. 
 
 f). TO Trpayftoy affoirf plur, trouble. 
 
 *!. rrpoT€vo/iai, / Tfuirch. 
 
 8. ^ x^P^ country. 
 
 LESSON XIX. 
 
 73 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate and analyze: iceXevVay, k(\(voi(v, /cfXevVco, fVAfuoi/, 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Kai yap 6 aB€\(l)6s ra ytyuopeua xpv(rla /SacrtXel Trc/i- 
 noiv, iXdvBavfv ini^ov\fCu>v. (6) Of S' oiu U6ut€^ XP^P^^^a irvvi^aWov eli 
 Tf)V rpocpriv rrji iroXcws. (c) UpdypuTa napflxov ^ rfi fiaaCKua. 
 
 3. Translate : {a) But they were collecting men, as if the Pisidians 
 were causing trouble. (6) I will war against Tissaphernes with the sol- 
 diers of these cities, (c) He announced to the guards in the city 2 to 
 take as good men as possible, and thus they were doing. {d) That 
 country was formerly the kingdom of Artaxeixes » the king, (e) Being 
 his brother, he was asking-as-his-right (that) those armies be given to 
 himself rather than to another man. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. w with participles. 2. The infinitive endings. 3. Constructions 
 after hiopai, alre^p 4. Mo<les after npiv. 5. The orders and classes of 
 mutes, a. (f> in acpiKuoiTo. 7. Gren. and dat. sing. 1st declens. 8. Analy- 
 sis oftVoiovi^, of(f>vyaai. 9. Demonstrative use of the article. 10. The 
 formation of the verb. 11. Mutes before s. 12. Uses of the accus. 
 13. Declension and gender of stems in t. 14. The accent of the gen. 
 plur. of (t>iKios (3 genders). 
 
 * Why not ndpeixov ? Cf. ain,\&€ VIII. 
 
 * Put the prepos. phrase in the attrib. posit 
 
 * First declension. 
 
74 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 
 
 [In preparing this Review Lesson, follow closely the directions given 
 with Lesson X.] 
 
 1. TEXT : Koi Toiv nap cuvtm ([. I. 5), through Chaj^ter L 
 
 2. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 L (a) Open and close vowels, H. 12 ; G. 2 n. (6) Gamma nasal, 
 H. 20; G. 6, 1. (r) Contraction of vowels, IT. 37 ; G. 9, 1, 2, 3. 
 (d) Mntes before cr, H. 54 ; G. 16, 2. (e) v and <r hefore other conso^ 
 nants, H. 55-57; G. 16, 5, 6. (J) v movable, H. 87; G. 13. 
 ig) Enclitics, H. 113 ; G. 27. 
 
 2. First Declens. : (a) Two classes of feniinines, H. 137-140; 
 G. 37, 2. (//) Gen. and dat. sing., H. 140; (J 37, 2. (c) Accent, H. 
 141 ; G. 25, 2. {d) Declens. of TroXinyy, H. 145-147; G. 37, 1. 
 
 3. Third Declens. : (a) Norn, sing., H. 168 ; G. 46, 2, 3, 4. (h) 
 Special rule of accent, H. 172 ; G. 25, 3. (r) Declens. of c^vXaf (^X/^, 
 ^ff, (Kmi, y€pQ}u^ aSifia (d) Declens. of apljp. H. 188 b, 189 ; G. 57, 
 2. (e) Deckns. of TroXtff, H. 201: G. 53. 
 
 4. Adjectives : (a) Declens. of ayuBos, <^tXtoy, way, \v<ov, <j)iXS}v. 
 (b) Comparison, H. 248, 249; G. 71. (r) Formation of adverbs, H. 
 257 ; G. 74. 
 
 5. Pronouns : (a) avros, H. 265 ; G. 79, 2. (b) tavrov, H. 266 ; 
 G. 80. (r) ctXXoff H. 267 ; G 84, 3. (d) olrot H. 272 ; G. 83. 
 
 6. Verbs: (a) Tenses of the indie, H. 301, 302; G. 90, 1, 2. 
 (b) Tense systems, H. 303; G. 92, 4. (c) Mute-, li(iuid-, and vowel- 
 verbs, H. 309; G. 92, 3. (d) The -fxi f«.rm, H. 311 : G. 93, 3. 
 (e) Formative elements of the verb, 11. 353; G. 93. (/) Infinitive 
 endings, H. 381 ; G. 117. (c/) First aor. of liquid verbs, H. 431 ; G. 
 110 III. 2. (h) Second aorists, H. 435 a; G. 110 v. (i) Passive 
 deponents, H. 497 ; G. 88, 2, n. 
 
 7. (a) Adjective used alone, H. 621 ; G. 139, 1 and 2. (b) 6 as 
 a demonstrative, H. 654 ; G. 143. (t) The article with attributives, 
 
 LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 
 
 75 
 
 n. 666-670 ; G. 142, 1 and N. 1, 2, 3. (d) The article with pronouns, 
 11. 673; G 142, 4. 
 
 8. Accusative : (a) Adverbial, H. 719 ; G. 160, 2. (h) Double 
 object, H. 724 ; G. 164. Genitive : (a) With verbs of ruling, H. 741 ; 
 G. 171, 3. (b) With 8eopai, H. 743 a ; G. 172, 2, N. 1. (t) With 
 verbs of superiority, H. 749; G. 175, 2. ((/) With adverbs oi place, 
 n. 757; G. 182, 2. 
 
 9. Dative : (a) Of the possessor, H. 768 ; G. 184, 4. (/>) Of asso- 
 ciation, H. 772; G. 186, n. 1. (c) With compound verbs, H. 775; 
 G. 187. 
 
 10. Verbs: (a) koXcos exei, H. 810. (b) Modes in final clauses, 
 H. 881 ; G. 215 a, 216. (c) Relative clauses introduced by until, 
 H. 921 ; G. 239, 240. (d) Infinitive used as a noun, H. 959; G. 
 262, 2. (e) Attributive participles, H. 965, 966 ; G. 276, 1. (/) Cir- 
 cumstantial participle, H. 968, 969 ; G. 277, 1-6. (g) Gen. absolute, 
 H. 970; G. 183. 
 
 3. VOCABULARY. 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 1. ayapai. 
 
 15. 
 
 €ir}(rav, rjv, ^irav. 
 
 29. 
 
 nap-€xo> 
 
 2. ayyf'AXo). 
 
 16. 
 
 €K-7ri7rra}. 
 
 30. 
 
 TTcipdopai. 
 
 3. ayo). 
 
 17. 
 
 i-ni-KpVTTTO). 
 
 31. 
 
 TTfpi-yiyvopai 
 
 4. ala-Odvofiai. 
 
 18. 
 
 f7Ti'p(\copai. 
 
 32. 
 
 TTl/^QJ. 
 
 6. aiTe'o). 
 
 19. 
 
 ^pxopai, ?X^€(i/). 
 
 33. 
 
 noKiopKtoo 
 
 6. a^toco. 
 
 20. 
 
 jcar-dyo) 
 
 34. 
 
 (TTpaTfvopai. 
 
 7. tipx^ 
 
 21. 
 
 Kara-Xva). 
 
 35. 
 
 crxry-ylyvopai . 
 
 8. aff)-i(rTr)pi. 
 
 22. 
 
 fffX^VO). 
 
 36. 
 
 (TuX-Xf-yo). 
 
 9. a\6op.at. 
 
 23. 
 
 \avddpo>. 
 
 37. 
 
 (Tvp-^nWa>. 
 
 10. j3dXXa). 
 
 24. 
 
 vopi^oi. 
 
 38. 
 
 avp- ^ovKfvoi. 
 
 11. fV;3dXXQ). 
 
 25. 
 
 oIk((0. 
 
 39. 
 
 tJvp-TTparTdi. 
 
 12. hanavdoi 
 
 26. 
 
 oppda. 
 
 40. 
 
 Tp€(f)a). 
 
 13. Seofxai. 
 
 27. 
 
 Trap-ayyiWai. 
 
 41. 
 
 w^fXeo). 
 
 14. 8i8<i>fu. 
 
 28. 
 
 irapay-yvopai. 
 NOUNS. 
 
 
 
 1. 6 mffjp. 
 
 3. 
 
 6 ^dp^apof. 
 
 6. 
 
 6 Sdp€iK6i, 
 
 2, 6 avTifrrouruyrr}:. 
 
 4. 
 
 vyv- 
 
 6. 
 
 6 8a(rp6i, 
 
76 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 !>■ 
 
 ill 
 
 » 
 
 7. f) hvvaym. 
 
 8. r) fnifiovXrj. 
 
 9. ^ 6dKu(T(Ta. 
 
 10. 6 /'I'J*'- 
 
 11. 6 fxiuBos. 
 
 12. TO TTpayfia. 
 
 1. aXXof. 
 
 2. a/ra/mo'Kfvor. 
 
 3. /Sc'Xrto'roy. 
 
 4. dta;^iX(Oi, TfTpa- 
 
 ic((r;(cA(oi. 
 
 1. a?. 
 
 3. avTiTTfpas. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. iavTov. 
 
 2. 6, 17, T<5. 
 
 3. o8f. 
 
 4. or 
 
 13. ^ TrpocpaaiS' 
 
 14. 6 CTTpaTidiTijS' 
 
 15. 17 aiWoyrj. 
 
 16. 6 rpoTTos 
 
 17. ^ Tpn(f)r). 
 
 18. 6 (jifvycov. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 6. (KaOTOS. 
 . (KiOV 
 
 7. €^ Tpftff. 
 
 8. pvpioi. 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 4. fir), ov, ovK. 
 
 5. rrpoaOfv. 
 
 6. TO ^;^aioi/. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 1. dpcpi. 
 
 2 eV. 
 
 3. ttXtjv. 
 
 . vrre/j. 
 
 4. EXERCISES. 
 
 19. 
 
 6 (f}povpap)(OS 
 
 20. 
 
 17 (f)v\aK^. 
 
 21. 
 
 TO xp^pa. 
 
 22. 
 
 Tu \pvaiop 
 
 23. 
 
 h X^pa 
 
 24. 
 
 6 ^«Vof . 
 
 9 
 
 o7ro<rof. 
 
 10 
 
 ovdfU, ov8(V. 
 
 11. 
 
 nas. 
 
 12. 
 
 TrXfiO-TOf. 
 
 
 T<Jrf. 
 
 8. 
 
 2,fie. 
 
 9. 
 
 (Uff 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 1. 
 
 Trplv. 
 
 2. 
 
 T€. 
 
 3. 
 
 iis. 
 
 1. Translate : (r?) *E7rf>cpv7rTfra Touf aTpaTrjyovs on paXiara fhvvaro. 
 (Jt) To apx^iov ^(Tav SfSnptpai ai jSeXrtoTot noXfis to) aSfX(^aj roi) /SaaiXews'. 
 ('•) O /icV TJBpoi^f bvvapiv Ti]v (if\Ti(TTrju as €iTilSov\fvouTOs €Ovrc5 rof' adfX- 
 <l>ov. (r/) AvTovs ra avra ravra «V rfj irokd ^ovXfvopevnvs j]oOdv€To. 
 
 2. Analyze : (fivydf, crvi/fXe-yfro, OTparfvpara, ivopi^e, TroXf/iovvra. 
 
 3. Translate : {a) The satrap accoidingly went np» when tlie king 
 was happening to be as unprepared as possible, (h) He announces to as 
 many generals as he has in the cities, that they take 300 men as good as 
 ])ossible. (c) All the generals were desiring to besiege those in Miletus 
 both by land and by sea. ((/) If he may be able to have those cities 
 instead of the king, {e) This man contributes money for the support of 
 the soldiers. (/) By means of these resources he collected an array of 
 two thousand men. 
 
 LESSON XXI. 
 
 77 
 
 LESSON XXI. 
 
 ANABASIS I. II. 1. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 [By using the Vocabulary, pp. 361-387, and with the aid of the 
 literal and free translations on pp. 279 and 289, the pupil will master 
 the meanings not given for some of the words in the Notes of this and 
 the subsequent Lessons.] 
 
 1. i-hoKf ly for €-86k€-€, cf. ^aOivet II. ; from BoKeca ; tense, pers., 
 and num. of cSoKfi ? 
 
 2. nop€v€-(T6ai dep., to proceed; on the ending -adai cf. irapaytviadm 
 XIX. 4. 
 
 3. fifV, on the one hand ; used here without a following Se, so that 
 the real intentions of Cyrus are left to the surmises of the reader. On 
 the use of piv . . . de c/. J. 8. 
 
 4. (ttquIto, mid., for himself; cf. enoie'iTo XII. 
 
 5. wp ^ovkopfvoi, as wishing [^saying that he wished^ ; cf as jSovXo- 
 pevos XIX. 
 
 6. (K-^aXfluj from eV-jSaXXw ; on the theme, cf. i^-f-^aXcv XIII. ; 
 tense here ? On the change of t^ to €k before consonants, cf cKTrfTrrw- 
 Kdras XI 1 1. 
 
 7. T€, enclitic, both; cf re XL, XVL Note that here re, innne- 
 diately following an accent otherwi.se grave, makes it acute. 
 
 8. oaov ^u avT<o arpdr€vpa, quantus erat ei exercitus ; object of 
 Xa^oi^t, taking what army he had ; ovtm dat. of possessor, cf avT<a XIV., 
 XVII. ; on oa-oi = quanti as many as, cf. IV. 
 
 9. (Tvv aXXay-€-irr-i, becoming reconciled; partic, nom. o-vi/a^'Xayfis 
 for a-vuaWayevrsy cf dripaadds VII I. ; aor. pass, from avu aWdrrta, 
 theme aXXay, as Trpdrru) XIV., theme npay. On the pass, suttix $(-, 
 here e-, cf dripacrdtis VIII. 
 
 10. TTpos Tovs oiKoi, tovMrd, withy the [adversaries'] at-home. Note 
 the omission of the substantive. 
 
 11. dno-irtp^ai (= arro-7r€/i7r-(r-at), cf KaraXva-ai XVIIT , 1st aor, 
 infill, act. Note ^ = tt + f. 
 
 I, ? 
 
 
78 
 
 INDUCTIVE GUEKK METHOD. 
 
 12. o €ix€ orTpaTcvfia, quem habebat exercitum, oLj. of dTro- 
 TTCfi^ai ; o iv.\. pron. iiuut. vsiiij^. ; iiiasc. os. 
 
 13. 7rpo-€i-(TT^ K-€if praefuerat, icas in command of ; pluperf. ind. 
 act. from Trpoi'oTi/fit, cf. Karearrj VI. Note the reduplication «-, cf. dcf)- 
 (iarr]K€(Tav XII. ; on the reg. redup. cf. St-8ofi€vai XII., tV-irc-Trrto/cdray 
 XIll. ; on K (= Ka) the perf. sutiix cf. eKncnToy-Kor-as XIII. 
 
 14. TOV9 akXovs TiXiJi/, the others, excepting^ i. e. all^ excepting, 
 
 15. (fiv\dTT€i.v from ^v\dTTut^ theme <l>v\aK ; force of ending -€Uf ? 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. boKfl = it seeniSy it seems best. 
 
 2. The infin. mid. ends in -aBai. 
 
 3. ms gives to the participle the idea of a merely possible reality, 
 like the Lat. tamquam, Eng. as. 
 
 4. 6^ becomes «'< before consonants. 
 
 5. The 1st aor. intin. act. ends in a-ai ; the 2d aor. infin. act. 
 ends in -cti/. 
 
 6. An enclitic changes a preceding grave accent to an acute. 
 
 7. In Greek, as in English, a relative clause may be the object of a 
 verb. 
 
 8. 0e- is the 1st passive suffix ; c-, the 2d passive suffix. 
 
 9. The article, followed by an attributive adjective, or the equivalent 
 of an attributive adjective, may modify an omitted substantive which is 
 easily supplied from the context. 
 
 10. Verb stems in -n unite ir with a-a, 1st aor. suffix, forming yjr-a. 
 
 11. Verbs in -rro) have their themes ending in -y or -k. 
 
 12. -K-a is the perf. act. suffix. 
 
 13. i(TTr]fii ' redupliciites in the pluperf. by prefixing d- to the 
 theme, ara. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declens. ol' XvStis 
 
 2. Infinitives and participles of Xv<o 
 
 3. Reduplication 
 
 4. The 1st perfect stem 
 
 H. 242. 
 H. 313. 
 11. 363-65. 
 H. 446. 
 
 G. 69 (riOfU). 
 G. 95, 1. 
 G. 101, 1, 2. 
 G. n 0, 4 6. 
 
 LESSON XXI. 
 
 75 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. rj a<po7roXtff, citadel. 
 
 2. apa> (cf. am, up), upward. 
 
 3. ^ap^apiKos, barbarian, 
 
 4. SoKfl, it seems. 
 
 5. 'EWrjviKos, Grecian, 
 
 6. (uravBa, there. 
 
 7. 767, now, at leiigth* 
 
 8. 7<a>, / am come. 
 
 9. ^€vik6s, mercenary. 
 
 10. oaos (quantus), how great, 
 
 11. Tiaurdnaaiv, ivholly. 
 
 12. nopevopaif I advance. 
 
 13. Trpoia-TTjfii, I set in charge, 
 
 1 4. <Tvf-aXXdrra), / reconcile, 
 
 15. (f)v\dTT(o, I guard. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : olto, rovrovi, trwaXXaycVrt. d<p6iTo\is. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Kal yap iTvy\avov koI ovtol oi avrol tw /Sao-tXeJ 
 ^€voi ovTfs- {h) Ka\ nu^cov rovs oIkoi avTiaraaKaras Trepiyiyverai alrdv. 
 ((•) AoKfi hfj rovs p€U fK^dWciv revs 5' dTroKTfid'j. (d) *Av€^aivou ds 
 rrjv noXiu ixomfs 6 rjv avroU (TTpdnvpa. (e) 'ATTf/rc/xi/^f npbs Kvpop oaov 
 1JV avTM <TrpdT€vpa. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) I will now advance upward with my (= the) 
 friends into the province of the satrap. (6) The soldiers were wishing 
 to drive out the conspirators (= the conspiring) wholly from {(k) the 
 kingdom, (c) They were collecting accordingly, as against these men, 
 both the mercenary and the Greek (army). ((/) He Avill come (jJ/ccd), 
 taking what army he has. (c) All (01 a\\oi) were slandering the king, 
 except as many as were friends to him. 
 
 o> 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Elision. 2. Enclitics. 3. Grave accent before an enclitic. 
 4. Themes of verbs in -XXw, -tt<o. 5. First and second passive suffixes. 
 6. Formation of the perf. stem. 7. The 1st aor. of liquid verbs. 8. *Qs 
 with the particijde. 9. Reduplication. 10. Uses of the aorist parti- 
 ciple. 11. The genitive after 7rpo-t(rr?7/it. 12. Words in the attributive 
 position. 
 
«0 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. II. 2 and 3 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. t-Koke-a-f • (n) from Ka\(u>] on the form, c/. tnoirjae III.; note, 
 filial e of the theme does not here change to i; before a consonant ; 
 (h) fKoXfo-a. I called, so fkvcra I loosed ; (c) the pres. (Xvo)), fut. 
 (Xwrco), aor. (eXvo-a), perf. (XAu.ca) are the principal parts of the verb 
 in the active voice. 
 
 2. rovs MiXrfTov noXiopKovvras, the {^man'] besieging Miletus ; note 
 the omission of the substantive. 
 
 3. vrro-<rx-^-H-^vo-s, promising : (a) from vn-icrxyio-^i de]) ; vrr-c- 
 axf-To, he promised ; tense of the partic. ? (6) The rest of the sentence 
 gives his promise ; stated in his own words it would be : " t// shall suc- 
 ceed in those matters icith reference to which I am marching^ I will not cease 
 until I bring you back home." This would be called a future condition, 
 vividly stated, with probability of fulfilment ; in the conditional clause 
 iav with the subjunctive would be used, and the future indicative in the 
 conclusion 
 
 4. €t icaXwff Kara-7rpd^-€t«(p), if well he accomplislied, i. e. if he suc- 
 ceeded: (a) KaX-wff adv., c/. evwtVc-wff XI.; (h) Kara irpaTTfo, T accomplish; 
 theme npay \ here aor. opt. 3d sing.; on ^ = ks. -ys-, cf. anfdd^f IV. ; 
 note the personal ending -(i€{v); cf. however €m^ov\€voi VI., Xa/3oi XI.; 
 (c) the words of the promise are not stated directly (3 b), but in- 
 directly, i.e. in the 07'atio obliqua ; note that (dv with the subjunctive 
 has accordingly become d with the optative. 
 
 5. €(^' a, for cVi a; note that after the loss of i (elisio ) ir is 
 brought before a rough breathing ; hence changed to ^, cf. d<i>- 
 iKvolro IX. 
 
 6. fxrf npoaOfv rravare-uBai, se non prius cessurum esse, that he 
 would not (sooner) cease., stop: (a) nav<o, I stop ; mid. / stop myself cease; 
 navataBat fut. inf. mid. ; 'a€-, fut. suttix ; (b) note, the fut. ind. of the 
 direct discourse (3 b) has become fut. infin., and ov becomes /xiy. 
 
 LESSON XXIL 
 
 81 
 
 7. nplv Kar-aydy-oi : (a) from icar-ayo) ; here 2d aor. opt., cf. Xa- 
 fioi XI. ; note, the 2d aor. of ay<a has the theme doubled, instead of its 
 simplest form ; (b) tiiis subordinate clause also, like €t Karairpd^cuVf 
 has its verb in the optative, where itpXv av with the subjunctive would 
 have been used in the oratio recta, cf. irpXv &v avfi^ovXfvtrjrai XVIII. 
 Notes 4 d. 
 
 8. ol 8€ €7rf iOo-VTo ; cf 6 di nfide-rai VII. 
 
 9. trap-rjaav, were beside, arrived; cf. napav III., naptlyai II., 
 ^aav XII.; on the accent, cf. dirrjXBc VIII. 
 
 10. roif^ €K Tav noKeav Xa^au, taking the [soldiers'] from the cities ; 
 note the omission ol" the substantive oTpartcbraff after noKfcav, cf. 2 ; 
 (rt) €K tS>v TToXfG)!/, attHb. posit., as nap tavr^ XI. ; (6) eic for iv on 
 account of the idea of separation in \a^a)v \ cf. jrapa fiaa-tXecas IX, for 
 irapa ^aatKfi. 
 
 11. trap rjv, on the meaning, form, and accent, cf. 9. 
 
 12. Tutv <rTpaT(vofietfa)v^ of the being-in-the-army, i. e. of (arifiong) those 
 fighting ; note the omission of the substantive; cf. 2, 10. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIGN& 
 
 1. fcnXfo) does not change ^ to i; before consonants. 
 
 2. The pres., fut., aor., and perf. act. are four of the principal parts 
 of the verb. 
 
 3. The substantive is sometimes omitted after words which modify 
 it attributively. 
 
 4. The Greek, like the Latin, has a direct and an indirect discourse. 
 
 5. A vivid future condition with probability is expressed by (dw 
 with the subjunctive in the condition, and the future indicative in the 
 conclusion. 
 
 6. y and k unite with -aa, 1st aor. suffix, forming ^a. 
 
 7. -ct6(i') marks the 1st aor. oj>t. act. 3d sing. 
 
 8. tr, K, or r, brought by elision before a rough breathing, is made 
 rough . 
 
 9. fXTf takes the place of ol with infinitives. 
 10 ay<a has a reduplicated theme in the 2d aor. 
 
 11. ydpy like the Lat. enim, does not stand first in its sentence. 
 
 12. niarevoif. I trust, is followed by the dative case. 
 
 13. The accent of a verb does not precede the augment 
 
 14. The partitive genitive exi.«;ts in Greek as in Latin. 
 
 6 
 
 
82 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Elision H. 82. 
 
 2. The variable vowel of the verb . . H. 310. 
 
 3. Pres. ind. act of \va> H. 314. 
 
 4. Declension of the relative pron. . H. 276. 
 
 G. 17, 1. 
 G. 113 and 1. 
 G. 96. 
 G. 86. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. 6 yvfiw}?, light-armed soldier. 
 
 2. r)b(oi>Sy gladly. 
 
 3. AcaXcci), / call, 
 
 4. Kokof^ beautiful, 
 
 5. Ka\S>9j beautifully, well. 
 
 6. Kar-ayu}, I lead douni, ba:k. 
 
 7. Ta oTrXa, arms. 
 
 8. irdp-€ini, I arrive, am present. 
 
 9. wav(o, I stop ; mid. / pause. 
 
 10. 6 TrfXraariys, targeteer. 
 
 11. Tn<TT€va> I trust. 
 
 12. vrr-ia)(P(OfAaij I promise. 
 
 13. m (with numerals), circa. 
 
 about, 
 
 14. rpiAKoatoi, 300 
 
 15. TTCvrdKoa-ioi, 500. 
 
 16. x*^*o»' 1A>0. 
 
 17. /ivpiot, 10,000. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze : fKoKea-e, TrdXtopKovvras, <f)iryaBatt icaraTrpa^f tfi/, »rav- 
 (TfC^at, eniarfvop. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) *E«caXft 5' o'l' Toi»ff afx(})i rrjv ttoXiv arparfvo- 
 fifvovs. (b) *'Eu6fii(f 8ti (I KoXtoi Kara7rpd^€i€V €(p* A rovs avdpas avv/Keye, 
 QarriKfvfTdv avT (Kfivov- (c) E/3ovXfvfro tas ravrrju rrjv Svvafxiv oi^nSf 
 Karaydyoi. (d) Oi df arpariayrai (irlarfvov t© orpaTrjy^ Koi r)b(coi rt Ka\ 
 (k6vt€s fTTfidovro. (g) Kail avTovSj ra OTrXa Xa^ovras, €K€\fvfv €is ttjv 
 iToXiv Trapdi/ai. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) And the guest-friends came (ndpftfii) unto the 
 king, having money for the support of the soldiers, (b) And 3,000 men 
 in truth were present. (r) In order that he might have 10,000 darics. 
 (il) If the 500 targetecrs would be friendly to him. (e) And Socrates 
 was among those fighting in the plain. 
 
 LESSON XXIII. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 83 
 
 1. Attributives used substantively. 2. The adverbial ending. 
 3. Principal parts of the verb. 4. Infinitives and participles of Xva>. 
 5. The accent of napqu. 6. Formation of the perfect stem. 7. Theme 
 of verbs ending in -XXco, -rra. 8. First and second pass, suffix. 
 9. Principal parts (act.) of ^cfXeuw, Troteto. 10. Augment and redupli- 
 cation of at-. 11. Principal parts of atVeo). 12. Declension of 7roXtn;ff, 
 TreXraa-Tris. 13. *Edp with the subjunctive in the indirect discourse 
 after secondary tenses. 14. Position of ydp. 15. Case with marfva. 
 16. Kai . . . Kcu. 17. Declens. of 6^s, yvfiv^s 
 
 LESSON XXIII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. II. 4 and 5. 
 
 I. NOTES. 
 
 1. dcp-iKo-vTo : from d(i>-iKVio-pLai, cf. IX. ; note, t augments to i. 
 Theme and tense of the verb ? 
 
 2. Kara-vofi-cv^, when he perceived : on the form cf. KivSweCa-as VIII. ; 
 principal parts, Karavoto), KaTavorj-aa>, KaTe-vorj-a-a, Kara-ue-voq-Ka. 
 
 3. pfiCova fjyrj-ad-pfvos, and because he thought . . . to be greater: 
 (a) p(iC<ov, greater ; peyas, great ; note the irreg. comparative, and cf. 
 7rp€cr3uTcpof I. : (b) from ijyc-o/iai, dep. I lead, think; fut. ^-tro-ftai, 
 aor. rjyrj-<Td pijv ; i note, rj here augments without change, as a> in 
 
 a)0€Xft XVI. 
 
 4. j fdvmro rdx^rra, by what way he could most quickly: cf. as 
 paXia-ra ibvvaro XI. ; fj the rel. pron. dat. sing, fem., sc. 6b&, way; 
 note, the dat. here denotes manner; cf. the Lat. qua via, by what way 
 or means ; how. 
 
 5. i^Kov ore Ti(Taa(f)€pvovs, heard from Tissaphernes : (a) from a/covw, 
 cf. the Eng. acoustics; (b) account for the rj and for the a. 
 
 1 -PW ending of 1st sing, in tlie past tenses ind. mid., so e\i7(rd|i.Tjv, / loosed 
 for myself. 
 
84 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6. ovs d'prj-Kay u'hom T have mentioned : («) tlprjKa classed as the 
 perf. of <}>r] flit I sC'Vi L^^t. fari ; (Jj) -ko, the pert', siittix, us in \tXvKa ; 
 note the irreg. reclup. ft- ; cf. Tvpoiurn^Kfi XXI. 
 
 7. wpfxaro drro SapSfwv, was setting out from Sardis : (a) cf. Spfxa)- 
 fM€vos XVI. J d i'lii" d-€, as in (irfipdro XIII. ; (6) ^p8(a>v, declined 
 like rroXty, plur. 
 
 8. arudpovi rpely, three days' journey ; ace. plur.; note, the dis- 
 tance or extent of space is expressed by the ace. ; cf. the Lat. usage. 
 
 9. TO fvpos : subj. of 5i/, was^ underetood ; 7iot 2d decl., but 3d neut , 
 as in Lat. corp-us, corpor-is, not corp-i. 
 
 10. fvr-rjv, from trr-fipi ; cf. nap-rjv XXII. N. 11. 
 
 11. t-Cfvyptvrj, joined : (a) from the theme C^iry, fuy, Lat. jug in 
 jungo, I join ; (/>) perf. partic. mid. ; cf. npo-ti.-arqK€i XXI., and note, 
 the redup. is not as it is in XAuko, when the verb begins with a double 
 consonant (^ — ds) or two consonants; (c) cf. XAvko, note, the perf. 
 mid. is formed without the sutlix <ca-, so \€-\vfjJvrj, \€-\v-p.cu. 
 
 12. jrXot-otff, by means of , . . boats; note, the dat. here denotes 
 means; cf. 4. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The theme of a(^>-iKviopai is Ik. 
 
 2. t augments to t, a to rj, o to o) ly remains unchanged. 
 
 3. i/occD, ijyfopLOu lengthen € to 7 l)efore consonants, but xaXcco XXII. 
 does not. 
 
 4. The regular comparative ending is -rc/x*- ; but piiyai forms the 
 comparative pd^oiv. 
 
 5. 'pr)v ending 1st sing., where the 3d sing, is -to; 3d plur. -vto. 
 
 6. The person from whom one hears is denoted by the gen. case. 
 
 7. e'lprjKa classed as the perf. of (fyrjpi 
 
 8. a (o = &, a € =■ a, a-t = a. 
 
 9. The means and the manner of an action are denoted by the dat. 
 
 10. Extent of space is denoted by the accusative. 
 
 11. Nouns in -05 are, some 2d decl. masc. ; others, 3d decl. neut. 
 
 12. Verbs beginning with a double consonant or two consonants 
 reduplicate by omitting the consonant and prefixing * only.* 
 
 13. <ca-, the perf. suffix, does not appear in the middle voice. 
 
 1 The perf. ol" tarrjfxi is ^(rTTjKa. It is in the phiiierf. tliat cl- appears. 
 
 I 
 
 LESSON XXIII. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 85 
 
 1. Declens. of y/t^vpa 
 
 2. Declens. of 8aip<ov 
 
 3. Declens. of pfi{;<ov (G. ^8i<ou) . 
 
 4. Conjug. of \vu) in pres., fut., im- 
 
 perf., aor , iud. act 
 
 H. 135. 
 
 H. 184. 
 H. 236. 
 
 G. 37, 1 , end. 
 
 G. 50. 
 
 G. 72, 2, N. 1 
 
 H. 314-316. G. 96. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. a<ova>, I hear. 
 
 2. j} yt(f)vpa, bridge. 
 
 3. Sid (with gen.), through. 
 
 4. ftKO(Ti(v)f twenty. 
 
 6. elpr^Ka (<l)r)pi), have said, 
 mentioned. 
 
 6. €^-(\avp(o, I march.^ 
 
 7. €n-(ipi, fV-fti/at, am upon. 
 
 8. (TTTdy septem, seven. 
 
 9. TO (upos, breadth, width. 
 
 10. ^€vy-vvpi, I join. 
 
 1 1 . ^yeopai, I lead, think. 
 
 12. 6 tTTTrfvf, horseman, 
 
 13. KaTa-vo€(t>, I observe. 
 
 14. peyas, pn^oiv, great, greater. 
 
 15. j; rrapaadyyr),^ league. 
 
 16. 7rapa-(TK(vd^(t},^ I prepare. 
 
 17. ^ napaa-Kfv^y^ preparation, 
 
 18. TO T:\(&pov,* plethron. 
 
 19. TO TrXoiovy boat, vessel. 
 
 20. 6 iroTapos,^ river. 
 
 21. 6 aradpos, stopping-place, day's 
 
 journey. 
 
 22. 6 oToAos, cquipinent. 
 
 23. Ta^ciosy Taxtcrra, quickly, most 
 
 quicJdy. 
 
 24. 0)9, as, in order that, to (prepo- 
 
 sition). 
 
 Principal parts of \{ko : X»^), Awo>, ^Xvcra^ XAukm, XeXv^t,* (Xve^jp.'' 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze : dfpLKOvro, Karavorja-as, ^Kova-e, capparo. 
 
 2. Translate : («) Ot /xeV ovv orpaTrjyoi, Xa^ourfs xPW^'^o. eis ttjp 
 Tpo(f)fjP TQ)u arpaTKOTuiv, TTapfjaau fls ttjv ttoKiv. (b) ^EvfpfXfiTo ottcos, 
 OTTOcroi orpaTTjyol cirjaav, iavra fivoU^s (X^up. (c) 'Ho-ai/ 5e Ka\ ovToi 
 
 1 Use<l with reference to the general, not tlie soldiers. 
 
 2 Equal to about .5J kilometers (3 English miles). 
 
 • Cj. airaptuTKevoraTov XI. "* About 30.8 meters (101 feet). 
 
 • Cf, the English hippo-potamus, river-horse. 
 
 « Cf. Notes 11, c. 7 Aor. ind. pass. 1st sing. } cf. r,yaa^XYL 
 
86 
 
 INDUCTIVE CxREKK AJETIIOD. 
 
 rS>v ToJ /Sao-tXfl €7ril3ov\€vo^€V(ov. (d) Karawijads dfj rovs ra avra raOra 
 (iovXtvofxei/ovs, avi^rj ws ^aaiXta. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) JJut when those hoplites arrived, the commander 
 thought Cyrus had made (aor. ini.) preparation against liini(selO. 
 (c) He heard from those (= the) living in the city, [that I Cyrus was 
 marching through the provinces of the king, (c) And he destroyed 
 {KaTa\ia>) that biidge. (d) He desired the same bridge to be de- 
 stroyed. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY 
 
 1. Principal parts of the verb. 2. Quantity of i in dcfiiKovTo. 
 3. Quantity of tiie 3d a in Koravorja-ai. 4. Ditferent uses of u>s. 5. Ex- 
 planation of ^ in S tdvuaro. 6. Case with dia, = through. 7. Extent 
 of space. 8. Formation of perf. stem act.; mid. 9. Declension of 
 0VT09, rjyr^ad^fvos, TrapaaMvr}. tVTreuy, e;^a>i/, nXolov. 10. Uses of the 
 dative. 11. The final vowel in the 1st deel. 12. Norn. sing, of liquid 
 nouns in the 3d decl. 13. The variable vowel of the verb. 
 
 LESSON XXIV. 
 A XA BASIS I. II. C and 7. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. dia-i3«y, goinfj through, crossing {this river) : 8(-€-)9i;, he crossed; 
 ef. ai/-c ^rj, he went up V., so iva-^As, going up : (a) from dia-^aiva>, 
 theme ^a ; (b) ^as = /3a-i^-$, cf Uaas = Xvaams ; (c) tense here ? 
 00 on the declens., cf. nas Ml. Gram. Less. 
 
 2. ei/-o, one ; nom. tU lor cVy, 3d decl. ; -a as in Spxovra Y. 
 
 3. (vdaifinv a KOI fi€yd\Tjv, prosperous and large : (n) nom. tldaifun^, 
 stem €v8aifMou ; (h) nom. /xeyar, fem. fifydXri ; cf. XXIII. Vocab. 
 
 4. €-p,fiv-((v): from /zei/w, Lat. man eo, here 1st aor.; on the 
 1st aor. of liiiuid verbs cf. nap-rjyyfCKf XII. 
 
 5. fi^pai inrd, throughout seven days. Note, duration of time, like 
 extent of space, is denoted by the ace. case ; cf. araBfiovs XXIII. 
 
 6. ^K-(, arrived ; imperf. of jjicw, cf XXI. Note, 17 augments 
 without change; cf ^ytofiai XXIII. 
 
 LESSOX XXIV. 
 
 87 
 
 7. Kupy ^a(Ti\€ia^u: (a) on the dat. e/. ^v air« XIV.; (h) ^aai- 
 X«a, royal abodes (not /Sao-tXa'u, kingdom) ; 2d decl. neut. plur • (a) hv 
 ttv^, sing. ; note the subj. is plur.; the verb is regularly sing, when the 
 subject IS neut. plur. 
 
 8. yvixvd-^tix ^oiJX-oiTo, whenever (=if) he might wish to take exer- 
 cise : (a) aor. iniin., ./ .ara-XOxcu XVIII.; from yv/x.a'ta,, theme 
 yvfiuab; so arTpdC<o VIII, theme dnfuid; here yvpudaai is foi yvpua8-crac 
 note, a lingual mute drops out before s, cf cj^vyds for 0vya6sr XV. 
 on a Im-ual mute before another lingual mute, cf drifxaaeeU VIII 
 (/>) ^oAoiro opt. as in a0t<„orro IX. ; -otro, ending of the opt. middle] 
 corresi)()n(ls to the active ending -ot ; cf \d-ioi, XI. 
 
 9. 8id fiea-ov Tov 7rapad€:aov, through the middle of the park. Note 
 that p^crov stands before the art., i. e. in the pred. position. 
 
 10. .laiu, sunt, are : like re an enclitic, throwing its accent («VtV) 
 on the i^receding word. Note, a final circumflex is not altered thereby. 
 
 11. K€\aiuS>p : ^en. plur. takes the place of an appositive with 
 TToXfwy. Lf City of New York. 
 
 S. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Saiua>, theme /3a ; ^d9 is for ^uurs, and is declined like nas 
 
 2. fiy, one, is for eV-y. 
 
 3. Nouns whose stems end in -ou form the nominative by leu'Tth- 
 ening o to «. Jo 
 
 4. In the 1st aor. of liquid verbs e in the theme becomes «. 
 
 5. Duration of time is denoted by the accusative case. 
 
 6. Verbs beginnin- with a long vowel augment without change 
 except that 5 generally becomes 17. * 
 
 7. A neuter plural subject has a singular verb. 
 
 8. Verb themes which end in a lingual mute lose it before $•. 
 
 9. The optative is used in relative clauses which have the force of 
 a condition, when the main verb denotes past time. 
 
 10. -oi-ro is the ending opt. middle, corresponding to the active ot • 
 oipr,u IS the ending, 1st pers., U -oiro is 3d ; cf Obs. 5, XXIII. 
 
 11. /icVoff (when it means middle of) takes the predicate position, 
 like o8t and tKflvos. . 
 
 12. «VtV, like «', is an enclitic. 
 
 13. A final circumflex is not afi*ected by an encljtic 
 
88 
 
 INDUCTIVK GKKKK iVlKTHOI). 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declens. o^ tifiaifxav 
 
 2. Declens. of fxeyas 
 
 3. Coiijug. of \voi in the perf. act., perf. 
 
 mid., aor. pass., indicative . . 
 
 4. Duration of time ; extent of space . 
 
 5. The imperfect tense 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 H. 
 
 235. 
 
 G. 66. 
 
 H. 
 
 247. 
 
 G. 70. 
 
 H. 
 
 317-319. 
 
 G. 96. 
 
 H. 
 
 720. 
 
 G. 161. 
 
 H. 
 
 830. 
 
 G. 200. 
 
 1. nyptoff,* icild. 
 
 2. TO. /SucriXfta,* royal abodes. 
 
 3. dia^aivti>, I (JO throughy cross. 
 
 4. fty, one. 
 
 5. ctVi(i'), sunt, {they) are. 
 
 6. fv8aifi<ov,^ prosperous. 
 
 7. 4 TjfJ^tpay* day. 
 
 8. Orjpfva, I hunt, 
 
 9. TO Orjpiov, wild beast. 
 
 10. 6 Xrmoiy^ horse. 
 
 11. fx(va>, I remain. 
 
 12. 
 
 pt<Tns, 
 
 6 
 
 middle. 
 
 13. oiKovfififos,'' populous. 
 
 14. oKTm. octo, eight. 
 
 15. 6 napaSfto-or,® park. 
 
 16. fj Trijyrj, source. 
 
 17. TT^^prji, fall, 
 
 18. p(a>, flow. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : eVftfor, ©?. 17 o, r^ptpd, ptcrost Tnjy^. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) *E$fXavi/a> dno ttjs BaXaTrrjs us ttjv 2dpB€i9 noXiv. 
 (b) OTTOTf drindaai rov ^aa.Xta /^ovXotro, avvftrparrfv avr^ fj fxrfnjp. 
 (r) Am pearjs ttjs TroXftos- pd noTiipos p-tyas- (f/) Tovtov top norapop 
 bU^ij TTJ peydXrj y((f)vpa. 
 
 3. Analyze ; dia^cK, €^€\avvei, oiKovp€vrjVf (peivev, rjKC, e;(a)P. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) I have said [that] Cyrus has a hirge force. 
 (^>) The army marche<l® through that prosperous country eight days* 
 journey, (c) But this river flows from large springs, (rf) I heard 
 [rhat] the younger brother was marching against the older brother. 
 (t) That city is large and prosperous, and full of both (tc) gardens and 
 royal abodes. 
 
 1 C/. Lat. afirr-estis, wild. 2 Qf^ ^o<rlAevv, PaatAeiS, /SourtArvM. 
 
 * Bavniig hinillt/ deities : eC, well ; £at>wv (Eng. demon), spirit, deity. 
 
 * C'f. Eng. epli-e»tera/. * Cf, Eng. Ai/>po-drome. 
 
 * C/. 3fe50-potainia, between rivers. ' C/*. oIkoi, at home; oiK«« 
 ' Cf. Eng. Paradise, * Use vopeJoMOi. 
 
 LESSON XXV^ 
 
 89 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Themes of ^oiVco, rvyxdva, ayyiWw, XarrjjfUy /3aXXa>, aXXarrto; 
 2. Review of the conjugation of Xv». 3. Formation of the nonriuative 
 of stems in -avr, -tvr. 4. Lingual mutes before cr; before lingual 
 unites. 5. Principal parts of Xv», ^Xcvw, atVca>. 6. The liquids. 
 7. Uses of the pres., imperf., aorist. 8. The form idr^vov. 9. De- 
 clension of was, 810^. 10. Position of /mVos. 11. Enclitics. 
 
 LESSON XXV. 
 
 ANABASIS I. II. 8 and 9. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. «r-n, Lat. est, is: (a) subj. fiaaiXeui ; on the sing, verb with 
 a plur. subj., r/. ^aaiXfta rjv XXIV.; (6) note the forms met with, — 
 «tpi, €l(ri{v)y ffv, Tfaav, iarai^ (triaav. 
 
 2. vrr6, Lat. snb, under : here with the dat., denoting place where; 
 cf. the dat. with ev; on imd with the gen., cf. vno dvTi(TTa(Tici)Tci>u XVII. 
 
 3. (fi-^\(i : from (fi (= «V) )3aXXo) ; on p before consonants, cf. av\- 
 Xap^dvd VII., avp-^ovX€vaT)Tat XVIII. ; meaning of Sia-^oXXct ? 
 
 4. f<rri{p), enclitic, like daiu XXIV. § 7. Note, its accent is thrown 
 on the ultima of cvpor ; on a final circumflex before an enclitic cf. airov 
 fiaip XXIV. 
 
 5. fUotri Koi v€vre TToSav, (the breadth was) of twenty-five feet : 
 (a) note the use of the gen. in expressions of measure; cf. the Lat, 
 usage ; (b) iroSwv, nom. Tram, Lat. pes, ped-is. 
 
 6. fV-dcip-oi, to flay^ (skin)y i. e. (it is said that Apollo) flayed: 
 from eVSepo), 1st aor. infin. act. ; cf. Kora-Xv-acu XVIII. On the for- 
 mation of the aor. of liquid verbs, cf. tpciPfv XXIV., iraprjyyfiXt XII. 
 
 ^ The aor. infln. with Aeyerai here con'espond.s to the aor. ind. f(eSetpe, «Vpe>a<ye 
 of direct discourse. The translation of the aor. infin. by the Eng. perf. intiu. is 
 
90 
 
 IXDIXTIVE GREEK METIIOJ). 
 
 7. viKri aus fplCovrd ot, when he conquered {on conquering) hinif 
 Marsyas, who contended with him, Apollo : (a) i'rain viKaca ; note, a be- 
 comes ri before aa; on -aas, cf. Kip8vv€Caas VIII. ; (i) epiCoirra, theme 
 fpiS; so fut. tptVo), aor. ^piaa ; </. yi/xmo-at XXIV.; (c) ot, for of, sibi, 
 to, with, himself; dat. sing., cf. Tia(ra(j)€pu(i XV.; note the loss of accent ; 
 ot is an enclitic, and throws its accent on (pi^ovra, cf. doefjvai ol XlV., 
 where ot keeps its accent for emj)hasis. 
 
 8. Kpfpd (rat, to hang : on the form, cf. €K'8f2p-ai 6, KaraXvaai 
 XVII 1. ; Kpepa, theme of Kptpavvvpi, cf. dfiK-yvpi IV., theme dfiK ; 
 C€vy-vipi XX 11 1., theme ((vy, cf. foot-note, page 89. 
 
 9. rjTTTj ecCs : from ^Tra-o-^t; on -$(is cf drifiaaSeU VIII. 
 
 10. dfM(p\ Tovs SiaxiXiovs, about (the) 2,000: note, o/lk^/ has the 
 same force with numerals as wy, etV XXII. ; note the use of the article 
 with approximate round numbers, — unnecessary in translation. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Neuter plural nouns take a singular verb. 
 
 2. \m6 with the dative denotes the place under which, as cV denotes 
 the place in which. 
 
 3. V becomes /x before labial mutes. 
 
 4. A word which has the circumflex accent on the penult takes an 
 acute on the last syllable when it is followed by an enclitic. 
 
 5. Measure may be denoted by the genitive case. 
 
 6. A pro] )aroxy tone takes an acute on the ultima before an enclitic. 
 
 7. The theme of verbs in -ia5/it is found by dropping the -vvfu. 
 
 8. The article is used with approximate round numbers. 
 
 9. Verbs in -ao) change a to 17 when it comes before a consonant. 
 
 10. The aor. act. iufin. is accented on the penult : jcaraXOo-ai, 
 (Kdfipai. Kptpdaai. 
 
 always to be discouraged; the Eng. perf. infin. should be reserved for the Greek 
 perf. infill. If necessary, let the pupil give a free rendering ; thus it is far better 
 to translate " it is said that A polio flayed and hung up;' than " Apollo is said to 
 have flayed" etc. So with aorist circumstantial participles ; let the pupil always 
 indicate by his translation what circumstance the participle denotes. Where the 
 participle indicates preliminary action, let him render it by the indicative : e, g. 
 tu taJce men and cotne, not having taken men, to cmne. 
 
 LESSON XXV. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 91 
 
 1. Enclitics H. 113, 115, 116. G. 27, 28, 1,2,3. 
 
 2. Declens. of no{,i . . H. 172. G. 46, 4, n. l,end. 
 
 3. Declens. of yeVoy . . H. 190, 191. Q. 52, 2. 
 
 4. Declens. of vtavias . H. 145. G. 37 rapias. 
 
 4. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. TO aurpov, cave. 
 
 2. aTTo x<apia>, I retreat. 
 
 3. 6 dpidpos, number. 
 
 4. TO dfppa, hide, skin. 
 
 5. (K dfpo), IJlay, skin. 
 
 6. jj EXXay, Greece. 
 
 7. in-^dWco, flow into. 
 
 8. 17 e^t'rao-tff, examination. 
 
 9. ipi^fOy I contend. 
 
 10. fpvpvos, fortified. 
 
 11. «oTi, est, is. 
 
 12. rjTrdopai, I am defeated, 
 
 13. Kpfpdvvvpi, I Jiang. 
 
 14. Xcyo), / say. 
 
 15. ^ paxq, battle, 
 
 16. VLKdoi, I conquer. 
 
 17. oOfVy whence. 
 
 18. oiKobopia>^ I build. 
 
 19. o/cTaicoo-tot, eight hundred. 
 
 20. ore, eVft, when, 
 
 21. Trepi, about, 
 
 22. 6 novsy foot. 
 
 23. ri (To<f>id, wisdom, musical 
 
 skill. 
 
 24. (Tvpnas, all together, cunctus. 
 
 25. 6 To^rjs, bowman. 
 
 26. rpidKovra, thirty. 
 
 27. vir6 (with dat.), under. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze : pel, « <af?pat, aVex^pf', rrm}6(U. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) "Eort V, Ka\ peydKrj dKpdnoXts h rr, irdUi, Be^v 
 oi Totdrat ^pp^cravTo. (/>) 'o MapaCas X^yerai rcS 'AndWcovt ipiaaL 
 n^pl aocjiias. (c) Ta>u d' 8p^u e'^eraaiu 7roLr,cra> iv ra> TrfSt^ t« /xfy^Xoi. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) The skin, however, is said to be [that] of Mar- 
 syas. Q)) Those springs are said to empty into the Maeander, a large 
 river, (c) There the satrap remained twenty-seven days, (d) That 
 large acropolis is full of all the best men of Greece. {e) Xerxes built 
 a large and beautiful palace over the source of the river Marsyas. 
 (/) The forces of the king assembled in the park whenever he wished 
 to make a review of them, {g) It was said that the skin which Apollo 
 hung up in the cave belonged to Marsyas. {h) He has parks which are 
 lull of beautiful animals; these [= which] I believe he hunts whenever 
 he wishes to exercise his horse. 
 
92 INDUCTIVE GKEEK METHOD. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Aia rovTo : Bid with the gen. 2. Construction of the dat. in 
 V^rj^fls TV tidxn- 3. Principal parts of w^aw, noum. 4. Enclitics : 
 enclitics and proclitics contrasted. 5. ino with the gen. ; with the 
 dat. 6. Final a, first declension. 7. Theme of epi^a ; of Kpffidwi^it. 
 8. Expressions of measure. 9. v before other consonants. 10. Position 
 of the appositive. 11. Construction with verbs of fighting. 12. De- 
 clension of TO dfpfUl. 
 
 LESSON XXVI. 
 
 ANABASIS I. II. 10-14. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. €v als [^fupcus], in which [days'], ra Av/cata,* the Lycaean [sacri' 
 Jices]: on the attrib. used without its substant. cf. (KncirraKvras XIII., 
 TO ^ap^apiKov XXI. (Br) Kf : aor. ind. from ri-6r)-fxi^ theme Be or Brj, 
 cf. dia-Ti'Biis IX.; note, «c- irreg. takes the place of a- (cf. eXwf) ; 
 fut. d^cro), perf. rtBrfKa. 
 
 2. rjaap : plur., although the subj. ^BXa is neut. plur.; cf. XXIV. 
 N. 7. The verb here agrees in numl^er with the pred. xpvacu, golden 
 (cf. the ^T)cr. chrys-alis), from xpvo-ovs. 
 
 3. i-B(iip€t, viewed ; cf. the Eng. theory ; on the form, cf. dir-t- 
 Xapei XXV. § 9 TTpos . . . x^P9-> ^^* ^^^ direction ofj etc. ; for npds 
 with the accus., implying motion, cf npos Kvpov XII. ad fin. MCat^ : 
 adj. Mysian, nom. Mvcrtoy. 
 
 4. l-o n-fff, e-u-nt-es, going: pres. part, from (Tpn, theme e, Lat. ire, 
 nom. sing. loiv. dn-^ovv: from oTr-atTco), cf. f^airqaaptvrj VII.; jj, aug- 
 ment of at, cf. fi€rBdv€TO XIV.; -ovvr- for -eovr-, cf. TroXifiovPToav XV.; 
 on the ending -oi/, cf. inolow XIX., fniarevov XXII. 
 
 5. drjXos Tjv dvicopeuus (for at/tao/xefor), was evident being annoyed, 
 i. e. was evidently annoyed. Note, a-o contracts to o). 
 
 1 Sacrifices in honor of Zens, snch as those performed on Mount Lycaeura in 
 Arcadia cacli spring (as expiatory offerings for the sins of the previous year). 
 
 LESSOX XXVI. 
 
 93 
 
 6. Trpoff Tov rpwrov, in accord with the character; ^^ dnohi-bovai, 
 not to give: (a) ni^te the use of f«}, iwt, cf ^ navaeaBai XXIJ., n. 6 ,' 
 (6) pres. inftn. of dno-mcofu, theme do ; note, the infin in -mt, like the 
 aor. infin. in -aai, is accented on the penult ; cf eVS^lpai Kpe^daai XXV. ; 
 verbs in -^t do not have the pres. infin. in -«»/ (Xv^, Uuu), hut m -vai] 
 so TiBe-vai. SeiKPv-vat, Icrrd-vaL. 
 
 7. TOV KiXUayu /3ao-tA/a>y napa Kvpou, of the king of [the] Cicilians to 
 Gyrus: (a) note the attrib. position of the gen. KtX/«cQ)». ; (6) Trapa with 
 the ace, denoting motion to a place beside; cf. wapd with the gen., 
 napd ^ao-tXeo)? IX. ; with the dat., nap* iavT^ XL N. 1. 
 
 8. fioO-i/at, dedisse, that she gave : cf6b; 2d aor. infin., so dnoaTfi- 
 vat XIII. ; note, the pres. and 2d aor. infin. act. of -fit verbs end in -wu. 
 o7r-e-8«-ic€, he gave: on k for a in the 1st aor., cf ^-Brj-Kc 1; fut. 8<i>aa>, 
 perf. d€-8<a-Ka. OT/^^a noXkd, much money : jroXXd from ttoXvs 
 
 9. avTTjp, 86 (fem.), herself; not avrrjv (nom. avTos). 
 
 10. 7 Midov KaXovp^inj, the so-called [spring] of Midas : attrib. to 
 Kprjvrj, note the position ; also the position of the gen. Midov between 
 V a»d KoXovpemj ; cf KiXi'<a)i/ 7. €*</)' ^^ = eVt g, upon which, at which; 
 cf e'0* d XXII. N. 5. 
 
 11. oii/w K€pd(ras avrrju, by mixing it with wine : (a) dat. as in 
 TrXot'ois XXII I., p^xn XXV. ; (6) from Ktpd-vvVfXLy theme /cfpa-. 
 
 12. 8(Tj-Bfj-vai, that the Cilician {queen) asked: pass.dep. from biopai,, 
 cf hflToi. XVIII. ; note the accented syllable of infinitives in -vat (6 b). 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. eV is followed by the dative ; irapd and irpos by the genitive, 
 dative, or accusative. 
 
 2. Tidrjpi, 8i8a>pi form the 1st aor. stem with k instead of a. 
 
 3. The verb to be sometimes agrees in number with its predicate 
 instead of its subject. 
 
 4. €ifu, I go, has the thenit- 1 ; elpl, lam, has the thenie cV. 
 
 5. Greek, was evident being annoyed ; English, was evidently 
 annoyed, 
 
 6. pri is used with the infin. instead of ovk. 
 
 7. Verbs in -pi have the pres. and 2d aor. infin. act. in -vai. 
 
 8. The infin. in -vai is accented on the penult. 
 
 9. The gen. which limits a noun is put in the attrib. jjosition. 
 
94 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 10. The dat. denotes means, manner, place where. 
 
 11. iavTov etc. mav contract to avrov etc. 
 
 12. Contract adj. in -ovs for -c-oy liave the circumflex on the ultima. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declens. of contract adjective in -ovr H. 223, 224. G. 65. 
 
 2. Trapa, Trpos H. 802, 805. G. 191,4, 6. 
 
 3. Avo), pres. system, act H. 314. G. 96. 
 
 4. Numerals, 1-10 H. 288. G. 76. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. ^ dyopi, market, market-place, 
 
 2. 6 dyaVf^ ganie, contest. 
 
 3. TO ^6\ov,^ prize. 
 
 4. dvido, I trouble. 
 
 5. aTT-aiTto), I ask as my due, 
 
 demand. 
 
 6. dno-dibafMij I give, give away. 
 
 7. 17 yvvfj, woman, wife. 
 
 8. hrjKoi, evident. 
 
 9. hi-dya, I continue. 
 
 10. f?/iit, I go; livai,^ toga. 
 
 11. ^ eXTTty, hope, promise. 
 
 12. eni-dfiKvvfH, I show. 
 
 13. eaxaTos, remotest, 
 
 14. O((i)p€(o, ^ I view. 
 
 15. ^ ^pa,* door. 
 
 16. ^vo), / sacrifice. 
 
 17. Kfpdwvfii, I mix. 
 
 18. Tj Kpr)vr). spring (of water). 
 
 19. 6 offoff,^ wine. 
 
 20. 6(l)€[\a>, I owe. 
 
 21. TrXeoi/,'^ more. 
 
 22. rroXXaKtf, o/<en. 
 
 23. TToXuf,^ m?ic/i. 
 
 24. fj arXcyyis, comb. 
 
 25. ^ arpaTid, army. 
 
 26. airy-yty o/ioi, Aave intercourse, 
 
 acquaintance with. 
 
 27. Ttrrapes, four. 
 
 28. riOript, I place. 
 
 > 
 
 I^SSON XXTI. 
 
 95 
 
 ^ 3. Translate : (^) 'Hp a^ ^ arXeyyU xRv^r^ fj^ 6 arparnyhs iXiy^ro 
 TO) Grpari^rr) dnobovvai. (/>) eeu>p^(Topeu oZu p^rd t5>v SK\<0u rds 
 ($€rd(Tfis, ds ol arpaTTjyol Troiriaovaiu f'ni raU Bvpais toO aarpdnov. 
 ('•) A^Xoi ?faav dviuyp^voi rfjv touv TroXf/i/wi/ hvvapiv hpHivm. (d) Avrrj 
 8 fOTi ^ 2dpd€is KtAovpivrj TToXty. ^i 6 Kvpos to dpxalop dpxcov 71/. 
 (e) *E7ri tjji/ aKfjvfjv tov ffaaiXtcas iau, ptaOou TfTTdpa>v prjvSiV arr/Jret, Is 
 avT^ cl)(f>fiX(To. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) Ea<jh woman was evidently annoyed, (b) The 
 remotest government in the direction of Phrygia (= the cjovernment the 
 remotest), (c) He used to make an examination of his soldiers on 
 horseback, (d) Going often to the gates of the king, he used t» ask 
 that all those cities be given to him. (e) I have no (= not) means 
 lor the support of those large armies. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Attributive used without the substantive. 2. Agreement of the 
 verb. 3. Vowel contraction. 4. Accent of dt^ye. 5. Means in Greek. 
 6 Declension of (rrXeyyis, dyd>v, dyopd, iXnU, ^ieTaais. 7. Aid with 
 the accusative. 8. Formation of the aor. of W^r/pi, 8i8a>pi. 9. Greek 
 for "he was evidently." 10. The negative with the infin. 11. Accent 
 of the infin. in -wt. 12. Declension of MiBas. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze : c^uo-f, edrjKe, arXeyyi^fs, €0fd>p(i, wc^ftXfTo, i6pt€s, 
 dirTfrovv, hirfye, dviapevoi, drroStSoi/ai, KoXnvpftnj, 6r]p€v<Tai, emdfl^ai. 
 
 2. Principal j>arts of \vco, Ova, K(\(v<t>, aireo). Inflect each of the 
 principal parts of ^uo). 
 
 1 Cf. Eng. agony. 
 
 2 Cf. Eng. athletic. 
 8 Cf. Eng. theory. 
 
 * Cf. Lat. fores, Eng. door, Ger. thiir. 
 
 « Cf. Lat. i-re. 
 
 fi Cf. Lat. vinum, Eng. 2oine. 
 
 7 Cf. Eng. pleon~as-m. 
 
 8 Cf. Eng. /)o/y-syllabic. 
 
S6 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXVII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. II. 15, 16. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. 4)9 v6fios aiiTois €iy iiax^v^ as [was the] custom to them [in etUeriny] 
 into battle: on the dat. cf. Kvp<a ^aaiXeia fv XXIV. 
 
 2. rax'^^-vox kcu arrjroxj to be arranged and to stand: (a) from 
 Tarro), theme ray, cf. ^wAaTretv, theme <f)v\aK XXI. ; -6^vaiy ending as 
 in XvO^mi ; note y becomes x before 6 ; (6) arijvag, aor. infin. act. ; 
 cf. Bovvai XXVI.; verbs in -fu have the pres. and the aor. infin. act. in 
 -yat, — dibovai, Bovvai, lardpat^ (rriivai. ' eicaoror, subj. of (rvv-rd^cu. 
 Tovs eavTov, the [men] of himself; cf. tovs oikoi XXL, tJie [wen] at 
 home. 
 
 3. TO Bf^iov, the right [wingj : cf. ro *£XAr;i^«cor, the Greef:[^army'] XXI. 
 oi (Tvv avT^, the [men] with him. oi eicdvov, the [men] of, with, that one, 
 Note how readily the substantive is omitted when easily supplied from 
 the sense of the text. 
 
 4. ol 5e itap-riKavvov : cf. 6 he, but he VIII. ; on ff- cf. dir-fj\3€ VIII., 
 €ixf XXI. 
 
 5. Tf-Tay-fieuo€ : from rarrw, i>erf. pass, partic, theme ray, fut. ra^w, 
 aor. €ra^a, perf. mid. Tt-ray-fiai^ aor. pass. f-rdx'OfiP ; on the redup. 
 cf. dedoixevai XII. 
 
 6. Kpdvtf : from Kpdvov, declined like tvpn^ XXIII. . ;^aXica for 
 xd\K€a : noni. ^a^fouff* declined like xP^<^f^ XXVI. 
 
 7. (K-K€ KoKvfi-fifvae : perf. partic. ; cf. dfdofjJpcu XII., TfTayfiemi 5 ; 
 frotu €KKciXvirT<a. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Possession is denoted by the dat. with «lfu, am. 
 
 2. y coming before 3 is changed to x- 
 
 3. raTTot, theme ray. 
 
 
 .\ 
 
 LESSON XXVII. 
 
 97 
 
 4. 'j'he infin. in -vai k accented on the penult. 
 
 5. Substantives are readily omitted when understood from the con- 
 text, their place being frequently taken by a modifying adjective. 
 
 6. € augments to tf or «. 
 
 7. The article with de has the force of a demonstrative. 
 
 8. The perf. mid. attaches the pei-s. and partic. ending directly to 
 the reduplicated theme. 
 
 9. Contract adjectives like x«X/coi}ff ; accent the final syllable cir- 
 cumflex throughout. 
 
 10. Nouns in -or are 2d declension masc. or 3d declension neuter. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. The tense systems . . . . 
 
 2. Principal parts 
 
 3. Conjugation of Xd© through 
 
 the fut. act. and aor. act. 
 
 4. Augment of diphthongs . . 
 
 5. Reduplication of verbs begin- 
 
 ning with a vowel . . . 
 
 6. Accent of the verb .... 
 
 7. Formation of fut. stem . . . 
 
 H. 303. 
 H. 304, c. 
 
 H. 315, 316. 
 H. 357. 
 
 H. 367. 
 H. 386. 
 
 G. 92, 4, I.-Vn. 
 G. 92, 6. 
 
 G. 96. 
 G. 103. 
 
 G. 101,3. 
 G. 26. 
 
 H. 420, 421.5. G. 110. IL 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1 TO appa, chariot. 9. 
 
 2. fi ippdpn^, carriage. 10. 
 
 3. ri dojris, shield. U. 
 
 4. Sf^to'ff, dexter, right. 12. 
 
 5. (ira, then, thereupon. 13. 
 ^. (KaoToi, each. 14. 
 
 7. €K-KdXv7rTQ3y^ I uncover. 1.5. 
 
 8. eVi (vpon) ; eVt rerrapwi;, 16. 
 
 in fours. 1 7. 
 
 ^ Cf. Eng. Ajio-calf/pse, Revelation. 
 2 In the 2d aor., I stand, station myself. 
 « Lt'athern leggings, to protect the lower 
 
 7 
 
 
 vauvpof. left, 
 r) TXrj, troop, company, 
 laTTjpi,'^ I set, station, 
 f) Ktnjpi^,^ greave. 
 KaXvnrcn, I cover. 
 TO Kpdvos, helmet. 
 6 vopns. custom. 
 7rap-(\avva>, I march by. 
 irpStTos, first. 
 
 part of the leg in warfare. 
 
Ii 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 98 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK .METHOD. 
 
 18. 17 rd^is (roy-o-ty),* arrange- 
 
 menty company. 
 
 19. rarro), J arrange. 
 
 20. (fioiviKovs,^ purple. 
 
 21. x^^i^^^^y brazen, of bronze. 
 
 22. 6 xiToiv, tunic. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze: Tax6rjvai, o-r^i/at, avvrd^ai, f^fwpft, rtTayfift^oi, (KKfica- 
 'kvfXfxtuas. 
 
 2. Decline : "EWrjv, TroXts, Ta|ts, crw/ua, ap/xa, yeVoy, rpdi/or, dnXovs 
 XoXkovs, fKniSi d(mU, Kvrjfxis. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) The Greeks were ordered to stand in fours. 
 (h) And they (= but the), arranged in companies, were going up into 
 the city, [which was] great and prosperous (pred. position). (c) And 
 all the hoplites had golden helmets and tunics of bronze, (d) And it is 
 said that Cyrus gave pay to all his soldiers, (e) He was uncovering 
 his shield. (/) It was their custom (dat. construction) to fight those 
 [who] dwelt (= dwelling) beyon<l the so-called Maeander River. 
 
 4. Translate: (a) UoW^s 6' «^frdcr«f noirjafi lijs rS>u *E\\^payu 
 dvvaiMtm, np\v &v nl noU^oi Trapayci/wi/rai (/>) Oi;< oZv tj(r3o,n-o t6 
 a^Xoi/ arUyyU XP^^^ oZtra. ( ) 'Y.KKa\vy\tovcn rh^ dtrmbai orau rol? 
 noXefiiois ^dx€CT0ai Sf^. (d) XaSKd 8' ^v ra Kpainj, A al rd^eis ai 
 np^rai ^(t>€pou (,) Ndfxos 8^ airroh €(rTcu d(t>* Innov %f^«v, orap 
 iavTovs yvfivdaai ^ov\(ovrai. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. (f> in e(f>' ap^iaros. 2. kot 'iXas. 3. Augment of #. 4. Different 
 usesofTrapa. 5. vtto with the genitive ; with the dative. 6. Construc- 
 tion with «V, fU, <Tvv, ntpi, dfx^i, fV.', Trpo'y, 8id. 7. The tense systems. 
 8. Fut. and aor. of themes ending in k, y. 9. Accent of the verb ; of 
 dTTTJXde. 10. a>ff . . . ovrui. 11. Classes and orders of mutes. 12. y be- 
 Ibre d. 13. The numerals from 1 to 10. 
 
 * Cf. Eng. syn-tnx. 
 
 2 The Phoenicians are said to have discovered the py.rple dye. 
 
 
 
 LESSON XXVIII. 
 
 99 
 
 LESSON XXVIII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. II. 17-20. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. nap-ri\a-(T€ : 1st aor. from iXavvco, theme cXa ; cf. /SaiVco, theme 3a; 
 on the imperf, cf nap-^Xawop XXVII. arrjaai : from larripi. 1st aor! 
 p.irtic. ; so (riijaai intin., but (rrijpai 2d aor. infin. ; note, larripi has 
 1st and 2d aor. forms. n€fxr\,as, =^ •n^ixn-aas \ cf. diro-nefifai XXI. 
 npo-^aX^-cr6ai : from ^aXXo>, theme ^oX ; cf. i^-4'-^aX-,p XJII ; tense 
 here ? mid. voice, to throw before one's self im-xu>praac, to advance: 
 cf. d7r-€-x<i>p-fi XXV., he retreated; on the form, cf. Kpe^idaai XXV. 
 
 2. npo-(mop, report: ironi ftVov, I said ; 2d aor. with no pres. form, 
 but classed with X.'yo, ; of. etprjKa XXIII. eVaX,riy|e, he (the triimpe- 
 ter) blew the trumpet: from aaXniCa>, theme traXTrtyy; on y nasal, cf. nupay- 
 yAXet XXI. €7T-ij€-aap, they advanced: imperf. ind., irreg. formation, 
 from cVt + Upoi, Lat. ire ; cf. 1-6pt€s XXVI.; ^aap as in ?-(rai/, e-rant. 
 
 3. eV rovTov, from, out of, this; thereupon. edrTov 7rpo-i6uT(ov, iis 
 ocius proeuntibus, [they^ advam-ing more rapidly : (n) gen. abs., 
 (rTpaTia>TS>p^ being understood ; cf. a{,TS>p 7roX€fMo{,PTo>p XV., nap^xovrail 
 ni(n8S>u XIX. ; (6) earrop, compar. of adv. raxe-cos, superl. rdxi- 
 crra XXIII. diTo to£> avropdrov, from the spontaneous, spontaneov>-bi : 
 note the omission of the substaut. ; cf rh SfftoV XXVII. rols arpa- 
 TiQ)Tnti : the dat. as in Kupo) 71/ XXIV. 
 
 4. (-(j)vy-€(p) : from (f)€{yto, theme (f)vy ; cf tpvyds. fugitive; tense 
 here ? why ? ol €k t^c dyopds : read as if €k were eV, the men in the 
 market ; cf. c',c tS>p TTQ-Xftoi/ XXII. Kara-Xm-dpres, leaving : Kara-Xfiirto, 
 theme Xm ; tense here ? ISovaa : masc. I8d>p, from ,Idop, theme 18. 
 Lat. vid-eo ; no pres. form, but classed as 2d aor. of 6pdco. ieavpatr^ 
 for ieav^la8-a^. from Oavp^dC^o, theme $avpa8', cf. drtpdCuy VIII.; on the 
 loss ol 8 before ,, cf <t>vyd, (= ^vyaS-,)- W^ for ^8-Srj, irom rj8opai 
 dep. ; on 8 before 6. cf drlp^aaen^ VIII. 
 
 5. rT)p raxlarrrjp 686p, the quickest way, straightway: note the adv 
 iise of the accus. ; raxv^, quick; cf the forms raxe<o,, edrrop, rdxi<rra 
 ^v h, m which [time]; cf ip ah, in which [days^i. rcpa, quem- 
 dam, a certain : an enclitic for rcpd ; note the accent is thrown 
 

 100 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 upon the ultima of (T€pov; cf. epi^ovrd ot XXV., nom. t\s for Ttw. 
 aiTid-ad fjL€vo-s : from aiTidofiai (lep.; note, a does not become rj before a ; 
 cf. w/cTJo-ds XXV., fjTTrjOds XXV. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The theme of fKawoa is e\a (aov. fjXa-a-e}; so ^aiva, theme /3a. 
 
 2. The theme of /SoXXo) is jSaX ; of (TaKniCto, (raKniyy; of (jytvya, 
 <f>vy', of XctVo), Xtrr. 
 
 3. laTTjfii has a 1st and 2d aor., the first being trans., the second 
 in trans. 
 
 4. €iirov, I said,, is classed as the 2d aor. of Xcyw ; €^ov, I mw, as 
 the 2d aor. of 6pd(a. 
 
 5. The accent of a verb does not precede the augment. 
 
 6. f'/xt, / ijo, is conjugated irregularly. 
 
 7. ra\i(*n is compared raxeas, Bglttov^ rdxio^ra. 
 
 8. A verb containing the idea of separation causes the use of cV for 
 fv, even when the preposition has no connection with the verb. 
 
 9. Oavfrn^ca has the theme 6avfia8, d dropping before s (fut. 6av- 
 /xaa-a>), and becoming s before a lingual mute. 
 
 10. The accus. is used adverbially. 
 
 11. Ttff, a certain, is an enclitic throughout its inflecfion ; a pro- 
 paroxytone before an enclitic takes an acute on the last syllable. 
 
 12. aiVtAo^ai does not change a to 7 in conjugation. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Labial and palatal mutes before a 
 
 lingual mute 
 
 2. Declens. of (rd\my$ .... 
 
 3. Conj. of Xdo), fut., and 1st aor. act 
 
 4. Conj. of XftTTo), 2d aor. act. . . 
 
 5. Article with nas and oXor . . 
 
 II. 51. G. 16, 1. 
 
 H. 174. G. 50. 
 
 H. 315,316. G. 96. 
 
 H. 320. G 96, II. 
 
 H. 672. G. 142, 4, N. 5. 
 
 1 . aiTidofxai, I accuse . 
 
 2. (J/jTra^o), / seize. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 3. avToyiaTo^} spontaneous. 
 
 4. 6 yAwy, laughter. 
 
 1 Cf. autcmatic. 
 
 LESSON XXVIIL 
 
 101 
 
 6. Si-apnd^oij T plunder. 22, 
 C. 6 8p6nos,^ a run. 23. 
 
 7. 6 8vvdaTr)s,^ officer. 
 
 8. €i8ov {6pd(o), I saw. 24. 
 
 9. fiTTou (Xe-yo)), / said. 
 
 10. €rr-€ipi, (TT-uvaL, I advance. 25. 
 
 11. (TTi-xoopetOf I advance. 2(j. 
 
 12. 6 €ppT}V€V9, inteiyreter. 27. 
 
 13. fTfpos,^ ofJier. 28. 
 
 14. TJBopat, I am pleased. 29. 
 
 15. davpa^a), I wonder. 30. 
 
 16. ^ Kpavy^, shout. 31 
 
 17. ^ XapnpoTrfs, hrighttiess. 32. 
 
 18. X^/tto),* / leave. 33, 
 
 19. icaraXetTra), / leave behind. 34. 
 
 20. ptrd (with gen.), with. 
 
 21. oXof, u'Aok 35. 
 
 TToXe/iioy,^ hostile. 
 
 npo-^aXXca, I throw before, pre- 
 sent (^arms). 
 
 7rp6-€ipi, TTpo-iivaij I go for- 
 ward. 
 
 a-aXnlCo), blow the trumpet. 
 
 T] a-KTjvrj, tent. 
 
 Taxvs, quick. 
 
 Tax€(os, quickly. 
 
 T/jfTTw, / turn. 
 
 €iri Tpeircd, I turn over to. 
 
 T) (^oXay^, pJudanx. 
 
 <f)€vy(o. I flee. 
 
 6 <f)6iiioS',^ fear. 
 
 6 ^invuciarrii'' weartr of tJu 
 purple. 
 
 ra (tivuh goods for sale. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1 . Analyze : irapriXaae, Trepyj^as, emxapfjaai, €ad\my^€, KaraXinorrfs. 
 
 2. Decline : appa, KiXto-aa, yeXwy, XapTrpoTrjs, epprjvfvs, dwda-rrfs. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) And he announced to liis friend tu take (taking) 
 what army he (dat.) had, and come straightway, (b) The guards indeed, 
 becoming reconciled with the (men) in the city, send to the commanders 
 what armies they hatl. (c) And he (6) ordered those (who were) be- 
 sieging the enemy (= hostiles) to advance quickly. (d) And they 
 gladly obeyed, (e) They began to run. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The declension of (t)dXayi. 2. Some uses of the optative. 3. Fu- 
 ture conditions with probability. 4. Tenses of the participle. 5. Uses 
 of the imperfect indicative. 6. The cases after napd. 7. Reduplica- 
 tion. 8. Greek for "he was evidently." 9. Future of themes ending 
 ill T, a, ^. ^ 
 
 ^ Cf. Eng. hippo-drome, horse-race. 
 
 8 Cf. Eng. fietero'dox, having other or wrong beHefs. 
 
 * Cf. iroAe/iew. * Cf. Eng. hydro p/u*bia. 
 
 * Cf. Svvafiai. 
 
 * Cf. Eng. eclipse. 
 
 7 Cf. ^oii'iicoOs XXVII. 
 
10-2 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXIX. 
 
 ANABASIS I. II. 21-24. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 1. €7reipatvro (la^dXXfiv, they were attempting to enter : (a) cf. fVft- 
 p5ro XIII. ; (/>) theme /3aA ; c/. Trpo-^aXcV^m XXVIII., c'^'/3aXf./ XIII. 
 dfia$iT6s . . . a/irixavos ict«, a wayon-road, . . . and impracticable for an 
 army to enter. Note the mas. ending, although 6d6i is lem. ; in Greek, 
 as in Latin, there are adj. of two terminations, tlie mas. and lem. forms 
 being alike. ^ fla-e^lu : indie. ctV-^X^ov ; c/. a7r-^X^€ VIII. ; theme? 
 pres. indie. ctV-v^oMa* ^lep. rfj vaTepaia, on the following day ; sc. 
 Vfi^'pa ; ^ note that the dat., like the Liitin abl., denotes time when. 
 XfXoiTT-wff €irj, that Syennesis had left, lit. was having left : (c) perf. opt,, 
 for tlie indie, of the dir. disc, XAoi7rf(i/), " SyeymesL has left," cf iy eVt- 
 fiov\€vot VI. ; (d) Xf-XotTT-cuff, perf. partic. act. of XftVo); note the redup., 
 and the emling -u>s = -o; , cf ^Kne7rra>K'6r-as XIII.; note the change of 
 the theme \nr to XotTr, and that the perf. suffix -Ka has been omitted ; 
 Bucli^ perfects are called secoiid perf. ; so ypdcp a, y^-ypacfj «, / have ivritten. 
 Koi on . . . ^Kov€y and because he heard Tamos having (i. e. that T. 
 had) triremes [which were-] sailing around, etc. ; note the partic. after 
 iJKovt, and cf -napiov eV%ai/6 III.; such partic, taking the place of an 
 ii.fin., are called supjdementary. On ^kov€. cf /fKovae XXIII. Ka\ 
 airrov Kvpov, and of Cyrus himself; but 6 aMs Kvpos, the same Cyrus : 
 cf TCL avTci TQvra XIII. 
 
 2. olSeviis Ku>\vouTos, nullo prohibente : ovSds, no one, accus. ovb- 
 €va; cf (va XXIV. Dues this construction denote time, cau.se, or con- 
 dition ? bfv^payv . . . dpn€\(ov avpnXfuiv full of trees . . . and of viyies ; 
 note the genitives dependent on aCpnXaou ; cf the Eng. usage, /u// of ; 
 (ri//x7rXf<uf masc, fem. ; neut. (rvpnXfaiv 
 
 3. ef €-Xi7r ov : on the form, (/ Kara\nr6vT€s XXVIII. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The Greek has adjectives of two terminations, the masculine and 
 feminine forms being alike. 
 
 2. Tlie dative denotes time uhen. 
 
 LESSON XXIX. 
 
 103 
 
 3. The jjerf. opt. act. is made up of the perf. partic. and the opta- 
 tive of the verb to be. 
 
 4. 2d perfects differ from 1st perfects in omitting the suffix xa. 
 
 5. A supplementary partic. may stand after dieoi^G), as after rvyxdva. 
 
 6. avTos is intensive when it modifies a noun, provided it does not 
 standi in the attributive position. 
 
 7. Adjectives of fulness are followed by the genitive case. 
 
 8. avfinXtoii has « short as regards accent. 
 
 9. fni with the gen. or the <lat. denotes rest upon. 
 
 10. 8id with the gen. = Uirough ; with the ace. = on account of 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of ^off H. 153. 
 
 2. Adjectives of two terminations . . H. 225, 226. 
 
 3. Declension of fvycvqs, mas. and fern. H. 230. 
 
 4. 1st perf. system, active voice . . . H. 317. 
 
 5. 2d i3erf. s^'stem, active voice . . . H. 321. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 G. 42. 
 G. 63. 
 G. 66. 
 G. 96, 
 G. 96, II. 
 
 1. 6 fiyyeXoc, messenger. 19. 
 
 2 TO aKpov, height, summit, 20. 
 
 3 dfia^iroi. passaMe for wagons. 21. 
 4. dprjxavos, insurmountable, 22. 
 .'i. 17 fi/xzrcXoff, vine. 23. 
 G. /StiXXo), / throw, 24. 
 
 7. €tV-/3aXXa), / throw in, mxihe 25. 
 
 an entrance. 26. 
 
 8. fi (la^oXfi, entrance, 27. 
 
 9. TO SivSpov, tree. 28. 
 
 10. did, ivJierefore. 29. 
 
 11. fio-oi, loitJiin. 30. 
 
 12. €K\(i7i<a, I leave out, 
 
 13. (V-oifceo), / dwell in, 31. 
 
 14. fnippvrof. watered. 32. 
 
 15. (i<r-(pxofiai, €l<T-r]\6ov, lenter. 33. 
 
 16. ia-xvfyoi, mighty ;-a>s, mightily. 34. 
 
 17. rf Kfutrj barley. 
 
 18. KoiXvo, I prevent. 35. 
 
 ptXivTj, millet. 
 
 f) o'^os, way. 
 
 opSioi, straight, 
 
 TO opo£, mountain. 
 
 on (conjunct), tJiat, because. 
 
 ov, where. 
 
 olB-€is, nobody. 
 
 6)(vp6i, fortified. 
 
 ndvTrj, on cdl sides. 
 
 navrobanos, of cdl kinds, 
 
 TTfpi ix«o, surround. 
 
 frXcft), / sail; vtpi-nXia, sail 
 
 around. 
 6 Tiiipoi, wheat, 
 TO arjcrapLov, sesam-e, 
 17 TptT)pr)i, tri-reme. 
 v<TT€palos, next (following in 
 
 time). 
 i/^i;Xof, high. 
 
104 
 
 INDUCTIVE GKEKK METHOD. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 LESSON XXX. 
 
 105 
 
 1. Principal parts of naiXva ; conjugation of the perf. system act. and 
 mid. of itwXiico ; conjugation of the iiu., 2d aor., 2d perf. act. of Xft'/rw. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) That good king has a large and beautiful paik. 
 (b) He was living in a large and well-watered plain, (c) The inter- 
 preters announced that those lofty mountains were fortified, and that 
 the enemy were upon them, (c/) In that same country there was much 
 wheat. (t) Nobody can enter where the great king dwells. (/) On 
 the following day he died, and the younger of the brothers became 
 
 king. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 ^ 1. Formation of the pluperf. iXfXvKdi^. 2. Different meanings of 
 avrds 3. Case following adverbs t>f place. 4. Indirect discourse. 
 5. Conjugation of ^(fivyop, 2d aor. system act. 6. The form iTtupii>vTo. 
 7. Construction with adj. of fulness, 8. Adj. of two terminations. 
 9. Compensative lengthening, with examples. 
 
 LESSON XXX.— REVIEW. 
 
 1. TEXT : Anabasis I. ii. l — I. n. 24. 
 
 2. GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Labial and palatal mutes before a lingual mute: H. 51; G. 16 1 
 Elision: H. 82; G. 17, 1. Enclitics: H. 113, 115, 116- G 27 
 28, 1, 2, 3. ' • . 
 
 2. DecleDBlop y/<^^oa H. 135 • G. 37, 1, end. p^avias. H 145 • 
 G. 37 {raf^,). ^;, H. 153; G. 42. »ow, H. 172; G. 46, 4* 
 N. 1, eml. «rciX7r*yf H. 174; G. 50. haifxcov, H. 184; G. 50 
 yci^s, H. 190, 191 ; G. 52, 2. (}f Adjectives : contr. in -oOj. H. 223. 
 224 ; G. 65. Of two terminations, H. 225, 226 ; G. 63. dy^vii^ 
 H. 230; G. 6Q. .C8ulf.<ou, H. 235; G. 66. ;,,.'^a>i., H. 236;' 
 O. 72, 2, N. 1 (^/o, ). XvSeU, H. 242; G. 68 (rte^U) neyas 
 H. 247 ; G. 70. The Relative : H. 275 ; G. 86. Numerals : 1-10,' 
 M. 288 ; G. 76. 
 
 3. Conjugation: Tense systems, H. 303 ; G. 92, 4, i.-vii. Principal 
 parts, H. 304, c; G. 92, 5. Variable vowel, H. 310 ; G. 113 and \ 
 Synopsis of Xvw, H. 313 ; G. 95, 1. Xvo), act. voice, H. 314-319 ; 
 G. 96. XfiW, 2d aor. act., H. 320 ; G. 96, 11. ; and 2d perf., H. 321. 
 Augment, 11. 357; G. 103. Reduplication, H. 363-365, 367; 
 G. 101, 1, 2, 3. Accent, H. 386; G. 26. Fut. stem, H. 420, 421, 6; 
 G. 110, II. Ist perf. stem, H. 446 ; G. 110, iv. b. 
 
 4. Syntax: Article with Tray, 6Xor, H. 672; G. 142.4, K. 5. Time 
 and space, H. 720; G. 161. vapd, npos, H. 802, 805; G. 191, vi. 
 4, 6. Imperf., H. 830; G. 200. 
 
 1. 6 iTyyfXoj. 
 
 2. T] ayopa 
 
 3» > » 
 
 . o ay(av. 
 
 4. TO Ii6\ov. 
 
 5. TO UKpOV. 
 
 6. i) aKponoKii- 
 
 7. ij afxn(\os. 
 
 8. TO avrpov. 
 0. 6 dpidpos- 
 
 10. TO appa. 
 
 11. Tj dppdpa^. 
 
 12. 1^ danU. 
 
 13. TO /SaaiXcia. 
 
 14. o yeXtos. 
 15 ij yetpvpa. 
 1(). 6 yvpvr^t. 
 
 17. 17 yvvr). 
 
 18. TO dfvSpop. 
 
 19. TO deppa. 
 
 20. 6 dpopos- 
 
 21. 6 Svpdarris- 
 
 22. ^7 «Xwt9. 
 
 23. fj €^€Tao"tf 
 
 20. 
 27. 
 28. 
 29 
 
 3. VOCABULARY. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 24. 6 ipprjvfvs. 
 
 2 m \ 9 
 
 0. TO €VpOS. 
 
 TO Brjpiov. 
 i) 6vpa. 
 T) iXj;. 
 
 30. 6 imtfvi. 
 
 31. 6 irrTTor. 
 
 32. f) Kvrjpis. 
 
 33. Tu Kpdvus- 
 
 34. T) Kpavy^' 
 
 35. jj KprfVT). 
 
 36. T) KpWrj. 
 
 37. 17 Xapnponjt . 
 
 38. 17 pd\ri. 
 
 39. ly pfKLvrf. 
 6 vopoi. 
 t) oOdS. 
 
 6 oivos- 
 
 40. 
 41. 
 42. 
 
 43. TO onXa. 
 
 44. TO opos. 
 
 45. 6 Trapddfians. 
 
 46. 17 Trapaadyyr} 
 
 47. ^ irapaaKfvfj. 
 
 48. 6 7rfXTa(TTJ7ff. 
 
 49. J7 irrjyrf. 
 
 50. TO 7r\€&pov. 
 
 51. TO TrXotoi'. 
 
 52. 6 TTOTapoi. 
 53 6 TTovy. 
 
 54. 6 nvpos- 
 
 55. TO arjaapop. 
 
 56. ^ (TKTJVrf 
 
 57. ^ uo(pia. 
 
 58. 6 araBpos. 
 
 59. ^ (TTXcyytS'. 
 
 60. iy aTparia. 
 
 61. 6 (TToXoff. 
 
 62. 17 To|^t£. 
 
 63. 6 To^dnyy. 
 
 64. 17 Tpirjprjs. 
 
 65. 17 <l)dXay^. 
 
 66. 6 0o/3os. 
 
 67. 6 <f>OLVlKiaTTlS. 
 
 68. 6 ;(tTa>i^. 
 
 69. Ta ui/ia. 
 
lot) 
 
 INDUCTIVE GUEKK METHOD. 
 
 1. aiTid^ifxai. 
 
 2. a<oua). 
 
 3. duiuat. 
 
 4. air-uiTiO). 
 
 5. ciTro-StSoj/xt. 
 
 6. aTro'x^copoi}. 
 
 7. d/JTTti^tO. 
 
 8. /SaAAo). 
 
 9. dia-^aiuco. 
 
 10. fit-ayo). 
 
 1 1 . 5t-ap7rd^a). 
 
 12. do/ir€c- 
 
 13. fi8ou. 
 
 14. «/LU 
 
 15. fi/xt. 
 
 16. (ITTOU. 
 
 17. ctV-/3dXX{i). 
 
 18. €iar-(p)(Ofxai. 
 
 19. (K-depco. 
 
 20. «V<aXiJ7rrft). 
 
 21. fK-XflTTO). 
 
 22. €> -^aXXo). 
 
 23. fV-OlKfUi. 
 
 24. €^ fXavi/o). 
 
 25. €jr-€ifii. 
 
 VERB.S. 
 
 20. €7r fifit. 
 27. €ni-dti<viifii. 
 
 28. €ni-Tp€7T<0. 
 
 29. €7n-)(<jip€(a. 
 
 30. ept'^o). 
 
 31. ^fvyvvp.1. 
 .5. T)y€opai. 
 
 33. fjdofxni. 
 
 34. i^KO). 
 
 35. r]Trdopai. 
 
 36. davpa^d). 
 
 37. 6f(op€o}. 
 
 38. 6r)p(v(a 
 
 39. duo). 
 
 40. larrjpi. 
 
 41. KaXfo). 
 
 42. KaXvTTo). 
 
 43. /ear-dyo). 
 
 44. Kara-i/ofO). 
 
 45. Kfpdvuvpt. 
 
 46. Kpfpavvvpi. 
 
 47. iccoXvo). 
 
 48. Xf-yo). 
 
 49. XftTTO). 
 
 60. /zfi/o). 
 
 51. 
 
 i^rKao). 
 
 52. 
 
 OlKodopftO. 
 
 53. 
 
 opdu). 
 
 54. 
 
 6<f)(iXut. 
 
 55. 
 
 7rapa-aK€vd((o 
 
 56. 
 
 ■ndp-fipi. 
 
 57. 
 
 nap-(\avv(t>. 
 
 58. 
 
 rravu). 
 
 59. 
 
 TTfpi (\<o. 
 
 GO. 
 
 ni<TT(V(ii. 
 
 61. 
 
 TrXfcu. 
 
 62. 
 
 noptvofxai . 
 
 63. 
 
 npo-fioKkoi. 
 
 64. 
 
 npo-fipi 
 
 65. 
 
 npoicm]p.i. 
 
 66. 
 
 t » 
 
 p€0». 
 
 67. 
 
 craXni^o). 
 
 68. 
 
 ovy^iyvopai. 
 
 69 
 
 a-vudkXdTTOi. 
 
 70. 
 
 rdTTO}. 
 
 71. 
 
 rWrjpi. 
 
 72. 
 
 rpeno}. 
 
 73. 
 
 vm(T)(ueopai. 
 
 74. 
 
 (jxvyoi 
 
 75. 
 
 (f)vXdTTlji. 
 
 1. ayptos 
 
 2. Apa^nuS' 
 
 3. apr]\avoi. 
 
 4. auTo/iaroff. 
 
 5. ^ap^apiKos. 
 
 6. Se^ios. 
 
 7. fi^Xoff. 
 
 8. EXXTJI/tKOf. 
 
 9. enippvTos. 
 10. fpvpvoi. 
 
 11. €(TXaTOS. 
 
 12. €T€pOS. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 13. €vdaipa)v. 
 
 14. floivvpos. 
 
 15. t(r)(vp6s. 
 
 16. p,iyai. 
 
 17. p.([^(OU. 
 
 18. p,faroi. 
 1 9 ^€vik6s. 
 
 20. 5Xo9. 
 
 21. op6ios. 
 
 22. oo-off. 
 
 23. ovfi-fti. 
 
 24. 6)(vpot. 
 
 25. Trai/roSaTTOf. 
 
 26. nXfjprjs. 
 
 27. TToXfpiOS. 
 
 28. TToXl/?. 
 
 29. npcjTos. 
 
 30. (TVpTTaS. 
 
 31. To;^vf. 
 
 32. voTfpdios. 
 
 33. v\f/rj\ui. 
 
 34. (fioivitcovf. 
 
 35. ;^aXicoi}ir. 
 
 3G. xpiaoti. 
 
 LESSON XXXI. 
 
 lo: 
 
 
 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 
 
 1. 
 
 avo). 
 
 6. 
 
 f '• 
 
 11. 
 
 irdvTrj. 
 
 2. 
 
 dto 
 
 7. 
 
 iaxvpas. 
 
 12. 
 
 nXfov. 
 
 3. 
 
 eiTa. 
 
 8. 
 
 66(p. 
 
 13. 
 
 noWuKis. 
 
 4. 
 
 cto-o). 
 
 9. 
 
 ol. 
 
 14. 
 
 Ta;^€oos. 
 
 5. 
 
 €i/ra0^a. 
 
 10. 
 
 navrdiraa IV. 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 15. 
 
 Td)(ia-Ta. 
 
 1. 
 
 et/too-t(i/). 
 
 4. 
 
 TTflTaKOO-tOt. 
 
 
 8ia)(l\toi, 
 
 2. 
 
 rpi&Kovra . 
 
 5. 
 
 OKTaKoaioi. 
 
 8. 
 
 reTpaKicrxiXtoi. 
 
 3. 
 
 Tptd*CO(TtOl. 
 
 6. 
 
 XtXioi. 
 
 9. 
 
 pvpiui. 
 
 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 
 
 1. 
 
 TTfpl. 
 
 3. 
 
 bid (gen.). 
 
 6. 
 
 cTTi (jfTTapav) 
 
 2. 
 
 vno (dat.). 
 
 4. 
 
 aS' 
 
 6. 
 
 fifrd. 
 
 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 
 
 1. 
 
 •» » » 
 
 OTf, eTTCl. 
 
 2. 
 
 OTl. 
 
 3. 
 
 Trpiv. 
 
 LESSON XXXI. 
 
 ANABASIS I. II. 25-27. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 25. ^ Ivevveaioi yvvlj : (/. XXVI. § 12. Trporcpa Kvpou 7r€W€ 
 
 ^/if>atff, maturius Cyro quinque diebus, earlier (than) Cyrus hy five 
 days. Note, nporepd agrees with yvvrj ; on the comparative endin^r, 
 cf. np€(r^v-r€po-s I. Kvpov, genitive case, dependent upon the com- 
 parative; c/. the Latin use of the ablative, ripepais, dative, denoting 
 the interval or degree of difference between the queen's arrival and that 
 of Cyrus ; cf. the Latin usage. rrj vn^p^oXfi . . . rfj . . . ir^biov : on the 
 order, cf. rots Gpafi . . . otVoOcrt XVI. dn-diXo-vTo ; from d7r-6\-\v-pt 
 
 (= oK'W-fMi, cf. d7ro-8€U-vv-pi), theme oX. Tense here ? e-cjya-aav, 
 
 they said: from (firjpi, Latin fa-ri ; on -o-ai/, ending 3d j^lur., cf tXri- 
 
108 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD 
 
 (Tap Xr., d(f)-(i(rT^K€-aav XII. Kara-Kon-ij-vai : 2d aor. pass, in fin. ; 
 
 pass, suffix -e, lengtliened to 7 before the infin. ending; cf. avt^ 
 aWay-i-irri XXI. vno-Xei^-e^vTas : how AftV-co, theme XtTr; c/. icara- 
 XiTToWfff XXVril. On (f) for tt before 0, cf. rax-%at XXVII. tip-riu : 
 from €vp-i(rK<o, theme cvp. Tense here ? 
 
 § 26. oi?rc . . . c'X^et,/ ?<^;;, o£?r€ teWi ^^cXe, he said that he had not 
 (lit. neither) come, nor was he wiUi,oj, etc. tavrov, than himself: on 
 
 the case, cf Kvpov, § 25. oidevi . . . th x^'ipas, for no one into the 
 
 hands, = into the hands of no one .• cf. sese Caesari ad pedes projece- 
 runt. In both instances the English prefers the genitive construction. 
 Note that the two negatives, oihe . . oidtvi, do not make an affirmative. 
 
 § 27. ?da>K(: on the form, (/ dn(du}K€ XXVI. §12. XPnH'ora 
 
 noXU : cf XXVI. § 12. ctV rqu arparidv : cf ctV ttji^ rpocfy^v XVI. 
 
 Kvpos : subject of an omitted ?8u)Ke. iiaph ^aaCKtl, by the side of the 
 
 king; L e. at the Persian court. Ka\ . . . ^cu^ai/ . . . dc^-apnaC^aem, and 
 
 that his country be no longer plundered: object of (8<aK€ ; (»n the inftn., 
 used as a noun, cf dTrodT^pai XIII., d0poiC€tu XIV. rfpnaa-p^va : froni 
 ApndCa, theme Apnad. Note the change of 8 to <r before p. ; on the form, 
 cf 8(dop(vai XII. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The genitive, dependent upon a noun, occurs in the attributive 
 position. 
 
 2. The genitive follows the comparative when ^, than, is omitted. 
 
 3. Degree of difference is expressed Uy the dative. 
 
 4. The suffix -repo- forms conjparatives. 
 
 5. The attributive order is : article, attributive, substantive ; or 
 (article), substantive, article, attributive. 
 
 6. oX is the theme of oXXvpi ; fvp, of (vpiaKta. 
 
 7. -trav indicates the 3d plural, as in €<j>a-<Tav, urj-aav, (Xvdrjaav. 
 
 8. The Greek has a Ist aorist passive suliix (Of-) ; also one for the 
 2d aorist (e-). 
 
 9. The infinitive is used substantively, with or without the article. 
 
 10. TT and )3 become <f} l)efore 6. 
 
 11. Lingual mutes become a before p,. 
 
 12. The dative occurs in the sense of an English possessive genitive. 
 
 13. 5t5a)/u forms its 1st aorist with -kg- for -era-. 
 
 LESSON XXXL 
 
 109 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of noXvv . . H. 247. 
 •2. Accent of infinitives and 
 
 participles H. 389. 
 
 3. Classes of verbs : 1st and 
 
 2d classes H. 392-394. 
 
 4. Reduplication of verbs be- 
 
 ginning with a vowel . H. 367. 
 
 G. 70. 
 
 G. 26, (I), (2), (3). 
 G. 107, 108, I., II. 
 
 G. 101, 3. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. 6 dK~vd<rf^, dagger. 16. 
 
 2. TO dv^pdnodov, slave. 17. 
 
 3. diroKKvpi. I destroy. 18. 
 
 4. TO daypov,^ gift. 19. 
 
 5. e^€'Xi>, am willing, rvish. 20. 
 
 6. ftV-fXavi/o), march into. 21. 
 
 7. fKaroVf hundred. 22. 
 
 8. €v-Tvyxdv(o, happen upon. 23. 
 
 9. €VpiaK<o, I find. 24. 
 
 10. /coTTTo), cut ; Kara-Konrai^ cut 25. 
 
 11. KpftTToiv, stronger. [down. 26. 
 
 12. 6 Xo;(o$>. company. 27. 
 
 13. 6 ok-(6pos,^ destruction. 28. 
 
 1 4. 6pyi(opai, am angry. 29. 
 
 15. ovdfU, nobody, no one. 30. 
 
 fj niaris, pledge. 
 
 nXavdopai,^ I icander* 
 
 nov, anywhere. 
 
 TTfi), yet. 
 
 TTporepos, earlier. 
 
 ff OToXrj, gown. 
 
 6 arpfVTos, necklace. 
 
 Ttpios,* honorable. 
 
 t6t€, then. 
 
 rf vTTtp-^oX^, passage over. 
 
 viro-Xdjra), I lea re. 
 
 (f)r)-pL^ I say. 
 
 t) x^'^pi^ hand. 
 
 Xpva-o-xaXTvos, golden bridle. 
 
 TO yj^eXiop bracelet. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) Ovx' fvpnv top Ka'Xbv dKiPOKijp dvpapat, op 6 
 (f)v\a^ (p Ti) (TKqpfi vnfXinfP. (h) Ei8ov ttjv tov peydXov /Sao-tXtcos- x^ipa 
 iXnvcrap TToXXa ^^iXia c0' avrfj. (c) Oiibtis (crri Kpfirr^p tov /ifyoAou 
 
 1 Cf. Eng. Theo-dore, divine gift. 2 Cf. «\-Xi;/u. 
 
 ' Cf. Eng. pla7i-ei, wanderer among fixed stars. 
 
 * Cf. a-Tifid^ia, I iMnhonor. * Cf Eng. en-phem-ism, hlas-pheme. 
 
 • Eng. c//tV-ography. 
 
 ' Note the change of k («v«) to x before the following rough breathing. 
 
110 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 /SaaiXecDff. (d) Ovtos 6 dpqp ^v t6t( tov Kvpov npfa(ivTfpos iKorov 
 Tj fit pais 0T( TO. urpaTfVfjLaTa dntaXero. 
 
 2. Analyze : ii^pnaa-au, /x€Tf7r</x7r<To, cdcoxc, ei^vyxafwaiv. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) But Paiysatis, the wife of Darius, arrives in the 
 city six days before he [does]. (6) The passage of those mountains is 
 exceedingly ditiicult (dfxrjxavos) . (c) I am not willing to fall into the 
 hands of any one stronger tiian myself, (d) Many gifts are considered 
 honorable at court. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. napd. 2. Use of the infinitive. 3. Declension of or ; of /iftfcoi/, 
 KpfiTTuiv. 4. Degree of difference. 5. Case with comparatives. 6. Labial 
 and palatal mutes before t, d, 6. 7. Accent of the verb. 8. Declen- 
 sion of xp^^ovs- 9. Accent in declension. 10. Formation of the 
 perfect stem. 11. Reduj)lication. 12. Accent in ovSen ttw, ^v nov. 
 13. Quantity of t in d<l)iK(To. 14. Adverbial accusative. 
 
 LESSON XXXII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. III. 1-3. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 1. e^ftw : note, the singular, Jtdthough two subjects follow. 
 ovK €-(pa-(Tau kW,^ refused (lit. said not) to go fonoard. On ((fyaaav, 
 cf. XXXI. ^25; on Uvm^ cf. lovrtg XXVI. §11; tov TrpcJo-o), of tiic 
 forward, i. e. any part of the [journey] forwai*d. vn-^irr*vov . . . 
 
 uW, sc. avrw, they suspected him to be going. fxiarOco-O^-vai kW, thh/ 
 
 said [themselves, sc. taurovy] to be hired not for that [purpose\ Note, after 
 (|)»7/Lw, the infinitive is used in the indirect discourse ; not ort with a finite 
 mode. npcoTos 5c KXtapxoi, primus auteiu Clearchus, Clearchus 
 
 was the first to^ etc. avrov : on the attributive position, cf. r^ iavrov 
 
 X^p^ XIX. <j3taffTo, was forcing, i.e. was trying to force ; e/SaXXoi/, 
 
 they kept throwing. Note the two different uses of the imperfect. 
 «Wt ap^aivTo, whenever they might begin, tvhenever they began ; aor. opt., 
 
 1 Kttt Tct trcpa, antl the rest, and so forth. 
 
 LESSON XXXII. 
 
 Ill 
 
 from flpxco. On the mode, cf Sans dcpiKuolro IX.; Snovf yvpvdaai ^oC- 
 Xoiro XXIV. 
 
 § 2. fiiKpov €$t(pvye ktc, escaped little [so as^ not to be stoned, i. e. 
 narrowly escaped being, etc. Note the redundant use of the negative. 
 piKp6v: adv. ace; cf tt)v raxlarrju Sdov XXVIII. § 20. vartpov, 
 
 afterwards: cf. preceding note. ?-y„a,, he knew.- from yt-Yv<i-o-/ca>, 
 
 Lat. gno-sco, Eng. kno-w. Theme ? tense ? Note, there is no personal 
 en.liiig; cf KaT-€(TTr) VI., dve^rj V. (Tvv-riyay-€[v) : on the form, 
 
 cf Kar-aydy-oi XXII. §2. e'-trr-coj: 2d peri. i)artic., from i-arrj-pi; cf, 
 
 \€-\oin-a>5 XXIX. § 21. On the ending -or, cf (K-n€7rTUi-K-6T-as XIII. 
 
 § 3. dv8p(s (TTpaTiuiTai, m£n soldiers, i. e. fellow-solditrs : avbpts 
 used for politeness, as in English, " gentlemen of the jury." x«^f'rwf 
 (t>€pti>, aegre fero, am troubled, grieved. nXs Trapoiai npdypaaiv, be- 
 
 cause of the present aj/airs. Note that the .l.itive. like the Latin ablative, 
 may express cause. eyfuero, became: cf. Spofxos (ytvtTo XXVllI. rd 
 T« aXXa Kxi, he both honored me in other matters, and gave me, etc., i. e., 
 he gave me ten tlwusand darics, besides honoring me in other ways. 
 €ls TO idiop KaT-(-6€-pr}v, laid aside for the (= my) private [use]. 0(, theme 
 of what verb? tense here? note the voice. Note the omission of the 
 substantive after tStoi;; cf t6 Sfftw XX VII. c>oi, mihi ; nom. 
 
 c-yo), ego. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 onlv 
 
 A verb with two subjects may agree in number with the nearest 
 
 2. ov (firjpi. signifies / refuse. 
 
 3. dpi, eo, ire, has the theme t. 
 
 4. After (f)T)pi the main verb of the indirect discourse is in the 
 infinitive. 
 
 5. eavTov takes the attributive position. 
 
 6. irparos KXeapxos means Clearchus was the first, etc. 
 
 7. An attempted act is denoted by the imperfect. 
 
 8. A continued past act is denoted by the imperfect. 
 
 9. enei with the optative forms a conditional relative sentence, 
 referiing to no particular, but to a general, occasion. 
 
 10. The neuter accusative is used with an adverbial force. 
 
 11. yiyvma-KO), theme yvo ; Tidrjpi, theme $€. 
 
 12. dv^p is used in addresses for politeness or respect. 
 
 13. The dative may express cause. 
 
112 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Present system of \v<a 
 
 2. Classes of verba . . 
 
 3. Position of €avTov . . 
 
 4. ra aXXa 
 
 5. Attempted action . . 
 
 H. 314. 
 H. 392-400. 
 H. 673, b. 
 H. 704, 
 H. 832. 
 
 G. 96. 
 
 G. 108, I.-IV. 
 G. 142, 4, N. 3. 
 G. 142, 2, N. 3. 
 G. 200, N. 2. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. apx<^i^ I begin. 
 
 2. jSiafo/itni, I force. 
 
 3. yt yi/w-or/co),'^ / know. 
 
 4. haKpva,^ I weep. 
 
 5. bairavdoi, I expend. 
 
 6. T) (KKXrjaia,* assembly. 
 
 7. (K-<t)(vya),^ I flee ^ aor. escape. 
 
 8. trrl TovTio. for that (purpose). 
 
 9. 6 idiosy^ pricate. 
 
 10. Jcara-Trfrpoo),"^ / Stone down 
 
 (to death). 
 
 11. Ka0-r}bvna6€<a^ I waste in lux- 
 
 12. fiiKp6s,^ $malL [ury. 
 
 13. piad6<o,^ I hire. 
 
 14. 
 15. 
 1(5. 
 
 17. 
 18. 
 19. 
 20. 
 21. 
 22. 
 23. 
 24. 
 25. 
 26. 
 27. 
 
 6pda>,^^ I see. 
 
 ov (l)r)pi, I refuse, deny. 
 
 T) narpii, fatherland. 
 
 Trpdo-o), forward. 
 
 Trparos,^^ Jirst. 
 
 o-KOTrao). / am silent. 
 
 away to}' I bring together. 
 
 Tipdo), I honor. 
 
 v/iflff, ye ; uv, thou. 
 
 TO v7ro(vyiov, pack animal. 
 
 voTfpnuy^^ later. 
 
 (^cpo),^* / bear. 
 
 ;(aXf7rflbf, grievously. 
 
 6 xp^'^osy^ 
 
 1^ time. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze : ^i^adwOquai, Uvai, ap^aivro, bvvfi(T€Taiy avvriyayov, 
 
 fhairdvoiv. 
 
 2. Difference between t^aWov and e/SaXoi^, €f<<^vye and i^tcpfvye. 
 
 I Cf. arch-aic, ancient. * Cf. a.-gno-stic. 
 
 3 Lat. lacru-ma, tear. * Cf. Eng. ecclesia-si'icid ; Fr. ejlise. 
 
 « Lit. Jlee away. « Cf Eng. irfto-syncrasy. 
 
 7 Cf. Lat. petra, rock; petr-oleum, rock-oil. 8 cf. Eng. wa'cro-scope. 
 
 9 Cf. fuffdoi, pay. ^^ Cf. Eng. pan-ora/;ia. 
 
 II Cf. Eng. protv-]Aiism. " Cf Eng. synagogue. 
 
 18 Note the comparative ending -repo-. l* Cf. Lat fero, Eng. 6car. 
 i» C/. Eng. chronic, chronicle, chron-ometer, ana-cArow-ism. 
 
 1 
 
 'I 
 
 LESSOX XXXIIL 
 
 113 
 
 3. Principal parts of 8aKpv(o, rlfida, aiandtoy dairavd(o. Translate 
 fiidaofiai, i^iaadfirjv, fie^iaapai, (^Laadtjy. Conjugate <p€vya>, 2d aorist 
 active system : H. 320 ; G. 96, II. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) He remained in the city many days. (b) Mes- 
 sengei-s said (unou) that the enemy (hostiles) broke down (KaraXvoc) 
 the bridge on the following day. (c) The width of that river is twent v 
 feet. (d) 1 give the soldiers pay for (= of) six months, besides honor- 
 ing them in other respects. 
 
 6. Classify : xmonrtva>, fiiae6<o, ^idCofJuu, /SoAXo), ofyw, aiamda. 
 
 0.^ Translate : (a) HoUu de xpovov eardts, (aidtTrd. (6) Ml<p6v €K(f>(V' 
 yti TO akXo OTpdTfVfia fiff KaraKonfipai . (c) *AXX* (Wfl TJp$aro npoieuiu ovk 
 fbvvaro rf}v 6b6v tvptlv. (d) oU €(l>aaav iv "laao ff i^iv^iv (e) *Eni di 
 TovT(o OVK ((f)rf xp^lfiaTa dnobiddvui. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The prepositions np6s, napd, cVt, did, ftcrd, aCv, iv, ctV, imrd. 
 2. ra aK\a f*TifiTj(r€. 3. Indirect discourse after <firifu. 4. Supplement- 
 ary participle. 5. Verb accent. 6. Verb followed by two subjects. 
 7. fTTfl ap^ivTo. 8. Uses of the imperfect. 9. Cause. 10. Second 
 aorist of Sya. 11. Conditional relative sentences (subjunctive, optative, 
 av, getieral time ; discuss under each head). 12. Comparison ef ad- 
 jectives. 13. Special Greek uses of the genitive case. 14. Future 
 conditions vnth probability. 
 
 LESSON XXXIIL 
 ANABASIS I. iiL 4, 5. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 4. rrpa}Tov : on the construction, cf, fUKpov XXXII. § 2. ^6* 
 
 tfii>y, with yon: cf t'^' Sl XXII. § 2. Meaning of ii€Td witli the accu- 
 sative ? airrovs . . . ^ovKofuvovi, them wishing, i. e. became thty 
 wished. Note that the participle here marks the circumstances under 
 which Clearchus fought d(f)-aip,i<reai . . . *EXXi;wif . . . yijw, to de- 
 prive the Greeks of their land. Note, both nouns are accusative after the 
 
 8 
 
t' 
 
 114 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 verb ; cf. airii tcri XVII. dc-ocro : indirect middle ; optative, be- 
 cause the verb on which it depends is optative. ax^cX-oi'rjv, / might 
 aid: Irom <o0fXcci> ; cf. w^cXci XVI.; same as (o^fXe-oifti (= ax^cXoI/xt), 
 cf. 'kv-oifxi. On the mode, cf. €xoi€V, ciiyo-av XI. dv6' oi)v kt€, in re- 
 turn for what I suffered well by him, t. e. in return for the favors I enjoyed 
 at his hand. av%* l>v : for avri hv, cf. fieO* v^av above. €-iraO-ov, I 
 suffered : from irdtrxfo (lor na^-o-ica)), theme na6 Tense here ? vn 
 
 cxeiVov, ab eo : if. imo avrtaraatrnTStP XVII. 
 
 * 
 § 5. dvayxTj, sc. eWi, it is necessity^ necessary. vfxds TrpoSowa, 
 
 betraying, i.e. to betray you and : nom. npobovs, = 7rpo-^o-{trr)-s <f)i\ia 
 Xp^(r0ai ; from xp^'^H^h dep. The djit. is like the Latin abl. with utor. 
 yj/fv-trd-fAevo-p deceiving, i. e. to deceive, be false, and, etc. : from ^(vd(o. 
 Note the loss of b before s in the aor. di/cata just things, right: 
 
 neut. plur. on &v dejj, whatsoever (= if anything) may be necessary : 
 
 conditional relative sentence. Note that the subjunctive stands after 
 a primary tense; on the optative in a conditional relative sentence, 
 cf. otrrii dfjyiKvoiTo IX. Note that when the suhjunctive is used, av fol- 
 lows the relative. be-rj: on the form, cf \vr) (pres. subj). TrftV-o- 
 fiai: fioni wd(Tx<o ; fut. ndao-fiai (note, loss of ^), 2d aor. (rraBov. 
 Koi oihtorf iCT«, and never shidl nobody (= anybody) say that, etc. : the 
 redundant negative as in XXXI. § 26. (pti: classed as fut. of <f)r}fii. 
 ms : conj. like on, = that. dyayiav : on the form, cf avv-rfyayov 
 XXXII. § 2. €lK6fiijv, I took for myself, I chose : from the theme €X, 
 pres. alp((ji) ', on the augment, cf. tixf XXI. ; classed as 2d aor. of aip€<a ; 
 fut. aiprja-», aor. ciXov. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The neuter accusative of the adjective is used adverbially. 
 
 2. furd becomes fi*6* in losing its final vowel before a vowel with 
 the rough breathing. 
 
 3. fifrd with the genitive = with. This is more frequent in Attic 
 prose than avv with the dative. 
 
 4. A circunistantial particijde marks the circumstances under which 
 aii act occurs : cause, condition, time, etc. 
 
 5. d<t>-aipe<ii> is followed by the accusative of the thing taken and of 
 the "person from whom it is taken. 
 
 6. A verb dei>ending ui)on an optative may itself be in the optative. 
 
 LESSON XXXIIL 
 
 115 
 
 7. The optative is regularly used in purpose clauses when the main 
 verb is in a past tense. 
 
 8. ndaxoo is for ,ra^(r<o) ; the theme is itaO ; fut. rrftVo/iat for 
 ir€v0-crofiai 
 
 9. t/TTo' with the genitive denotes o^ewci/; with the dative, = wwrf^r. 
 
 10. 'oiriv as an optative ending has the same force as -cfii. 
 
 11. alpeto has the theme eX in the 2d aorist. 
 
 12. dibovT, So-vr, form the nominative dibovs. Sovs. 
 
 13. xp^ofiai is followed by the dative, as the Latin utor is followed 
 by the ablative. xf^-f<r3at contracts d-e to ^, becoming xpwBai. 
 
 14. fioi is an enclitic, but e/xoi is not. 
 
 15. e augments to « in tlXop, theme 4\, as iu ^x<^, ,J^ou (imperfect). 
 
 16. rrao-^o) and alpta have irregular principal parts. 
 
 17. Redundant negatives do not annul but intensify one another 
 when the second is a compound negative. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 H. 315, 316. 
 
 H. 375-376, 379. 
 
 1. Future and 1st aorist 
 
 system of Xveo . . 
 
 2. Verb endings . . 
 
 3. First five classes of 
 
 verbs H. 392-402. 
 
 4. Declension of biBoCs H. 242. 
 6. Principal parts of 
 
 7rd(rx(o, alpfoa . . 
 
 6. Verbs of depriving . 
 
 7. Case with xpdofjiat . 
 
 8. Purpose clauses . . 
 
 9. Participles . . 
 10. Contr. of a-t in xpd- 
 
 H. 533, 11 ; 539, 1, 
 
 H. 724. 
 
 H. 777. 
 
 H. 881. 
 
 H. 968, 980. 
 
 o/iat . 
 
 • • • 
 
 H. 412. 
 
 G. 96. 
 
 G. 112. 114, 115. 
 
 G. 108, I.-V. 
 G. 68 {b€iKvts). 
 
 G. pages 330, 351. 
 
 G. 164. 
 
 G. 188, N. 2. 
 
 G. 216, 1, 3. 
 
 G. 275, 277, 279. 
 
 G. 98, N. 2. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. atpeo), / take. 
 
 2. dvri, in. stead of, in return for. 
 
 3. 
 
 f) avayKT}, necessity. 
 
 4. d(f)-aip€(o, I take away. 
 
 5. Sc'o), / want ; bd, it is nece.^- 
 
 sary. 
 
i'l 
 
 116 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREKK METHOD. 
 
 6. dtVatoff, juf^t, rtffhf, 
 
 7. €^-(Xavv(i), I drive out, march. 
 
 8. ffp« (tutuie of <t>rjfii), I shall 
 
 say. 
 
 9. €v,^ well. 
 
 10. fKTo. (with gen.), with. 
 
 1 1 . oi8a,'^ I knoto. 
 
 12. iraor;^Q),' I svffer. 
 
 13. 7rpo-8id*>tHy* I betray. 
 
 14. TlfM^p€<a, I punish. 
 
 15. vn€p,^ above ^ in behalf o/. 
 
 16. xi^^^t^^ (deponent), / z*«e. 
 
 17. \/^fud&),^ / deceive . 
 
 18. wy, «r4 (conj.), that. 
 
 LESSON XXXIV. 
 
 117 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze : erifKopovfirjv, dcfiaip^laSai, fKoKeiy y\rfV(rdp€Vov. 
 
 2. Decline : Opa^, 'EXXay, ivotKOiV, yrf, oy, <f)ikid. 
 
 3. Explain : ex r^s for €^ r^r ; the accent in ei rt, d/} /xot. 
 
 4. Principal parts of ox^fXeca, rroXf^eo), noptvopai.. 
 
 5. Translate : (^f) *Ai/^' ^v fu €7ra^e tirr* ipov, €7ri^ov\(v(i 5^ r^ apx5 
 (^) IIpwTov ;i«i/ Ofi/ Trpoy vfias noXeprja-ovm ko\ nfipdaovai vfids ttjv ^aai- 
 Xf/ai/ d(f)aipfiu. (c) "H^Xof rfj <^iXt^ 7,7 Kvpou xpriaBai.* (d) EiXov, 
 (iXd/i};f. 
 
 t). Translate : (a) We do not wish to fall into the hands of the 
 great king, (h) I know that 1 shall not be able to force you. (c) I do 
 not know if I am acting rightly ; but I chose to be with you, and to 
 suffer whatever might be necessary. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Circumstiintial participle. 2. Supplementary participle. 3. Spe- 
 cial Greek uses of the accusative ; of the genitive. 4.' Accent of par- 
 ticiples and infinitives. 5. eVct ap^ivro. 6. avri, imtp, fierd. 7. Noty 
 with imperative, 8. The correlative of fuv ; of /ifV, beginning § 4. 
 9. Words in the attributive position. 10. Ending -otV- H- Elision. 
 12. Accent in the case of enclitics. 13. Redundant negatives. 14. The 
 subjunctive and the optative in conditional relative sentences. 15. Uses 
 of the imperfect. 
 
 1 Cf' €v-Saiiii(ji)v, having the gods i/?^?^(li.sposed ; fortunate. 
 
 2 C/. Eng. ?w7, wot, uis-dom. 8 c/. Eng. path-ettc, sorrowful. 
 * Cf. Lat. pro-do. » Cf. Eng. over ; Lat. super. 
 
 « Cf.YjW^,. pseudonym. 
 
 LESSON XXXIV. 
 
 ANABASIS I. III. ^-^. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 6. eVa, since. c'|iol nde^aeai: cf. inlarcvov avrd^ XXII. § 2; 
 
 cf. the similar use of the dative in Latin, mihi parere, credere. 
 Koi avv vfuv . . . oTTov &v 2>, and with you, on the one hand, I think 
 I would be (puto me futurum esse), etc. Note the condition in crvp 
 vfxlv,^ if I were to be with you, — et avi^ ipTiv tlrjv. The conclusion might 
 be Tt/itoF dv €Lr)v. otfiai shows the njodesty ol the speaker. In av oip.ai, 
 rifiioi, dv is construed with the inf. €ivai and shows that the inf. is here 
 eiiuivalent to the opt. Note the form of statement in modest fut. cond. : 
 ti with the optative in the condition, dv with the optative in the conclu- 
 sion. On confident fut. cond., with probability (idv with subjunctive in 
 the condition, future indicative', or some loini expres^iing futurity, in the 
 conclusion), cf. XXII. n. 4, «* <.nX«f KaraTrpdttKv oVoi; dv £ : on the 
 
 subjunct. &, Lat. sim, cf. Sn dv Se^y, § 5. ifiS^v 8i tprjpiot . . . ,hai, 
 
 but if I should be, etc I would not be, methinJcs, etc. ovt dv . . . 
 
 olr* dv : note the redundant negatives, the repeated dv, and the con- 
 sequent emphasis. <L, .V^O • • • l6vros . . . koI €p^eU (.,c. trjre, 
 eatis) KT€*, so rnake up your minds as if i.e. on the understanding tliat, I 
 am going, etc. ; cf. «s 7rop€x6irr(ov XIX. 
 
 § 7. 01 T€ . . . Kal oi akXoi, both those of that one himself and tJie 
 rest. Note the partitive apposition, airov, cf airov Kvpov XXIX. 
 § 21. QKova-avres ravra on ov <f)airj, hearing this, tJmt he refused. 
 
 What they heard was KX^apxos oH ^rjai (indie). But Xenophon puts 
 this m the indirect discourse ; hence the optative. On the form, cf ^-Irj 
 XXIX. § 21 ; on 0IS <l>r} yn, cf oIk €(Pa(rav XXXIJ. nXeiov?, pliires, 
 
 contracted form, = 7r\€iov€s ; irregular comparative of ttoUs ; cf. nXiov 
 XXVI. § 11. Signihcjitions of wapd in this section ? 
 
 § 8. rouVotff : on the case, cf npc^yfiaaiv XXXII. U0pa rS>v 
 
 (rrpariaTQiv, secretly (= without the knowledge) of the soldiers. The geni- 
 tive as in cfao) r«v 6p€<ov XXIX. dappelv, be of good cheer. Note the 
 mfmitive for the imperative of the direct discourse. ,J,ff KaraaTrjcTo- 
 
 P€v<ov KTt as these matters being about to (= would) settle themselves into 
 
118 
 
 JNDLX'TIVK (iREKK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXXIV. 
 
 119 
 
 the necessity ; would tarn out all riyht. Cf. KaTtarri VI. hiou : 
 
 pies. part, neut., from Sew, / need. Note the substantive use, and cf. 
 (KTrfTTTiOKorai XIII. fi€Ta7refin€a6ai ktc, and he bade him send for 
 
 \Jum, i. e. ClearchusJ ; hat he (ipse, Clearchus] refused, etc. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. €7r«/, = since, or when. 
 
 2. 7r€i0ofxai is followed by the dative of the person persuaded. 
 
 3. A preposition with its noun may have the f»)roe of a condition. 
 
 4. €1, with the optative in the condition and au in the conclusion, 
 expresses a future condition modestly, or with less probability. 
 
 5. tdv, with the subjunctive in the condition and the future in- 
 dicative in the conclusion, expresses a future condition confidently or 
 with probability. 
 
 6. av and the subjunctive are used in conditional relative sentences 
 after primary tenses. 
 
 7. Adjectives of want are followed by the genitive. 
 
 8. A noun may be followed by words in partitive apposition 
 with it. 
 
 9. The infinitive with av may stand in the indirect discoui-se for 
 the optative with av in direct discourse. 
 
 10. The optative may stand for the indicative of the direct discourse 
 after a secondarv tense. 
 
 11. TToXCs is compared : woXvs, nXdiov, nXfiaros. 
 
 12. napa is followed by the genitive, dative, and accusative, with a 
 difference of meaning 
 
 13. Adverbs are followed by the genitive: e.g. €?o-a), \d0pa. 
 
 14. The infinitive in the indirect discourse may represent the im- 
 perative. 
 
 15. The neuter participle, like the neuter adjective, is used sub- 
 stantively. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Perfect system of 
 
 Xvo) . . . . H. 317, 318. 
 
 2. Seven classes of 
 
 verbs . . . . H. 392-404. 
 
 G. 96. 
 
 G. 108, I.-VII. 
 
 3. Conjugation of 
 
 elfii, subjunct., 
 opt.,inf., partic. H. 478. 
 
 4. Declension of €y<», 
 
 av . 
 
 5. Conditions 
 
 G. 127. 
 
 • • 
 
 H. 261. G. 79. 
 
 H. 889. 890. 898, G. 220, II., 223, 224. 
 900. 
 
 4 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. aK((a),^ ward off, protect. 
 
 2. aTTopea},'^ am perplexed. 
 
 3. ^ yvd>fiTj,^ opinion. 
 
 4. in-aivfoi, I applaud, 
 6. ind, when, since. 
 
 6. eiropa', I folloio. 
 
 7. (prjpoi,* barren, deprived of. 
 
 8. 6 fxdpos, enemy. 
 
 9. 6appfu} am of good cheer. 
 
 10. XdOpa,^ secretly. 
 
 1 1 . Ximtca, am distressed. 
 
 12. oifiai, I think. 
 
 13. wi;, in .some way : onrj, what- 
 
 erer way. 
 
 14. nov, somewhere; onov icher- 
 
 ever. 
 
 15. noXm, muchy many; irXfiatv, 
 
 more. 
 
 16. rd aKfvo(f)6pa,^ baggage. 
 
 17. a-TpaTonebfvui,'' I encamp. 
 
 18. 6 avppa^oi,^ oily' 
 
 19. rifiios,'^ honored. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze : e>fro/xa(, lotrroi. €n^v€(Tav, KaTaarrjaofifvav. 
 
 2. Decline : Trarpif, yvatfirj. oKovadi, ^aaiXfvs. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) *0 Be ivdpnaf rjpdf avra (f>lXovs €?mi. (b) Tovs 
 dfiov KpfiTTovas (pCKrjao) duO' i>v €{, itHaopai vn avrav (c) Ovtcd rffv 
 yva>pT)v r^o) U Kvpov tw d5fX<^w fm^wXfva-avroi. (d) "Otttj &v epxTfrai, 
 aLri(TOfiai avv avT^ (ivai t€ kqI ndax^iv. (e) XaXerrat €^€pop€v rw 
 arpaTrjyia on T}uds ovk fVo'i/ray irpuuvai e/Sta^fro (/) Kai 8fi €(rico7rwfi€v 
 op^vT^s Tou dubpa iarara Kai datcpvovra. (g) EiXovto di p.(T avrav on 
 5eot ndax^iv. 
 
 ^ Atex-andfiT, }>rotector of men. 
 
 2 From n6p<K (Eng. pore), i- is negative ; hence iiropew, = am without a way. 
 
 « Cf. yi-yuio-aKu>. 4 Eiig. hermit. fi From \a$, in KavOdtm ; cf. Lat. lat-eo. 
 
 ® From <r«u<K, baggage (cf napaaKevdCw), and <f>4pu,, I bear. 
 
 7 frrparontSov, a camp. 8 ^vp -f ^ax-Ofitu (cf. ^dxv XXV.) 
 
 * Cf. Ttpiij, a-Ti/ia^w. 
 
120 
 
 INDUCTIVE GRKEK METHOD 
 
 4. Translate : (a) And first they waged war (tior partic.) against 
 the inhabitiints (partic.) of the city, and punished them mightily. 
 (b) He cannot deprive the soldiers of their pay. (c) I came to aid 
 them if there might be any (nov, enclitic) need, (d) He led (partic.) 
 the army into the large and prosperous city, and went away to his own 
 (favTov) country, (t) Not being able to find the rest of the army» he 
 was left behind, and then was cut down by the enemy. (/) It is said 
 (that) those beautiful plains, which we see, bear much sesame and wheat. 
 (g) Wherefore we remained a day in the city, but when on the following 
 (<lay) messengers came, saying that the enemy were coming, we fled as 
 ijuickly as possible. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Case with neiBofwi. 2. Future conditions. 3. Conditional rela- 
 tive sentences. 4. Construction with adjectives of want. 5. Partitive 
 apposition. 6. avTos. 7. Optative in indirect discourse. 8. Declen- 
 sion of comparatives. 9. Comparison of jToXvff. 10. Uapa. 11. Case 
 with certain adverbs. 12. Imperative in indirect discoui-se. 13. The 
 substantive use of the participle. 14. Classification of five verbs in 
 the text of the lesson. 15. Principal parts of the verbs belonging to 
 the first two classes (except 5«a), o^ovco) 16. Special Greek uses of 
 the dative. 
 
 LESSON XXXV. 
 
 ANABASIS I. III. 9-11. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 9. fura Tavra, after theae [thinga'], after this: cf. fif6" vfiav XXXIII. 
 
 irpwr'fXBotn-at : note the force of the aor. partic, those wJio came, i. e. 
 had come, jeat rwv S\\a>v kW, mid, of tlie others, the one loishing, t. e, 
 
 any one who wished. ra fitv drj Kvpov tcri, the [interests'] of Cyrus 
 
 (clearly (di})) evidently have thus (i. e. are in the same relation) to us as 
 our linterests] to him. ra Kvpov is here nearly et^uiv. to Kvpot. Note, 
 
 LESSON XXXV, 
 
 121 
 
 ,i«V is used here without a following a/ : cf rf,^ ^.V 7rp6(t>aaip XXT ; 
 cf €ipoiKS>i ^xotfP XI. {,^eU : sc. tufitv, we are. ai/v-cird/x.^J 
 
 air^'. cf trvv^TTfyarrfv avr^ XIV. *Vfii/os : sc. iariv, is. 
 
 § 10. adticfia^a. : sc. iavro. as the subject. *al ,x,rarr, ^nofUvov 
 
 avrov, even though he sends ajer me. Note this force of ««', evtn, with 
 the gen. aba. to fiip fi^yurrov ktc*, most greatly, i.e. chief y, 'indeed 
 
 being ashamed {i.e. because I am ashan^d). fih correlative with the 
 following cV«ra ,Uy,aToi, : cf ^UpS^ XXXII. alaxvv6^,yo9 : cf. ^ov- 
 Upivov, XXXIII. §4, N. avv oifia ipavr^ . . . air6,, 1 am conscious 
 
 to myselr having deceived {= thai £ have dtctioed) him in all reacts, 
 (f air^ § 9. Note the supplementary use of the participle ; cf vapa>u 
 €rCyxap€ 111. i-ylrtva ptpos : perf. partic. Note the reduplication 
 
 before the double consonant ; it is identical in form with the syllabic 
 augment. On a (for d) before ^, cf. ^p^aa-fum XXXI. end. a,, 
 
 fii-w : 2il perf. partic, from df/So) ; cf X^Xom^s XXIX. c^tti^.^ : 
 
 Hubjunct. 3d sing., from im-rierjpi. Tense here I Note the usage after 
 verbs of feaHng. hv {= rovra>p 5), on account of those [things] which 
 
 (- wherein) he, etc. Note the genitive of cause after the legal expi-es- 
 sion diKrjv tniO^ ; t/., however, npay/iaaip XXXII. The & included 
 
 in S>p would be obj. of a5t«Ia^ui, culled a cognate ace; so nopra 
 (f^fvtr/icVoy). 
 
 § 11. ovx &pa (ipai : note the change in ovk before a rough breath- 
 ing, i^, if subject of etwi, should be ace. (Sipdp). dptXtlp, ktc, 
 to be cureless of ourselves. Note the genitive ; cf (irep(U7ro' XI. 
 
 aic(ir-rio¥ dvoiy videndum esse, we must see. do<f)a\€(rraTa 
 
 fupov^rp, how we shall remain most safely: irom aa(paX€-a>s, comp. 
 dafjiaiX^a-repop. ptpovptp : fut. ind. of pipta for ptp-iufo. Note, o- does 
 not appear in the future of liquid verbs, and that €- contracts with the 
 following vowel: p^po^p^p for p^piopep. Sn-ip€P, ab-i-mus, we 
 
 [shall] go away. t^optp : from ?;^«). Note the rough breathing. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. prrd with the genitive means vrith ; with the accusative, after. 
 
 2. The aorist participle sometimes refers to an act previous to that 
 of the main verb. 
 
 3. pip is used occasionally without a following he. 
 
122 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREKK METHOD. 
 
 4. «x«* nioclifie*! by an adverb = elfii with predicate adjective. 
 
 5. Compounds in aw- are followed by the dative. 
 
 6. K<u is often used where a participle denotes concession, and may 
 Ik? translated everiy altlwugh. 
 
 7. The circumstantial particijde gives the circumstances under 
 ■which an act occurs. 
 
 8. 2vvoiba is followed by the supplementary participle. 
 
 9. Verbs beginning with a double consonant reduplicate with €-, 
 so that their reduplication has the same form as a syllabic augment. 
 
 10. A lingual mute (r, 8, ^)bec(mies a before fi. 
 
 11. 8ftSo) forms the 2d i)erfect fi«5ia, SeSiwy 
 
 12. Verbs of fearing in primary tenses are followed by /i^ with the 
 subjunctive. 
 
 13. The genitive of cause follows verbs of legal or judicial action. 
 
 14. The neuter adjective or pronoun may be used as a cognate 
 accusative. 
 
 15. Verbs of caring are followed by the genitive case. 
 
 16. The form of the verb in -rtov denotes duty or necessity. 
 
 17. The superlative of adverbs ends in -rara. 
 
 18. The future of liquid verbs omits a, and shows contracted forms. 
 
 19. (x^ ^'^^ ^^^ rough breathing in the future. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Comparison of /Lwya? .... 
 
 2. Declension of ffiaviov afuvrovy 
 
 (avTov 
 
 3. Xv6), 1st passive system . . . 
 
 4. Participle in -T€oy 
 
 5. Verbs denoting action of senses 
 
 or mind 
 
 6. Verbs of judicial action . . 
 
 7. Circumstantial participle . . . 
 
 8. Supplementary participle . . . 
 
 H. 263. 
 
 H. 266. 
 H. 319. 
 H. 475, 2. 
 
 H. 742. 
 H. 745. 
 H. 969, 979. 
 H. 982. 
 
 G. 73, 4. 
 
 G. 80. 
 G. 96. 
 G. 281, 1, 2. 
 
 G. 171,2. 
 G. 173,2. 
 G. 277, 1-6. 
 G. 279, 280. 
 
 LESSON XXXV. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 123 
 
 1. 
 
 dBiKfo)^ I injure J wrong. 
 
 9 
 
 alaxvi^at I shame. 
 
 3. 
 
 a/xfAeto),-^ / neglect. 
 
 4. 
 
 av€v, irilhnut. 
 
 5. 
 
 an- f nil (-umi), I go away. 
 
 (5. 
 
 avTov, here. 
 
 
 da-(f)aXr)s. safe. 
 
 8. 
 
 a ' 0aX e 0) y , safely. 
 
 9. 
 
 Sfidu), I fear. 
 
 10. 
 
 drjXos, evident. 
 
 H. 
 
 8fj\ou oTi, it is evident that 
 
 1 
 
 evidently. 
 
 1 
 
 T) BiKT) justice. 
 
 I 13. 
 
 la eiriTndfia u/ovision.s 
 
 14. (m-ri6T}fii, I place upon, inflict. 
 
 15. ecdv, as long as. 
 
 16. rjfierepos, noster, our. 
 
 17. 6 l8ia>Tijs,^ a pricate (soldier) . 
 
 18. KaOf vdQ>y I sleep. 
 
 19. fierd (with ace ), after. 
 
 20. 6 fiia-BoBoTTjs,* i>aymaster. 
 
 21. TO o(fi(\os,^ use, prof t. 
 
 22. npo(r-€pxofiat ( ^XBov), I com/i 
 
 to, join. 
 
 23. aK€7rrofxai,^ I examine. 
 
 24. xPH') *' ^'"^ necessary. 
 
 25. (opa, hora,"^ season, time. 
 2(5. ataiifp, just as. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 , ^: y^^ijs^'^tt' : {a) ^vvd^co Tf Toi/ff e>auToO (^t'Xovy Kai arroSoxro), 
 air oh €mTr)h€ia (Is tt)v tov ^iov rpo(t>^u. (h) ^Kfirr^ov 3' tarip oncos 
 toCtovs tovs p(yd\ov9 norapcvs dia^aivfiv dvuoyfiai. (c) AIktjv eme^ao} 
 w^ vopiCa vn €xepa.v tidiKfjirOai. (/) 'Ea». Sij (pavroC rivi Kpelrropi ds 
 X^hXii fX^O), ^aaiXeiclv ovk €ti dwrjaopai f;^«i/. (e) 'E< 8i toCtov dvlaravTO 
 T€TTap€s S>p dq 8vo eXe^drrjv 6. cyiyv(0(TK€Tr)i^. (f) Avo de vrr' fKfiuov eyKf- 
 XfuffTQ) ^rrjv. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) The boys are not willing to obey me. (b) I can- 
 not indeed follow with my friends, but will suffer whatever may be 
 necessary. (c) He thought we were (as good as) a fatherland to him. 
 ((/) Without you I do not think I should be honored wherever I might 
 l»e. (e) Thus make up your minds, that I follow whithersoever you 
 also may go. 
 
 * 8Lkt}, justice ; d-, negative, as in d-Tijxaaeeis. 
 
 2 d-, as in ddiK^u. Cf. iiri-p^\4opat. « Cf. Eng. idiot. 
 
 * From pi<Td6s and the theme So (dldwfii). 
 
 * Cf. dxpeX^cj. 6 Cf. Eng. scep-tic. 7 Cf. Eng. hour. 
 
124 
 
 INDUCTIVE GllKEK METHOJ). 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Cause. 2. Expressions of c?it<j/, necessitij. 3. Uses of the geni- 
 tive. 4. 6' iavTov. 5. Position of eavrov 6. Tenses of the parti- 
 ciple ; time denoted by them. 7. Saxi>va ; aiV^vvw. 8. Declension 
 of IBiarris. 9. rt . . . t€. 10. Conipiuison of adverbs ; of adjectives. 
 11. cja). 12. Cognate accusative. 13. Lingual mutes before /i. 
 14. ovToig €^^1. 15. Construction with verbs of fearing. 16. Classiti- 
 cation of twelve verbs ill this Lesson. 17. r)diKija6at ; also principal 
 parts of ofitKCft). 
 
 LESSON XXXVI. 
 
 ANABASIS I. in. 12-14 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 12. 6 5* iivrfp KT€, hut the man [= Cyrus] is (sc. eWt) worthy of 
 much (i. e. valuable) to ivhomsoever he may be a friend : cf. onov 
 &if (o XXXIV. Bvvafiiv : modified by the following three adjec- 
 
 tives. Note, KOI . . . Koi . . . Koiy both . . . and . . . and. jcai 
 
 yap, etenim, aiid [/ say we see and know] for: if. XIL n-^ppw . . . 
 
 n^roO, apart from him: cf. <t<ro) t«v opewv XXIX. Kad-TJ-trOai : 
 
 (from KaB-T) fxaty (.hp. ; perf., with no pres. form ; (f. olba, Lat. memini. 
 &pa^ sc. ((ttIv. 
 
 § 13. €K TovTov du-iara-vTo kW, soms from this (= thereupon) kept 
 risinj. Tense and theme of the verb ? cV tov avTofidrov ; cf. 
 
 XXVI 1 1. § 17. Tj dnopid, the difficulty both to remain ; i. e. as regarded 
 
 remaining. Note the dependence of the infinitive on the noun. 
 
 § 14. 0)9 Ta^tora, quam celerrime : cf. wy fiaXtora XL ctVf 
 
 . . . iXfo-dat, fold them to choose : cf. tlXoprjv XXXIII. §5. His direct 
 words were, iXtapfBa, ht us choose^ or tXtaOt, choose ye. Note the change 
 of the imi)ei'ative to the infinitive in the iiidirect discourse ; cf. Oappeiv 
 XXXIV. § 8. So also the followinij infinitives — dyopdCfadai, av 
 <rK(vd(f(r0ai, alruv (twice), (rvvTdTT€<T0ai, nep^ai — depend upon €in€. 
 
 tXBojTas . . . aiTflvy to go and ask : cf. dia^ds c^eAnuvct XXIV., 
 
 LESSON XXXVI. 
 
 125 
 
 Kora^hs ^a(T€ XXIX. § 23. Kvpop alrup nXota : cf alru XVII. if 
 
 aTTo-TrXc-otfi/, in order that they might, etc. On the form, cf ^x-okp XI • 
 on the mode, cf Xd^ot XL, Upa 6<p,\olrjv XXXIII. Note, the main' 
 verb (etVf) is in a past tense. oarc, . . . dn-d^,t, who (icJwever he i,) 
 
 wiU, etc. Note the predicate position of <^tXta-y, - not through a friendly 
 country, did^ : subjunct., 3d si*g. of dldcofii. Tense ? rhp 
 
 raxhTTju [686p] : cf XXVIII. § 20. nefi^at : cf nep^ds XXVllI. 
 
 npo-KaTa-Xrjylropfvovi, [me?i] who should take, icith the purpose of tak- 
 ing : fut. partic. (dep.) of Xa/z/3ai/a>, theme Xa/Jf, here strengthened to 
 Xj;/3. On the fut. partic. denoting purpose, cf iy d7roKT€pS>v VII. 
 
 OTTO)? fir, (pedaaxri, in order that they may anticipate. Note the sub- 
 junctive for the optative, the secondary tense etVe having for the mo- 
 ment lost its force. On the f(;rm, cf Xi-auxn. Note the plural form, 
 the^ speaker having others besides Cyrus in mind. dv-ripnaK-dr^ : 
 
 cf Tipnaaptva XXXI. end; eWf ttto) Kdros XIII. 
 
 S. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 5. 
 6. 
 7. 
 
 Adjectives signifying worthy are followed by the genitive. 
 Certain adverbs are follo\i'ed by the genitive: irdppto, €?a«, ttX^v. 
 Tipm is a defective perfect. 
 
 The infinitive may depend npon a noun, like the I^ntin gerund. 
 The imperative becomes ihfinitive in the indirect discoui-se. 
 OK, oTi, that, do not introduce the infinitive. 
 
 The first of two consecutive acts is often expressed by the aorist 
 participle. 
 
 8. Verbs of asking, begging, are followed by two accusatives. 
 
 9. The future participle expresses purpose. 
 10. ovas pfi expresses negative purpose. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. </)tX««, present system . . . . H. 324. 
 
 2. Conjugation of dpi . . . . H. 478. 
 
 3. Genitive with certain adjectives H. 753, c,f. 
 
 4. Conditional sentences . . . . H. 889-891. 
 
 G. 98. 
 G. 127. 
 G. 180, 1. 
 G. 220. L, 11. 
 
126 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXXVII. 
 
 127 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. ayopd^o), buy. 
 
 2. dv icrrrjfxiy raise vp ; niul, 
 
 stand up, rise. * 
 
 3. n^toy, worth, worthy. 
 
 4. aTTo-TrXca), sail away. 
 
 5. 17 diropld^ perplexity. 
 
 6. apKTToSy'^ best. 
 
 7. ty-KiKfvcTToi,^ instructed. 
 
 8. eViora/iat, know. 
 
 9. 6 rjyffjLoiu, leader. 
 
 10. Kad-rjfxaiy sit dowrij am ew- 
 cawped. 
 
 W. otos, qualis, what, of what 
 
 12. ofioiays, equally, alike, [soj't. 
 
 13. noppo, far from, away from. 
 
 14. npo-Kara-Xap^dvcoj seize in ad- 
 
 vance. 
 
 15. npoa-noifopat, pretend. 
 
 16. anfvdoi, hasten. 
 
 17. crv-tT/ceva^o/iai, pack up. 
 
 18. 0^di/aj, anticipate. 
 
 19. ^tXtoy,* friendly. 
 
 20. ;(aXf7rdy, /tarf/, violent. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : <f)i\ios, /T^toy, wpa, Svvapis, ovtos, f}yfpa>v ; present 
 system of boK^oi. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Ai/t?; 17 ImriKr) dvvapis ov iroWov d^id iariv. 
 
 (b) ndvT€S fniaraaBc on oiy Ai/ <f)t\ios fj lax^vpays TfTiprjKt. (c) "Qpd 
 eVrtv TaOra yiyvataKeiv a apia-rd €(ttiu. (d) EU 8e ^7 dvi(rraTai on 
 \i^(M>v ort ^ roO a-yoKroy dnopia ptydXrj forriv (e) 'Ei/rf O^fi/ oyv fTTfipdro 
 i^(Kavv€iv dia noXepids Trjs xoapas. (/) Afbiorfs prj avrovs Xa^iop dUrju 
 firidfirj dvTi TovTcou d fjdiKrjOi], d7rf(f)(vyov. (</) Avtov fi< (n^vovv, on t Afyfi/ 
 d tyva dpiara (hat. 
 
 3. Translate : («) After this he collected his soldiei-s and crossed 
 the river. (6) If it is necessary, I will follow and suffer with you. 
 
 (c) I will obey the king, wherever he may lead me. (d) O fellow- 
 generals, our commander is no longer (ovk€ti) our paymaster if we do 
 not obey him. (e) The soldiers crossed the river without the knowl- 
 edge of the generals. (/) It seems to me that we must see what opinion 
 our soldiers have, (g) They were pretending to be willing to follow 
 wherever he might go. 
 
 * Of. anoputv (= anopiav) XXXTV. 
 
 2 Cf. Eng. aristn-c\ ncy, best rule. 
 
 * From iv -}- KcAevw, I order. 
 
 ^ Cf. «^tAfte>, <^iAia. 
 
 1. Negative purpose. 2. wj, ort, in introducing the indirect dis- 
 course. 3. The imperative in the indirect discourse. 4. Construction 
 with oirco), aip€<a. 5. Case following c*^, €v, av^v^ ds, dno, dvri, avu. 
 6. Comparison. 7. General conditions. 8. Contraction of f- with 
 following vowels. 9. Use of the future participle. 10. Future con- 
 ditions. 11. Subjunctives and optatives in the Lesson. 12. Genitive 
 and dative singular endings of 1st declension. 13. Middle and passive 
 deponents. 14. Mutes before a ; a before other consonants. 
 
 LESSON XXXVII. 
 
 ANABASIS L iii. 15-17. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 15. 0)5 pev rr7 paTTjyqa-ovra Kri, let no one of you speak on the suppo- 
 sition that I am {as I being) about to general (?'. e. to hold) this general- 
 ship, i. e. to hold this office, to lead this army. Note prjbfU = nobody, with 
 the imperative. di & . . . TroirjTeov [fo-rtV], on account of ivhich 
 
 this is not to be done by me, i. e. why I must not do this. Cf. fim fie 
 rovro XXV. § 8. Note the dative of the agent with the verbal adjec- 
 tive; but cf. v(/)* riputv XXXV. §10; also the Latin usage with the 
 participle in -dus. Cf. o-Kfirreop XXXV. § 11. cds 8e rat dvbpi ktc, 
 
 [but let each say or think, sc. dX\d (Kaaros XeyeVo), from the preceding 
 pr)8(U Xrytro)] that I will obey, etc. a>y, as in iptl oi-Sfiy ws XXXTII. 
 
 TTfi-ao-pai, for TrdBao-pai : from Treiday ; cf. (j^vyads^ <j)vyds. ^ dv- 
 
 varov [((TTiv] paKiara : cf. rj ihvvaTO XXIII. Iva fib-rJTe ktc, tJiat 
 
 you may knov:, etc.: subjunct., from oiBa. On the mode, cf. onmi pi) 
 (f)0daa>ai XXXVI. &s ris Ka\ dWos, as much as possible as also 
 
 any one else ofTnen {i. e. as well as or better than any other man). 
 
 § 16. Tov K€\€votrros, of him who urged that they ask, etc. &(Tir(p 
 
 kW, as if Cyrus were on the home trip: «? Ilio-tdwv XIX. ins . . . iXt\, 
 
 that it was foolish: cf. is fVt^ouXf u 01 VI.; (tr) XXXVI. § 13; 
 
128 
 
 IXDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 XXIX. § 21. Tt' it«Xi/«. quid obstat Note that tlie interrogative 
 
 does not change its acute to a grave (ri). ,}^>, for us, to our 
 
 disadvantage. 
 
 § 17. 6Kv-oiii\y t%, I should he reluctant Note, the reluctance is not 
 stated as a fact {-[am rductant^^), but as a possibility, potentially. 
 On the form, cf. 6(p(\-oiriv. Compare this potential optative with the 
 conclusion of future conditions with less probability. & 80/7, which 
 
 he might (jive. Theme? Note, & is not userl in conditional relative 
 sentences where the Vi^rb is optative. m - , - KaraBC-av kW 
 
 lest he sink us with Uie . . . Uieviselves. Note, the dative denoted 
 accompaniuient even without aCy : so ^yc^'« ^„,a6ai ; but cf. e>o- 
 ^a* XXXIV.^ ^ ^tY for ^y Soirj; cf r5,u nSK^^p hv XV. 
 
 o6(v . . . €'$-f\eriu, ['o a plareli whence it wiU not be [possible] to, etc 
 aKovToi . . . Kvpov, Cyro nolente : connect with the intervening 
 arrifov. XaBdv . . . dn-fX^ai/, to escape hint, (in) (/oiuy aimy : Xad, 
 
 theme of what verb / 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 X The participle modified by i^ indicates a merely supposed or 
 V>ossible fact, and does not necessarily convey the idea of reality. 
 
 2. fiTjBfU, z= nobody^ with the imperative, 
 
 3. dm, with the genitive, = through ; with the accusative, = on 
 account of. 
 
 4. With the verbal adjective in -r*w, the dative expresses the agent. 
 
 5. its serves the same purpose as Sn in intro<lucing the indirect 
 discourse. 
 
 6. The interrogative n'j retains its acute accent in connected 
 discourse. 
 
 7. The Greek dative, like the Latin dative, expresses advantage or 
 disadv<int(uje, 
 
 8. A fact is stated doubtfully or potentially by the optative with &v. 
 
 9. The potential optative resembles in form the conclusion oi future 
 conditions with less probability. 
 
 10 Occasionally the relative pronoun agrees in ca«e with its ante- 
 cedent. 
 
 LESSON XXXVIL 
 
 129 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of e^fwiff . H. 230. G. 66 (ax^^^). 
 
 2. Declension of rtV (inter- 
 
 rogative and relative) H. 277 and a. G. 84 and n. 2. 
 
 3. TeXfo), Kokeay, Xiica, ati/«&) H. 503, I. 14; 604, 3-5.1 
 
 4. Verbal adjectives in •reos H. 988, 991.' G. 281, L and note. 
 6. Potential optative . . H. 872. G. 226, 2 b, 
 
 6. Genitive absolute . . . H. 970, 971. 0.183,278 1. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 4r 
 
 1. dKCdu,^ unwiUiug 
 
 2. ap)((o, I rule, begin. 
 
 3. dvvaros ^ possible, able. 
 
 4. 8v(o, enter, cause to enter. 
 6. KaTa-dv<t>, sink. 
 
 6. f/i-^aiVo),* go in, embark. 
 
 7. fv-opdo), see into, discover. 
 
 8. fv^dqs. simple, foolish. 
 
 9. 7 fv^dua, simplicity, folly. 
 10. Xvpaiva, spoil, ruin. 
 
 IL prjBeU, ovbeisy nobody. 
 
 12. o6€v, whence. 
 
 13. oKveo), hesitate. 
 
 IJ. Tf irpa(is,^ business. 
 
 15. arpaTjjyfo}, am general, com- 
 
 mand. 
 
 16. ^ (rrparrjyla, military plan. 
 
 17. <f>o^a>,^ frighten; pass., /am 
 
 frightened, fear. 
 
 18. Tj <f)\vapid, nonsense. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Analyze: trrpar^yijtroi/ra, Aiyo-i^f. fVtg«Ki/dr, Karabvay. Decline 
 TTpa^is. 
 
 2 Tian.slate: (a) 'Q, ^^ cfyo^oin^vSv ^, rovrou prjB^U ai.rS>u \ey,'T<o 
 (/>) OpS> yhp TToXXa Spt) Si' l>v Ijfilu 6H01 notrjTtai flaiu. (r) EvrjBearaTdv 
 c^rt r,),. ToO ^y,fi6vo, npa^iu \vpalv,iv (d) Ufi<ropai r« dvbpX hv hu 
 ^WO,. (.) ^Enu6opro hv v>m ^o.^r^.. (/) 'Hpa,ra,,. 6^ ri K<oUauv 
 ra opr) avTOis 7rpoKaTa\r]<f>0ijvai. u tovtols toU ^y.fjLotn mareiouu, oU 
 paaiXfvs Soirj 
 
 ' The teacher will be obliged to pick out these verbs, if he h using Goo<lwin's 
 irrammar, from the Catalogue of Verbs, pp. S29f. 
 
 2 From i = not (called a- privative), and €ku»v, willing. 
 
 « Cf Svua^.ac, WvoMt,. 4 i^ for iy, cf av^-npdrru, XIV., Vocabularv. 
 
 V. rrp.srru>. 6 Qf. Eng. hydro-^^Ao^.^^. 
 
 9 
 
130 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 
 3. Translate : (a) The army will follow wherever the <,'uides may 
 lead. (6) He said that (tine ort) the army would follow wherever the 
 guides might lead, (c) I shoJild hesitate to follow where the foolish 
 go in (^\dov with prefix cty). (d) Going away without his permission, 
 they would desire to elude him in going away. ( ) But that would be 
 impossible. (/) The barbarians l>egan to rush with a shout, as was 
 their custom. (g) They did not wait at the gates, for great fear had 
 seized them. (h) There are many large and strong bridges over the 
 full rivers which How through the well-watered wardens of the kinu'?' 
 wife. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The long and short form!=, fiov (fxov, etc , of tya. 2. Lingual 
 mutes before lingual mutes ; before cr. 3. Labial mutes before /*. 
 4. Uses of the participle. 5. Conditional sentences. 6. Conditional 
 relative sentences. 7. General conditions. 8. Agreement of the rela- 
 tive. 9. Some uses of av. 10. Parts of atr/o). wiorfuo), okwo). 
 11. Classification of six additional verbs in this Lesson. 12. Declen- 
 sion of liquid stems. 13. Conjugation of the present system of okvco). 
 14. Relative clauses introduced by npiv (until). 
 
 LESSON XXXVIII. 
 
 ANABASIS l. III. 18-21. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 18. ot-Tives fVtTijS^ioi [cto-tV*!, tchoever (/. e. such persons as) are suit- 
 able : cf. ^(TTis dnd^fi XXXVI. 14. cpcardv : cf. tanavav XV. 
 
 tC . . . fjfiiv ;(/)f)(r^ai, tcJuit use he ivuhes to make of us: cf. xL ko- 
 Xvei XXXVII. ; cf. <^tXi^ xRW^^f" XXXII 1. xp^^^^h f*^r xpa-tuOai: 
 note, a-€ here contracts to 7 instead of d 11. iav |«v : note the 
 
 following iav Zi. TrapanXrjaia . . . ^(uois, like to what, i. e. the 
 
 business [in which]. fmcrOai /cm rjfids, that we too folloxc : dependent 
 
 upon boKfi. KaK'.ovs : cf. wXeiovy XXXIV. tS>v . . . wv- 
 
 avtt'lidvTwUi those who went up with. On the case, cf. Kvpov XXXI. 25. . 
 
 LESSON XXXVIII. 
 
 131 
 
 § 19. Note the form of conditional .statement : 8oku uith its de- 
 pendent infinitive (referring to a future line of action) takes the pkce (,f 
 the future indicative in the conclusinn.i d|tovv, sc. 8oKd : cf. 
 
 rj^iov XIV. TTfiWi/ra . . . ndo-etuTa : from TTf/^o). Note the 
 
 euphonic changes. npu, c^iUay dc^^U-vai, to-let-yo in a friendly 
 
 manner (lit. with a view to frien.lship). a*^ Ct,-hi., / release, theme e«, 
 not to be confused with .,>, «>/. ouro, Mp.voi . . . hv inolfx^da, 
 
 if we should thus follow . . . we should follow. Note the ibrm r)f con- 
 ditional statement ; cf ^prjpioi S>v XXXI V. 6. ai/ayyciX-m: 
 
 cf. nap i}yyciX-f XII. 
 
 § 20. TjpaTiou : from f'pwra o>. On the two accusatives, cf. alrel 
 XVn., dcf) aipuaeai XXXlil. 4. tA do^am-a : on the tense, 
 
 cf avp-apa(idur<ou, § 18. 6o<e. ; aor. ?bo$€, not eddKrjcra. kop • 
 
 contracted from Kal &p {= idu). ^mB^.-uai : on the long form 
 
 of the theme vowel in the 2d a(»rist o. -/it verbs before -wit, cf diro- 
 trri^vai XIIL, bovuaL XXVI. 12. fju (= idp, cf {}u VIII.) : note 
 
 the form of conditional statement. 
 
 § 21. iTT-ta^mrm : cf lno-(Tx6fi€i'os XXII. rod prju-os, of the 
 
 month,'' each month. Cf. this with the use of the accusative, throughout 
 the month. tw arpaTioDTTj, to each soldier. 
 
 Compare the indirect discourses in this section. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. otTTis is used with reference to i)ersons indefinite in the mind of 
 the writer or speaker. 
 
 2. d-fip (infinitive) contracts to ap. 
 
 3. a-€ contracts to rj in xpdopai 
 
 4. Adjectives of likeness, as in Latin, are followed by the dative. 
 
 5. The aorist participle occasionally has the use of the aorist indica- 
 tive in denoting an act as brought to pass in some past time. 
 
 6. The genitive f.llows adjectives of the comparative degree. 
 
 7. Conditions and conclusions are very frequently expressed in 
 mixed forms. 
 
 8. irjfu, I send, let, has the theme 4. 
 
 1 Thus, it seems best that we demand, is equivalent to saying, we shall itnselv 
 denmnd, or let us dem/ind. ^ 
 
 2 So in English, "he goes to rhnroh of a Sunday,"- which has become the less 
 Idiomatic, — "on Sunday," each Sunday." 
 
132 
 
 INDLCTIVE GUEKK iMETHOD. 
 
 9. The let aoiist of luiuul verbs is formed without the suffix (ra ; 
 but, instead, the theme vowel is strengthened. 
 
 10. Verbs of asking are followed by one accusative of the person and 
 another accusative of the thing. 
 
 11. -/u verbs strengthen the final vowel of the theme in the 2d aorist 
 before the ending -vcu. 
 
 12. The genitive denotes time in such expressions jis by dav-, 
 per month, each year. 
 
 13. The indirect discourse has the main verb in the infinitive ; or 
 in a finite mode, introduced by i>s or on 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Crasis H. 76. 
 
 2. Conjuiifjition of present system 
 
 of 6t5a)/zi H. 330, 414. 
 
 3. Conjugation of e?/it H. 477. 
 
 4. Adjectives of likeness . . . . H. 773. 
 
 G. 11. 
 
 G. 121, 123 
 G. 127, II. 
 G. 186. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. diz-ayyAXo),' / report, bring 
 
 back word. 
 
 2. an-ix'^- ^^^d off, am distant. 
 
 3. dno-KpIvofiai, I reply. 
 
 4. a(f> irjpi, send away, dismiss. 
 
 5. dfVfiOy hither. 
 
 6. doidfKa,^ tirclve. 
 
 7. (Kfl,^ there, 
 
 8 fniKivSvvos,* dangcroim. 
 
 P. (Trinovos lnhorious. 
 
 10. €niT^8(ios, suitable. 
 
 1 1 . epeorao), / ask. 
 
 12. jJ/it-dXtoff,^ one and a half. 
 
 13. Kaic69, bad. 
 
 14. KaKiav, worse. 
 
 15. o/Ltctfff, 7ievertheless. 
 
 16. ooTtff, whoever; on, whatever. 
 
 17. 7rapa7r\ri<Tios, like. 
 
 18. npoOvfios. eager; warm friend. 
 19 npoa aiTfot, ask besides. 
 
 20. ^ vno^ia '' suspicion. 
 
 21. <j>cu.v(a? I show. 
 
 22. <f)alvofiai, show myself, ap- 
 
 pear. 
 
 23. <f)avfp6s,^ evident. 
 
 24. XPvC^ ^ desire. 
 
 1 Cf. nap-ayyeWui XII. 
 
 2 From Svo (two) + 6e«a (ten), as tweliie has two as one of its elements. 
 « So iKtlvoi, he yonder; cf. Ger. Jen-er. * Cf Kiv6vy€vw. 
 
 * Cf. iift.1- = i, Lat. semi ; iAios, from 6\o^, the entire. « C/. vnonrtvw. 
 
 7 (/. Eng. 2;Acw(>-mtnon. 8 p^,„,n ^ai', tlie theme of <^aii'«. 
 
 LKSSON XXXVIII. 
 
 J.OO 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) 'Eau ^ npaits fji€lC<ou S rij, npSae.v olx 6>,^at. 
 (h) IrpaTrjyoi, olnv^s riptaroi ^aau, npoafJKou etV Tr^v rod /SatrtXewy 
 aKTiuriv. (c) Ka\ fpo\ ido^f ij^as nXfiovi tlvai rSiP oiKaBt np6a0fv 
 aTrfX^oi/rcoi/ ((/) KJi/ d^ poi ini^ovk^ia,,, XP!]C<^ SIktju .'mBupai avr^ 
 ( ) AvTTj fj TTo'Xt? Tov TTOTapLOv d7r€;(ft x^^^ovs <TTadiov9. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) I come in order that you mav know that I am 
 a friend to you. (6) If he will give us a guide, I will follow him as a 
 zealous friend. (c) There were many suspicions that the commander 
 was marching against the king, (d) Cyrus was evidently wishing to 
 become king, (e) They called (partic.) an assembly, and chose men to 
 tell the knig those things which seemed best to the army. (/) They 
 indeed had suspicions that, if he had been there, the mercenaries would 
 have punished him. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. cirl TTfv n6\iv, irpos ttjp ttoXiv, els t^v noKiu. 2. Uses of the 
 aorist participle. 3. Declension of comparatives in -<ov. 4. Case 
 after comparatives. 5. Potential optatives. 6. Case after xpdofiai. 
 7. Words for i/. 8 rots orpartwr ois vnoylria rjv. 9. Principal parts 
 of hiha>^i, 8oK€u>, n€l6(o, Xeina navui, KfXevo), aKovo) 10. Declension 
 ol d(T(f)a\rjs. 11. Classification of six verbs in the Lesson. 12. En- 
 clitic form.-* of the personal pronouns. 13. dTTtKpipaTo; quantity oft; 
 on aKovoi; the mode. 14. Accent and enclitics. 
 
134 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXXIX. — REVIEW. 
 
 [In preparin.ir this Review Lesson, follow closely the directions given 
 with Lesson X.] 
 
 1. TEXT : Anabasis I. ii. 25, through Chap. iir. 
 
 2. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Crasis: IL 76; G. 11. 
 
 2. Declension: ( ^vyft^sr, II. 230; G. 66 (aXi;%). (b) didovs, 
 H. 242; G. 68 (S^ikuv,). ( ) noUs, H. 247; G. 70. (,/) ^^yas 
 (comparison), H. 253; G. 73, I, 4. (e) iyi^, av, H. 261 ; G. 79. 
 (/) ffiavTov, o-favroO, iuvrav, H. 266 ; G. 80. (<j) rty, rU, H. 277 
 and n ; G. 84. 
 
 3. The Verb : ( /) Xuco, ]>resent, future, 1st aorist, perfect, and 
 1st passive systems, H. 314-319; G. 96. (6) 0tXea>, present system, 
 H. 324; G. 98. (() 6t5a>/it, ])resent system, H. 330, 414; G. 121, 
 123. (d) Verbal endings, H. 375, 376, 379; G. 112, 114, 115.' 
 (>) Accent of the infinitive and participle, H. 389 ; G. 26, (1), (2), (:\). 
 if) Classes of verhs, H. 392-404; G. 108, I.-VIL {g) Reduplica- 
 tion of verl)s beginning with a vowel, H. 367; G. 101, .3. (A) Parti- 
 ciples in -Tfo^, H. 475, 2 ; G. 281, 1, 2. (0 «>, H. 477; G. 127, IT 
 0) «>/, H. 478; G. 127, I. (k) Princii.al parts of ,ra(rvco, n.W 
 H. 533. II, 539, 1 ; G. pp. 330, 351. 
 
 4. Syntax: {a) Position of ^avrov, H. 673,6; Q. 142, 4, n. 3. 
 (/>) ra .lAAo, H. 704; G. 142, 2, N. .3. {,) Verbs of deprivuuj] 
 H. 724; G. 164: (>I) of action of the sensex or mind, H. 742; 
 G. 171,2: (e) of judicial action, U. 74:5; G. 173,2. (/) Genitive 
 with certain adjectives, H. 753, r,/; G. 180, 1. (,7) Case with adjec- 
 tives of likeness, H. 773; G. 186. (h) Attempted action, H. 832; 
 G. 200, N. 2. (/•) Potential o])tative, H. 872; G. 226, 2 h. (/) Pur- 
 pose clauses, H. 881 ; G. 216, 1, 3. (k) Conditions, H. 889-891, 
 898, 900; G. 220, I., IL, 223, 224. (/) Participles, circum' 
 stantial, H. 968, 969; G. 275, 277, 1-6. (m) Genitive abso- 
 lute, IL 970, 971; (J. 278, I. (,) Participles, supplementarv, 
 IL 980-982; G. 279, 280. (->) Verbal a.ljectives in -rcW (svntax), 
 H. 988,991 ; G. 281. 
 
 LESSON XXXIX. — REVIEW. 
 
 135 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 5. 
 6. 
 7. 
 8. 
 
 10 
 
 11. 
 
 12. 
 
 13. 
 
 14. 
 
 15. 
 
 16. 
 
 17. 
 
 18. 
 
 19. 
 
 20. 
 
 21. 
 
 22. 
 
 23. 
 
 24. 
 
 25. 
 
 26. 
 
 ayopa^otf. 
 
 aiiifio (ilpeonai. 
 al(j\vv(t>. 
 
 a/xfXt'cD. 
 
 dv ayytWa. 
 
 dv-itTTrjijii. 
 
 UTr-flfJLl 
 
 air «;^ci). 
 ajTo-Kp vofiai. 
 aTr-oWiJfxi. 
 ano-n\(o), 
 anopecj. 
 
 d'p-aifHia. 
 
 d(f>-irjfii. 
 
 ^id^o/j.ai. 
 
 yiyv(jii(TK(a. 
 
 8aKpv(o. 
 
 oanavdat. 
 
 fKT-tXavi^ca. 
 
 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 5. 
 6. 
 7. 
 
 6 aKivdKTjs. 
 Tf dudyKTj 
 
 TO tlvHfHXTTodoy. 
 
 ^ arro/jui. 
 rj yvoi fit]. 
 
 TO huipov. 
 8. 17 fKK\t](Tia. 
 
 9. ra cVcTiyfifta. 
 10. ^ (irf^fia. 
 11. 
 
 3. VOCABULARY. 
 
 27. 
 
 28. 
 
 29. 
 
 30. 
 
 31. 
 
 32 
 
 33. 
 
 34. 
 
 35. 
 36. 
 
 37. 
 
 38 
 
 39. 
 
 40. 
 
 41. 
 
 42. 
 
 43. 
 
 44. 
 
 45. 
 
 46. 
 
 47. 
 
 48 
 
 49. 
 
 60. 
 
 51. 
 
 52 
 
 VERB8. 
 
 fK-CJxvyQt. 
 €fi-^aiu(o. 
 ev-opdco. 
 €V rvy\dv<ii. 
 f^eXavPio. 
 
 fTT-CUPeu}. 
 
 cniarafiai. 
 
 €po> (4)7) fll). 
 
 epfordca. 
 
 fTriTiBrjfit. 
 
 €7ropai. 
 
 fvpi(TK(a. 
 
 Oapptoi. 
 
 Ka0€v8(a. 
 
 Ka6-rjhvna6i(a. 
 
 Kdd-r)fxii. 
 
 Kara dvca. 
 
 KaTa-7r(Tp6<a. 
 
 KOTTTO). Kara-Koirra. 
 
 Xtpaivoi. 
 
 piaSoui. 
 
 oi8a. 
 
 oipai. 
 
 opdat. 
 NOUNS. 
 
 o ( 
 
 'X^pos 
 
 12. 6 f)yfpoiv 
 
 13. 6 IfilOiTTJf. 
 
 14. o Ao^^oy 
 
 15. 6 fiiaOoSoTtji. 
 
 16. 6 oXffipoi 
 
 \ i • TO ©(^fXoff. 
 
 18. rj Ttarpig, 
 
 19. 1; nltTTLf. 
 
 20. ^ irpd^ii. 
 
 21. ra (TKfvo(f)6pa. 
 
 22. ij aroXrj. 
 
 53. opyi^a. 
 
 64. 7rd(TX(0. 
 
 65. nXavdopai. 
 
 66. npo-dldoipi. 
 5 / . iTpo<r-aiT((a. 
 
 TTpoa epxofUMi. 
 
 7rpo<r-noi€(a> 
 
 (riayirdd) 
 
 58. 
 
 59. 
 
 60. 
 
 61. 
 
 62. 
 
 63. 
 
 64. 
 
 65. 
 
 66. 
 
 67. 
 
 68. 
 
 69. 
 
 fTKtTTTOpLaL. 
 
 crirei'Sai. 
 <TTparrjy(a . 
 (TTpaTOTtfhfvia. 
 (Tvv-dyca. 
 
 (TV CTKfvd^Ofiai,. 
 
 Tipda. 
 
 TTfJLa>p€Oi. 
 
 v7ro-\(iir<a. 
 
 /O. <Palv(o, <Paivofuu. 
 
 i\. <f)fpoi. 
 
 72. KJHjftl. 
 
 /3. (f)6dva. 
 
 Xpdoftai. 
 XPV- 
 
 74. 
 75. 
 
 76. 
 
 77. 
 78. 
 
 23. 
 2L 
 25. 
 26. 
 27. 
 28. 
 
 17 arpaTTfyia. 
 6 (TTpfTrros. 
 6 rrvppaxot. 
 17 vntp^oX^. 
 TO vno^vyiov. 
 
 17 VTTO^ld. 
 
 29. 17 <f)Xvapid. 
 
 30. 1^ x^ip 
 
 31. o xpnuoi. 
 
 32. TO ^Xlov. 
 
 33. tf copa. 
 
 
136 
 
 INDUCTIVK GREEK METHOD. 
 
 1> • 
 • avTov. 
 
 3. dfvpo. 
 
 4. d^Xop oTt. 
 
 5. tK(i 
 
 6. cWftra. 
 7> <v. 
 
 1 . oKcor. 
 
 2. a^toS' 
 
 3. (ipiarot. 
 
 4. a(T(f>aXrfs. 
 
 5. d^Xof. 
 
 7. Svparoff. 
 
 8. fy/cc'AfvoTOf. 
 
 9. fntKivdvuos. 
 10. tniTrovos. 
 
 1. fAijd€i£, oidfis. 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 9. o^f„.* 
 
 11. 6/ifi>r. 
 
 12. nvnoTf. 
 
 13. TTiy, ojny. 
 
 14. noppta 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 11. fnir^Sfios 
 
 12. f prj fws 
 
 13. (irfBffs 
 
 14. TjfJifTfpOS 
 
 15. ijfii6\ioi. 
 
 1(5. *ca Off, KaKiuiP. 
 
 17. KpflTTtAV. 
 IB. filKpOS. 
 
 1 9. oiO£. 
 
 2. " 
 
 PRONOUNS, 
 otyxis. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 1 . tiVfV. 
 
 2. ovri. 
 
 15. woiJ, onov. 
 
 1 6. TTpWTU). 
 
 17. TTO). 
 
 18. Tore. 
 
 1 9. ZaTfpov. 
 
 20. ;|faXf7rajs'. 
 
 21. dantp. 
 
 20. jrapnrrXjyo-ioy. 
 
 21. TToXiJff, TrXftwv. 
 
 22. TTpoBvpos. 
 
 23. irpoTfpos. 
 
 24. jrpci)Tos. 
 
 25. Tipios. 
 
 26. <f)avep6s. 
 
 27. 0tXioff. 
 
 28. ;|^aXfTroff. 
 
 29. XPi'^"X**^"'*>f- 
 
 3/ ' ^ 
 • (TV, VpflS. 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 3. fifrd. 
 
 4« ' 
 
 4. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. TmnaTate : (,1) 0.^< ^'dvimpeOa ,roXXoi.f «*itn/oi,r ^V T7 ,5;i«r airoi.. 
 ^o'X« fiipiV/cfii. (/>) 'H a^ dTTop/a r«». oi;^;id;^«,. 5,5X17 a./'€?7 iWu r^i. 
 •ViriySaW 2,^ 7rap«'^o/ifi/. (■ ) 'EyKeXcvtrTor ?,; 6 i8iii>rf)s dnoKpiuaaeai 
 oTi /i:ic^,iff ,rr, hv 6 fiirrfiSi. (,I) Qi fUv ^(p6p€S np&Tfpoi a^lKVoivro 
 row arpartvparos. (.) 'o xP^^o^ XvpatPti -niana ra itoAd. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Ami the passjige of the niountaiiis was hard for 
 the beasts of burden. (h) This necklace is in tnith small, but I have 
 many others which are lai^^er. (c) If ye go away, I will follow with 
 you ; but I know this well, that it will not be possible to protect our- 
 selves from onr enemies, (d) My fatherland is dearer to me, methinks, 
 than life itself and much honor, (e) It was the opinion of all the com- 
 jKiiiy that the slaves should be h(.iiore«l in return for what they had done. 
 
 LESSOX XL. 
 
 13' 
 
 LESSON XL. 
 
 ANABASIS I. IV. 1-4. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 § 1. rpla, Lat. tria, from rpus, ties. 
 
 § 2. vijes : from vav-s navis. Number and case ? vav-apxos, 
 
 ship-commander. ComTjosition of this word ? riyelTo b' aiToii kH, 
 
 commanded them, lit. for them. On the genitive with verbs of command- 
 ing, cf. apx€iv avToiyp XIV. vavs irepas, other ships; ace. plur. 
 Note the form vavs- awfnoXfpei Kri, and [with which] he was con- 
 ducting the war together with Cyrus against him [Tissaphernes]. 
 
 § 3. <Vi Tav veS)v, npon the ships : from pads. Case and number ? 
 
 <5v (aTparfiyfi, which he commanded : cf. rjyfho, N. § 2. ot Trapa 
 
 *A/3/>o»co>a kW, the mercenaries beside (lit. from beside) Abrocomas 
 (^'eu. sing.) revolted and, etc. Note the gen. sing, form *A^poK6p-d for 
 -ov. This genitive takes the place of the dative through tlie influence 
 of the verb of separation, airo-ardvrf^ ; cf. ol €k -njs dyopas XXVIII. 
 
 § 4. faav 8i ravra, but these [the gates] were two walls : ravra for 
 alrai, consequently the plur. ^aav to ph t<Ta>0€v . . . to Be e^to, 
 
 the within (inner) wall, the one towards Cilicia, . . . the without {outer), 
 etc. Of course, the first wall was to the west and northwest of the 
 second. hia ptaov Tovra>v : note the substantive use of peaog. 
 
 TO peaov rjarav ordStot : note the influence of the predicate upon the 
 number of the verb; Eng., the entire distance between was. ovk 
 
 riv [- KvaTov 71^], was not possible; cf. ovk earai e^eXOelv XXXVII. 
 
 ((fi-ftaTTiKfaav, stood upon ; were set at ; built : from f(f)-i(rTT]pi ; 
 cf d(f)-(iaTr]K((Tap XII., — here pluperf., the meaning passing from the 
 trims, (sisto) to the intrans. (sto, stare). Note that stems beginning 
 with two consonants do not reduplicate regularly. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Adverbs, genitives, appositives, prepositional phrases, may occupy 
 the attributive position. 
 
 2. I'flOff, ord^tov (plur. ordStoi), are irregularly declined. 
 
I ! 
 
 lii 
 
 ! ! 
 
 138 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. ndp.cfxi is lollowed by the dative (of persons), or «V with the 
 accusative (of places). 
 
 4. Verlis nf commanding are followed by the genitive, but .JWouat is 
 followe.l by the dative also. '^ ^ 
 
 5 Prepositional constructions dependent upon a noun are readily 
 affected and changed by a verb in the sentence. 
 
 _ 6. Some proper nouns in -09 (1st declension) have a gen. fiin-. in 
 -a, tor -OV' ° 
 
 7. The verb «>/ may agree in nun.ber with its predxate ; sometimes 
 It IS plural when the subject is a neuter plural pronoun and refers to 
 masculine or feminine i)lural nouns. 
 
 8. ix€aos(in the neuter) may be used substantively. 
 
 9. f(rrt, ?„, and ^arai sometimes have the meaning of it is (etc^ 
 possible. ^ ^^ 
 
 10. Verbs beginning with two consonants do not take the re-ular 
 reduplication. * 
 
 11. Some of the forms of Tcrr^^x* (aisto) are intransitive; e.g. 
 2d aonst ecmyi., perfect, pluperfect, €iarrjK€ip. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of vavs . . 
 
 2. Declension of efy, dCo rptls 
 
 3. Gender of nouns . . 
 
 4. larrjfii (present system) 
 
 H. 206, 207. G. 54. 
 
 H. 290. G. 77. 
 
 H. 125, a, 6, c. G. 33, 2, notes. 
 i H. 331, 414, j G. 123. 121, 1, 
 ( 415, 534. 5. ( 2 (d). 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. rj fiid} force f violence 
 
 2. (^(o,'^ without^ outer. 
 
 3. f<T(od€P,^ within^ inner. 
 
 4. €Tfpos,^ other. 
 
 5. €(f)-i(TTr)fxi, I place upon, 
 
 huild at. 
 
 6. fjyio^ai, I lead. 
 
 1 Cf. e^a^cTO XXXII. 
 ^ ^y*' <«» from ; «t?, to. 
 
 7. fjXi-^aros, steep, inacces- . 
 
 sible, 
 
 8. Kad-rjKoi, come down, extend 
 
 down (to). 
 0. fi€rd-n(fjLrrTos, sent after. 
 10. 6 fii(TBo-<f)6posy* pay bearer J 
 mercenary. 
 
 • Of. Eng. hetero-i^ox. 
 
 * Mt<rddv, pay ; iftifM, I carry. 
 
 LESSOX XL. 
 
 139 
 
 11. ^ pavf, ship. 
 
 12. 6 vav-apxoi, admiral, captain, 
 
 13. TO ovopa,^ name. 
 
 14. oppeto, lie at anchor. 
 
 15. nap-ep^opai, come or go by. 
 Hi. nap-fjXBov, came or went by. 
 
 17. J7 Trdp-oSof, way past , pass. 
 
 18. ^ TTiTpd,'^ rock. 
 
 19. ^ wAi; 3 f/(t<g. 
 
 20. TO (rrddiov, a stade (192 me- 
 
 ters) 
 
 21. arevoi, narro7v.* 
 
 22. oTpariy-yfo), / command, 
 
 23. TO Tft;^oy, u'a/^. 
 
 2 t. vnepSfv. above (adv.). 
 25. (f)iXos. friend, friendly. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 ]. ^ Translate : (a) *0 ^^ ^I^cipof 7rorap6, e'an p^ya,. d\V e'^evyp^po, 
 fVrJi/ inra nXoiois.^ (h) To pip ulp edpoi iari bUa nUepcop. (c) OU 
 rjv^ SifX^fli/ 8ia ravrrjs r^i pfyaKrj^ t€ Ka\ evdaipovos n6\e<os. (d) At gf 
 TTvXai 7r5o-u tV;^vpi)f ^fyaXai tlaip. (c) ^vpnoXeprjaco dfj t<o Kipco Trpoy 
 TOP ^aatXea 
 
 2. Tr.ui.4 ite : {a) The chosen admirals arrived (= were present) for 
 Cyrus. {!,) We have asked what he wishes to do with that money, 
 (r) It is necessary [for] us not to be worse than those who formerly 
 fou-ht-with the younger brother, Cyrus, (rf) If we .should thus follow, 
 we should be friends worthy of much, (e) They announce to the kin- 
 whatever we do in this city. 
 
 3. Prepare a list containing the translation of each wwd in the Voc. 
 of Lesson X. ; with this list in hand in the class-room, be prepared to 
 give rapidly and distinctly each corresponding Greek word.^ 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Accent in the 3d declension. 2. The attributive position. 
 3. Words in the attributive position. 4. The dative in avp,7ro\ip,, 
 Kvp({,. 5. E.Ytent of space and duration of time. 6. Cases for express- 
 ing mmns, measure, specification. 7. The neuter plural subject 
 8. Agreement of the verb with two subjects. 9. cVt in §§ 1 and 3. 
 10. Accent of irap^crap, nap^p. 11. -v in eiKoaip. 12. Ttapd in § 3 
 13. Constructirm with verbs of commanding. 14. Classitication of the 
 verbs in the Lesson. 
 
 ^ Cf. Eng. pseud-owywi. 
 
 2 Cf. Eiiir. ;>^^r-o]eum, rock-oil. 
 
 * (-f. Thtnuopj/ar, Hot-g;ites. 
 
 * Cf. Eng. steno-gxaphy. 
 6 i'reserve this list for following exer- 
 cises. 
 
I 
 
 140 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XLI. 
 
 141 
 
 LESSON XLI. 
 
 ANABASIS I. IV. 5-7. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 5. ravTTjs €V€Ka rris irapohov, on account of this^ etc. tvtKO, adv., 
 )iseil as a prep, with the genitive case. Cf. the use of the Latin adv. 
 clam as a ])rep.; e. g. clam uxorem. Note the position. i ano^i- 
 
 ^dar€if{v) kW, he might land his hoplites within and without the wallsy 
 i. e. on both sides of the east or Syrian wall. On the form of the verb, 
 cf. Karanpa^fuv XXIL ; on the mode, (/ Xd^oi XI. rSyv nv\S)v : 
 
 cf. ft<T(o TQiv 6p(u>v XXIX. § 21. ^la-a- o-fievov9 : from ^tdCopai ; 
 
 euphonic change l Note the tense, cf. cby dnoicrev^p VII. 4. (SfTo : 
 
 from oifxai ; cf. XXXIV. Note how cm- augments. wfro Troirjofiv : 
 
 Lat. putabat [Abrocoman] facturum esse. rJKovaf Kvpov ovra, 
 
 heard that Cijrus ivas, etc. On the .supplementary participle after ukovu), 
 cf. rJKOVf Ta/Awi' €\o>ra XXIX. 
 
 § 7. €a€iva> : theme n€v, L;it. man-eo ; fut. fnviauy but in actual 
 use -o- ilroj»s away and e a> = « ; hence the actual future is |«v«, 
 (Hfv(-fis) |A€V€is, (fxfvf-(i) \uvil, etc. Explain the form here. *y 
 
 pa-vTff, . . . ti/-Bi ■ fxfvoi . . . aTrinXtva-ev : the aor. partic. used as 
 in ^XSoWas . . . (pwrd' XXXVlll. /3a aii<l 0(, themes of what verbs 
 
 TO TrXfio-Tov li^ia : «/. ttoAXov afios XXXVI. 
 
 0>ff 
 
 • • • cdoi 
 
 \KOVV, 
 
 (})i\oTtprjd€VT€s : being piqued, as they seemed or aiqyeartd. The Greek 
 says "as they seemed," where the English says "as it seemed." Like 
 the Latin, the Greek ])refers the personal construction ; cf. Xc'yf rat 'AttoX- 
 \a)v XXV. on rovi (rrparioiTas tcri, because Cyrus was permitting 
 
 ((la contracted from fia-c, fr(jm tda) Clearchus to have their soldiers, who 
 had left [their generals, Xeniiis and Pasion,] on the understanding that 
 they were going back to Greece again, etc. Cf. XXXIV. 7. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. fvfKa pfu §€, ovp, put after one or more words in their sentences, 
 are called post-positive. 
 
 1 Wonis which do not .stand at the beginning of phrases, clauses, or sentences 
 in which they ajipear are culled pust-posit ire ; e. g. t^tv, fit, olv, ydp. 
 
 2. The 1st aor. opt. act. 3d sing, ends in -ai or -u({v). 
 
 3. oi- augments to cJ ; e- to ft- in ftio), €;(a). 
 
 4. The supplementary participle loUowd d/cowo), with nearly the 
 value of an English infinitive. 
 
 5. Li<iuid verbs form their future without -tr, contracting the endings 
 with a pieceding original c to -w, -th, «, etc. 
 
 6. The aorist participle, denoting a preliminary act, is rendered as 
 30-or(linate with the verb upon which it depends. 
 
 7. ajtof, an adjective of valu^^ is followed by the genitive. 
 
 8. Ill using boKfi (vid6tur), Xtycrai (dicitur), the Greek prefers 
 the personal construction. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. The mutes when coming be- 
 
 fore p. . 
 
 2. Conjugation of the present 
 
 system of drtKio/ftt . . . 
 
 3. Formation of the future of 
 
 liquid verbs 
 
 4. The perfect with aspiration . 
 6. Principal parts of mpna) ^ . 
 
 Principal parts of (jivXaTTu) . 
 The future in the indirect 
 
 discourse 
 
 The infinitive in the indirect 
 
 6. 
 
 7. 
 
 H. 53. 
 
 H. 332. 
 
 H. 422. 
 H. 452. 
 H. 508, 21. 
 H. 514, 11. 
 
 H. 855. 
 
 G. 16,3. 
 
 G. 123. 
 
 G. 110, IL 2. 
 G. 110, IV. 6. 
 G. page 351. 
 G. page 359. 
 
 G. 203. 
 
 8. 
 
 discourse H. 930,2; 946. G. 246 and Note. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. n»'n-<rTpf0a). turnaround, boAik. 
 
 2. OT (\avtf(o, nuu'ch away. 
 
 3. dn-fpxop^ai, go away. 
 
 4. aTTo i3i3aCw,2 / land. 
 
 5. aTTo-TrXfo),^ sail away. 
 
 6. avroSi. here, there, 
 
 7. td(jD, permit. 
 
 8. €p-^aiv<a go on board, embark. 
 
 9. TO (pTTopiov,* port, place of trade. 
 10 €v-TidT}pi, place in, on (board). 
 
 1 Note that the perfect middle, we-ireM-Mati loses final n of the theme between 
 the two m's. 
 
 2 Strictly, cause to go of. Verbs in -a^w are regularly transitive, and many 
 are causative. 
 
 « Cf. n\olov, boat. * Cf Eng. emporium. 
 
Ill 
 
 
 
 lili 
 
 '.111 
 
 142 
 
 TXDUCTIVE GREEK .METHOD. 
 
 11. €»^€Ka (with gen.), on account 14. ,} 6\Kd,, freight ship. 
 
 ^a ^j. ' , ^^' ^^"^^Py oirep, who or which 
 
 12. cfo,, without, outside of. rmlly, j^t who or which, 
 
 13. rj fxvptd,,^ number or crotrrf of 16. <i>CKorlt.loimi^^ am piqued or 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline: vavs, oo-TTfp, dmarpfyj/as 
 
 or 1'.x^^"T!! ""^ ^^^""^ ^""^'"'^ '''''^^' ^^^^'^^*' § ^13 H^^^^y (G^M P'-^ges 
 «b, 8.) until all the forms can be given and written correctly, discrimi- 
 nated from one another, and readily translated. 
 
 ^ 3. Translate : (a) Toirov h,Ka roO Trora/xoO oIk 7,v i^.xe.lv U r^v 
 op^v. ^ {h)T:vyxdu€i 8' inLp,\ovfx,uo, oVo,? ai i^ey air 601. napcoacu. 
 (c) Ei 8fj vpus no\,polT€ rai Ivpiu^ ^aaiXel ovk &u noXi, arpdr.vpa 
 Korayayon,. (d) 'Evopccr^u oZu {In roCro rrot^crot 6 tipx^v avr€> d'O' S^u 
 €u n^nove,.^ (e) Kal yap fycoye </,y^t r6u Mpa TTc'/x^ci.. ttoX d.' dXKdba, 
 (IS TO epttopiov. 
 
 4. Translate : («) Thence 1 was marching five days' journey, 
 twenty (and) five parasangs, to a large river of Svria. (6) The width 
 ot these rivers is al.out two plethra. (r.-) Issiis (plural) is the last city 
 ot Cilicia, built by the sea-side, and large and prosperous. (rf) I ^iU 
 remain in this city thirty days. (.) Now the commanders of the ships 
 revolted (partic), and sailed away again to Greece. (/) I am afraid 
 (3icWa>) to go on board those ships (= what ships) he may give us. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Classification of the verl>s in this Lesson. 2. Post-positive words 
 3. w between two p, 's. 4. Tenses in the indirect discourse. 5. Modes 
 in mam clauses, indirect discourse. 6. Peculiarities of -/^. verbs. 
 7. Formation of the future and 1st aorist stems, liquid verbs 8 The 
 aspirated perfect. 9. The participle with dKoi<o. 10. Regular meanin- 
 ot verbs m -«Co,. 11. Personal endings, 1st aorist optative active? 
 
 12. Conjugation of the present and imperfect indicative active of idto. 
 
 13. Three prepositions which govern the genitive only ; two which 
 govern the dative only. 14. ClasHfication of the consonants 
 
 LESSON XLIL 
 
 145 
 
 Cf. Eng. vif/riad. 
 
 2 ^lAos and rinrij, to hold honor dear. 
 
 LESSON XLIL 
 
 ANABASIS I. IV. 7-9. 
 
 1 . NOTES. 
 
 § 7. Tjaav d(t>aveh, were out of sight, gone. On the declension, 
 cf. fvrjOrjs XXXV 11. dt-rjXde, i. e. through the army. ort fiwo/coi : 
 
 cf. oTi ay 1 XXXVIII. Tpir)p€(n: on the case, cf. nXoiois XXIII. 
 
 rjvxovTo : impf., from ivxopcuj dep. Note the augment. ws . . . 
 
 Spras . . . \rf(f>-$rj-vat : ©s construed with the participle, = on tJie ground 
 that. It does not introduce the infinitive; neither as nor on, nor any 
 conjunction, ever does that. \rj<f>-6TivaL : aor. pass. inf. of Xapffdvm, 
 
 theme Xa^ ; of. Xd^-ot XI. On </> for j3, cf. vnoXei^-Bevras XXXI. 
 
 tSKTfipov: irom oiKT€ip(o ; cj. wtro XLI. §1 dKa-ao-i-vro, should 
 
 they he taken : from dX-tV/cofiat (dX-, dXo-), used as passive to aip€a>. 
 
 § 8. avy-KoKtads, called together . . . a)id, etc. On cvv- changed to 
 a-vy-y cf trvyyeveaOai XXVI. firiOTd-adiov, let them know : cf Xuc- 
 
 adfov ; from eTTiarapai, dep. dno-Be-bpd kq-ctiv, have eluded: from 
 
 6t-8pd tr/co) (5pn) ; cf yt- -y v « -<r/cu) (yvo). &crr€ cXfti/, so tluit 
 
 I am able to take. Note the manner of expressing result in Greek. On 
 the theme <X, cf (IXoprjp XXXIII. p,a rovs Btovs, by the gods! 
 
 pa used in negative oaths ; hence probably allied with prj. Note the 
 accusative following it. €pfi : classed as future of <t)r]pi ; cf the 
 
 perf. €tp»;*ca XXIII. ; see ov7roT€ epft ovSfis XXXIII. ea>r av 
 
 7rap-fi Tiy, as long as any one may be with me, = if any one, etc. : con- 
 ditional relative sentence ; but note, the subjunctive with av is used 
 when the present is alluded to ; cf. oaris a<^iKi/otro IX. eVetSoi' 8c, 
 
 = €7r€ibr) av bt. Note the contrast indicated l)y pev . . . df i-ovtuv, 
 
 let them go. So Xv-ovTa»v, imperative 3d plural. (i8-m-($ : *cf. dd- 
 
 TJT€ XXXVII. Kakt ovs : comparative of kokos ; cf nXeiovs 
 
 XXXIV. §7. ^povpovp€va (rf ^povpapxos XII.) : neuter plural, 
 
 the women being possibly classed as vaguely as the children, — as mere 
 things or creatui-es. ei/f/ca : cf. § 5. 
 
 § 9. J78-10V, more ,(/^arf/|/. comparative of the adverb ^8-fW; strictly 
 the neuter singular of the comparative of the adjective, similarly with 
 TTpofivportpov. 
 
 *: I 
 
144 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 2 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The verb of the indirect discoui-se may be put in the optative 
 when dependent upon a verb denoting definitely past time. 
 
 2. Adjectives whose stem ends in te lose s between vowels, and 
 contract f-e to «, e-o to ov, and c-a to 17 
 
 3. Means is expressed by the dative ciise. 
 
 4. cv augments to rjv. 
 
 5. The infinitive in the indirect discoui-se is never introduced by a 
 conjunction. 
 
 6. Xa^ becomes Xt|/3 in the future and in the aorist passive. 
 
 7. Result is denoted by &ot< with the infinitive. 
 
 8. A number of verbs form the present stem by reduplicating the 
 theme an<l adding -<r<. 
 
 9. The object or person by whom one swears negatively is indicated 
 by the accusative case following ^d. 
 
 10. Conditional relative sentences of present time have the verb in 
 the subjunctive, with dp following the relative adverb or pronoun. 
 
 11. Adverbs form their comparative by using the neater singular 
 of the comparative of the adjective. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of yvj/j} H. 216, 4. 
 
 2. Conjugation of rt>aa>, present system H. 323. 
 
 3. Principal parts of ^fiJyo) . . . . H. 511, 15. 
 
 4. Principal parts of Xa^/3ai/a) . . . H. 623, 5. 
 
 5. Principal parts of tpxafiai . . . . H. 539] 2. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 G. 60, 5, 7. 
 G. 98. 
 
 G. Appendi.x. 
 G. Appendix. 
 G. Appendix. 
 
 1. a^v/xoy,* dispirited. 
 
 2. dXia-KOfxai, am taken, captured, 
 
 3. 7 am/Saffty, upward inarch. 
 
 4. aTTo-SiSpao-Ko),^ run off (by 
 
 stealth), elude. 
 
 .'>. fiTro-XfiVo), forsake^ desert. 
 
 (•• dno (rOXdo), steals rob. 
 
 7. d7ro-<^€vya), Jlee away, escape. 
 
 8. 17 dpf Ti;. fjoodness^ good service. 
 
 9. aff>avrji,^ out of sight, gone. 
 
 1 a- privative (like the English suffix -l^ss in spirit-less), 9D^i6^, mind, courage. 
 Cf. Lat. a-mens. 
 
 2 Theme, Spa ; cf. «p6 -mo?. « o- privative, .^ati'OMai, appear. 
 
 LESSON XLIL 
 
 145 
 
 10. dctXdff, timid, cowardly. 
 
 11. di-€pxofiaij go through; (of 
 
 rumor) spread. 
 
 12. Sio}Ko}y I pursue. 
 
 13. cywyf , equidem, / at least. 
 
 14. cVctfiii'.^ when indeed, after 
 
 (with subjunc). 
 
 15. ct^x^fuu, I pray, wisJi. 
 16 6e(6s;^god. 
 
 17. KaKos-, bad, base. 
 
 18. KaKuis, badly. 
 
 19. KaKws TToua, I injure, wrong. 
 
 20. 6 Xoyos,^ word^ rumor. 
 2Y. fia, nay I by (adv. of swear- 
 ing) 
 
 22. ovhe, neitJier, not even. 
 
 23. otKT et/36>, / 2^^^y- 
 
 24. oixofiai, am gone, departed. 
 
 25. vrpoOvfiMs, wiUi spirit, zeal- 
 
 ously. 
 
 26. <rTfp€ft>, I deprive. 
 
 27. o-uy-ifaXcft), / coM togeUier. 
 
 28. TO T€Kvop, child. 
 
 29. <ppovp4(o,^ I guard. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) At yvwu«ffff ovk aTroXa^ovo't ra tavruiv tIkvu, fn^ 
 vno Tciv fi€ra Kvpov noptvopevcjv dXaxriv. (6) To eavr^s daypov iimv rj 
 ap€Tq. (c) Oi btiKoi. re Koi kukoi neip^vrai dno rfji po-XH^ dnobiSpiUTKftv. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) 1-indeed pursued the enemy, but 1 was not able 
 to take them, (b) When-indeed you wish (fut. cond. with probability) 
 to call together (partic.) the generals, and pursue with triremes and 
 boats those who have (partic.) fled away, many friends will follow with 
 you. (c) And beautiful gates were-built {= set upon) in the royal- 
 abodes, {d) Cherisophos arrives upon the ship which the admirnl 
 Pythagoras was commanding. (') On account of the good-service of 
 these men, their enemies did not injure theii* wives and children. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Present and imperfect of dfii. 2. Declension of dc^av^f, rptijpi;?. 
 3. Augment of diphthongs. 4. Future conditions. 5. Result clauses. 
 6. Negative oaths. 7. Formation of adverbs ; of the comparative. 
 8. The second accent in KaKiovs «Vl, § 8. 9. Contractions in the 
 present system of ripAco. 10. Classification of the verbs in § 8. 
 11. Accent of Si^X^e. 12. d- privative illustrated. 13. Peculiarities 
 in the declension of yvvq 14. aipioi and dXi<r<co/MU : theme of the 
 latter ; relation of meaning. 
 
 1 e'lrei -f- 5ij 4. iv, followed by the subjuncfir/'. 
 
 2 Cf. Eng. tht'(>4<tgy. * Vf. it>povpapx<Hi XII. 
 
 10 
 
146 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XLIIL 
 
 ANABASIS I. IV. 9-12. 
 
 9, MfTo ravTOj through rov narpos KCpov, 12. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 9. otn-a . . . TXf^^ov, btiutj, in respect to width, of a pletJmtm • 
 cf. tZpoi hvo 7rUep<ou XXIX. § 23, Lit. via txidul ,rXnpn 
 
 ixeviav: cf. nXriprfi e,,plav XXIV. Why genitive? ^ai . . . 
 
 ficov, andjhey did not pciTnit any one, etc.: cf. da XLI. napv- 
 
 adridos iaav dedoptuat : » cf. koi . . . ^aav . . . StSoptuai XII. 
 
 § 10. ov , . . nX^Spov, of ivhich the width [w^m] {of) a plethrum. 
 
 Ivpids Spi^-irr-oi, (of) the former ruler of Syria. Note the tense ; 
 also that the participle, like a noun, is here tullowed by the objective 
 genitive, - so amans patriae, patriot. ndura o«ra all things which : 
 
 cf. TravToty Scro^ IV. 
 
 § 11. Spra . . . aTa8i<ap : cf. Svra TrXfBpov, ^ 9. tXfyfv Sri 
 
 cVotro, he said that the journey would be ; dir. disc, - the journey will be '* 
 {earai) : c . ms (ni^ovXfvoi VI. 
 
 § 12. i-x^X^Traivou roli aTparrjyol^, were anrjry at the generals. 
 II. 764, 2 Ex. «8oT-a9, theme lb (Lat. vid-eo. Eng. wit) ; perf. 
 
 ^.TvUf **'"'''^'"' "*'"""' ^^"^ "^'■'^ ^^"- «^* *>^«''- 
 
 cf. XXXII. iav p^. nisi, tmless. Note the use of>,J mther than 
 
 ov. Toif p€Th Kipov dm^a(Tt, those who went up m(h Cyrus • noni 
 
 a^^a^a, (2d aor. partic. of dua-^aiu<o) ; of dia-^, XXIV. ; cf the use of 
 the tense with that of Sp^amo,, § 10. ,a\ ravra kW, and that too, 
 
 though. Note the concessive forc^e of the genitive absolute ; this is 
 heightened by koi ravra. 
 
 1 "Given for her ginlle » is somewhat like the English "given for pin money." 
 suice the heauty of the girdle was a matter of pride with Persian ladies. Other 
 cities were assigned to furnish the queen-mother with sandals an.l head.lresses 
 The Persian king assigned to the exiled Themistocles one city to furnish brea.!' 
 and another to furnisli meat. ' 
 
 LESSON XLIII. 
 
 147 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. «A river four feet wide" is in Greek "a river of four feet, 
 respecting width." 
 
 2. "The cities belong to Parysatis" is in Greek "the cities are 
 of Pary satis." 
 
 3. Participles of transitive verbs may be used as nouns, and be 
 followe<l by an objective genitive. 
 
 4. 6 apxo>v, = ruler ; 6 tip$as, = he who (once or formerly) ruled, the 
 ruler. 
 
 5. The future opUitive, introduced by J,y, 5ti, indirect discourse, 
 after a secondary tense, represents the future indicative. 
 
 6. old', of olda, l)econie8 eld- in the subjunctive and in the participle.^ 
 
 7. in conditional sentences firj is the negative of the condition (pro- 
 tasis), ov that of the conclusion (apodosis). 
 
 8. *cal ravra preceding a concessive participle intensifies its force as 
 such. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of t;(^vf . . . . 
 
 2. The ordinals (1-20) . . . 
 
 3. Conjugation of oida . . . 
 
 4. Accusativ'e of s/>eci/ica^to>i . 
 
 5. The genitive with substantives 
 
 H. 201. 
 H. 288. 
 H. 491. 
 H. 718. 
 H. 729, a-g. 
 
 G. 53, 2. 
 G. 76. 
 
 G. 127, VII. 
 G. 160, 1. 
 G. 167, 1-6. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1 . d8iK(W I harm, injure. 4. eK-KOTrra),^ I cut out, destroy 
 
 2 . dua-neida, I persuade, i.e. change utterly. 
 
 one^s mind, induce. 5. ^ (avr).* belt, girdle, 
 
 3. €ai/;i^ (withsubjunct.), wnte. G. 6 IxOvs,^ fish. 
 
 1 It iloes the same elsewhere, as will presently he learned. 
 
 2 From a8i»co5, = a- privative, and icKij, justice. 
 
 * Cf. Kara- K o n rivat. XXXI. 
 
 * Cf. Eng. zone. 
 
 * Cf. Eng. ich thy 'Olo^y. 
 

 148 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 7. Koi Tavroy and that too ; al- 
 
 though. 
 
 8. Kara-KaiOf^ I burn dovm, de- 
 
 stroy by fire, 
 
 9. KpvKTQ},^ I hide, conceal, 
 
 10. rj Ka>fir), village, 
 
 1 1 . ndkai,^ long before, previously. 
 
 12. 6 narrjp^* father. 
 
 13. vpaoi^ mild, tame. 
 
 14. aKTjvfo),^ I encamp. 
 
 15. (f)va}^ produce, yield, bring 
 
 forth. 
 
 16. x«^^'»"a**'<«>,^ «wiawpf?'y. 
 
 17. 4 wpd,^ season (of the yea:). 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Principal parts of TTft'^u). koitto}. Kpv.TTa.^^ 
 
 2. Translate : (a) 'ETrei b' avrodt ttoXXoI ^aau <t,[\oi fjplu, eyuuap.u 
 rpKTKoidfKa ^ptpas. (b) XaXfnauovaiv air^ iav pf, ravra^ ray TroXf/itap 
 *fa)/i5sr iKK6y\rrj. (c) ndXai 8fi duenfiaa aMu ravra KpxmrfLu, Ka\ rair 
 ovK €ei\ovTa. (d) noAXai /cat p.yaXai K^^ai r?j UapvaaTih d€dop€Pai 
 «s Trjp C<o'jr}v vrro rfj^ arparid^ dXwo-oi/rat {c) Oi ippy^v^h ravra r<5 <^pov- 
 pdpxco iini^yynXav • 6 b, in^ax^ro dvbp\ iKairr^ XP^nra ttoXXq inibdv ,h 
 yaoh^ fJKuxTi Kai pi<r06u p^xpi (until) hv Kara-^dyri ro{j9 "EXXrjms ndXtu ^Is 
 *l(opiav. ( /•) AKov(TaPT€s ravra (niiSouro Ka) ov dtt^rjaau npiv hv o\ SXXoi 
 anoKpivaovTai. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) They said that those rivers were full of many (and) 
 tame fishes ; but the inhabitants of the country do not permit any-one 
 to harm them. (h) They encamped (aor.) in the -ardens and palace 
 of the former-king of the country, and then (ciVa) burned down the 
 palace (c) He will call (partic.) an assembly of his soldiers, and 
 endeavor to persuade them. (./) He said that all things which the 
 seasons produce would be theirs (dat. poss.) if they should be able to 
 take these gardens. 
 
 4. Review the noun list in Lesson X., giving the gender, genitive, 
 and declension of each word. 
 
 ■ Eng. /)«/rt'-ontology. 
 
 1 Kaiu}, flit. Kav-iTM ; Eiig. caustic. 
 
 2 Vf. iin- KpvuT ofxevo^ XI. ; Eng. crypt. 
 * Lat. pater. 
 
 6 Very irregularly decline.l. The study of its .leclension is omitted for the 
 ^''^'^;, « C/. a.,V,. tent. 
 
 Whence ,^v\ti9, nature, Eng. physics, physician, niethphysics. 
 8 From xoAeiro?. hard, difficult. o cf. Lat. hora, Eng. hour, 
 
 " Con.sult the verlMmlices in the grammars. 
 
 LESSON XLIV. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 149 
 
 1. p^rd with the genitive; with the accusative. 2. Accusative of 
 specification. 3. Genitive of measure. 4. Declension of nXrjprjs. 
 5. Inflection ^ of €t<ov. 6. fls Cdn^v. 7. The genitive with apiam-os. 
 8. Time denoted by the tenses of the participle. 9. Inflection of p^yas. 
 10. Principal parts and classification of the verbs of § 10. 11. Analysis 
 of Jxfiro ; why not jjluperfect ? 12. Future conditions in the indirect 
 discourse. 13. Correlative pronouns used with iras. 
 
 LESSON XLIV. 
 
 ANABASIS L iv. 13-15. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 13. xmttrxfTo : cf. xmo-axoptvos XXII. Note the present and 
 aorist stems. ha>-a€iv . . . *lu)vldu ndXiv (dir. disc), "/ vnll give 
 
 you . . . when you reach Babylon, and full pay until I set you Greeks 
 down again," etc. Note the form of indirect discourse after this verb. 
 
 €7rTiv . . . ^Kioai : cf. €u>s ov xP«^/*«*' fVciSav ^ovXrjrai XLIL ; 
 conditional relative clauses. On the optative (without au) in such 
 clauses, referring to time past, cf d(t>iKvolTo IX., ^oiXoiro XXIV. 
 Note that with the subjunctive, av is used : cVjJi/ = end av. pixpi 
 
 fiv KaracrrriaTi, until he (shall) set down, (shall) bring back : cf preceding 
 note. 'EXXtjvikov : sc. (rrparfv^aros nplv . . . dvai, before it 
 
 was evident: cf. rtp\v avp^vXfvarjTai XVIII.; noting, however, that 
 the verb upon which the subjunctive depends is negative. ri noiri- 
 
 (Tovaiv: note that this interrogative maintjuns its acute accent. ov : 
 
 accented, because at the end of a clause. x^P^^ "^^^ aXXap : 
 
 cf Xddpa roiv a-TpaTKarSyp XXXIV.; each is a gen. of separation. 
 
 § 14. ratp aXXcav TrXeoj/, more [^tha7i'] the o!her.<i, etc. Note the geni- 
 tive dependent upon the comparative nXfop ; on nXtop, cf. XXVI., 
 TrXeoi* ^ . . . p,rjpS)P. beirai : cf. XVI 1 1., bfirai gvtov p,^. XPV'^^^- 
 
 1 That is, give all the persons and numbers of the verb in this mode, voice, 
 and tense. 
 
150 
 
 INDUCTIVE GPvKEK MKTIIOD. 
 
 infinitive of xri ' ^f- xph XXXV. hia^^vai : the form is analof^ou^^ 
 
 with a-ni-vai XAVll. ano-Kpivoxvrai : cf. f^ftvav XLI., Notes, §7. 
 
 § 15. ffv (Mfv : note fjv U oelow, — tju, =eai/, d «i/; cf. tjv dvurjrai Vill. 
 Kind of conditional sentences in this section I do^fre : fiit., from 
 
 doxeo). Note the change of theme. rifj^aurfs kW, since you began the 
 
 crossing (lit. to cross): cf. J^^ai/ro? XLIil. § 10. Note the case, and 
 cf. Spxfip avTa>u XIV. x<ipii, flafToi (first, icill know, recognize, the 
 
 favor, and then), will be grateful, will requite. " imararai Kri, and hi 
 
 knows how, if anybody else also (does). ^^V xPW^rai : cf {f^Xv 
 
 XfiijaBai XXXVIII. Ka\ aXXov ovriuos . . . Kvpov, and if you stand- 
 
 in-need of anything else . . . as friends, you will happen upon (get) it from 
 Cyrus. T€v^€a0€ : fut. (deponent), from the theme tv^, Tvyxdp(o. 
 
 Note the dependent genitive. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. vniaxv€Ofiai is followed by the infinitive construction, like the 
 Latin polliceor. 
 
 2. Conditional relative clauses, referring to the present or future, 
 have their verbs in the subjunctive ; and &, stands after the relative 
 adverl) or pronoun introducing them. 
 
 3. The 1st aorist of tany/u, like the present, is causative, = set. 
 
 4. npiv is followed by the infinitive ; but generally by the subjunc- 
 tive when the leading verb is negative. 
 
 5. ris, interrogative, always retains its acute accent, ov becomes 
 oG at the end of a sentence. 
 
 6. Indirect questions may retain the mode of the direct discourse. 
 
 7. The comparative is followed by the genitive when ^ (than) is 
 omitted. 
 
 8. xpj}, it is necessary, has an irregular present infinitive XPW<^' 
 
 9. doK€a> assumes the theme 8ok in the future. 
 
 10. Tvyxdp(o, I meet ivith,' happen upon, obtain, is construed with the 
 genitive of the source whence the thing obtained comes. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of pva . . H. 144. G. 3a 
 
 2. Declension of navfip . H. 188, 189. G. 57, 1. 
 
 3. Second aorist system of 
 
 rlBrifii and d/Sw/ii . . H. 333, 334. O. 123, pages 161, 164. 
 
 LESSON XLIV. 
 
 151 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1 . aino9, responsible for, charge- 
 
 able with, 
 
 2. an-ayytWoa, I report. 
 
 3. TO dpyvpiov, silver, money. 
 
 4. apxa>, I begin, rule. 
 
 6. €irrf\^s, full, complete. 
 
 (). fTTjyi/ (with subjunct.), when. 
 
 7. ^ \oxayid, captaincy. 
 
 8. povos,^ alone. 
 
 9. fj pva^^ mina. 
 
 10. nov€a>,^ I labor, toiL 
 
 1 1 . TTorepov . . . ff, whether . . .or. 
 
 12. npo-Tipdo}, I honor above others, 
 
 prefer. 
 
 1 3. TovpnaXiu (= to (p,na\iv) , back, 
 
 back again. 
 
 14. Tvyxduoi, I happen upon, meet 
 
 with, obtain. 
 
 15. TO (f)povptov,* a garrison. 
 
 16. x^P^^ apart from. 
 
 17. yln](pi^opai, I vote, decide. 
 
 18. ano-y\tri(f)liopai, I vote off, reject. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) To 8« MeVcoi^o? crrpdrevfia aTre^iy^tVaro Tovpndkiv 
 dtruvai. (b) 2v 6« ovk oiaBa noTtpov x^P^^ '■*^»' ^np^dpcjv iKivhvvfvcrav 
 V ^^- (^) 'O €VT€\t)s piaBos w^fiXfro ruis dva^aai pera Kvpov. (d) 'Akov- 
 aavT€S ravra (Trcidoino kcu bu,ir](Tav nplv tovs tiWovs aTTOKpivaaBai. 
 (t) 'ETTfi d f/adero hia^f^tjKoras^ rjadrj T€ Koi ra (TTparfvpari rov (ppijvtd 
 €n€p'^€v Xi^ovra on Kvpos aurJi xdpf-^ oiSei/. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) They began the flight (= to flee) before it was 
 plain what the enemy were doing. (h) And if they need money or 
 anything else, they know that they will obtain it from me, their best 
 friend. (c) We recognize the favor, and that too although they are 
 our enemies, (d) But he says that this (= these things) is nonsense, 
 and to him it seems best that men, such as (= whoever) are suitable, 
 should go to Cyrus with the captain-of-the-garrison and ask what use he 
 wishes to make of the Greek mercenaries. 
 
 3. In the List of Wortls of Book T. arranged in the order of ^irs^ oc- 
 currence, prepare the first fifty words carefully for rapid oral recitation. 
 
 1 Cf. the Eng. w^wo-syllable, mnno-tone, mono-gnxm. 
 
 2 The sixth part of a talent, =100 drachmae, about $18.75. 
 » Cf. im-novu^ripa XXXVII f. § 19. 
 
 * Cf. ^pov/Mipxoic XII., ^ftovpovii^tva XLI I. 
 
152 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Conditional sentences. 2. The use of npiv. 3. The genitive 
 with comparatives. 4. Synopsis of Xi^,, 7r€>7ra,, and ayy(K\^ in the 
 l)resent and future active. 6. Principal parts of bibu>tii, loriy/u, ,r«'^a,, 
 /SmW. ^6. The genitive witli a/o/xai; with ;^a)pis ; with Ap^t^. 7. Cra- 
 8JS : rovp,naKiv. 8. av in conditional relative sentences. 9. The pro- 
 clitics ; oi and od. 10. The aspirated perfect. 11. Post-positives 
 12. Peculiarities of -/u verbs. 13. Analyze : c>oi^a4, irei<r%e, ^^i- 
 atayraif nop^aavrts. 
 
 LESSON XLV. 
 
 ANABASIS I IV. 16-19. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 16. IJ(r0eTo hia&f^rjKorai, perceived, learned, that they had crossed. 
 Had the participle been aurist (dia^duras), the sense wouM have been 
 ** . . . that they crossed,'^ not had crossed : cf. XfXomai (irj XXIX. C/. 
 rja0€To XXIX. On the use of the participle (supplenient;irv), cf. ^Kove 
 Ta/xo),/ ^xoura XXIX. ^a 0r) kW, was both pleaded avd, etc. : cf. 
 
 KOpoff 8. rjaerj XXVIII. ottcoj ^naiu4crtT€ Kn*, it will be my concern 
 
 tJmt you praise (fut.) me : cf Sntos tarai VIII. Cf inrjv.frai^ XXXIV. • 
 final € ot the theme is not here changed to 17 as is usual before conso^ 
 nants, as in «^iX^a>, <i>CKi\a<^ f,r}K€Ti vopiitrt, no longer consider, 
 
 etc.: cf fifj OavfxdCfTf XXXII. 
 
 §17. avv-tlnfTo: from avv-€nofiaf cf ?;^a,, tlxov; c^a), tltou. 
 
 dviortpto T^v fiaar^p, above (lit. higher up than) the breast: cf Hva 
 XXL and r&^p ri\\o>v nUov XLIV. {m6 roi, norap^v: cf {m6 t&p 
 
 ainiaTaai<aTa»y XVII. Note, the river is represented as acting like a 
 personal agent. 
 
 § la (i fiif rrfrf, unless then, i.e. excepting then : cf thv prj XLIII. 
 § 12. &i ^o-tXf v o- o vrt : note the tense 
 
 ■ "*^^ii» 
 
 LESSON XLV. 
 
 153 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. alaBdvopai (theme alaff) is followed by the supplementary parti- 
 ciple, or by on with a finite mode. 
 
 2. ijcr^. was pleased, is for rjb-Or). 
 
 3. oirws with the future indicative follows verbs of striving or 
 attention. 
 
 4. pi) and its compounds are the negatives used with the imperative. 
 
 5. twopfu, like tx.^, idiA, augments by changing c to ci. 
 
 6. Agency is denotetl by vn6 with the genitive ; means, by the 
 dative, or occasionally by vtto with the genitive, when the means is 
 viewed as agent. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Present and aorist systems of TidrffAi H. 329, 333. G. 1 23. 
 
 2. Conjugation of i^iyp/ H. 481. G. 127, IV. 
 
 3. The cognate accusative . . . .\ ',«'','] " t ' ^ * 
 
 ^ i 716, a,b. ( Notes 2,4. 
 
 ii 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. dua)T€pa>, higher up. 
 
 2. ^p(x<^, moisten, wet, 
 
 3. dm-/3aro?, fordable, passable, 
 
 4. fTn-crlTl^opai,^ lay in provisions. 
 
 5. tvrvx^w,^ be fortuna!e, suc- 
 
 cessful. 
 
 6. Oayj^aKTjvosj inhabitant of Thnp- 
 
 sacus. 
 
 7. 6(loi^ divine, supernatural, 
 
 miraculous. 
 
 8. 6 pLaoTOi, breast. 
 
 9. p(yni\o-7rpeirS>s,*magnifce7itly. 
 
 10. pLtXd, refert, it concerns, 
 
 1 1 . pTjK€Ti, ovK€Ti, no lougcr, 
 
 12. ovndmoTf, never yet, never 
 
 before. 
 
 13. iti^xi^ on foot. 
 
 14. irpo-etpi, go before, in ad- 
 
 trance. 
 
 15. <ra(l)a)s, clearly. 
 
 16. TO (TiTop, food. 
 
 17. tmo-x<op€a>, retreat, give way. 
 
 ^ Cf. KTlTOVf food. 
 
 2 eC, 7ocU ; Tv'xT?-, fortune, rvyx -*«*» has the same theme. 
 
 * Cf. Oeoi, a god. 
 
 * The first element is p.(ya<! ; so in the translation the first element is magnus. 
 
 * Cf, jTowv, foot ; Lat pes. 
 
154 
 
 IXDICTIVK GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XLVI. 
 
 155 
 
 
 5, EXERCISES 
 
 1. Give the principal parts and the classification of (a) dKoCu, - 
 (A) ^pe^o, ; (c) uofxiCio ; (./) aiadauo^iat. Decline ^aaiMao^u 
 
 2. Transhlte : (a) nop..o>.o. 5c S.i raCrrj, rfj, x^pa^ dcf^cKuovurat 
 em Tov Mao-ica./ nora^idv, Sura t6 ,ipos nX^dpov ho,, (h) 'Eui/ 6' t^Tro- 
 
 <;) AXX ..«Vt(rf oVt .TXXou olr,uo, b,oip,3a U cf^iXov T.v^oip.Oa Ktpov. 
 (0 E^eXei. «Cry oTTwff d^coc^troj r,),. roO (rrpar,;yoO dp,T',jv ,}^/a.ff <cai o^ic 
 aOvpoii <Tvp.nop(v(T€Tai. 
 
 3. Translate : (a) They praised him as often as (Sttot,) he was 
 fortunate. (b) But vvlien they received the pay for (= oi) more than 
 three months, which was due (= owed) them, they were pleased, and 
 willingly (= willing) followed Cyrus to battle. (c) Because the river 
 was not large, it did not wet the soldiers above the breast as they crossed 
 (d) Now when he learned that they had voted to cross the river, and 
 that too before it was evident whether the others would follow them or 
 not, he recognized the favor in a magnificent manner. (e) As-lonc-as 
 (««.) they obey their leader gladly, they know well that they will find 
 him a true (oXr^^y) and faithful friend. 
 
 4. Review carefully the Vocab. of Lesson X. until, by means of 
 hearing the English equivalents, the Greek may be given without 
 hesitation. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Complete synopses of tcrr^^i, rl6rjp,, 5«'5a,;xi, in the present, future 
 and aorist systems. 2. The imperfect indicative of «>. .3. The de- 
 clension of ai^p. 4. Formation of adverbs. 5. The labial and palatal 
 mutes before r, d, 0. G. The disappearance of ( (of verbs in ^iM in the 
 future, aorist, and perfect systems. 7. The uses of the accusative 
 8. Translation of aorist and perfect participles. 9. Some verbs which 
 are followed by the supplementary participle. 
 
 LESSON XLVI. 
 
 ANABASIS L v. 1-3. 
 
 1. NOTES. ' 
 
 § 1. €v Sffia, on the right (hand); sr. ;^ftp t (from ;(«p, hand), 
 dnavra rjaav, all [the bits of viood and brushy were. Note the plural 
 verb with a neuter subject ; cf. &6\a ^aav XX VL 
 
 § 2. 0r)pia 8c tcri, and there were many kinds, etc. noXv Bdrrov, 
 
 viuch swifter [thanl. noXv, neut. sing., used adverbially, modifies Sar- 
 Toif ; cf. TO dpxaiov XII. Bdrrov (for Ta)(-iou). comparative of rax^o), : 
 the aspirate x heing lost in the comparative, r is aspirated to 6 as a 
 compensation ; <f. darrov npo'lovTiov XXVIII. eVti 7rXj;o-ta^oi€V : 
 
 cf. orroTf /SovXoiTO XXIV. §7. ravroi', = to avrov : cf. rovfiTraXiv 
 
 XLIV. § 15. oIk Ijp : cf oIk ccrrat XXXVII. § 17. tl 
 
 pff bia<rrdvT€s ktc, unless standing apart {i.e. at intervals) they chase^ 
 taking their turn in line, i. e. relieving one another. TrapaTrXrja-ia : cf. 
 
 XXXVIII. § 18. 
 
 § 3. Tois noai ?ip6p<a . . . xP^l^^^l ^"^y using its feet in running, and 
 its wings like a sail hy raisincf them vp. av rty, if any one: ap = tdv, 
 
 rf». tan Xafx^dveiv, it is possible to capture. Note the accent of 
 
 (an meaning it is possible. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The neuter singular accusative of an adjective is readily used as 
 nn adverb. This is so even when the adverb itself exists; e.g. raxv, 
 rnx(a>S' 
 
 2. raxvs, rap^ecoff, roughen r to ^ in the comparative, the rough x 
 being lost. 
 
 3. The optative is used in general conditions which refer to past 
 time ; in the conclusion a past tense of the indicative is used 
 
 4. The subjunctive with av is used in general conditions which 
 refer to present time ; in the conclusion the present indicative is used. 
 
 5. f<rrt, in the sense it is possible, is accented upon the penult. 
 
 ' 
 
 >a. 
 
! I 
 
 Jl'iBi 
 
 15t> 
 
 IxXDL'CTIVE GUEEK METHOD. 
 
 3. 
 
 GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Transfer of aspiration 
 
 2. Comparison by -tcov, -laros .... 
 
 3. Contract verbs in -o<o 
 
 4. Declension ol* ytpas 
 
 H. 74, b. 
 H. 253. 
 H. 325. 
 H. 191. 
 
 O. 1 7. 2, N. 
 O. 72, 1. 
 G. 98. 
 G. 56, 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. mpo), raise. 
 
 2. du-irTijfjit stir up. 
 
 3. oTT-ayo/jfiJa), desist, fail, give out. 
 
 4. dTTtiXds, tender. 
 
 6. dTTo-o-Trao),^ </ra?^ r)^ withdraw. 
 
 6. TO apco/jia,^ spice. 
 
 7. TO dylriv\ovy^ wormwood. 
 
 8. ^pn)^vs* -da, -V, short. 
 
 9. fita-Se^o/iai,^ receive in turn, 
 
 succeed, relieve. 
 
 16. ft-caSi/y.^ -ey, fragrant, 
 
 17. j;5i;y.^ -fia. -v, sweet. 
 
 18. 6 KoXa/ioff,^*^ ree</, 6rusA- 
 
 19. TO r/j€ay .//^.s-^, meat.^^ 
 
 20. ^/xaAiJp,''^ -€9, etew, level. 
 
 21. 6 oi/op, «,s'.v, donkey. 
 
 22. rrai/Totos,^8 ^qj^^,!^ f^j- ^n 
 
 kinds. 
 
 23. navu),^* stop ; mk]., cease. 
 
 10. at to-Ti;;x«, se< a/?a/Y ; intrans., 24. rj ntpdi^, partridge. 
 
 25. TTfTopai,^^ fit/. 
 
 stand apart. 
 
 11. J7 bopKds,^ gazelle. 26. n^rjaiaCco^'Uipproach. 
 
 12. (Xd(})€ios, belonging to a deer; 27. rr/jo-StSpeto-Ka),!^ run ahead. 
 
 Kp^as (\d(f)fiou, venison. 28. i} nrtpv^, wing. 
 
 13. ?^-€t;i£, </m i/t rt place, am 29. jj <rrpov^dy,i8 ostrich. 
 
 14. cV/or€, «/ //i/,e.9. [there. 30. 6 T07rof,i9 jo/ace, locality. 
 la. (prjfxos'^ deserted, desolate; 31. j} vXiy,^© ^f-o^,/. 
 
 oTa^^6ff>7,zoff, a day's march 32. jj tinVi bustard. 
 through a desert country. 
 
 I % S"^- f T.- . ' ^^- ^^"g- ^rcmxatic. 
 
 » C/. French abwithe, brandy flavored with wormwood. 
 
 * Hence Eng. tri-i>mcA, f)rachy-\ogy. 6 Cf. Eng. <a>l^ 
 
 « Hence the name Dorcrcs, 7 e/ Eng." eremite, hermit; cf. XXXIV. 
 
 eC, well, cf. Eng. «»/-logy ; i«, from the t.henje oi (Lat. od-or), smeU. 
 
 9 Cy, ^Sofiai, am plm-ted ; iiSem, gladly. 
 
 1" Hence Lat. calamus 
 ^2 cy. Eng. an-oma/ou5. 
 1^ cy. Eng. paiise. 
 
 ^8 C/. irapanrA^o-iOf , /i^d. 
 18 cy. Eng. 0-strich. 
 
 1* ^Z". Eng. cr<?a-sote. 
 l« From TrafT, theme of iris. 
 ^ Theme ir<T ; Lat. pen-na, wing, for pe t-na 
 1'^ Theme hpa, cf. Sp6 -/mo?. 
 1* cy. Eng. <opo-graphy. 
 
 20 cy. Lat. sUva 
 
 21 A large bird, which like the ostrich runs with great swiftness. 
 
 LESSON XLVI. 
 
 157 
 
 > 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) ^Enop^vBr) napa norapjov IxOvau npaeav n\rjpr}. 
 €U 8€^ia €x<av TTffitoi/ p€ya kuI inippvTov. (h) Tovi de ovovs diaa-rdirrfi 
 diay^opcv diaSfxopfvoi, dXX' €v la-fifv oi/K fo-fvdai avTovs Xa^uu, fnd 
 noXv dnocTTTutmv. {<) Kat Trarra 17 xaypd nfxa\rjs ^v ccaiTfp TTfStoi' //eya. 
 (tt) 'Kv TOVTois Toii TOTTOis fTtoiTjOrjaav kgXoi napd^fta-oi vno tov rort 
 
 (ipXOVTOS. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Sometimes indeed they obeyed, but (use fUv . . 
 6c) then they refused to go farther. (6) If they shall cross this river 
 now, they will not be wet above the middle. (c) The flesh of the 
 animals caught (attrib. posit.) by the Greeks is found to be more tender 
 than venison. (d) It was said that they i-an much swifter than the 
 horses. (e) But proceeding through this country, they arrive at 
 (= upon) a river, the width of which was a plethrum ; there was a 
 large city there, of which (dat. poss.) the name was Issus: they remained 
 there three days, and took-in-provisions ; thence they marched thirteen 
 days' journey through a-desert-country (use fprjpoi), with the Euphrates 
 river on the right ; in these journeys many of the beasts-of- burden 
 perished. 
 
 3. Parts and classification of Xarrjpi, didpdcrKa, StwKca, Se^o/xat, 
 Xap^dpQ), navQ), ando), (fxvyo). Declension of Kpcas. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Declension of nouns and adjectives whose stems end in -€s ; the 
 manner of contraction. 2, Accent of ivrjv, inerat ; why ? 3. Uses of 
 the imperfect indicative. 4. Conditional relative sentences. 5 The 
 case after comparatives when rj is omitted. 6. The aspiration in Ocittov. 
 7. Cmsis, coronis. 8. o) in dirdXoiTfpa. 9. eo-Tt, iari. 10. Formation 
 of comparatives and superlatives. 11. Tlie present system of oTroo-Trao). 
 12. The first aorist and future of liquid verbs. 13. Synopsis of d^iou), 
 l»resent system, 1st and 2d person singular. 
 
158 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XLVir. 
 
 159 
 
 LESSON XLVII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. V. 4-7. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 4. nfpt-€pp(iTo : impf. ind. from nepi-p-peay and contracted from 
 TTfpi-fppefTo. Note the doubling of p, and c/. tnippvTOP XXIX., from 
 ent and pia. Initial p is usually doubled when a vowel is brought 
 before it by composition or inflection. {mo rod MaaKa : cf. imb rov 
 
 irorafxov XLV. On the form, cf. 'A^poKdfid XL. § 3. kvkXo,, in a 
 
 circle. 
 
 § 5 aTT-wXfro : cf. aTr-rnXovTo XXXI. Kn\ noiovvrts ktI, and 
 
 manufacturing them (into the proper form), they used to take thera^ etc. 
 
 fCayv Kri, and they lived by buying bread in turn. «^q)i^, contracted 
 from €-(a-ov, impf. ind. 
 
 § 6. T€TTdpa>v aiyXav, for four shekels ; paying four shekels. Note the 
 use of the genitive to indicate the price of a purchase ; cf the Latin 
 usage. dvuarai kW, is worth seven and a half Attic obols. Cf. this 
 
 use ot Svparai with that of the Latin valet. ^crBiovrfs . . . Stc- 
 
 yiyvovTo, continued eating, i, e. continued to eat. This u.^e of diayiyuofiai 
 with the participle is a more vivid way of expressing what might be 
 denoted by the imi)erfect ((trdiou) alone. What kind of participle ? 
 
 § 7. rjv arradfimv, there were (some) of etc. . . . which he made (lit. 
 marched) very long, rjv singular ; being used without reference to any 
 definite subject. ovs : cognate accusative. (7r-€a-nj, stood by, 
 
 halted : cf ((f>-€iarrfK((Tav XL. § 4. Xa^oirras rot) . . . arparovt 
 
 taking [a j^art] of the, etc. Note this free use of the partitive genitive, 
 the limited word being omitted. 
 
 S. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. p at the beginning of a word is doubled when a vowel is brought 
 before it. 
 
 2. A few proper names of the first declension ending in -as, have the 
 genitive singular ending in -a. 
 
 3. Manner is denoted by the dative case. 
 
 4. Price is denoted by the genitive case. 
 
 5. dvvarai, = is able, is ivorth, and in the latter sense governs an 
 accusative. 
 
 6. Varbs, like nouns, are often followed by the partitive genitive. 
 
 7. The relative pronoun may stand as a cognate accusative wherever 
 a noun could stand in the same construction. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. larrffxt in the 2d aorist and 2d per- 
 
 fect active systems H. 335, 336. G. 123. 
 
 2. The partitive genitive with verbs . H. 736. G. 170. 
 
 3. The genitive with verbs of fcityiw^f . H. 746. G. 178. 
 
 4. Instrument, means, cause, manner . H. 776. G. 188, 1. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. TO uXevpov (usually plur.), 
 
 jnenl, flour. 
 
 2. t6 ak<l>iTO¥ (usually plur.), 
 
 barley grits. 
 3 avT-ayopd^<ay^ buy in ex- 
 chang'. 
 
 4. 'ArriKost Attic, Athenian. 
 
 5. Sta-TfXe'a),' bring through to 
 
 an end, complete. 
 
 6. Bvvapat, am able ; worth. 
 
 7. Bvcr TTopfVTos,^ difficult of 
 
 trarel. 
 
 8. iV€tn)KovTn, nmetjf. 
 
 9. €7rt-Xei7rci>, fftve out, fail. 
 
 ^ Cf. ayopa, market. 
 
 8 Cf. iToptvofxai, anopia, awopeui Sv<r- has the sense of difficult, cf. Eng. rfys-pepsia. 
 
 * CJ. Eng. 20(/-l0gy. 6 Cf riixioXioy, — li- 
 
 « A Persian dry measure, = 2.3 litres. ' Cf. Eng. cycle. 
 
 8 An Attic coin, the sixth part ol a draeluna, about 3^ cents. 
 
 • Cf. Tra?, oil. 
 
 10. ^doa^ live. 
 
 1 1 . ^/it -to /3dX iov,^ half- obol, 
 
 1 j cents. 
 
 12. ij KaniOr),^ kapithe. 
 
 13. 6 kvkKos^^ circle 
 
 14. 6 \7p6s, hunger. 
 
 1 5. paKpos long. 
 
 16. 6 o/3oXds,^ obol, 
 
 17. 6 ovos dXenjs, grviding.jack, 
 
 (hand) mill-stone, 
 
 18. opvrro), dig, quarry. 
 
 19. iravv,^ icholhf, exceedingly. 
 
 20. TTcpt p p((o, flow about, en- 
 
 coiupass. 
 
 2 Cf. T€X€VTdlO,JiniS?l, 
 
160 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 21. 6 nr}\6s, mud. 
 22 nXfBpiaiosj of a plethrum (in 
 extent). 
 
 23. TTpiafiai, buy, 
 
 24. TTctfXf'w,^ se/t. 
 
 25. 6 o-tyXof,^ shekel. 
 
 26. ij aT€ o)((apia,^ a narrow 
 
 place f pass. 
 
 27. avv-fK-^i^(M,* help pull out, 
 
 28. TO vdap,^ water. 
 
 29. 6 x^^of' f/rass, fodder, 
 
 30. ff xdvi^,^ ckoenix. 
 
 31. 6 xopros, (jr ass J fodder. 
 
 32. x.^p€<a,'^ give room; holdf 
 
 contain. 
 
 33. yftlXos, bare. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate: (a) *0 fieu daptiKos divarai noWov^ 6^o\ovi*\rTiKovs. 
 (h) TovTov Tov ovov dXfTqu inpiaTo hvia (riyktov (c) "EXf^av art opv- 
 ^ai/rfy (Zpoifv noWovs o^oXovi iv roi tr»;X«. {d) "Ori df TroXXot rwi/ 
 t'voiKoOvT<ou vno XlpoO drroXoivTo, ei TJdfivf (e) "Orav ^oCXrjaB^ np6i noXiv 
 hiaT(\((rai oi (TTaOpol ovs tXavvere l(Txvp5>i fioKpni flaiv. (/) 'En€i d* 
 tdoKovu a{,T^ ov rax<«9 rroie'iu, Stan^p dxdofjifuoi cVeXfuo-f Toi,^ n€p\ airow 
 UepcTh^ Tovi ^XrloTovs <Tvp.np^^ai, alr^ ^uBa ^ ri r^y raX^f ra^a>s ^u 
 e^aaaadaL. (;,) AijXo^ 8e Iju Kipo, i>, on rdxt^ra irop,v6p,po^ niaap r^u 
 oSoV, voplC<^v, (I 6dTTov ^X3oi, d7rcipa(TK€voT€p<a /SatrtXfl pax^'iaeai . (h) 'Yrrfp 
 de t6u Evi>pdrrju Trorap^u Kara rouy tpripovs (rTa^/to{,f Iju ttoXi? €vdaip<ov kgI 
 p€yaXrj Suopa 8€ Xappdubrj ' eV raCrffs oi arpaTiS^Tai tiy6paCop rk fVtr^Scta 
 TrXotoif 8ia^aivovTf£. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) He wa« exceedingly plea.'^ed becau.-^e you crossed 
 before the rest replied whether they would do so or not (b) But 
 when Socrates learned that he had gone up with Cvrus against the king, 
 he wa.s not at all (adverb, ace.) pleased, (c) Wv know that the breasti 
 of the soldiers were not nia.le-wet as they crossed (= crossing) the Eu- 
 phrates, (d) Pray that Cyrus may be fortunate in-the niattei^- for-which 
 (f^' 5) he is marching. 
 
 3. (a) Decline: ^5«p, H. 182, « ; G. 60. 5, 20. 8van6p^vro^, H. 
 225 ; G. 63. (b) Learn the Vf»cabulary of Lesson XX , (a) pronounc- 
 ing carefully each word, observing its translation, and dwelling upon it 
 
 1 Cf. Eng, mono-pn[)/. 
 
 2 A Persian coin, equal to about 24 cents. 
 
 8 <rrev6^, narrow; x^^P^, place. i Qf. iwo-fitfid^m X\A. 
 
 * Cf. Eng. hydrant, hydro-iihohia.. 
 
 • A flrrain measure, equal to about 1.1 litres or quarts. T c/. x«ipi. 
 
 LESSON XLVIII. 
 
 161 
 
 until it is fixed in the mind, (6) copying on a slip of paper the English 
 translations, and then from the English giving the Greek, and vice versa. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Meanings of 8id ; constructions after it. 2. Analysis and syn- 
 opsis of d(piKvovvTai. 3. Declension of (vpos. 4. The doubling of p. 
 5. The form Mda-Ko. 6. Manner. 7. Future and aorist formation in 
 liquid verbs. 8. Future and aorist of verbs in -afo), -iC<o. 9. Theme 
 and principal parts of 6pvTr<o and entXim 10. Value of the obol, 
 the shekel. 11. Participle with dtaytyj/o/xat. 12. Declension of com- 
 pound adjectives. 13. Principal parts and classification of c</>t<m;/w ; 
 ^" €Ta$f. 14. Cognate accusative. 
 
 LESSON XLVIII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. V. 8, 9. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 8. &<T7rfp opyfi : on the construction, cf. kvkX(o, § 4. avv-firi' 
 
 (Tnfvaai kt€, to help in hasteninff forward. <tvv has here the same force 
 (that of helping) as in <rvv-(K-&i^dC€iv, § 7. It-vro, they sent them- 
 
 sdves, rushed: from Irj-pt, send, let go ; not to be confused with flpi or 
 fipi SxTTTfp hv dpdpot kt€, just as any one would run for a victory, 
 
 even down a very, etc. Note the optative, and cf SkpoItju Sv XXXVIII. 
 § 17. 5 iSf Tis av wcro, than [omit ©y, as] any one might think, 
 
 i.e. if he were observing them. The past indicative thus used in a 
 conclusion is called the hypothetical indicative. Without Sv, what 
 would ^€To mean ? ptrt^povi . . ipid^as, i. e. they lifted them ui», 
 
 and brought them out of the mud. 
 
 § 9. TO h( avpnav, upon the whole, adverl)ial accusative : cf. owScv 
 ^X^rrn XV. drjXos ^v avtv^cou : cf d^Xor ^u dviaptuos XXVI. § 11. 
 
 11 
 
162 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 07T0V firi Ka6fC^To, where he did not Imlt, i. e. except (ti /i^) where he 
 halted. On accuuiit of the conditional ivlen in the sentence, the negative 
 is /xjj, not ov. 00-0) . . . TodovTio, quanto, . . . tanto (degree of 
 
 difference ; cf. ij/icpaty XXXi.), th: more swiftly he pruceededy the imre 
 unprepared the kiiuj would be. fxaxnaBai : Int. of fid)(Ofiai. aw 
 
 tScii/ d' rjv . . . ovcra, and for one lendimj his attention (auimum adhi- 
 benti), the government of the king icas to see into as being strong (i.e. it 
 was possible to see that the government was strong), apx'?' s^i^^^^ ^* 
 rjv, the Greek, as usual, preferring the personal construction, cf. bfjXos fjv 
 <nr(vdijav above, and XXI V^., XXV. aw-iSu'j, '2 aor. inf. (from 
 
 trvi/ opao)), is loosely attached to ^v. TrXiJ^ti . . . firjKfcri . . . t^ 
 
 8i €and(rdai : datives of cause, tw dtco-Tracr^at, the scattered condition of 
 his forces: perf. inf., from 6ia-(Tnd<o. Note the reduplication €-; why 
 not o-f- ? On the infinitive used as a noun, cf tov d6pol(fiv XIV. 
 
 bvvdyifii : subject of duandadat. 8ia raxit*>v, through swift means ; 
 
 quickly, rapidly. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. avvy prefixed to a verb, fre(piently has the i»lea of aiding in the 
 act denoted by the simple verb. 
 
 2. toTT/ut has a 1st and 2d perfect participle (tarriKas, cVreby) 
 without ditference of meaning, 
 
 3. The Greek prefers the personal construction (S^Xos rjv, he irns 
 evident) to the impersonal {8tj\ov ^v). Occasionally it is impossible to 
 render a personal construction literally an<l in good English; e.g. avv 
 tdelv qv rj dpxf) lax^P^ ovaa, the government icas to perceive as being strong^ 
 t. e. it was possible to perceive that the government was strong. 
 
 4. The infinitive, even when used as a noun, may take a subject. 
 
 5. The English, they lifted up and brought out the wagons, may be- 
 come they broiujht out the uplifted wagons, in being put into Greek. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Comparison of dya06s . . . 
 
 2. The genitive with substantives 
 
 3. The present system of Irjfii . . 
 
 H. 254, 1. G. 73, 1. 
 U. 729, a-g. G. 167. 
 H. 476. G. 127, III. 
 
 I 
 
 LESSON XLVIII. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 163 
 
 1. dvayKolos, necessary : neut., 20. 
 
 a necessity. 21. 
 
 2 ai dva^vpiba, Persian trow- 22. 
 
 3. 6 yi) Xo<^oy,^ hill. [sers. 
 
 4. fiia-cTTrdo),"^ draw apart^ sepa- 23. 
 
 rale. 24. 
 
 5. S a-rpi^(o,^ wear atray : delay. 
 
 6. €t(r-7r7;8dci), jump into. 25. 
 
 7. €K-KOfil^u>, bring out. 
 
 8. €i/tot, some. 26. 
 
 9. €7n(TiTi(rfi6s, provisioning, tak- 27. 
 
 ing supplies. 28. 
 
 10. fv6v£, immediately. 29. 
 
 11. n furu^i'd.* good order. 30. 
 
 12. 17/11,^ send, hurl. 31. 
 
 13. Ka6€(ofMai sit down, rest. 32. 
 
 14. 6 Kdvhvs, caj\an (a Persian 
 
 vest). 33. 
 
 15. Kpariaros- most powerful, best. 34. 
 
 16. fiaXa, very, exceedingly. 35. 
 
 17. pdxoixm,^' Jight, contend with. 
 
 18. TO p(f)Oi, part, portion. 36. 
 
 19. /ifrc'copoy,"^ lifted, raised (in 37. 
 
 mid air). 
 
 TO fi^K09 ® length, 
 T] vUt),^ victory. 
 
 6 POOS (povs), mindy atten- 
 tion. 
 
 7 opyr), anger. 
 
 TO TrX^^oy, number y multi- 
 tude, extent. 
 
 TToiKiXos many-colored, em- 
 broidered. 
 
 TroXuTfXiyy, -cs, costly, rich. 
 
 nop<f)vpfos, -oCy, purple. 
 
 npdvTjs,^^ •€£, steep. 
 
 7rpoo-€;^a), hold to, apply. 
 
 piTTTo}, throw, throw off. 
 
 (riT€v8(o, hasten. 
 
 avp-(7ri-a7r(v8(o, help in has- 
 tening onward. 
 
 a-vv-aydpoi, collect together, 
 
 avv-opdo), observe, perceive. 
 
 o-;(oXaIoy, slow ," -as, adv., 
 slowly. 
 
 6 TpdxrjXosi throat. 
 
 fi x^^P^"^ hand. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Compare: Trpdwjy, ttoXutcXj)?, TromXoy, Tax^oiS, (Txo\ai<os, axokaiosj 
 Icrxvpos, daOfvrjs. (Grammar Lesson XL) 
 
 2. Principal parts, theme, and class of piirroi, Tvyxava>, Sibpda-Kto, 
 fX^y rptjSo), fuixofjiai. 
 
 1 yri, earth, and A6<^o«, an eminence. 
 
 2 Cf. aireand XLV^I. 
 
 • Cy. Eng. diairibe. 
 
 * tv, well, and rarrta, arrange. 
 6 Cf. a<l>-Uv<u XXXV HI. § 19. 
 
 « Cf. fjidxri, battle, XXV'., Eng. logo-nmcky. 
 
 7 Cf, Eng. meteor. 
 
 8 Cf. iJiaxpo^, long, XLVII. 
 * Cf. vlxdita, XXV. § 8. 
 
 w Cf. Lat. pronus. 
 
 11 Cf. Eng. c/i iV-ography. 
 
164 
 
 IXDL'CTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. (a) 'O de (\6^u IT phi iavrov (rrpaTfvfia «Afyfi/ • (iKovaavTfs 6' oi 
 <TTpaTiS)Tai exaktnaivou kui o)pyi(ovTo iaxvp^s t<o K\(dpx<o. (b) T^ 6' 
 avTfi ijixipa €n\ Tr)v nrjyrjv toO norafxaO twi/ kqi (Kfl efoipriads rfjv dyopaVy 
 dnfjXOf 67ri rjyi/ €uvtoO UKrjvq • dia tov McVcoi/oj arparov avv rois n(p\ alrov. 
 (c) ''Oo-w TrXftoi/ «;(^o/zfi/ Totrovrw irKdov ^ov\6fx(6a cx^iv. (d) Tolff tov 
 vovv 7rpo(T€xov<TL dfjXou (GTi Tovro TO fxtpos ToO yrfK6(f)ov Irxvpios npavii 
 (^) YTreo-^ero pot €t Karanrjd^aas (Tvu€m(Tn€vaaipi Ta aKfvucpdpa, pfj irpo 
 vOfv nav(T€aBai npiv pot noXXovs tioikiXovs t« kui noXvreUls <cai/6w tovs 
 nopcpvpovs dnodoirf 
 
 4. TraiiHlate : (a) If he should apply his attention to this con- 
 spiracy against himself, he would quickly perceive that it is very danger- 
 OUS.1 (h) The more we have, the more we want. (c) It is said tliat 
 Apollo was the best of all the go<ls in musical-skill, (fi) It was indeed 
 evident that the kingdom was weak on account of the barbarians dis- 
 persing their armies, (e) They thought that if any one made a quick 
 campaign, the city might be conciuered. 
 
 5. Select fifty of the words in Chap. I. whose meanings are most 
 difficult to retain, make a list of these meanings, and practise givin^ the 
 corresponding Greek until it can be done without hesitation. '^ 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Declension of neuters in -09. 2. The supplementary participle. 
 3. Declension of x^ip, ^oCs.^ 4. Hypothetical optative ; hypothetical 
 indicative. 5. Personal and impersonal constructions. 6. Classifica- 
 tion and orders of the mutes. 7. Accent in the 2d aorist infinitive and 
 participje. 8. Declension of cVr^^wp. 9. Reduplication of ylr€v8a>, 
 trrtdto, laTTjpi, Xap^dv<o ; the form (lpr}Ka. 10. The hypothetical in- 
 dicative. 11. Subsumtive use of the infinitive. 12. Its loose use. 
 
 13. p€r€<opovs^ €^(K6pi(TaV. 
 
 1 Lesson XXXVIII. § 19. 
 
 2 H. 167; G.43. 
 
 LESSON XLIX. 
 
 165 
 
 LESSON XLIX. 
 ANABASIS I. V. 10-13. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 10. Kara tovs eprjpovs oraOpovs, opposite the journeys throttgh the 
 desert: cf. Kar uvrmtpas XV. uTfydapara, as coverings [for their 
 
 tents]. f-7ripnXa-(Tav ;(opTov, they filled icith light hay. avv- 
 
 iaituiv : cf. dneand XL VI. § 3 ; bi€<jTrdaBai XLVIII. m pr^ . . , 
 
 vdap, so that the VMter did not touch the liay. ©y = were ; cf. IX. 
 
 olvov . . . aWop : appositives to €iriT^€ia. Note carefully the arrange- 
 ment of attributives in this clause : €k, out of; dno, from, from off. 
 
 § 11. dp<l)i-X€(dvT<iiv, — gen. abs , with tov (= twos) after MeVwi/off, 
 and TOV supplied before tHov KXfdpxov — because some one of . . . had 
 some dispute, etc. (xaXf-rraivou, bore it hard, were provoked : 
 
 cf XLIII. § 12, and xaXf7r«y </)e>a) XXXII. 
 
 § 12. Iqai TTJ d^ivrj, hurls (with) his axe. avTuv TJpapTcv, missed 
 
 him. 
 
 § 13. TtapayyfXXei €is to cnXa, passes the word along ^ " to arms ! '' 
 orders them to arms. rovToiP Si . . . Opwcas : a parenthesis. 
 
 tKirinXfjx^ai : perf. inf. mid., from « TrXiyrro), theme TrXiyy. The 
 ^'nding -0-601 drops a coming between y and 6, and y then becomes x ; 
 t) \ap^dp<i>j perf. eiXi^c^a, inf. mid. flXijcpOai. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. TTepav, an adverb of place^ is followed by the genitive. 
 
 2. Verbs of filling govern the genitive. 
 
 3. Negative result is expressed by «; firj or wore /xij, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 4. Verbs of touching govern the genitive. 
 
 5. ToC, meaning the same as tivos, is an enclitic. 
 
 6. Verbs signifying to be angry^ may take the dative of the cause. 
 
 7. Verbs of missing are construed with the genitive. 
 
 8. In the perfect infinitive middle the ending aBai loses o- between 
 consonants. . 
 
166 
 
 INDUCTIVE GRKKK METHOD. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of yow H. 216, 3. G. 60, 5, 6. 
 
 2. Genitive with verbs H. 736-743. G. 170, 171. 
 
 3. Conjugation of r.rr,;x. | H. 331, 335, | G. 123,' 121, 
 
 •^ ° "^ ( 336,351. ( 1,2 {d). 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 L dixapTavu) (theme inapr)^ mias. 
 
 2. dfi(fii-}<€y(o (talk on both sitles), 
 
 wrangle^ quarrel. 
 
 3. 17 d^iurj, axe. 
 
 4. diTTOfxai^ touch. 
 
 6. d^-tTTTTfuo),^ rifle awaif. 
 
 6. 17 /3uXai/oy, nut . (of the date- 
 
 pahn) dale. 
 
 7. TO yow^ knee. 
 
 8. x] fita/Sao-i?,* /)/ace of crossing; 
 
 ford. 
 
 9. dt-cXai^i/o}, ride through. 
 
 10. rj 8i(pO€pa,^ hide; (hide made 
 
 into a) ftrt^. 
 
 1 1 . f <-7r\iiTr(i),* strike out ; (of one's 
 
 senses) dumbfound^ amaze. 
 
 12. ffx-^dWu},^ throw on; 7r\rjyds 
 
 ffi^aXXo, throiv on hlowSy 
 chastise b// beating. 
 I 'J rj Kdp(f)r}^ hag. 
 
 14. Kara-(TKiiiroyLai,^ examine, 
 
 15. KaTa-(f>fvya), Jiee for refuge^ 
 
 escape to. 
 
 16. Kov<l>os, light. 
 
 17. Kpiva>y decide, judge. 
 
 18. 6 XtSos,'' stone. 
 
 19. TO ^v\ov, piece of wood. 
 
 20. oAt'yoy,® small; jtliir., feio. 
 
 21. opyi^opai,^ am angry. 
 
 22. oi/7ro), not yet. 
 
 23. 7r«pa,V),^<^ beyond, across. 
 
 24. 7rLfJLir\r\pi,^^ JUL 
 
 25. irXT/yi}, plaga, /^/o?/;. 
 
 2f). TTpofr-fXauVa), r/</c forward, 
 up, 
 
 27. TO oTtyaap^,^^ covering. 
 
 28. (TV (TTTCG),^^ r/ra«r together, 
 
 29. ^ a;^f8td,^* frame, raft. 
 
 30. <r;(tCa> ^^ scindo, split. 
 
 31. 6 <l>oii/i^, date-palm. 
 
 ^ Derivation '/ 
 
 2 .Same in origin as genu and the Eu^. knee. 
 
 « How different from to lip^La i. Cf. Eng. diph-^AenVt. 
 
 * Tiieme TrAay, irATjy. Cf. n\riyrj. 5 C/. i,ifid\\€i XXV. 
 
 6 C/. o-^eTTTcW XXXV. 7 Cf. Eng. /iMt)-graphy, moDO-/ii/<. 
 
 8 Cf. Eng. o/j(7-archy. 9 cf. bpyq XLVIII. 
 
 ^^ Cf. Kar avri nepcT^ XV. 
 
 *1 Cf. irAij-pTj?, (TV/A- IT A e -wc, jtA^-^o?, pleo. 
 
 ^2 From o-Teyw, = tego, cov«r. 
 
 18 C/. aTTO-airdw. XLVI., 5ia-(r>ra« XLVIII. 
 
 1* How different (Vom to jrAor©*' { is Cf. Eng. schism. 
 
 LESSON XLIX. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 167 
 
 1. Translate: (a) Tourw 5« tw innd TroXXa? t€ koi lax^pos TrXr/yof 
 «V3aXw, fa»/ /xij fioi neiOrjTai {b) "Oaon pev \i3uis tov yvpvfjra rjKf, 
 ndvT€S avTov rjpaprou- r] 8* d^ivrj tov ttoSoj €K(ivov crv^f. (<) K(K€- 
 ^(VKapev vpas pi] diTT«T6ai Tovrav Tmv orXfyytSoji' tov (f)oi,PiKi(TTov 
 ('/) TavTa 8q npaypara cVi twi/ yomTcai/ Ta>i/ ^cwi' ^Vtii/. (c) 'H Tto»/ 
 dp)(ai(i>v ao(f)ia peya davpaarea to'Tiv. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) This is the cave in which are the sources of the 
 river which we must cross (= is to be crossed, dia^uTeos) when we 
 arrive directly-oj)posite the city of the great king, (b) We will not 
 touch those things which do not belong to us. (c) Whenever they 
 crossed the river they used to fill their leathern bags with food which 
 they bought in the markets of the barbarians, (c/) Whenever we wish 
 to split wood rapidly, we use an axe. (e) You know well that the nut 
 of the date-palm is 8weet. 
 
 3. Review carefully all the words in the Voc. of Lessons X. and XX. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Construction of the genitives and the datives in this Lesson. 
 2. The ])rincipal parts of iripnXrjpi^ €>i3aXXa>, dpapTava, KaTa(f>€vym, 
 rapayy€\\<o, ptva, TiOrjpi, eWX^rro). 3. Classification of the preceding 
 verbs. 4. Formation and comparison of the adverb i(rxvpS>s. 5. The 
 short forms for the genitive and dative singular of rig. 6. Conjugation 
 of avcnrda* and nipLTrXrjpx, present system, active and middle. 
 
1U8 
 
 INDUCTIVK (iUEEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON L. 
 
 169 
 
 LESSON L. 
 ANABASIS I. V. 14-17. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 14. ;fTvx€ yap Zar€p<yi wpoat^p, kW, >• he happened to he coming 
 on later, behivd, etc. ^v^., r/. ^rvx^, XLVII. § 8; v'crr.po., on the 
 case, cf npnr^pa XX XT. ^ 25; ,r;.ocr.«v, cf, nap^p III. On the niimbei 
 of crv^fr, ./. *>e.v* XXXII. § 1. ,1, r6 ^cW a^x^ep^., between 
 
 AVIll. a^ov . . . itaT(iX€v(re^i, when he wanted little to be 
 
 stoned to death (i. e. nan-mvlt/ escaped being stoned). 
 
 § 15. cV To{n'to, meanwhile. cV-^fei : c/. .'rr-Jtaa^ XXVIII. 
 
 §16. aUtar,: fmni o?«a. >caraK,K6yl,,a0ai (fxit. Y>eT(\ shall 
 
 have been cut to pieces, i. e. shall certainly be, etc. Note, the future per- 
 fect^ for the future here seems to make the act immediate or decisive. 
 
 .^ov vcrrepov: cf. wporiph Kvpov XXXI. ^a<i.r .'voWcuv: what 
 
 circumstance is denoted by the cjenitive absolute here ? Ta>v . . 
 
 ovrwr, than those, etc.: r/ t»i; (^XXoh/ ttXcW XLIV. § 14. 
 
 § 17^ ,V €'uvr« cV*,*To, (became in JnmselO, came to hiimelf. Kark 
 
 X^pa^ *6^vro KTi, tfwy brought their arms to their riqht place ; they 
 returned to their mvjiyml quartern. ' 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Words meaning earlier, later, standing as predicates to verbs of 
 motion, agi-ee with the subject, and are therefore not adverbs. 
 
 2. A verb having two or more subjects, and preceding them, may 
 agree in number with the nearest only. 
 
 3 6\iyov 5r?. followed by the infinitive, = {he) almost or (he) very 
 nearly ; e. g. oX/yov a« /^X^ (^rfB^i), he raas very nearly hit. 
 
 4. The future perfect may be used for the simple future to represent 
 a future act as certainly about to occur. 
 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1 . First aorist system of liquid verbs, 
 
 active and middle . . . . H. 327. G. 96. 
 
 2. Future perfect of Xvw .... H. 319. G. 96. 
 
 3. The future perfect | H. 466, 467. | G. 92. 4, IV.; 
 
 ^ ( 850 and a. I 110. IV. c. 
 
 4. Predicate adjective, equivalent to 
 
 an English adverb . . . . H619. G. 138. N. 7. 
 
 6. The genitive with &'a) .... H. 743. 6. G. 172. 1. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. f^-ianj/xi, set, place, out of; 
 
 mid., stand out of. 
 2 KOKios cx^W)^ he or go ill, be in 
 
 n bad condition. 
 
 3. KOTa-Xfwo),^ stone down, to 
 
 death. 
 
 4. TO iradoi,^ '^^iff^ring, treat- 
 
 ment. 
 
 6. TO naXrov, light spear, jave- 
 lin (used for hurling or 
 striking). 
 
 6. »rpaa>s,* jnildly. 
 
 7. Trpoa-fipi, come to, near ; 
 
 approach. 
 
 8. TTvvBdvopai (theme nvff), ask, 
 
 learn by inquiry. 
 
 9. trvv dTTTO),^ make touch, Join 
 
 together ; paxqv, join 
 battle. 
 
 10. TiBrjpt TO, oTrXa ; mid., take a 
 
 military position (in line), 
 stand under arms (after ad- 
 vancing to or from a place). 
 
 11. voT«pos,* later, behind. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate: (a) Ev 6* ovv rjhftrav rqv ra^iv 7 itpotnova^a vcrripa 
 «Tvyxav€v on rwXvo-ot fxq top (pfxrfvid KOTaireTpatO^vai. (h) Ov brj ttoXu 
 Kvpov vcTfpov STfoomai ra orrXa Kara x^P^^ '^^ e/JtSoy navad^fpoi. 
 ( ) ^vWafxfSdvfi ^Opomav Km ovyKoKtX (h rrju eavroO aK-qvr)v Tlcpaas 
 rnv9 apiarovs t&v TTfpi avrov ctrrd kixi tovs rS>v 'EX^^i/ooi/ arparriyovs 
 Kf\fvfi oTrXtrap dyayuv, tovtov^ 8( OioBai ra on'kn irfpX rqi' avrov 
 aKTjmjv. oi dt ravra enoirjo-av, dyayovra ays rptaxT^iovs ottXitos. 
 
 1 Cf. eviH>iJt«« €-xeiv XT. 4 Cf. npaov XLTIT. 
 
 « Cf. tara-verpoi^ XXX IT. 5 Qf. Si^^aBaL XLIX. 
 
 •^ Cf. nMx*» (theme »ae. it€vd\ XX XI II « Cf. vartpov (used adverb.) XXXII. 
 
170 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON LI. — REVIEW. 
 
 171 
 
 2. Translate : (a) They knew not what they were doing until they 
 saw Cyrus standing in their midst, an«l begging them not to join battle. 
 (6) Then in trnth they returned to their better senses. (t) Any one 
 might well be angry with you, because when the generals were almost 
 cut-down, you seem to speak so lightly about it. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Principal parts of rvyxavoj, oro/xai, oyo), bta, Xfyu, Trvvddvofiai 
 2. Classitication of icfXft^o), f\ii,:i€, eXavvcov, crvvdyjrfTf. 3. Theme of 
 vofiiCto, KOTrro), €\a>, aKovirasy eBtmo. 4. (§ 14.) Construction of atro), 
 KXedp^ov, avTov ; (§16.) of noXv, tfiov, varepov, Ti>v . . . ovrav. 
 5. Inflexion of TrpaTTo}, perfect indicative middle. 6. Synopsis of 
 tdfPTOf 2d aorist active, and middle 2d singular. 
 
 LESSON LI. — REVIEW. 
 
 1. TEXT : Anabasis I. iv. and v. 
 
 This is a most important review, and should be taken up carefully. 
 Go over the translation several times ; mark the words whose meanini; 
 it is hard to retain ; write them and repeat them with their meanings 
 until they become thoroughly impressed. Apply just as far as possible, 
 and step by step, the method of review suggested at the beginning of 
 Lesson X. Be sure that if you wish to master the five remaining chap- 
 ters of this First Book of the Anabasis, you must master thoroughly 
 these first fifty Lessons, and, above all, this Review. 
 
 1. TO aXtvpou. 
 
 2. TO Sk(f>lTOV. 
 
 3. T) dvd^aaii. 
 
 4. ai dva^vpi^fs 
 
 2. VOCABULARY. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 5. fi d^iinj. 
 
 6. TO dpyvpiou. 
 4 . Tj apirrf. 
 
 8. Tu tip<ofi,a. 
 
 9. t6 dy\rlv6i.ov. 
 
 10. ly ^akavoi. 
 
 11. ^ /3(a 
 
 12. 6 yTj\o(f)0£. 
 
 
 13. TO ydvv. 
 
 14. ij did^aais. 
 
 15. 17 8i<f>6€pii. 
 
 16. ^ dopKas. 
 
 17. TO ipnopiop. 
 
 18. 6 fTrialTitTfios. 
 
 19. t) (vra^ia. 
 
 20. ff ^aurf 
 
 21. TO rjpKitfioKiov. 
 
 22. 6 6(65 
 
 23. 6 l\6vs, 
 
 24. 6 KoKapos. 
 
 25. 6 Kavbvi. 
 
 26. i} KairiBr}. 
 
 27. rj Kdp(l>r). 
 
 28. TO Kpfai. 
 
 29. 6 Kv<\os. 
 
 30. 17 Kapr). 
 
 31. 6 Xtdof. 
 
 32. 6 Xiftdf. 
 
 33. 6 Xoyoff. 
 
 34. r) \o)(ayld. 
 
 35. 6 pXKTTOi. 
 
 1. dhlKftO. 
 
 2. (up<o. 
 
 3. dLklcTKopai. 
 
 4. &,pxipTdv<a. 
 
 5. dp(pi-\f yea. 
 
 6. dua-rreldo). 
 
 7. dva-arpfCJxo. 
 
 8. dv-ioTTjpi. 
 
 9. dvT-ctynpd^a). 
 
 10. dn-ayyeWu). 
 
 11. dn-ayopfiKo. 
 
 12. drr-fXavvd}. 
 
 36. TO pfpoS' 
 
 37. TO prfKOS. 
 
 38. 6 piaOocpopoi . 
 
 39. ^ pvd. 
 
 40. Tf pvptds. 
 
 41. 6 vavap\oi. 
 
 42. rj vavs. 
 
 43. ^ VlKTf 
 
 44. 6 vovs. 
 
 45. TO ^vXov, 
 
 46. 6 6/SoAoff. 
 
 47. 17 oX/ctij. 
 
 48. TO ouopa. 
 
 49. 6 o»/or. 
 
 50. 6 ofoy oXeri^ff. 
 
 51. 17 opyf} 
 
 52. ^ a>nff. 
 
 53. TO TTuBoi. 
 
 54. TO TraXTw. 
 
 55. ^ Trdpodof. 
 
 56. 6 naTr)p. 
 
 57. ^ nepdi^- 
 
 58. 17 TTfTpil 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 13. dn-fpxopai. 
 
 14. drro-j3ij3dfa>. 
 
 15. d7ro-di5p<krKa>. 
 
 16. dTro-XeiTro). 
 
 17. flTio-o'Trda). 
 
 18. aTTO-OT^Xdo). 
 
 19. dno-(f)€vy(i>. 
 
 20. diTo-ylrrf(f)i^opLai. 
 
 21. aTTTopat. 
 
 22. npx(d. 
 
 23. d(f)-inn(V(ti. 
 
 24. ^^\a>. 
 
 59. 6 rr;;Xo'ff. 
 
 60. TO TrX^^off. 
 
 61. ^ TTvXiy 
 
 62. 6 at'-yXoy. 
 
 63. 6 ctroy. 
 
 64. TO ffTdStov. 
 
 65. ^ aT€vox<opid. 
 
 66. ^ uTpovBos. 
 
 67. TO Tcl;(0£. 
 
 68. TO TfKVOV. 
 
 69. 6 TOTTOff. 
 
 70. 6 TpdxT)Xos. 
 
 71. TO v8(t>p. 
 
 72. 1; vX»;. 
 
 73. 6 <piXos. 
 
 74. TO (ppovpiov. 
 
 75. ^ (l)vXaKq. 
 
 76. ^ x"'P- 
 
 77. 6 ;(iXoff. 
 
 78. 6 xolvi^. 
 
 79. 6 xop^of* 
 
 80. i; c^pa. 
 
 25. hia-hixopai. 
 
 26. fita-o"7rd<i). 
 
 27. hia-TiXi<a. 
 
 28. Bia-Tpi^ut. 
 
 29. dt-rXavi'a) 
 
 30. hi-ipxopai. 
 
 31. Si-iaTTjpi. 
 
 32. dtoxco). 
 
 33. bvvapai (2 senses). 
 
 34. fdo). 
 
 35. fi(r-7ri;5d&). 
 
 36. fK-KopiC<o. 
 
172 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON LI. — REVIEW. 
 
 173 
 
 37. 
 
 38. 
 
 39. 
 
 40. 
 
 4L 
 
 42. 
 
 43. 
 
 44. 
 
 45. 
 
 46. 
 
 47. 
 
 48. 
 
 49. 
 
 50. 
 
 5L 
 
 52. 
 
 53. 
 
 54. 
 
 55. 
 
 56. 
 
 67. 
 
 58. 
 
 (K'KCmTU>. 
 
 €K-7r\TJTT(0. 
 
 ep-TiBrjfit 
 
 fTTt-Xeinu}. 
 €7ri- air i(o fiat. 
 
 fv\Ofiai 
 
 f(f)-i(TTT)fJLl. 
 
 ft 
 Irjfxi. 
 
 Kora-ic(itu). 
 Kara Xfuo). 
 
 Kara-a-KfirTOfxai. 
 icaTa-<Pfvy<a. 
 
 1. 
 
 a0vfxot. 
 
 2. 
 
 aiTtos. 
 
 s. 
 
 ciTraXoy. 
 
 4. 
 
 *ATTi/c<ip- 
 
 5. 
 
 acfiavTji. 
 
 6. 
 
 ^paxvv. 
 
 7. 
 
 btiKos. 
 
 8. 
 
 dta^oToS' 
 
 9. 
 
 SvanopfvTOi 
 
 10. 
 
 i\a(f)€tos. 
 
 11. 
 
 fVfvfiKovra. 
 
 12. 
 
 fvtoi. 
 
 13. 
 
 cWfX^f. 
 
 59. Kpiva. 
 
 60. fidxofiai. 
 
 61. f(Af(. 
 
 62. OlKTflpO) 
 
 63. olxopat. 
 
 64. opyl^opiai. 
 
 65. 6pfx€o>. 
 
 66. OpVTTO). 
 
 67. nap ep^ofjiai. 
 
 68. iravo). 
 
 69. 7r€pi p-p€a>. 
 
 70. TTeTO/xai. 
 
 71. 7rip7r\r)fxi. 
 
 72. TrXiytrtd^o). 
 
 73. TTOVftt}. 
 
 74. npiafiat 
 
 75. npo-didpacTKOi. 
 
 76. Trpo-fifii. 
 
 77. TTptJor et/xt. 
 
 78. Trpofr fXavt^o). 
 
 79. 7r/3o-Tr/xaa>. 
 
 80. rrwddvofxai. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 14. (prjfMos. 
 
 15. (TfpOi. 
 
 16. €va>drjs. 
 
 17. ^8vy. 
 
 18. rjKi^aros. 
 
 19. ^cioy 
 
 20. xa/cof. 
 
 21. KOV(f)Of. 
 
 22. K/jdrioTOff. 
 
 23. fiuKpos. 
 
 24. fi(T((opos. 
 
 25. /idt'Of- 
 
 26. oXtyoff. 
 
 81. 
 82. 
 83. 
 84. 
 85. 
 86. 
 87. 
 88. 
 89. 
 90. 
 91. 
 92. 
 93. 
 94. 
 
 95. 
 
 96. 
 
 97. 
 
 98. 
 
 99. 
 100. 
 101. 
 
 TTcaXc'o). 
 
 /JtWTO). 
 <TKTJV€<0. 
 
 arpaTTjyfo. 
 avy-KoXfo). 
 avv-ay(ip(o. 
 (Tvv-dTrru}. 
 avu-€K -/3tj3d^*<i). 
 
 avv-opda>. 
 av-(nrda). 
 
 Tidrjpi TO oTrXa. 
 Tvyxdvto (2 
 
 sense.s). 
 \mo-x<»>p^(o. 
 
 (f)l\0TlfJi€Ofiat. 
 <f)pOVp€(0. 
 
 XoXfiraivoi. 
 X<i>p€<o. 
 
 27. d/xaXijf. 
 
 28- navToios. 
 
 29. TrXf^ptatof. 
 
 30. noiKiXos. 
 
 31. TToXuTfXlJff. 
 
 32. 7rop(f)vpovs. 
 
 33. npav^i. 
 
 34. irpaos. 
 
 35. o"T€i/dy. 
 
 36. o';(oXaiOff. 
 / . varepos. 
 
 38. <f)i\of. 
 
 39. i/rIXd9. 
 
 
 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 
 
 ] . afO), dv(OT€p<o. 
 
 9. 
 
 pdXa 
 
 17. 
 
 "■fS 
 
 2. ai/To^t. 
 
 10. 
 
 p€ya\onp(na)S 
 
 18. 
 
 nepav. 
 
 3. <^a> 
 
 11. 
 
 pr)K€Tly OVKtTL. 
 
 19. 
 
 Trpqois 
 
 4. ((Tw6fU. 
 
 12. 
 
 ovdi. 
 
 20. 
 
 7rpoBvp<i)5. 
 
 5. €vfvi. 
 
 13. 
 
 ovna>. 
 
 21. 
 
 aa(f)ci}s 
 
 6. Kot TdCra. 
 
 14. 
 
 OVnOiTIOTf. 
 
 22. 
 
 Tovp,7rdXiv. 
 
 7. <caKcbf. 
 
 15. 
 
 ndw. 
 
 23. 
 
 VTr€p6(v 
 
 8. /id. • 
 
 16. 
 
 TToXat. 
 
 24. 
 
 XcapU' 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 tap fit}. 
 
 
 €ya)yc. 
 
 
 €V€Ka (strictly 
 
 enftdav. 
 
 
 oantp. 
 
 
 au adv.). 
 
 inr}v. 
 
 
 
 
 
 TTorfpov . . . rj. 
 
 
 
 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Mutes before/*, H. 53 ; G. 16, 3. Transfer of aspiration, H. 
 74, 6; G. 17, 2, N. 
 
 2. Declension: pvd, H. 144; G. 38. TraTjyp, H. 188, 189; G. 
 57, 1. ytpai, H. 191; G. 5Q. IxOm, H. 201; G. 53, 2. paw, 
 H. 206, 207 ; G. 54. ydw, H. 216, 3 ; G. 60, 5, 6. yvpfi, H. 216, 
 4 ; G 60, 5, 7. Gender of nouns, H. 125, a, 6, c; G. 33, 2, nn. 
 
 3. (a) Numerals 1 to 20, H. 288; G. 76. (6) ds, 8vo, rptU, 
 II. 290 ; G. 77. 
 
 4. Comparison : Qt) aya^dy, H. 254, 1 ; G. 73, 1. (b) Endings 
 -ia)v, -iGTos. H. 253 ; G. 72, I. 
 
 5. Verbs : (a) Pres. system of rlpdto, H. 323 ; G. 98 (//) Of verbs 
 in -00), H. 325 ; Cr. 98. (<) Liquid verbs, 1st aorist, H. 327 ; G. 96. 
 00 Future perfect Xvo), H. 319 ; G. 96. (e) Itrrrjpi, H. 331, 335, 
 336, 351, 414, 415, 534, 5; G. 123, 121, 1, 2, d. (/) deUvvpi, 
 H. 332; G. 123. (y) riBrjpi. H. 329, 333, 334; G. 123. (h) di- 
 dto/xt, H. 330; G. 123. (0 Future of liquid verbs, H. 422 ; G. 110, 
 II. 2. 0) Aspirated perfect, H. 452 ; G. 110, IV. b. (k) (t)T]fii, H. 
 481 ; G. 127, IV. (0 olda. H 491 ; G. 127, VII. (m) Future 
 perfect, H 466, 467, 850 and a ; G. 92, 4, IV., 1 10, IV. c. (n) li;^t, 
 H. 476; G. 127, III. 
 
174 
 
 IXDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6. Syntax: (<t) Pred. adj. equivalent to Eng. adverb, H. 619; 
 G. 138, N. 7. (6) Cognate ace, II. 715, a, 6 ; G. 159, nn. 2, 4. 
 (c) Accusative of specification, H. 718; G. 160, 1. (J) Genitive with 
 substantives, H. 729, a-^; G. 167, l-(). (e) With verbs, H. 736-742 ; 
 G. 170-173. (/) With dco), H. 743, a, b; G. 172, nn. 1, 2. (y) With 
 verbs of buying, H. 746 ; G. 178. (k) Instrument, means, cause, 
 manner, 11. 776 ; G. 188, 1, 2. (t) Future in tlie ind. disc, H. 855; 
 G. 203. (j) Infin. in ind. disc, II. 930, 2, 946 ; G. 246 and note. 
 
 LESSON LII. 
 ANABASIS I. VI. 1-G. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 oJ- 
 
 § 1. TTpo-iSuTaVf on the construction, etc., cf. Chap. II. 17. 
 roif i. e, the horsemen, suggested by Ittttcdv. koi « rt akXo . . . rfv, 
 
 sc. the conclusion Koi tovto €Kdov, or render ci ri whatever. y^va, in 
 
 birth, a dative indicating the manner of his connection with the king. 
 
 TO TToXcftta, regarding the matters of war ; construction ? Kal 
 
 npoadfv, on a former occasion also. raraXXayctV, cf. avv-cOsXayfim, 
 
 XXI. 
 
 § 3. its <S(ro, mo<lifies what ? 
 
 § 5. rf)P Kpiaiv . . . a>i (yivtro, the trial . . . how it took place, i. e. 
 how the trial took place. airoppr^rov, neuter, a thing ofsecresy. 
 
 § 6. oTi diKaiov eVrt . . . avOpointav, what is just . . . before m^'/n ; 
 object of finv\€v6fi(vos. antecedent of tovto? mode of irpa^al 
 
 why ? nepi ^Opoura tovtov i, regarding this (-/) here Orontds ; note 
 
 the force of -t' ; cf. the Lat. -ce, hic-ce. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The noun or protioun with which a participle is in the absolute 
 construction has occasionally to be supplied. 
 
 2. Indefinite things are denoted not oidy by the indefinite pronoun, 
 but also by a clause with ct rtt, f t ri ; siquis, siquid. 
 
 3. The dative of manner is used to denote that in respect to which a 
 thing is true. 
 
 LESSON LII. 
 
 176 
 
 4. The subject of a subordinate clause may be anticipated in a sen- 
 tence by being made object in the main clause. 
 
 5. An adjective referring to a preceding masculine or feminine noun 
 may l)e neuter, when the noun passes over into the general idea of a thing. 
 
 6. -t added to a demonstrative pronoun renders it deictic^ i.e. makes 
 it refer to something as present. 
 
 Prin. Parts. 
 
 1. (f)aiv(t>. 
 
 2. yiyvuxTKco. 
 
 3. ypd<pQ}- 
 
 4. hix^P-^^' 
 
 5. Kai<o [KCLfo) 
 
 3. FORM LESSON. 
 
 Declension. 
 
 1. Kpiais. 
 
 2. t\vos. 
 
 3. vTTOfivrjfia. 
 
 4. dvayvovs. 
 
 5. npoarroXf^av. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 Analysis. 
 
 1. npocnroK(pa>v. 
 
 2. dvayvovs ' 
 
 3. KaraWaydS' 
 
 4. (Vfdpfvaas- 
 
 5. SiayydXai' 
 
 1. dva-yiyvaxTKoa, recognize ; read. 14. 6 Koirpos, dung. 
 
 2. diro-p-pryros} 'ov, not tobe told, se- 15. f} Kpiais,^ judgment, trial. 
 
 3. TO ytvos,^ genus, birth, {cret. 16. Trapa-icaXeo), call to my side, in- 
 
 4. ypd<^a>,^ write. vite. 
 
 5. rj btiia,* pledge. 17. npo-KaTa-KalicHurninadvance. 
 G. dt-ayyeXKco, carry word through, 18. Trpoa-rjKav.^ coming to; related to. 
 
 report. 19. npoa-TroXepeay, wage war against. 
 
 7. €iKdCoi>. liken ; estimate, mppose. 20. 6 crri^os, trodden or beaten path. 
 
 8 tu-f8p€va>, lie in ambush. 21. 6 avfx-^ovXos, counsellor. 
 
 9. €$ayyc\\(o, biing out word, 22. vnriKoos,-ov,^ subject to, obedient. 
 
 make known. 
 
 10. ^ cVtoToX^ epistola, letter. 
 
 1 1 . eroipos, ready. 
 
 12. TO ixvoi, trace, track, footprint. 
 
 13. KaTa-Kaivu>,^ kill, put to death. 
 
 23. v7ro-8fxf^fiai, receive, welcome. 
 
 24. TO vnofxvrjpxi, reminder. 
 25 <t)pdCa), tell, declare. 
 2fi. ;^p)7(rt/ioff, useful. 
 27. u)^fXi/iOff, serviceable. 
 
 1 in6,from, not (like a- priv.), and the th.'me pf, speak; cf. dpij^a XXIIL 
 
 2 Cf. yCyvofiai, theme y€v ', Lat. gigno, genus. 
 
 3 Cf. Eng. geo-grapky, graph-ite. * Strictly right hand, sc. x«>- 
 
 6 icacVw, same as KTtiyu ; cf airo-KrevSiv VII. 
 
 6 Same derivation as KpiVw; cf. Kpira? XLIX. 
 
 7 (f. KartKavatv X LI II. § 10. 
 
 8 From iJKw, come. Associated with what verh? 
 
 9 i/no and aKovio ; cf. Lat obedio, — ob -I- audio. 
 
176 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON LIII. 
 
 177 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Trdiislate : (a) *Hfifis y oxpoirjfifv Sv Tovroit rots rjyffiotriv €nr(r0..i 
 ols 8oirfT€, fir} rj as avra ra Xd;^w dnoXfaoitriu. (b) Et dq ff lijs tKKXrjaias 
 yv<i>fiq ?iiKaioTc^d (paveirj rcav rols ir^pon bo^dvTtaVj d^ioifjLfv &v rovs <rrpa- 
 Ttwras arparr^ynvs yfvfadai. (c) Tt ov • ahiKrj6€U vn (ftov vvv ('ni^ovXfCcop 
 fioi (t>av€p6s yfyouas ; ^ ilnovros dt rov IdiaTov on ovdiv dbiKrjdfU, fjpd}Tjj(r«v 
 6 SvvdaTTjs avrdv. Af'ycir ovv ntpi <V« fidiKos yfyeu^aOai ; (d) 2vp.^ov- 
 Xfvoipi &u €y« rov Mpdnodov tovtop Xdfipa dnoXfaai 6)5 SCvarai raj^tara. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) I replied that they thought it was the time for 
 Orontas to suffer for the bad deeds which he had done, (6) He has 
 written many letters to his paymaster (saying) that he would have as 
 many allies as possible when he came, (c) It is no secret that when he 
 read the letter he had many suspicions, and then put him to death. 
 (d) He told me not to receive you as friends. 
 
 3. Review carefully the list of nouns in Lesson XXX., until, from 
 hearing or seeing the English words only, the Greek woixls can readily 
 be given ; make a constant effort to associate each new word with some 
 already familiar Greek word, an occasional Latin equivalent, or au 
 English derivate or cognate. 
 
 LESSON Lin. 
 A XA BASIS L VI. 7 to the end. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 7. oTt trt T)^iKrf(Ta, wherein I (have) v)roii{/ed you; the antecedent 
 of oTi is subject of <'(rrti/. Sri oS, "A^o;" note the accent; cf. 
 
 XLIV. § 13. ovbfv . . . dStKovjjieuos, being injured nothing, i, e. in 
 
 no respect ; in the act. voice dbiK€<o takes a cognate accus^itive {rf, the rel. 
 part of on above) ; note, in the passive this cognate accusative is still 
 retained. ori ihvvoi, what harm you could (sc. nouiv). fifra- 
 
 (ifXeiv aoif that it was-a-counter-care, or change of mind, for you, t. e. 
 that you repented, 
 
 1 From yiyvofiii : where made ? 
 
 I 
 
 § 8. y€j/oifii;v, 8C. r& . . . a5fX0« . . . <f>iXos Koi ttiotos. 
 
 § 9. and (prjvai . . . fioicct, declare your opinion^ [namely] what seems 
 best to you. to Kara tovtov €ivai, as regards this man ; literally as 
 
 regards the to be {ro duai, accusative of specification) or condition [of 
 affairs] with reference to this one. 
 
 § 10. (<f>rj, subject t TTJs C^vrjs, by the girdlcy genitive of the 
 
 part touched. 
 
 § 11. oKXoi. (!AXo>r, alii aliter. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONa 
 
 1. dUiiKffo, KaKcJs »rot€ft) take a cognate accusative of the wrong done, 
 as well as an accusative of the person or thing injured. 
 
 2. ov, meaning *' no" or at the end of a sentence, is accented (oi;). 
 
 3. The genitive with Xap^vu denotes the part taken hold of. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 The second passive system, H. 322, 468, 471, 472 ; G. 96. pp. 
 108, 109 bottom. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. a^iKoi} -ovj nnjtist. 11. 6 Odvaroi, death.* 
 
 2. oXXox, otiierwise ; differently. 12. ^vrja-Kto^* die. 
 
 3. dno-ifxUvKo, show; mid. reveal 13. KOKOi^ noUa^ dx) evil ov harm to, 
 
 one's self or for one^s self. injure. 
 
 4. 6 ^mfios^ altar. 14. fura-fuXti, poenitet, it repents 
 
 5. ye (enclitic), a^Zeast (giving em- (impersonal). 
 
 phasis to the preceding word). 1 5. opoXoyea), acknowledge ; confess. 
 0. 6 (BiXovrris,^ volunteer. 16. ovkovp (interrogative), nonne 
 
 7. etV-ayo), lead or conduct into or igitur, not therefore * 
 
 within. 
 
 8. fKTTobdtv, out of the way. 
 
 9. €^-aya>, lead out. 
 10. 7, verily f assuredly. 
 
 17. Trpoa-Kvvfo},^ prostrate one's self 
 
 before, pay homage to. 
 
 18. Trptxr-rarTft), assign, order, com- 
 
 mand. 
 
 * Of, StVij, Sucatof, aotircw. 
 
 2 Connected in derivation wiili wliat verb ? 
 
 * Cf. Eng. tIuinat'0\Miis (view of death). 
 
 * Theme 0ay (cf. 0avaT<y:) ; so 2 aor. = €-0a v-ov. 
 
 * (tufcw, kiss ; probably homage in the Orient was originally shown by prostrat- 
 inf! one's self and kissing tlie feet or the garments of the person revered. 
 
 12 
 
178 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 19. Trpoa-TiBtjfUf place to; mid. 22. 6 rrvyyfvijff,' relative^ kinsman, 
 
 place one's self to, join; agree. 23. i} o-;(oXiJ,* leisure. 
 
 20. iramore, ever yet. 24. 6 rdfposy burial, grave. 
 
 21. 6 QKTfirrovxos} sceptre-hearer. 25. rpiros, tertius, third. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (f/) Ovkovv, f(f>r] 6 (f>povpap)(os. tore t^i/ irarpiba ttoXXu 
 abtKr)6(l<Tav rov^f rov rporrov ; (6) "Eort dq xpovos vp.lv ptTapfXtiv re koi 
 Tds yvu>pdi dpdvovi dno(^r)vauBai. (f) EyiccXfixrToi o^v roi/y Traihas T^r 
 Xdpbs Tia^oPTfS', (JTi dduarov t^rjyayov. {rl^ *Ev di rw rpirto aradpa e^era- 
 aiv noKiTai tv toJ ntbiio. (e;) Ei/rcvdfi' enfLpcouTo ctVr/3<iXX(ti/ fiy T171' 
 Xu>pdv f) di fla^.tXr) ^v ipa^iroi Koi dp^)(avos elufXBilv OTpaTfvpLari, 
 €t Tts 4r&>X(;oi. (7 ) H 6« Idovaa rfjv XapnpoTrfTa T€ koi (vra^iau (davpaaf 
 ^pels §6 rjaBrjpfv i86vt(s rov (k tu>v *EXXr)vu}V us rovs fiap^upovs (f)6^ov. 
 (</) EiretS^ 5e Trdvras TraprjXda-apfv, ar^aavrts to dppara npo rrjs (fid- 
 Xayyoy peanjs. TTfpyjravTes rovs fpprjvfdi napd rovs fTTparrjyovs (KeXtv- 
 aap.(v Trpo^aiXfoOai rd onXa. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Not even if they should be willing to become 
 faithful to me, should I at least believe them ; for I do not trust them. 
 (b) Whenever we shall know that those high mountains are fortified 
 for us, we shall remain in the plain, (c) For the multitude is great 
 (= much), and they advance with a great shout, (d) I have taken {aya) 
 you as allies, because I thought (participle) you to be better [than] an<l 
 superior [to] many barbarians. 
 
 3. Write out a translation of the verbs of Lesson XXX. ; by means 
 of this be thoroughly prepared to give the corresponding Greek words. 
 Read the latter part of No. 3 in the Exercises of Lesson LIT. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The two objects of r)hiKriaa. 2. Construction of vaT€pop, of ovBtv. 
 3. In § 8, the forms yiyovas and *0p6vra, the optatives, the clause depen- 
 dent upon Bo^aipi. 4. In § 9, to Kara rovrov fivai. 5. In § 10, con- 
 struction of yviapj}, (oivrjs, 015 ; difference of meaning between cVt Bavdra 
 and €ni Cdvarov. 6. In § 11, two senses of oiras ; aXXoi uWtos ; deriva- 
 tion of (TKryirrovxoS' 7. Complete synopsis of €^dyu>. 8. Principal 
 parts of Bv^<rK(o, cnro(f>aiva}y yiyvciOKfo ; synopsis of the last, 2 aor. act. ; 
 analysis of eyvtos. 9. The genitive with verbs. 
 
 1 From vKTiiTTpov and e'xw. 3 Cf. avy-yiyvo^la^, yeVov, Lat. CO gna-tus. 
 
 8 Cf. <rxoAa<u>s XLVIIl. 
 
 LESSON LIV. 
 
 179 
 
 LESSON LIV. 
 
 ANABASIS I. VII. 1-5. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 1. f(f ... €0), toward the approaching (= approach of) daxcn: 
 nom. €<as. Cf. Tap-dts, Tap-&v XXIX. Note, eas forms its accusative 
 singular without the case ending. Ktpias : fui- Ktpaa-os, from Ktpas', 
 
 cf. ytvovs for y€V€(r-os. 
 
 § 3. dnopoiv. because I am. in want of. Cf. XXX TV. § 8. Jjp 
 
 KficrrjaBf : cf. co Bolr) XXXVII. § 17. rjs vpas ktc, on account of 
 
 which, etc. Note the genitive of cause ; cf. fmOfj &v vopiCfi XXXV. 
 § 10. ^ 
 
 § 4. (iv: cf. kBv XXXVIII. § 20. roXXa (cf preceding note), 
 
 / seem to be ashamed of the rest, i. e. what will follow, namely, what men, 
 etc. rols oiKoi ^T/XtoToj/, to those, i. e. in the eyes of those, at home. 
 
 § 5. hid TO . . . flvai : cf. r^ difairdadai XLVIIL § 9. Totovro) 
 
 . . . rov Kivhvvov, such [« poijit^ of danger. fic-pvrjo : contraction 
 
 for p(-pv^-oio. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Some nouns of the 2(1 declension end in -co?, and have the accu- 
 sative singular in -av ; ems, however, omits -v. 
 
 2. Nouns whose stem ends in -a? form the genitive in -cds by 
 contraction. 
 
 3. The genitive of cause follows evdaipovi^o). 
 
 4. The dative may denote in whose view, or in relation to whom, 
 something is true. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 1. Declension of (cos . . H. 159, 161. G. 42, 2 and N. 1. 
 
 2. Declension of Kepas 
 
 3. pepvTjpai . . . . 
 
 H. 181, 183. 
 
 G. 56, 2. 
 
 I H 365, b ; 465. « ; ( G. 1 18, 1 n.; 200. 
 i 466, b ; 530, 6. ( N. 6. 
 
 4. Genitive of cause, with 
 
 verbs of emotion . . H. 744. 
 
 G. 173, 1 
 

 180 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 LESSON LV. 
 
 181 
 
 1. cifxa, together^ together with. 
 
 2. dv-( )((!}, hold up, endure. 
 
 3. 6 avTOfioXos,^ deserter. 
 
 , 4. Sia-rarrco, dispose in order^ 
 
 arrange. 
 StSatr/co),* teach, 
 f] (kivBepid, freedom, 
 (vdainovi^d),^ deem happy^ 
 
 congratulate. 
 
 8. curoXfiof, courageous. 
 
 9. 17 €0)9, dawn. 
 
 10. fi^XcoToy, ended; object of envy. 
 
 11. TO K€pas,* horn; wing (of an 
 
 army). 
 
 5. 
 6. 
 
 i. 
 
 12. 6 Kii/SCi/off,* danger. 
 
 13. KTaofiai, acquire ; perf. pos- 
 
 .<fe.*«'.'*. 
 
 14. at fuaai vvkt(9, m'td-watches 
 
 (of the night), midnight. 
 
 15. fii7v, verily y of a truth (post- 
 
 positive) 
 
 16. fiifivrjcrKQ}. /remind; pffiinj' 
 
 fiai, znemini. 
 
 17. 7rap-at !/€&),* recommend. 
 
 18. TroXXaTrXiJo-toff. manifold. 
 
 19. Trpoa-Xafi^dvto, take in addi" 
 
 tion. 
 
 20. ir«£ ; how f 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) Ot Se TaCra dicoua"ain-fff avroi re ^aav 7To\v npoOv' 
 fjiorepni Ka\ toIs aWots e^rjyyfWov (ft) Eia^eaav de nap* avrov ot t€ 
 trrpaTrj-yoi Ka\ rcbv aWoav rive's-, d^iovmrfs €i8(Pai rl a(f)i(Tiv (crai (au 
 viKr)(T<iicnv. {ci 'O 6' opa. rovs "EXXrjuas viKcovras to Ka6' avrois kuI 
 ^idiKovras. ('/) HBopifvos Koi npoaKwovfievos ^Brj a>i ^aaiXevs vno rwv 
 dp(f> avToy, ovde t6t€ €TTtipdaaTO biatKdv. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) He hung up the beautiful horns of the animals, 
 which he had killed, in a little cave near the gate of the garden. 
 (6) Since we know, we will tell (= teach) you why we congratulated 
 tho?e guides. (c) They had shown themselves courageous in battle, 
 and endured well so much of danger, that the king recognized the favor, 
 and made them all objects of envy in the eyes of the rest. (d) We 
 shall recollect to show ourselves worth v of the freedom which we have 
 acquired, whenever the enemy come. 
 
 1 From avT6?, self, and the tlienie ftok, to go, 
 
 2 Cf. Eiig. dulnctic. • From eviaiy.b>v. 
 
 * Cf. Ensf. rbina-cero5, liaving a horn on the nose. 
 
 6 Hence K<.vt^vvcv(a. • Cf. in-aivta XXXIV. § 7. 
 
 3. Prepare a translation of the nouns and verbs of Lesson XXX., 
 and practise giving the Greek for each word, varying the order con- 
 stantly. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Attic second declension. 2. Neuters in as 3. Peculiarities in 
 conjugation of pL€^vr)p,ai. 4. Principal parts of lUfiv^aKaj and synopsis 
 of p€fiin]fiai. 5. A tabular view of the uses of the genitive with verbs ; 
 illustrations in this Lesson. 6. rj^fiv . . . fiaxovpfvov in direct dis- 
 course. 7. KKtapxop . . . riy€ia$ai in direct discoui-se. 8. ^fitpa, § 2, 
 construction ? 9. ttoioIto mode, and why. 10. afneivovs, § 3 ; pecu- 
 liarities of declension. 11. Construction of TroXX©!' i3apj3a/?a)i/. /Xfv^r- 
 pias. rji {KfKrqa-Bt). 12. Principal parts and classification of SteVafe, 
 7rap^v€i, TrpoaiXa^ov, KiKTrja-de, €vBaifJiovl{^<o, dtSa^o), fiffxvrjaeaOai. 
 
 LESSON LV. 
 ANABASIS I. VII. 6-11. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 7. firj ovK e^a) : on the mode, cf. Karabvajj XXXVII. § 17. 
 
 on dw, what to give. This is not for on av fia> (cond. rel.) ; it is 
 the indirect form of the direct question, " what shall I give " (ri 6w). 
 Note, the subjunctive (like the Lat. quid dicam) is used in a question 
 as to what may be done with propriety or advantage. oils da> : 
 
 cf. preceding note. 
 
 § 9. oTriadev iavrap : cf. €t(ro> rav opiav XXIX. otfi yap ; 
 
 do you think then-indeed ? Note this sense of yap in questions, — yap 
 = yt 4- apa ', cf ^ yap dvdyKtj LIII. vf) Ai* ; cf. ph. rovs Bfovs 
 
 XLII. At", = Ai'a : accusative of Zcvy ; H. 216; G. 60, 5, 10. 
 
 § 10. dams : singular where the plural might have been expected ; 
 but cf. the English use, e.g, "a thousand horse." This is called the 
 collective use of the noun. 
 
182 
 
 INDUCTIVE GUKKK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON LV. 
 
 183 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Questions of deliberation as to what may he done, have their verb 
 in the subjunctive. In the indirect discourse after a primary tense this 
 mode is retained, the interrogative being changed to an indefinite 
 relative pronoun. 
 
 2. VT}, fxd, adverbs of swearing^ are folhjwed by the accusative of the 
 person sworn by. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Synopsis of Tt/ioo) . 
 
 2. Synopsis of nouto . 
 
 3. Cardinal numerals, 1 
 
 4. flfil as enclitic . . 
 
 . . . H. 337. G. 98. 
 
 . . . H. 339. G. 98. 
 
 10,000 H. 288. G. 76. 
 
 . . . H. 480, 1, 2. G. 28, n. 1 end. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. dfiax«ii^ without a battle. 
 
 2. ^ apKT09,'^ bear ; Gi*eat Bear ; 
 
 north. 
 
 3. hia-Xiyoyiai} converse with. 
 
 4. 8p€TTaVrj-(f)6pOS,^ 'Otf, SCJ/thC- 
 
 bearinj. 
 
 5. €y-KpaTT}s,* €s, in-poweTf 
 
 powerful orer. 
 
 6. €fi-mn\Tjpt ^ Jill in, satisfy. 
 
 7. e^a<t(r;^^tXtot, six thousand. 
 
 8. Tj €^o7rXiaria,^ the arming^ 
 
 equipment. 
 
 9. Tfpofirjv, 2 aor., / asked. 
 
 10. 6 Kaipos, occasion. 
 
 11. TO Kuvpa^"^ heat. 
 
 1 DtM-ivation? 
 
 8 6(i€vavov, scythe, 4- ^ifm. 
 
 « From theme irAij. Cf. ir\r,9o^, 
 
 • Derivation ? 
 
 8 From iiiiTo% and iitiiftd. 
 
 12. icpaTffo,* rule, have power over. 
 
 13. ^ fifa-tjp^pia,^ mid-day; south. 
 
 14. fi^xP'' ^^y until where; to the 
 
 place where. 
 
 15. vrj, yea, by; affirmative ad- 
 
 verb of swearing. 
 
 16. oTTtadfv, behind. 
 
 17. 7rapa-Ke\€vofMai, recommend. 
 
 18. irarp^St^ pater naly heredi' 
 
 tary. 
 
 19. TTcflf, in some way ; Zi^ nasj 
 
 about thus. 
 
 20. (TaTpanfvoi,^ govern as satrap. 
 
 21. 6 a-Te(Pavo9,^ crown. 
 
 22. 6 \fipoi>v, winter. 
 
 * Hence Eng. arctic, 
 
 * Cf. Kpareui ; cf. iyKpaTTJi. 
 
 irAij'pij?, ple-o, ple-nty, 
 "^ Derivation ? 
 ^ Hence Eiig. Stephen. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (n) Tavrrj pkv oZv TTJ fjpepa ovk cpxixiaaro^ aXX* 
 vnoxo^povvToav (fiavfpa rjaav Ka\ tniroav Koi dvSpa)na>v ix^rj TroXXa- (6) Ai*- 
 ^Tjaau ovp ofj/o) dta rov irtdtov eni dtaSfKa napaadyyas ft^XP* ^°*^ "^^^ 
 ^pvyids (o-xdrov rtixovi. (c) Uakiv 8' fjp€To, Ovkovv vptli oIkvoItc 
 av rbv norapov ravran raU y€(l)vpais hui^ivdv, ah noioUv ; (rf) Ovkovv 
 <^o^olo av rols rjycpoai tovtoh €n€a6ai ols 8oUv ; 
 
 2. Translate : (a) We deem it right to know what we also shall 
 have if you conquer (aor.). (6) Not many are able to endure both the 
 winter of the north and the mighty heat of the south. (c) I will 
 make you powerful over many cities, if you learn to conquer yourself. 
 (d) Yea ! by the gods, (the) men cannot conquer themselves without a 
 battle ; but if they conquer indeed, many crowns are due (= owed) to 
 them. 
 
 3. Review the entire Vocabulary of Lesson XXX. Do not think 
 you have mastered it before being able to give the Greek from the 
 English, and vice versa, without hesitation. 
 
 4. Synopsis (a) of oiVo) ; (b) of vlicaa) ; (c) of Xa/i^ai/o». 
 
 5. Parts, classification, and theme of (a) uKovm, (b) exfo, (c) vipr 
 irXtffU. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Mode with verbs oi fearing. 2. Mode in questions of delibera- 
 tion ; direct and indirect discourse. 3. Tabular view of the genitive 
 with adjectives and adverbs. 4. Adverbs of swearing. 5. Derivation 
 of yap ; its use in questions. 6. First and second perfect stems. 
 7. The forms ccrri and (ori. 8. The cardinal numerals. 
 
184 
 
 INDUCTIVE GKEEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON LVI. 
 
 ANABASIS I. VII. 12-17. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 12. v(TTipr)(rt ktc = dcftUiro vartpos r^t t^xn^t later than {= too 
 late for) the battle. C/. nporepa Kvpov kW XXXI. 
 
 § 15. TrapfTCTOTo : H. 519, A and 5 ; G. page 356, and § 109, 6. 
 
 2. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Sj'nopsis of XfiV(o 
 
 2. Synopsis of ri$rjpi 
 
 H. 344. 
 H. 349. 
 
 G. 96, 11. 
 G. 1S3. 
 
 3. Formation of perfect stems . . i^'"^^^ ^47, < G. 1 10. IV. 
 
 l 450, 452. ( (6), (d). 
 
 3. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. avTOfAoXta,^ I desei't. 
 
 2. TO fiddos, 'ovs, depth. 
 
 3. ^6vSf -€7at -V, deep. 
 
 4. dta-XriTTca, leace between ; lie 
 
 at intervals. 
 6. ij bicopn)^,'^ canaly trench. 
 
 6. (icr-jSaXXo), throw into ; enter. 
 
 7. TO fpvpxiy protection; rampart. 
 
 8. p€Ta(vt a<iv., between. 
 
 9. 17 opyvuj,* a fathom. 
 10. opvTTWf I dig. 
 
 11. dpvKTos, dug. 
 
 12. napa-reivto, .stretch beside, ez- 
 
 tend. 
 
 13. frXf^piatoff, extending a pleth- 
 
 rum. 
 
 14. frXco), I sail. 
 
 15. o-n-ayayyoy,* -oi/, grain-carry^ 
 
 ing. 
 
 16. jj Td(f)poi, ditch, trench. 
 
 17. varrfpfio* am or coTne (/oo) 
 
 1 From avTOMoAo? LIV. » Strictly, the span of the ouUtretched hands. 
 
 • From jta and ipwrrw. See 10. < Derivation ? 
 
 LESSON LVI. 
 
 4. EXERCISES. 
 
 185 
 
 1. Translate : (a) Tor* be KoXtaas rou ippLrjVk'a dnfduiKfu avrio 
 fidptiKOvs TpiarxTkioxn, oTt rfj rpirrf an €Keltnr)s rjp^pot Bvo^ifvtK (inev ort 
 o (f)povpap)(OS ov fia;(etTai dfKa r)p.(p<tiv. (5) 'O d( fiirfv^ Ovk ovv cri 
 paxfiTat, (i iv ravrais ov pa^^flrai rais tiptpms' tav h dX-qBri Xtyrjs, 
 virKT^vovpal o"ot d€Ka rdXavra. (c) ToOto to )(pi>(rlov t6t€ diredcoKev, 
 iirii vaprlKBov al rptls tipipat. (d) 'Ettci b* tnl rrj ri'i(f)p(f> ovk cica>Xvr 
 ^aiXfiis TTfv Tu)v •noXepidJV arpaTidv Bia^aivfiv, tbo^t avr^ Kai toIs uXXot; 
 KOToXeXvKfvai rrpos top Kvpou. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) He was fifteen days too late for the review of the 
 armies of the great king. (6) Yea ! by Zeus, they do not indeed know 
 what they are doing; for if they join battle with the king, let them 
 not think that the scythe-bearing chariots can be prevented from cutting 
 (infin.) them all down, (c) They were mightily angry with the guides 
 when they heard this, and refused to go forward. (r/) When, however, 
 they knew that the journey (= way) was against the great king at 
 Babylon, they voted not to cross the river. 
 
 3. Make a list of the meanings of the verbs in Lesson XXXIX.; 
 from this be prepai-ed to recite without hesitation the corresponding 
 Greek verbs, as their meanings are pronounced by the instructor. 
 
 4. Review, in the List of first occurrences, words 196 to 300. 
 
 5. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Principal parts of ttX/o) ; of p€<o. 2. Construction of rfptpait. 
 § 12. 3. Crasis in § 13 ; other instances met with. 4. Construction 
 of orparfvfiaTt, § 14. 5. Synopsis of avvrcTayp^v^ ; formation of the 
 perfect active. 6. Principal parts, themes, and analysis of rrapaTharo. 
 7. Construction of rd^ovs, norapov, nobiov, fvpos, § 15. 8. Declension 
 of Tft'xovff, €vpoi, ^Ofia. 9. Participle with nvvOdvrrai. 10. Case 
 governed by vo-rrpcci). 
 
18G 
 
 INDLXTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON LVII. 
 ANABASIS I. VII. 18 -VIII. 2. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 18. BtKa riix€pS>v, on any one of the ten days, t. e. within ten days. 
 Vf. however rov iinv6s XXXVIII. ad Jin. Uses of dative and accusative 
 in expressions of time ? t'hv 8* aKri6tv(Tr)i . . . vTrtaxvov/uu : form 
 
 of conditional statement ? Evolve the future idea in the conclusion ; 
 cf. KaTa7rpa$(i€v XXII. Note, the aorist has the sense of the Lat. 
 future perfect. 
 
 § 19. d7r-€yva>K€vm rov fiaxftrdiu, had concluded not to fight. On the 
 prefix, cf. ana ^^(^i^oiiai. XLIV. The prepositional prefix governs the 
 genitive as it would if standing as an independent preposition. 
 
 § 20. Totff arparUtTati : cf. ov8€vi tcpfirrovt XXXI. § 26. 
 
 Chap. VIII. § 1. iSpovvTi T« tTTTrtf) : cf. <rvvr€Tayfup(^ tw aTpanv- 
 puiTi LVI. § 14. 
 
 § 2. ard/crotf a(f)i(Tiv (Tn-neafla-Oat, would fall upon them(selves)y etc. : 
 from cVi-TTtTTTa), theme rrer, nrw. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Time within which is expressed by the genitive. 
 
 2. In future conditions mth probability, expressions may be used in 
 the apo<losis equivalent to the future indicative ; in the protasis, the 
 aorist subjunctive is nearly equivalent to the Latin future perfect. 
 
 3. The prefix dn6 frequently has a negative sense. It may govern 
 the genitive, as when st«inding as a preposition. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Synopsis of <^mVa) . 
 
 2. Synopsis of 8ld(opi . 
 
 H. 343. 
 H. 350. 
 
 G. 96, III. 
 G. 123. 
 
 LESSON LVII. 
 
 187 
 
 3. Augment of the pluperfect . 
 
 4. Attic reduplication . . . 
 
 H. 358. 
 H. 368. 
 
 G. 99, 101,4. 
 G. 102. 
 
 5. Principal parts of ckovo), iXavvta . ] 'coi i * [ ^- PP- 330-338. 
 
 ' o21, I. ) 
 
 6. Genitive with compound verbs H. 751. 
 
 7. Kdd-r)iiai H. 484. 
 
 G. 177. 
 G. 127, V. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. dXrjBfvj)^ speak the truth. 
 
 2. 6 *Ap7rpaKid>TTjs, Amhraciot} 
 
 3. dvd, up ; dva Kpiiros^ up to the 
 
 full measure of strength j 
 e.g J at full speed. 
 
 4. dpa-rapdrTMj^ stir up, con- 
 
 fane. 
 
 6. dno-yiyvu>(TKUi^^ come to the 
 conclusion not to, abandon 
 the idea. 
 
 6. apa, therefore. 
 
 7. uraKTOi * -oi/, out of order. 
 
 8. avrUa, immediately. 
 
 9. ^ap^apiKcas, barbarously; in 
 
 the Persian tongue. 
 
 10. ^odo), bawl or cry out. . 
 
 11. iWr^viKuti, in the Greek fash- 
 
 ion or tongue. ^ 
 
 12. ipBfKaroi,* -i;, -ov, eleventh. 
 
 13. cTrt-TTiWo), fall upon. 
 
 14. r}p€\rjp.(V6)s,^ carelessly. 
 
 15. TjPiKay when; like the Lat. 
 
 quutn with the ind. 
 1(). i8p6<o, sweaty perspire. 
 
 1 7. TO Kparos -ovs-, power, strength. 
 
 See dvd above. 
 
 18. 6 pAvriiy seer, soothsayer. 
 
 19. /i/XXo), / intend, am likely. 
 
 20. ttXjJ^o),® be full , dyopd irkr)' 
 
 Oovaa, full market^ i. e. 
 about 10.30 A.M. 
 
 21. rrKfjaiov. near. 
 
 22. fj iropfia^ journey. 
 
 23. npo-diofiai, conduct a sacrifice. 
 
 24. 7rpo-<f)aiva>, appear in the dis- 
 
 tance. 
 
 25. TO TOiKavTov,^ talent. 
 
 26. 6 rdpaxos, confusion. 
 
 1 Amhracia was in Epirus, near the gulf which bore its name, — the Am- 
 bracian Gulf. 
 
 * Cf. Topax-oK below, for the theme. 
 
 * Cf. yvitt-fjiri ; iiru. tyvot on ov hvvri<T*Tax XXXII. 
 
 * Derivation ? 
 
 * Perfect middle participle of d-M«Aew made into an adverb. Cf. XXXV. § 11 ; 
 XLV. § 16. 
 
 * Give other words showing same theme. 
 ' Cf. Lesson XLVII., Vocab., note •. 
 
 8 A sum of money, about $1,100. 
 
188 
 
 1 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 INDUCTIVE GllEEK METHOD. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 LESSON LVIII. 
 
 189 
 
 1. Tran^^late : (a) *Hi' ^eV yap uTroyuoififu airUa (neaBai Koi ijfiiit 
 €wnr€(T0i(ri, VfXfh 86^fT€ airioi dvai op^avrts rov rapa^ov. (h) To) 
 ^AfXTTpaKiatTTj x<^P^^ (laerai i)s aKr)6(vovTi - fxeWti dr) uiruv airo8<oa-(tv. 
 ( ) T.7 fie €v8€KdTq uTUKToi diffiT)(Tav Trp\v TOV9 (iXXovs airoKp'vatrBai. 
 ( Ot p.avT(i.i ^of)(Tam(s rfpfXrjfXfVois rfjp arpaTiu^ (rdpa^av. (t) 'Aua- 
 fias (n\ Tov miTov kol to, TraXra €is rds ;^€tpa9 Xa/3a)t/ rols T€ akXois vaai 
 napqyyfWfv ra onXa Xu^^dvftv koi KaOiarraaOai fls ttjv tavrov rd^iv 
 tKaarov. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) And at (= in) this time, riding-along, himself, with 
 Pigres the interpreter and two or three others, he cried-out to Clearchua 
 to lead the army against [the] middle (= middle the) of the enemy, 
 because the king was (ind. disc.) there. (b) '*And if we conquer 
 this," said he, " everything has been done for us." (c) We were riding 
 at full speed, with our horses sweating mightily, in order to announce 
 that the king was near, (d) But being perplexed and distressed by 
 these matters, they sent after the soothsayers, (e) And they told us to 
 be of good cheer, as these matters would be settled (= set themselves 
 down) as desired (= into the needed, dew). (/) This was done care- 
 lessly, and without the knowledge of the messengers. 
 
 3. Review carefully the Vocabulary of Lesson XXXIX., so as to 
 be able to give the English from the Greek, and vice versa^ without 
 hesitation. 
 
 4. Review the words of Chapter II. in the List of first occurrences. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Expressions of <i7Me. 2. Modes in the indirect discourse. 3. How 
 to change the direct discourse in § 18 into the indirect discourse as 
 completely as possible (study Chap. 11. § 2). 4. Aorist subjunctive in 
 conditional clauses. 5. The nmtes before /a. 6. Peculiarity in €d««r, 
 t6r)Ka ; synopsis of this tense, active voice. 7. Analysis and principal 
 parts of aTTfyvcoKfvai ; of dvarerapayp^vov 8. Different kinds of re- 
 duplication. 9. Declension of Kpdros, a<platVf fuivrts. 10. Principal 
 parts of cVtTTfo-f tcr^ai ; synopsis of this tense and voice. 
 
 LESSON LVIII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. viiL 3-8. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 3. €P-€-dv : cf. dv-€-^T]-v, e-yu(o-v, f-arrj-v , they are 2d aorists, 
 formed from the pure theme. Note, each theme ends in a vowel, and 
 that the ])ersonal endings are attached directly. This is not the case, 
 e.g. J with €-Xin-o-v, €-/3aX-€-ff, — themes ending in a consonant, — for a 
 vowel stands between the theme and the ending. The conjugation of 
 these last belongs to the -<o system (Xvo)) ; but the few 2d aorists of vowel 
 themes belong to the -fxi system, whatever be the system to which the 
 present belongs, — so tXin-o-v, edv-v ] /SoX-dt/, firj-vai; (jyvy&v, yuovs or 
 /3dy or bvs- Ka0 iaraaOai €is . . . rd^iv tKaarov, each one to set 
 
 himself (dir. mid.) doivn, i. e. fall into line. 
 
 § 4. €x6p€vos, holding on, next. 
 
 § 8. XP°*'9 (TV^VM : cf. fjptpais TrevTf LVI. § 12. (7n ttoXv, 
 
 intOf atf a great [distance']. Cf. enl dctdtKu napacrdyyas LVI. § 15. 
 
 2. OBSERVATION. 
 
 There are 2d aorists (a) of the -« form, following the model of eXtTroi^; 
 (6) of the fii form, following the model of ea-rrjv. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Short a in the nominative, 
 
 1st declension . . . . H. 139, c, d. 
 
 2. Comparison of adverbs . . H. 259. 
 
 3. Future system of liquid verbs H 326. 
 
 4. Conjugation of (trrrfv and e^vv H. 335. 
 
 G. 37, N. 2. 
 G. 75. 
 G. 96, III. 
 G. 123. 
 
 5. Second aorists of the -fii form H. 489, 1,3, 15, 17. G. 125, 3. 
 
190 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 LESSON LIX. 
 
 191 
 
 1 . doTpaTtra), Jfash. 
 
 2. 17 dfiXijf earhf evening. 
 
 3. bi.aKivhvv(v<»}, brave the danger. 
 
 4. €yyvsi near: (yyvrrpou, nearer. 
 
 5. tv-dvo), enter into ; put on. 
 
 6. <^-o7rAi^a>,i arm completely. 
 
 7. 6 6(opa^,^ -oKOi, breastplate. 
 
 8. KaTa-Trqbdiiiy^ leap down. 
 
 9. Kara (Pau^^,* (s, iti plain vieiv. 
 
 10. 6 Kovi opTos, a Stirring or 
 
 cloud of dust. 
 
 11. j} XoyxT}^ spear-head ; spear ^ 
 
 lance. 
 
 12. XevKOff, -17, -01/, white. 
 
 13. 17 fidxaipa, short sword, dag- 
 
 ger. 
 
 14. 1} fifXavta,* blackness ; black 
 
 object. 
 
 15. ^ vf^fKt), cloud. 
 
 16. ottX/^u), -iVo) or -(«, jf)t/< on 
 
 Atfauy armor ; arm. 
 
 17. oa-uv, so much as ; with num., 
 
 about. 
 
 18. ra napafirjpidiat the thigh- 
 
 pieces of armor. 
 10. irfXraa-TtKosj consisting 0/ tar- 
 geteers. 
 
 20. ra TrpofifTtoniduit armor-pieces 
 
 before the forehead, head- 
 pieces. 
 
 21. TO npoarT€pvidia,^ armor-pieces 
 
 before the breast, breast- 
 pieces. 
 
 22. 17 anovBfjj zeal, haste. 
 
 23. (rvj^j/oy, -17, -6v, continuous, 
 
 considerable in length. 
 
 24. rdxa, quickly. 
 
 25. ;(aX*c6y," bronze, bronze object. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (ri) *0 /uWot f?7rfi/ ort KaUadi nap(K(\({,fTo ifxlv rfjv 
 Kpavyi)v du(x^(r0ai, tf fvo"^ tovto (b) Kal *V rovro) toJ icaipw t6 /i«/ 
 ^ap^apiKuv npofjei, to dt 'EXXrfviKup ?ti (v tw uIt^ ^iLov uvvirdrrtTo U 
 rS>p ?rt 7rpo(n6uTa>v. (c) Kal ^crav InntU p€v \(vkovs e^poKas ivhivrts 
 im rov €va)v{>pov rw - noXepitov dvvdcrrrjs ris eXcyfro ruvrtov fjy€l(T0ai' 
 €x6p€voi 8€ onXlrai avu daniai rals npds Toi,i n68as TrapaTeivovaait. 
 (d) 'Ht/iVa d' eV rfj BtlXr, rdi SopKdSa^ t€ kui Suovi dypiovs €'fii<oKou 
 Xpopov avxudu, KovLopros ns €<pd^fj .Vi rroU iy noWSyu arpovdilyv ras 
 nrtpvyas alpovawu iitantp lariois xpc^p^ucou Ka\ d7roMpaaKov(T<i>v. 
 
 1 Cf tfo.A.<r.r LV. § 10. 2 Hence Eng. thi^rax. 
 
 » Cf. XLVin. § 8. 
 
 < Kara has the Sense of thoroughness, as in Karanpdi,,,{v) XXII. C/. a<Mv.r5 
 XLII. a^ intV. 5 c;/-. Eng. m./an-clioly, gloom. 
 
 6 !• rem np6 and irripvov, sternum, the breast-bone. 
 
 7 Hence xaA^coO^ XXVII. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) There was a certain dark-object on the plain at a 
 great distance, which appeared like a cloud coming on with much water. 
 {h) Yea ! by Zeus, the bronze spears flashed mightily, and the thigh- 
 pieces and the breast-pieces and the golden front-pieces which the royal 
 horses had. (c) We put on our golden breastplates with great haste. 
 ((/) We shall try to show ourselves (= appear) worthy of the freedom 
 which we have acquired, and on account of which so-many men deem 
 us happy. (e) We have advised you to put (= make) this man 
 out-of-the-way quickly, so that we may be able to do good to our 
 friends. 
 
 3. (rt) The translation, vocabulary, and grammatical principles in 
 Lesson XLVI. (6) The vocabularies of Lessons X. and XX. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Two kinds of 2d aorist. 2. Analysis, principal parts, and classi- 
 fication of cWdv, dva^as, ecrxe, (orrffrav. KaOiaraTO. 3. Principal parts 
 and classification of u>n\iafX€voi and ^arpanri ; euphonic changes illus- 
 trated in the principal parts of each. 4. Final a in paxaipa, y€(f>vpa. 
 6. Comparison of Ta;(fa)ff, ^Sccdj, evvoUw. 
 
 LESSON LIX. 
 
 ANABASIS I VIII. 9-14. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 9. aXXoi 5' iTnTtis . . . To^orai, and [there were upon the left 
 wing] other horsemen and other bowmen, i. e. others, — namely, horsemen, 
 etc., or horsemen and bowmen besides. Kara tBvrj, tribe by tribe: 
 
 cf. icar Thai XXVII. (Koarov to tdvos : in apposition with ovrot, 
 
 distributing ovroi into tribes ; cf SiaXdirovat iKOJcm) frapaaayyrjv LVI. 
 This is called distHbutive apposition. (iropfvfTo : sinjiiular, on 
 
 account of the nearness of c^oc ; cf 5^Aa ^faav orXfyy/dfy XXVI. § 10 
 
192 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 ^ § 10. KoXovfifpa : cf. XXVI. § 13. dno-TfTayJwa : cf. nap- 
 
 €T€TaTo LVl. as diaKOTTTfiw, = axTTf icacoTTTfti/. ory, = ^TlVt 
 
 (oa-Tis) : cf. on &y dtg nda-Ofiai XXXHl ; otrivcs (WtnJSftot XXXVllI. 
 
 yva/xrj, expectation: cf. LV. § 8. ^ i>s iXujvra koi BiaKofovra, 
 
 that they should drive (iut. of eXaCva) into, etc. : cf, as aTparnynaovTa 
 
 efJL€ KTi, XXXVII. § 15. 
 
 § 11. eyj^fvadq TovTo, was deceived this, i. e. in this : cognate accu- 
 sative ; cf Sri ^dUrjcra LIII. its dw(rT6v, [as far] as possible: 
 cf. S ^vuarov fidXtcrra XXXVII. § 15. «V ?cra», in even [line]. 
 
 § 13. avT^ fifXoi : cf. XLV. § 16. koXws €x<^ : cf. ovTas 
 
 cx« XXXV. § 9 ; icaKS)s ^xovrav : c/. L. § 16. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The Greek says, " hoplites and other horsemen," for " hoplites 
 and others, — namely, horsemen." 
 
 2. An appositive distributing the sense of its substantive is said to 
 be in distributive apposition. 
 
 3. A verb may be thrown out of agreement with its subject through 
 various causes. 
 
 4. ns may take the place of «ot€, with the infinitive. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension of oims H. 280 and a. 
 
 2. Declension of rfrraprs H. 290. 
 
 3. Conjugation of nuSa, perfect middle 
 
 and 1st aorist passive H. 328. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 G. 86. 
 G. 77. 
 
 G. 97, 3. 
 
 1 . duvaros, practtcahUy possible. 
 
 2. 6 a^(ov, -ovos, cuole. 
 
 3. aTTo-awdat, -daaj draw off or 
 
 away. 
 
 4. an-o-rctVo), -tw, stretch off, 
 
 extend. 
 
 5. /SXfTTCA, look. 
 
 C ffpaUvs -da, -V, slow; -coc, 
 slowly. 
 
 7. 6 ytppo-ifiopos', soldier bear- 
 
 ing a wicker-shield. 
 
 8. Hia-KoTTTca, -^«, cut through 
 
 or in pieces. 
 1). o ?ii(f>posy chariot. 
 
 LESSON LIX. 
 
 193 
 
 10. TO hpiiravov, scythe. 
 
 11. TO fBvos} Irihe^ nation. 
 
 12. €KaTep<i)6€v ^ from or on both 
 
 13. fja-vxji, quietly. [sides. 
 
 14. itrof,^ equal, even. 
 
 15. kvkXoo),''^ encircle, surround. 
 
 16. XfVKO-Ooapd^^^ -oKos, wearing 
 
 a white breastplate. 
 
 17. ^vXivos,^ wooden. 
 
 18. o/icoff. nevertheless. 
 
 19. TTfpi fifjLi,* excel, surpass. 
 
 20. nXdyios, oblique ; ds nXdyiov, 
 
 obliquely and outwards. 
 
 21. TO nXaiaiov, square, rectangle. 
 
 22. nod r}pr)s, -€s, reaching the feet. 
 
 23. {} o-r-yij, silence. 
 
 24. TO a-Ticjios,^ -ovs, dense mass, 
 
 crowd. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (x) Knl iravrfs de €Tp()(OP' Xtyovci be tiv€s cos koI 
 Tals daniai npos to ttoXtu e^aXou (po^op iroiovPTts to'is ittttois (6) Kcii 
 fPTovda 8ff ebioiKop p€P dva Kpdros oi "^Xhrjvfs., f^6(op Se aXXi^Xotf p^ 
 rpf^fip dp6p(o aAX' (P Ta^fi €n(a6ai (() Kat ovdip pfPTOi ovdi tovtop 
 naddp fcjiaa-ap. ovd aXXos fie T(op 'EW^vcdp €P tovtij tij pdxfj ZtraBfp 
 olhus ovbep, TrXfjP €n\ rto €vo)Pvpa> \T}(f)6rjpai tis cXtyfTo. (c?) *AXX* 
 €;((«)»' TTjP Toiv (Tvp iiwTto i^QKoaluw imrfayp Ta^ip fTrf/xeXelro oti noi^aoi 
 ^aaiXfvs. Koi yap ^hfi avrop oti fiearop €;^ot tov IlfpaiKov. (e) Kai 
 6 <f)niPLKi(TTr)S br} Tore piaop (\a)P Trjs avTOv aTpands opa>s €^ti} iytvfTO 
 
 TOV fVOiPvpOV KfpCOS 
 
 2. Translate : (a) From both sides of the river [there] assembled a 
 crowd of soldiers with wicker shields as noiselessly as practicable, with 
 the expectation of cutting the hostile tril^es to pieces, (b) Their shields 
 reached to their feet, and their spears were wooden. (c) If they would 
 look they might see that scythes extend sideways from the axles of the 
 chariots, and that they are equal to those which the Thracians use. 
 (d) It is said that Apollo surpasses all the gods in musical-skill ; when 
 a certain one contended with him he flayed him, and hung up the skin 
 in a cave surrounded with beautiful trees of all sorts. 
 
 3. Review carefully the Vocabularies of Lessons X., XX., XXX., 
 and XXXIX. Write out tmnslations of the more difficult words, and 
 be prepared to give any Greek word without hesitation as rapidly as the 
 corresponding English word is given. Do this with great care. 
 
 1 Cf Eng. e^Auo-logy. 
 
 ' Derivatiou ? 
 
 * Cf. EiijT. isosceles, isoihermk. 
 
 * irepi- as in wtpi-yiyvofiai, 
 « Cf. <TTt^o5 LII. 
 
194 
 
 INDUCTIVE GllKEK METHOD. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 I. Peculiarity in the use of ilWos. 2. Different senses of Kara. 
 3. Formation of perfect and pluperfect forms, active and middle, with 
 some of their peculiarities. 4. Cognate accusative. 5. Result and 
 purpose clauses. 6. Subjunctive of deliberation. 7. Four verbs which 
 are construed with the supplementary participle. 8. Declension of 
 nodrjpeaij <TTl(t)os. 9. Comjjaiison of fipadvs and /Spufic'ws. 10. Classifi- 
 cation and parts of /SXfTro), /cotttw, TetV«, and \jrtv8(o. 11. Partitive 
 and distributive apposition. 12. Explanation of the optatives in the 
 Lesson. 
 
 LESSON LX. — REVIEW. 
 
 195 
 
 LESSON LX. — REVIEW. 
 
 1. TEXT : Anabasis I. vi. 1 — I. viii. 13. 
 Read carefully the instruction.-s given in Review Lessons X. and LI. 
 
 2 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. 6 a^cou. 
 
 2. rj apKTos. 
 
 3. o avTOfioXos. 
 
 4. TO ^ddo9. 
 
 5. 6 ^cofJiOS' 
 
 6. TO y€vos. 
 
 7. 6 y(ppo(^6po^. 
 
 8. rj dfiXrj. 
 0. fi Sf^td. 
 
 10. ^ Siwpv^. 
 
 11. 6 dicf)pog. 
 
 12. TO bptiravuv. 
 
 13. 6 i6f\ovTqs. 
 
 14. TO ($vns. 
 
 15. rj f\(v6(p((U 
 
 16. ij f^07r\ifrta. 
 
 17. 7 CTTttrToXlJ. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 18. TO fpvpa. 
 
 19. ^ «&)r. 
 
 20. 6 eo}pa$. 
 
 21. TO l\VOS' 
 
 22. 6 Kat/;o;. 
 
 23. TO Kavp,a. 
 
 24. TO K€pas. 
 
 25. 6 KivBvvoi. 
 
 26. 6 KOVlOpTOS. 
 
 27. ^ Konpos. 
 
 28. TO irpaToy. 
 
 29. 17 Kpi(rif. 
 
 30. ^ Xdy;^^. 
 
 31. o pdvTis. 
 
 32. J7 pa\mpa 
 
 33. 7 pfXavid. 
 
 34. a( ptaai vvktcs 
 
 35. ^ pearjfi^pid, 
 
 36. ^ v(cf)(KTj. 
 
 37. 17 opyut^. 
 
 38. TO TrapaprjpiSia- 
 
 39. TO TrXntO'toi/. 
 
 40. 17 nop fid. 
 
 41. Ta TTpopfTojirihia. 
 
 42. 6 rrpoa^Ktov. 
 
 43. TO TrpooTfpifidia. 
 
 44. 17 o-iyij. 
 
 45. 6 aKr}7TTov)(os. 
 
 46. 17 o-7rov6i7. 
 
 47. 6 aTt<f>auoS' 
 
 48. 6 (TTl^Of. 
 
 49. TO (TTlCfiOS. 
 
 5(). o (Tuyycwjs. 
 
 51. 4 (TvpfiovXos- 
 
 52. 
 
 17 a;(^oXi7. 
 
 55 
 
 . 6 Td(f)OS. 
 
 58 
 
 . 6 xoXkos. 
 
 53. 
 
 TO TcxXuin^oi'. 
 
 56 
 
 . ^ Td(f)po;. 
 
 59 
 
 . 6 x^ipav. 
 
 64. 
 
 6 Tdpa;(oy. 
 
 57 
 
 . TO vnopvTjpxi. 
 VERBS. 
 
 60 
 
 . 6 )(lX6i. 
 
 1. 
 
 aXj^^fuco. 
 
 23. 
 
 €(V/3dXXc«>. 
 
 45. 
 
 OTlXt'^O). 
 
 2. 
 
 ai/riytyfcuo-ifa). 
 
 24. 
 
 (pnlnXrjpi. 
 
 46. 
 
 OpVTTQ). 
 
 3. 
 
 dj/tiTapaTTo). 
 
 25. 
 
 (V^VCO . 
 
 47. 
 
 napaivfo). 
 
 4. 
 
 dv(^(M). 
 
 26. 
 
 «Vf8p6ua). 
 
 48. 
 
 TTapaKaXeo). 
 
 5. 
 
 dnoyiyvaxTKto. 
 
 27. 
 
 e|ayyeXXci). 
 
 49. 
 
 napaKfXfvopai 
 
 6. 
 
 aTToo'Trdu) 
 
 28. 
 
 f^dyco 
 
 50. 
 
 TrapaTeiua. 
 
 7. 
 
 arroTftVo). 
 
 29. 
 
 (^onXi^<o. 
 
 51. 
 
 TTfpUipi. 
 
 8. 
 
 a7ro(f)aiv<i). 
 
 30. 
 
 (ninntTo). 
 
 52. 
 
 TrXeo). 
 
 9. 
 
 aoTpdnT<t>, 
 
 31. 
 
 (vdaipoii^a) 
 
 53. 
 
 7rXrid(o. 
 
 lo. 
 
 avTopoXeui- 
 
 32. 
 
 Vt'OpTJV- 
 
 54. 
 
 TTpoOvopai. 
 
 11. 
 
 ^Xf'na}. 
 
 33. 
 
 6vr)(TKa}. 
 
 55. 
 
 npoKaTaKuloi. 
 
 12. 
 
 /3oda>. 
 
 34. 
 
 IdpOiO. 
 
 56. 
 
 TTpOaKVVfO}. 
 
 13. 
 
 ■ypdc^o). 
 
 35. 
 
 KOKOiig Trnuoi. 
 
 57. 
 
 irpoaXap^dvoi. 
 
 14. 
 
 StayyAXo). 
 
 36. 
 
 KaTaKuivoi. 
 
 58. 
 
 TTpoa-noXepea. 
 
 15. 
 
 d(ajcii/dOi'fi3a>. 
 
 37. 
 
 KaTanrjddoi. 
 
 59. 
 
 TipoaTaTTOi. 
 
 16. 
 
 SmKOTTTCi). 
 
 38. 
 
 KpaTfOO. 
 
 60. 
 
 npoaTiBrjpi. 
 
 17. 
 
 dtaXeyofiat. 
 
 39. 
 
 Krdopai. 
 
 61. 
 
 7rpo(Paiv(o. 
 
 18. 
 
 SinXfiTrcu. 
 
 40. 
 
 kukXoq). 
 
 62. 
 
 ararpaTrfvo}. 
 
 19. 
 
 SmrdrTw. 
 
 41. 
 
 /icXXo). 
 
 63. 
 
 VTrobex^pai. 
 
 20. 
 
 dl^dcTKOi. 
 
 42. 
 
 perapiXd. 
 
 64. 
 
 vuTepeo). 
 
 21. 
 
 ((Ka^Q). 
 
 43. 
 
 pipin)(TK(0. 
 
 65. 
 
 (fypd^Q). 
 
 22. 
 
 ftVdyo). 
 
 44. 
 
 6/xoXoyca). 
 ADJECTIVF.S. 
 
 66. 
 
 <j)vXdTTa>. 
 
 1. 
 
 aStdfoy. 
 
 11. 
 
 €TOipO£. 
 
 21. 
 
 neXrao'TiKos. 
 
 2. 
 
 di'uo'rdr. 
 
 12. 
 
 €VToXp09. 
 
 22. 
 
 nXdyioi. 
 
 3. 
 
 dr.oppriTOi- 
 
 13. 
 
 (rjXtoTOS. 
 
 23. 
 
 TTXfdpia'ios. 
 
 4. 
 
 OTtlKTOS. 
 
 14. 
 
 lo-oy 
 
 24. 
 
 noBrjpTjs. 
 
 5. 
 
 ^aBvs. 
 
 15. 
 
 KaTa(f)nvrjS. 
 
 25. 
 
 OLTayooyos. 
 
 6. 
 
 ^pndvs- 
 
 16. 
 
 X(VKo66)pd^. 
 
 26. 
 
 (TVXVOS. 
 
 7. 
 
 hpfTravr)(\)6po9. 
 
 17. 
 
 Xfv/coy. 
 
 27. 
 
 Tpiros. 
 
 8. 
 
 cyKpaTrjs. 
 
 18. 
 
 ^vXivoi. 
 
 28. 
 
 vnrjKooS' 
 
 9. 
 
 ci'SfVaroy. 
 
 19. 
 
 OftVKTOi. 
 
 29. 
 
 XPWipos. 
 
 10. 
 
 (^GKiaxiXioi. 
 
 20. 
 
 narpfoos. 
 
 30. 
 
 cl>(f>€XtpOS 
 
196 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK iMETHOD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 
 
 1. 
 
 aXX(i>s. 
 
 
 
 10. 
 
 (KaT€p<o6€V. 
 
 19. 
 
 vff. 
 
 2. 
 
 Ufia* 
 
 
 
 11. 
 
 fKTTodtOU. 
 
 20. 
 
 op,<os. 
 
 3. 
 
 d^iaxfi- 
 
 
 
 12. 
 
 fWrjVlKOiS. 
 
 21. 
 
 oniaOiv. 
 
 4. 
 
 fipa. 
 
 
 
 13. 
 
 
 22. 
 
 oaov. 
 
 5 
 
 avTiKa. 
 
 
 
 U. 
 
 r)iJi(\r}fi(V(os. 
 
 23. 
 
 OVKOVV. 
 
 (5. 
 
 ^ap^apiKoos. 
 
 
 15. 
 
 f]<Tvxn.^ 
 
 24. 
 
 n^Tjaiou. 
 
 7. 
 
 /SpaSecor. 
 
 
 
 16. 
 
 pfra^v. 
 
 25. 
 
 TTtOTTOTf. 
 
 8. 
 
 V' , 
 
 
 
 17. 
 
 /Xf'XPt (o^. 
 
 26. 
 
 TTwy, 7ra>ff 
 
 9. 
 
 iyyvi. 
 
 
 
 18. 
 
 fijv. 
 
 27. 
 
 Tdxa. 
 
 
 
 CONJUNXTION 
 
 • 
 
 REPOSITION. 
 
 
 
 
 rfvUa 
 
 
 
 ova. 
 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Declension : ( r) Short a in the 1st declension, H. 139, c. d\ 
 G. 37, N. 2. (/>) ^cuff, H. 159, 161 ; G. 42, 2 and n. 1. (r) Ktpai, 
 H. 181, 183; G. 66, 2. {d) Bum, H. 280 and a; G. 86. 
 (0 T€TTap(s, H. 290 ; G. 77. 
 
 2. Cardinal Numbers : H. 288 ; G. 76. 
 
 3. Comparison of Adverbs : H. 259 ; G. 75. 
 
 4. Synopses of (a) rlpato, H. 337; G. 98. (/>) ,roi/a>, H. 339; 
 G. 98. (•) (fialuay, U. 343; G. 96, III. (d) XftVo), H. 344; 
 G. 96, II. (.') n'Vt»H. 349; G. 123. (/) did<opi, E. S5o\ 
 G. 123. 
 
 5. Verb-formation : (a) Perfect stems, IT. 446, 447, 450, 452 ; 
 G. 110, IV. (6), (d). (h) Attic reduplication, H. 368 ; G. 102. 
 (c) Augment of the pluperfect, H. 358 ; G. 101, 4. (d) Future 
 system of liquid verbs, H. 326 ; G. 96, III. (,) Second passive 
 system, H. 322, 438, 471, 472 ; G. 96, pages 108, 109 bottom, 
 110 top. (/) TTft^o), perfect michlle and 1st aorist passive system, 
 H. 328; G. 97. 3 (//) ^arriv and (Bvv, H. 335; G. 123. 
 C>) fitpvwai, II. 365, A, 465, a, 466,6, 530,6; G. 118, 1, n., 
 200, N. 6. (0 Kdenpac, II. 484 ; G. 127. V. (j) dpi as enclitic,' 
 H. 430, 1, 2; G. 28, n. I end. {k) Second aorist of the pn, form, 
 II. 489, 1, 3, 15, 17 ; G. 125, 3. (/) Principal parts of a^coiJa,, AatJuo,, 
 H. 507. 1, 521. 1 ; G. 330, 338. 
 
 6. Syntax: (a) Genitive o^ cause, with verbg of enioHon, H. 744 ; 
 G. 173. 1. (h) Genitive with compound verbs, H. 751 ; G. 177. 
 
 LESSON LXI. 
 
 19; 
 
 LESSON LXI. 
 
 ANABASIS I. VIII. 14-18. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 14. oif ndw npos . . . arparfvpaTi, not very ^lear (lit. in front of), 
 etc. (Kartpoyaf, to either direction: of. iKaTepaOev, from either 
 
 direction XL IX. § 13. 
 
 § 15. as awavrfjaaiy with a view to meet. Note the force of the 
 infinitive. (nta-rrjads, sc. rbv Ittttov : cf. XXVIII. ad init. 
 
 § 16. Sopviiov TJKova-f, heard a noise. Why the genitive ? Gf. fJKovat 
 Tiaa-a(f)4pvovs . . . aroKov XXIII. §5. koi of, and he. 
 
 § 17. aiKXa dexopai, [I wondered], hut I accept, i. e. welcome [it now']. 
 
 X^pav : cf. L., end. dtfixfTrjp : 3d person dual impf. Note 
 
 the ending, 
 
 §18. 7rop€vop€v<ov : note the omission of the su])stantive. Cf.lAl. 
 ad init. rt and ro vnoKeiTropevov, sc. pepos XLVIII. § 8. 
 
 dp6p(p : manner. Cf opyfj XLVIII. § 8 ; kj^/cXw XLVII. § 4. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Purpose is denoted by the infiniti\'e, as well as by ottods with the 
 future indicative, or (more usually) Im, or as, with the subjunctive (or 
 optative). 
 
 2. dKova> is construed with either the genitive or the accusative of 
 the object heard, but with the genitive only of the source from which 
 one hears. 
 
 3. Tlie ending -ttjv indicates the 3d person dual, past time. 
 
 4. The ending -6fv denotes motion from; -ae, motion toward. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Perfect middle and 1st passive 
 systems of vowel and liquid 
 verbs H. 328 
 
 2. 
 
 G. 97, 3, 4. 
 
 Svnopsis of rcXco, . . . . | ^^- ^^O- ^23, < G. 109. 2, 110. 
 
 • ( 461,463. i IL2, N. L 
 
198 
 
 INDITTIVK GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. Synopsis of o-reXXo) . . . . H. 342, 448. G. 109, 4. 
 
 4. Tenses in other modes than the 
 
 indicative ...... H. 851. G. 202, 1, 2. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. dvrios. opposite; dvrlos Uvat, 
 
 (JO to meety go against. 
 
 2. d7ro-^\(Tr<o, look off or away. 
 t3. 8(vT€pns. second. 
 
 4. dexofiai^ receive, accept. 
 
 5. fit f;^a), have between, am 
 
 apart, separated or distant. 
 
 6. TO dopv, spear-shaft, spear. 
 
 7. fiovTTfo), male a din, clash. 
 
 8. €/caTfpa)-(rf, to, or m, in either 
 
 direction. 
 
 9. (K-Kvyiaivoi, he nd out {pT forth) 
 
 like a wave. 
 
 10. fXeXt'^o), raise a war-cry. 
 
 11. 6 'Ei/vaXtoff, Etiydlios, Mars. 
 
 12. 6 Zfi^y, i^cus. 
 
 13. ^fo>, r<i/i. 
 
 14. o 66pv^os, noise. 
 
 15. if;jdff, sacred, ra if pa sacr/- 
 
 16. Kara-Bedofiai, view, look down 
 
 upon or watch intently. 
 
 17. ofoi/, adv., as, Just as. 
 
 18. ofiaXcos, evenly, in even line. 
 
 19. naia'ACu), sijig a paean or 
 
 ivar-song. 
 
 20. TTfXa^Q), approach, draw near. 
 
 21. avi'-afrdci), confront, meet. 
 
 22. TO avv'Bijfxa, compact ; watch- 
 
 word, password. 
 
 23. TO a<f>dyiov, sacrificial victim. 
 
 24. 6 aayrffp, savior. 
 
 25. (pOfyyofxai, sound, shout, cry 
 
 out, yell. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate: (a) XprjCfi- hUrjv air^ imetlvai. (h) *Qs fi* f-XcXi- 
 ^avT€s Tw Ail (Tcirrjpi T€ koi *Evva\i(a inaiavaaav to Mrtpov, durloi to2s 
 (Xdpo7s o/iaXwf (Bfov (.) "EdovnTja-fv fit ra oTrXa ^i/tV (k tov dpnaros 
 fn\ yrjv fiTfaev. ( /) ^Eird^av npo^d\wvrai ra on\a, Kai ffaaiXevs napf 
 Xdo-jy Ttpb avrau, ri^tls Sr} (f)e(y^6}fi€0a (e) * Avoids fi' cVl tov Trpdv^ 
 yrfXocpov KaTaBfo) (KtirepaxTf dno^XfTTcov (is t€ Tqv p€(TT)p^pinv koi Tqu tipKTov. 
 (/) "EvOa drj fiffiot^f pf] oTTia-Sfv avrov y€v6p(uos ^amXfvs KaTaKoyjrrf 
 TO neXTaa-TiKov kui npofiaiv dvrios- Kai innrfaoiv avu toU KpaTia-rois 
 (kuI rjaav oaov i^aKoaioi) vIkq tovs npo ^aaiXeoys TfTayptvovs Ka\ hia>Kci 
 tovs f^aKiaxiiXiovi koi diroKTflvai Xf'yerai avros rfj (avTov ^^ipl (bomKi- 
 ar^v Tiva apxovra airoiv. ( ) Atao-Tai/rf y oi imrds fBqpou. 
 
 LESSON LXII. 
 
 199 
 
 2. Translate : (a) I wonder because you have not yet received the 
 letter which your (art.) wife wrote to you. (6) They did not know 
 how great the noise would be when they uncovered (partic.) their 
 shields and made a din with them against their speai-s. (c) When they 
 neared (gen. abs.) his tent, a certain part of the army bent out like a 
 wave ; those therefore (who were) left behind went on a run. ('/) Since 
 the sacrifices are favorable, let victory, and death to the king and those 
 with him, be our watchword. (<) Let us send (subjunct ) men to 
 capture the heights in advance (npo-, ])repositional pref ). 
 
 3. Learn the verbs of Lesson LI. ; write on a slip of paper the 
 English, and then from the English give the Greek, pronouncing both 
 aloud as much as jjossible. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The adverbial endings -ae and -0ev. 2. Different ways of ex- 
 pressing purpose. 3. ema-rds and eniaTrjaas. 4. Construction with 
 dKovca. 5. Koi os, 6 fif. 6. Personal ending -rrjv. 7. aXXd and yap 
 in answers. 8. Analysis, parts, and classification of (a) pxpoy, (h) diro- 
 QXfTTtov, (c) TTfXdadi, (d) avuavrija-ai, (e) dexopai, (/) i^Biy^avro. 
 9. Inflection of TrpoT/ct. 10. Reason for the mode of o-i/vai/r^o-oi (15), 
 of irapayykXXoi (15), of cii; (16). 
 
 LESSON LXII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. VIII. 19-24. 
 
 1 . NOTES. 
 
 § 19. 7rp\v . . . f^iKVfiadai : cf. npiv irjXop eirat XLIV. § 13, 
 Notes. KOTa Kpdro^, according to their strength, i. e. at full speed : 
 
 cf. KnTo. tBvT) LIX. § 9. Meaning of KaTo. yrjv. Cf. dm KpaTos LVII. § 1. 
 § 20. K€va fjvtoxtop : cf. vpuiv fprjpos XXXIV. § 6. cort ootk, 
 
 somebody. Cf.rjv.., oraBfiMv ovs- . . . rjXavvev, he made some of his 
 marches long, lit. there were of his marches l^tliose] which, etc. XLVII. § 7. 
 €K7rXayfU : for €K-nXay (-pt-s- 
 
200 
 
 INDUCTIVK GREEK xMETHOI). 
 
 § 21. Ka6' avTovs : cf. kot durntepas 'A^vdov XV. old* &s, not 
 
 even thl.s. Note, is in tbi.s sense is uccenteil. Meaning of kqI ravra t 
 Cf. XLllI. ad fin. fj^n alrov in ^^oi : so Matthew XXV. 24, - 
 
 1 knew thee that thou art a hard nuin. 
 
 § 22. avTwu UaripcoB^u : (/. -n^p^v rov Ev(t>pdTov XLIX. § 10. tt 
 
 XPnCoKu . . . &u al(T$dv€aeat. Form of conditional statement i Form 
 in the direct discourse / 
 
 § 23. ?^a> . . . KepdTos : cf. ^$<o t«v ttvXwi/ XLI. § 5. On the geni- 
 tive form, cf K€pi»s LIV. § 1. 
 
 § 24. d€iads, fearing : from 6c 6oi-ica LV. § 7, there being no 
 Attic present. On -«- in the perfect stem, cf XftVo,, Xe-XotTra. ° e>- 
 ^aXciv, Ae cAar</erf or /(^// ^tpon. Cf «>-^aXXfi XXV. §8, tweSaXiu 
 XLIX. § 11. 
 
 2. OBSERVATION. 
 
 The verb cWi' may be so closely construed with the i-elative pronoun 
 that both may be rendered by the English soine. In this case, the forms 
 c<rri and tlai take the accent on the penult, — iori, «to-4. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Synopsis of p'f7rra> . . . | ^^ ^45, 355. a, < G. 15, 2, 101, 
 
 '( 365,61. i 2. 
 
 2. Synopsis of ,r«^a> .... H. 347. G. page 351. 
 
 3. Modes with verbs of /<?rtn/?<7 . H. 887. G. 218. 
 
 ^- **^'^*^- H. 99a G.152,*N. 2. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1 . da(f>aXfjf, 4$, .<infe : iv dcrtfxf 
 
 Xci, in a safe place. 
 
 2. ck-kXW, bend out of line ; 
 
 give way. 
 
 3. «ic-7rX^TTfi), .s/rj^'tf oitt of one's 
 
 senses, dismay. 
 
 4. (p.-npoa$*p^ in front. 
 
 5 . c ^-aytt». /<raf / om/, astray ; /e/»/>/ . 
 
 6. 
 
 7. 
 
 «i-iKveofiai, arrive at, reach, 
 fin KapTTTut, bend in ; draw 
 
 the wings of an army to- 
 
 ffpfher. 
 
 9. 6 ^vioxos, rein-holdcTy driver. 
 
 10. 6 iirnddponost horse-race. 
 
 11. rj laxts might, strength. 
 
 8. 
 
 LESSON LXII. 
 
 201 
 
 12. <cei/of, C77?/)/y. 
 
 13. Tj KVK\a>cns, encirclement : els 
 
 kukKuktw, in order to en- 
 circle. 
 
 14. npoopdco, see in front. 
 
 15. av-aireipdoi, coil together. 
 
 16. TO rdf ev/xa, bow-shot; aiTOW. 
 
 1 7. To^ei;ci>, sAoo< wi/A a bow^ strike 
 
 with an arrow. 
 
 18. TptTTO), turn. 
 11). ^ <^vyij, fight. 
 20. uf, ^Auj»\ 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) *Hi6fi 6ij avrov eV ao-^aXft on-a. (ft) "HiSfi/ifi^ 
 avTov on av TTfipapivr^v ^xoi 'YX\r}VLKr)v 8vvap.ii/ rrjv <rvv avT<a. (r) EtV^- 
 KTai €is TTjv * ApTandrov aKijvqu rov iricrTorarou rioi/ aKr)TrTov\a>v. (f?) 0^3 * 
 wff (^eirXdyrj wy fi5e aCrovs cXavi/oi/ray Ta dp€iravr]cf)6pa npos avrov Kfvd 
 rfVi6\(i}v. (e) ^EvravOa bUaxov oKKrjKuiv oaov reTTapdKovra ordSia, oi 
 pfv dioDKOvTfs Tovs Ka6* ai)Tovs w? navTa vlKa>vTes, ol S' dpTrd^ovTfs <os 
 ^drj Trdma piKUiirrfs- (/) 'Ewet 6' ffaBoirro ^aaiXta on iv to s aKfvo- 
 (jii'tpois (1t) qvv Totff iavTOv ^q<tCK(v^ b' av iJKOvcrf Tia'a-a(f)€pvovs on 
 oi "EWrivfs pLK^fv TO Kad^ avrovs koi (Is to 7rp6<Ta> ot;^oin-ni dioiKovres, 
 (VTavBa 6i) /3a(TtXfi;y p€v dBpol^ei t€ tovs iavTov Ka\ (rvvraTTerai, 6 8e 
 KXeapxos c/3ovX<wfT0 Ilpo^evov JcaXcVar €i Trepinoiiv nvas ^ ndvTfs ioi€v 
 <7ri Tov araOpov d<^ ov dpprivro. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) But after this he never saw him, either 
 (i. e. neither) living or (nor) dead (perf. part.). (6) How many 
 (i. e. as many as) indeed of those about the king died, Ktesias tells ; for 
 he was with {= beside) him : but Cyrus himself died, and eight, the 
 best of those about him, fell upon his body (= him). (f) Much use 
 is there of good drivers in a horse-race. {d) Before I gave thee thy 
 talents, thou knewest (me) that I was a hard man. (e) They were 
 filled with consteniation as thev saw the kinjj's force drawing in its 
 wings before them as if to encircle them. (/) He now wants the 
 Greeks to follow against the king ; I therefore say that it is necessary 
 that you cross the river Euphrates before it is evident what the rest will 
 s;iy (= reply) to Cyrus. 
 
 3. Review the Noun and Verb lists of Lesson LI. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1 . Use of modes after -npiv. 2. Uses and senses of Kara. 3. The 
 accent cor*. 4. <<rTi oaTty. 5. -oi- in XeXoiTra, hiboiKo. 6. Parts, 
 
1 1 
 
 ,t' ) 
 
 202 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD 
 
 classification, and analysis of cVf^, cW.«/x^.., avu.anuf>af^^u, 
 (inxH eKnXayfU. 7. Synopsis of €kkUi^ov(tiu, active voice. 8. Con- 
 struction of r,v,6xcou 20 ; declension of iaxv, 22. K^pdros 23 ; conju- 
 gation of fjdfc indicative, 21. 9. The phonetic rules illustrated in the 
 synopsis of ^tn-ro) and Tret'^o). 10. What mode to be used after ^deiae 
 (he feared). 
 
 LESSON LXIir. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 203 
 
 5 G. 97, 4, { 
 ( pak'e 33 L 
 
 1. Synopsis of dX\dTT<o . H. 346. 
 
 2. Synopsis of dfUvvfii . H. 352. 
 
 . 893 
 898, 900. ( 221-225. 
 
 and N. 2 end ; 
 
 pag> 
 G. 123. 
 
 3. Conditional sentence. \ "• ^^^"«^^' ^ ^- ^^^ («)' ^' ^ ' W' ^' ^ ; 
 
 i 
 
 LESSON LXIIL 
 
 ANABASLS L viii. 25 to the end. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 25. (Is TO 8ia}K€iv : cf. i,s €ts KVKXaaiv LXn. §23. ttXiJi/ 
 
 KaT(\(l(fier)aau, except that . . . were left. ttX^i., conj., as in LXII S 20 
 and XXIX. ad fin. 
 
 § 26. riv€-crxfTo, he did not endure, control himself. Cf &u Be ravra 
 dua<Txr]<r6€y ^ ^. Note, in l^veaxero both the^ temporal ami the syllabic 
 augment. If to, he threw himself Cf lepra Kxi XLVIII. § 8. 
 
 § 27. Koi . . . fiaxofievoi Kri, and as tlie kiruj . . . fought, Ktesias 
 says how many of those about the king perished. ^aiXevs is nominative, 
 but has no verb, for Xenophon changes the construction of his sentence 
 at onoaoi. 
 
 § 28. TreTrraiKora : cf eKnewroiKOTas XIIL On the construction, cf. 
 Ta^S>u . . . ?xoPTa XXIX. § 21. nepineae^u (aor.): cf e^m-Treaeladai 
 
 LVII. ad fin. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 80 
 
 § 29. em-a(t>d$aL: theme tr(f>ay(rf <r<^Hyta LXL § 15), pres. cr(/)a'rru,; 
 theme npdy, pres. npdmo. «?^f, c'</>d^«, eVertV^ro, i. e. 'ApraTrdrrit. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The idea of purpose is expressed in many different ways. 
 
 2. niTTTO} (ner) assumes the theme Trro) in the perfect. 
 
 3. Many verb themes in -y have the present stem in -tt. 
 
 4. dvexofiai, endure, has two augments, — one before and one after 
 the preposition. 
 
 1 aKovTi^to, hurl (Jiit with) the 
 spear. 
 
 2. ^iaioi, powerful ; a<U-. -coy, 
 
 powerfully, violently. 
 
 3. hia u-nelpoi, scatter seed broad- 
 
 cast ; |)ass. (of an army), 
 become separated. 
 
 4. (Karepos. each (of two). 
 
 5. eni-a<f)dTTa}, slay upon or 
 
 1 1. KaTa-\eina), leave behind. 
 
 \'2. Kfipai, lie, lie fallen. 
 
 13. 6 opo rpdnf^oi, table compan- 
 
 ion. 
 
 over. 
 
 6. 17 evvoia. fjnod will, devotion. 
 
 7. 6 depdrroiv, attendant, servant. 
 
 8. Idopai, dress or heal (a wound). 
 
 9. 6 idrpos, physician. 
 
 10. Ka0 opdoi, behold over in the 
 distance. 
 
 14. 6 6(p6a\pus, eye. 
 
 15. rrato), strike. 
 
 16. Trepi-niTTTb). fall (roundj upon. 
 
 17. TrtTTTO), fall. 
 
 18 fj TnaTorrjs faithfulness. 
 
 19. (rndoi, draw. 
 
 20. TO arepvov, breast. 
 
 21. axfdov, almost, almost only, 
 
 22. TiTpcaaKco, wound. 
 
 23. TO Tpavpa, a wound. 
 
 24. T) Tponf], a turning, rout. 
 
 25. (f)opea), continually wear. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) Qecoprai d' of ndlBes koi TTpapevovs vnb ^aaiXecos 
 /cat dKOvovai, Ka\ uWnvs drLpa^opevovs • (oare evdi/s Tra'ides oi/res fVt- 
 a-ravTai apxeiv re koi dpxeaOai. (b) To 8e rjpiav t^s /SaoriXfcof laxvos 
 emiKaytv toanep ev toIs 'nnrnBpOfiois e^fKXiBrj ttjs Ta^ecos koi €Tpe(f)6rj 
 els (jyvyrjv nplv To^evpara e^iKvnaBai. (r) Ov8' ojs e'^dyeTai emKapyj/ai 
 els kvk\(d(Tiv. (^) "Ayapai dq tovs epovs Bepdnopras 8id Trjv evvoiav 
 Ka\ iriaTOTTjTa, t)u enedei^av • el daBevolev. peXoi av poi avTovs IdaBai. 
 (e) Ev6a 8f} TToXvs Bopv^os eyeveTO Ka\ Tdpaxos • avTiKa yap evopi^ou 
 oTi aTdKTois acpiaiu (TrnriTTToifv uv, el pfj tovs BoipaKin evdvvTes KaBlaraivro 
 els rriv eavTov rd^iu eKaoTos- 
 
 i 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 it 
 
 "11 
 
 U 
 
204 
 
 JXDL'CTIVK GREKK MKTIIOD. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) He drew the dagger which he continually wore 
 111 his girdle, and struck the physician violently beneath the left eye 
 (6) I had thought that it was almost afternoon when the rout occurred' 
 {c) Since the wound was upon the whole (a) large (one), he fell from 
 his horse, and many of his most faithful tahle-companions fell over him 
 CO Many of the servants of each lay by the side of the river where 
 tliey had been slain over the body of the dead Cyrus. (e) I shall try 
 to heal this wound as quickly as possible, in order that we m^ have 
 leisure to put our enemies out of the way. 
 
 3. Review carefully the Nouns, Verbs, and Adjectives of Lesson LI. . 
 tjelect the more ditficult ones for special study. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Principal parts, cla.ssification, and analysis of (a) Siacrrr^lpovrai, 
 VO Kar,\,i^erjaav, (c) ifv^axrro, (r/) nrpi^K.i, {e) .V*cr(^a^ai, (/) ^a- 
 eopq. 2. }\ ays of expressing ;,M77>ose. 3. Uses of ,rX,},/. 4 Present 
 system of Irj^, ; principal parts. 5. Declension of arUo,, rpavua 
 m, ^earoV,,. 6. Inflection of ^rM^rjro. 7. Euphonic principles' 
 Illustrated in the synopsis of 6XUrru>. 8. General conditions; past 
 conditions. 9. Themes ending in -y ; present stem. 
 
 LESSON LXIV. 
 ANABASIS I. IX. 1-5. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 1. naph nduT<op : nearly equivalent to 1^6 ndm-tov. What is the dif- 
 ference ? Kvpov . . . eV TTfipa y.viuBai, to have been acquainted with 
 
 § 2. ?rt •nais &v, while yet a hoy. „duTa, in all respects. On the 
 
 construction, cf. to eSpos XLIII. § 9. 
 
 § 3. Kara-fideoi Sv ns : why the optative? rf SkvoItjv ih XXXVII. 
 
 u 
 
 LESSON LXIV. 
 
 205 
 
 ld€lv c<m : cf. ov< ifv \a^€iif XLVI. § 2, (<tti XayL^dvuv XLVI. § 3. 
 Note, that eVrt becomes paroxytone (cart) when the verb denotes possi- 
 hUlty; as also when it denotes existence : cf. €oti 5' ooris LXii. § 20. 
 
 § 4. fvBvs TTold^s oj/rey, at once, while children ; in their very childhood. 
 
 § 5. ToU T€ irpfcr^vTepois . . . TTfi^fff^ai, and to obeij his elders more 
 even than those did who were inferior to him. tavrov^ construed 
 
 a.ter vTroSeforepoyv; on the case of each, cf. irportpd Kvpov XXXI. § 25. 
 
 (^tXiTTTroTaTOff, sc. cdoicf( €ivai. €pya)v (explained by to^iktjs and 
 
 a<o j/TiVfcus) is construed after the two following adjectives. 
 
 m 
 
 iM 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. napd with the genitive may denote agency, but not commonly. 
 
 2. English : " I am .acquainted with Cyrus ; " Greek : " I become in 
 (^ come into) a trial or experience of Cyrus." 
 
 3. €<TTi in certain positions or with certain meanings becomes fort. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Synopsi^^ of ^/7paa> . . . H. 338. 
 
 2. Synopsis of 5»;Xda) . . . H. 341. 
 
 3. Synopsis of Ko^t^o) . . . H. 348,425. 
 
 4. Conditional relative clauses H. 912-918. 
 
 ' rl 
 
 1 '*■ 
 
 
 1 
 
 G. 98. 
 
 I- 
 u 
 
 G. 110, II. 2 (c). 
 
 f 
 
 G. 233. 
 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1 . al^r)pa)v, -ovof^ modest. 
 
 2. aifrxpos, shameful, disgracefid. 
 
 3. f] aKovTiaii, throwing the jave- 
 
 lin. 
 
 4. /3ao"tXiKo9, I'ingly, rnynl. 
 
 5. TO fpyou, WORK, deed. 
 
 G. 6 f)\tKia)Trj9, an equal in age, 
 companion, comrade. 
 
 7. i(ara'fiavddv(o. learn thoroughly . 
 
 8. pnvBdvco, learn. 
 
 9. fifXfTtjpd^, studious in practising. 
 
 10. TratSfvo) educate. 
 
 11. rj TTflpa, trial, experience, ac- 
 
 qnaintance. 
 
 12. 17 aa)(f)po(Tvvrj , prudence^ tem- 
 
 perance; self-control. 
 
 13. fj To^iKTj, archery. 
 
 14. vnoBffaTfpoi, wanting some- 
 
 v'hnt, inferior. 
 ir>. (^iXtTTTTo?, fond of horses, 
 ir>. (f)i\npa0^i, -€f, fond 0/ learn- 
 ing. 
 

 i 
 
 206 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 ^ 1. Translate : (a) *Eu avxv?, he n.lpd r«. Kvpov ,}Xe«a,ra,v ^crav. ,a\ 
 €P6fiiar:iv avrou ndvra 7rduTo>p aidr^fiov^araTou .luai (b) "En nalBe, 6vt,: 
 or ,nmb,6erj<Tav, rroXX^u dp^rrju re Ka\ a<o<t>poavur,v KarhaBov. (r) EiOil 
 na^.cou eOearo roi^s: ^tXtVrrov. Ka\ roi,, r<i>v u, rou innohpopov tpya>u 0,Xo- 
 f^aeu. Kal p.Xernpov. (./) "Ore 8^ air^ C^pd .yWro, .'^e.. d(/,' r.;rou Kal 
 npos ra dnpia ec^dur} i>, Klvbivou ct>c\u>u Kal ."tpKrov nore .'0* avriv loiaav 
 ou< .0o^.,ro, dWd avp-7reaa>u alrrj ^andaBrj ano roO 'in7:ov - alrhv bi 
 KarcKavfv. ' 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Yea, by Zens, I know that if they should become 
 enemies to each-other, many would go-away from the king to those -ven 
 [who are] inferior to him. (b) It is a good [thing] to be fond of javelin- 
 throwmg and of archery, and, on the whole, of all things [which per- 
 tamj to war. (c) It is indeed most disgraceful that he is inferior to his 
 attendants in i^iithfulness. (d) We all fear that he will die if he has 
 been wounded severely beneath the eye. 
 
 3. Review carefully the Vocabulary of Lesson LI. ; note the more 
 ditbcult words and go over them repeatedly. Review numbers 454-500 
 in the List of first occurrences. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Principal parts, theme, and classification of ^.^aV«. 2 Com- 
 parison of ald^pcou, <paopa6^,, Jf of, Kpdnaro^. 3. The genitives in 6 1 
 4. The genitives in § 5. 5. The Attic future. 6. Kinds of condi-' 
 tional relative c auses. 7. .Vr. (paroxytone). 8. General conditions. 
 9. General conditions, indirect discourse. 10. Illustrations of L^eneral 
 conditions, direct and indirect discourse. 11. Familiar words sugjjested 
 by wonls in the ^' Vocabulary." 12. Different methods of conmaring 
 adjectives. 13. Formation and comparison of adverbs 14 The 
 adverbial endings -at and -d^v. 
 
 ^f 
 
 LESSON LXV. 
 
 207 
 
 LESSON LXV. 
 
 ANABASIS I. IX. 6-10. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 Koi 
 
 § 6. fVci if: correlative with npoyrov pep § 2. Kai . . . pMvroi, 
 
 and withal ov moreover. reXos Be, but finally ; note, this takes the 
 
 place of TO 6e, correlative with ra ptp ; on the construction of reXoSy cf. 
 TO dpxalop XII., Topde top Tporrov XV. 
 
 TToXXotS : cf. TOIS OtKOl ^rjXtOTOP LIV. § 4. 
 
 § 7. Ka6-T]Kei, comes as a duty; but cf. Kad-rjKopra XL. ad fin. 
 
 enedei^ep avrop on . . . ttoioIto : cf ^d(i avrop . . . on «;^oi LXII. 
 § 21. on . . . ttoioIto, that he made it of the most importance. 
 
 Explain the optative. Note the sense of Trfpl TrXfiVrou. 
 
 el TO) (T7rci<TaiT0 : cf. el KoKas Karanpa^eiep XXII, NN. tw, end., 
 
 = nvi, alicui, dative of association. 
 
 § 8. p.r]8€P &p napa rds arropbhs nnddv : cf. ap eivai rtpiot XXXIV. 
 6, NN. ; Trapd,, contrary to. 
 
 § 9. itpo-e-aOai, from irpo irjpi : cf. dcj) Upul XXXV^III. 19, Upto 
 XLVIII. 8, "trjai XLIX. 12. 
 
 § 10. fXeyep ort, direct discourse, "/ would never abandon them, when 
 (=■ if) 1 once (= surdij) became their friend." This would be expressed 
 by av with the optative in the main clause, with the imperfect indica- 
 tive in the subordinate clause. 
 
 fieiovs : cf. nXdovf XXXIV. § 7. kukiov npa^eiap: k. irparra =«» 
 
 fare badly; cf. XXII. ad init. 
 
 m 
 in 
 
 m 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. TO. pep is not necessarily followed by so strict a correlative as 
 
 ra de. 
 
 2. The subject of a subordinate clause, instead of appearing as such, 
 may be made the object of the main clause of a sentence. 
 
 3. The infinitive takes ap when it stands in the place of a finite verb 
 which would have taken it. 
 
208 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Syllabic augment before vowel initial H. 359. G. 104. 
 
 2. Vowel of the subjunctive . 
 
 3. Mode suffix of the optative . 
 
 4. Accent in the optative of -fxi verbs 
 
 5. Vowel changes in the 2a i)erfect . 
 
 6. Infinitive with <?,; H. 964. G.^2ll, 
 
 H. 373. G. 114. 
 H. 374. G. 115. 
 H. 388. G. 220, n. 1. 
 
 H 451 .^G. 110,IV.(rf); 
 ^ 109,3. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY 
 
 1- arra^ one 2, once for all. 
 
 2. /3o7^eu>, assist. 
 
 3. fm-(f)€p<o, bear upon ; mid., 
 
 rush upon. 
 
 4. t) rfXiKia afje, time of life. 
 
 5. KuTa-TTf n7ru)y semi dovm (to the 
 
 sea-coast). 
 
 6. Kara-fTnaa), draw down. 
 
 7. fiaKapi(rr6s deemed hap'pif, blessed. 
 
 8. /xeto*!/, te iVi number, fewer. 
 
 9. TTpeVft, i7 becomes or 6e/i;5. 
 
 10. npo-irjfu, give up, abandon, sur- 
 
 render. 
 
 11. <r;r6Va<a, ;)o?tr a libation ; mid., 
 
 ;7owr a libation with anoth- 
 er, i. €. make a treaty. 
 
 12. ^ anoudri, libation; plural, 
 
 treaty. 
 
 13. (rvfi-nlnT(o, fall together with, 
 
 grapple with. 
 
 14. (Tvv^idrjfit, put together ; lu'nl^ 
 
 agree. 
 l^. TO T€\os, end. 
 
 16. Tot-yapoiv, and so then, there- 
 
 fore. 
 
 17. r^'w, tremble, shrink from in 
 
 fear. 
 
 18. (piXo-Orjpoi, fond of the hunt 
 
 or cfiase. 
 
 19. (t)i\o-Kiu8vvos, fond of dan- 
 
 ger. 
 
 20. y wTfCKri, scar. 
 
 LESSON LXVL 
 
 209 
 
 2. Translate : (a) When it befitted his time of life, Cyrus was edu- 
 cated with the other boys at the king's gates, (b) If anybody was ever 
 an enemy to me, he trusted that, when I made an agreement or a treaty 
 with him, he would sufl'er nothing contrary to the agreement (Lesson 
 LXI.) or to the treaty, (c) When he was drawn from his horse, he 
 showed how fond of danger and of hunting he was ; for grappling with 
 the bear, he, to be sure, suffered somewhat, so that he always bore the 
 scars, but he at length killed her with his dagger, (d) If the enemy 
 ever caused trouble to his country, Cyrus used to be sent down against 
 them by the king. 
 
 3. In the List of first occurrences review words numbered 500-609. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Principal parts, theme, and classification of aitda-airo, avvBoiro, 
 ftkovro, avfiir€cro)v, npo€a$at. 2. (a) Analysis of each of the preceding 
 forms ; (6) synopsis of each in the tense and voice in which it appears. 
 3. The form fitiovs ; its comparison. 4. Past general conditions. 
 5. The topics included in the Grammar Lesson. 6. A synopsis of t7fu, 
 present system. 
 
 LESSON LXVL 
 
 ANABASIS I. IX. 11-16. 
 
 
 9 I 
 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) Knl o.Voc c^ouX.u.vro «' a{,rov p.lvavr,, ra ...vo- 
 0opa ..ravea Jyoti^o f, in-lot.u eVi ro crrpar6n.hov. (h) ^Efio^. a,^ror. 
 urruuac ..a «.^u.oC^„c dpc^l d.iXr,. .V. ra, ^.rj.a,. (c) Tavrrj, ph rfjs 
 V^.pa, rot^o .yWro ro WAo.. ( /) Tocyapovu o^ ^p.V„ ,?,«, „,>« 
 ^iXoenpo. r. .„. 0Ao..'.a.-.o» &are noXU nd<rx^,. 2,. ra. cir..Xa. 
 <t>opovp.u ^.a ^roC ^/ou. (.) O^S' W fr. p^u puov, ^.'.oc^o ?n Si .d.Fov 
 npa^uap ou< au nor, rrpooipr,., cVci arra^ .>oG <piXoL .'ycVoi^o 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 11. (^avfpoi ^ rjv . . . itupitp^yw. cf. iiri^ovXevap <f>av€pbs y€yovat 
 LIIL § 8. 
 
 dyadov . . . notqtrftep avrov, do him good or, etc.; observe the two 
 accusatives. vIkolv, i. e. excel, sui'pass. fare viK&rj, until he should 
 
 surpass ; direct discourse, ^^ until I excel,'*^ core &v viKut : cf. tl koXSh Kara- 
 irph^uv XXII. €^ . . . KOKois noiovvras : cf. KaxSn TToiat XLII. 
 
 § 8. d\f^p,€vosi by giving them like for like ; cf. however oXc- 
 
 $a(T6ai XXXIV. § 6. 
 
 14 
 
210 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON LXVI. 
 
 211 
 
 
 § 12. TrXfloTOi drf, the very greatest number. avr^ . . . rifi&v, to 
 
 him, the one man of the men of our times. Note the contrast indicated by 
 wXeiaroi . . . ivi Note also the force of (iri 
 
 §13. ^s: cf XXXIII. §5. «w: cf XLIII. ad init. 
 
 d(l>(idt(rTaTay superlative of the adverb ; strictly a neuter plural, cognate 
 accusative: cf. apiara §5. ^v : cf. ovk tju XajScIi/ XL VI. §2. 
 
 § 14. (Is TrSKffiov: cf. fls Trfv rpoiprfv XVL (a>pa: imperfect of 
 
 6pda}. Note the syllabic and temporal augment. fjs KarttrrpiC^tTo 
 
 Xtopds, of what country, etc., ». e. of the country, ichichy etc. Note the 
 appearance of the antecedent in the relative clause. 
 
 § 15. wo-Tf KT<, so that the good appeared, . . . and the bad were 
 deemed, etc. 
 
 § 16. (is biKQioavvrjv . . . (mddKwaOat, to distinguish himself in the 
 matter of (lit. unto) justice. ddUov : neuter used as substantive ; 
 
 cf. 58«os LIIL § 8. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. <t>^v(p6s (Ifih like 4>aLva>, may be followed by a supplementary 
 particijde. 
 
 2. Conditional or relative clauses, having av and the subjunctive, 
 may in the indirect discourse omit 3v and change the verb to the 
 optative. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Future perfect stem .... 
 
 2. Theme modified in Ist aorist 
 
 passive 
 
 3. Conjugation of Trifxi .... 
 
 4. Conjugation of Ktlfuu . . . 
 
 H. 466. G. 110, IV. (c). 
 
 H. 469-70. 
 H. 476. 
 H. 482. 
 
 G. 110, VL 
 G. 127, III. 
 G. 127, VI. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. adfwr, fearlessly. 
 
 2. a(^«8^f, unsparing; -S>s, adv., 
 
 unsparingly. 
 
 3. rf ai)Oovld, abundance. 
 
 4. bia(f)(p6vTa)s {differently), exceed- 
 
 ingly, especially. 
 
 5. jj diKaioavvrj, justice. 
 
 6. 6 dovXos, slave. 
 
 7. (K-<f)(pat, bring forth; report. 
 
 8. ('ni-6vpi(u>, set the heart upon, 
 
 desire. 
 0. ((Tr(, until. 
 
 10. ^ fvxn, prayer, vow. 
 
 11. 6 KQKovpyos, evil-doer. 
 
 12. Kara-ycXdoi, laugh at, deride. 
 
 13. KaTa-oTp((f)(o, over turn, subdue. 
 
 14. oTTot, whither. 
 
 15. ifKova-ios, rich. 
 
 16. TTpo-^aypioi, advance; aid. 
 
 17. <rrft/3o), tread. 
 
 18. artpopai, mid. and pass, of 
 
 19. TO acjpa, body. 
 
 20. <f)i\o-K(p^€<i), fond of gain. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Iranslatc: (a) Mera 8( rovrov aXXos irapayevoptvos (h(v on 
 ?trrti/oy 7rpu$«os Kvpos eVt^/xoIro, ol 8iw\oi fjOfXcv ndures ndvra A 
 (K€KTTjvTo Trpoeadai ds on avrols xPV^^ai /SovXotro. (b) 'Erlfi<opovixrju 
 11(6' ZpSiV Tovs ^ov\op(vovs d(patp(ia0ai Tr^v y^v rovs (uoiKovvras "EXXiyi/ay. 
 
 (c) Eiff ye fxfjv aa)(f)poavvr}p idv rives avr^ ^avepoi yevcovrai eniddKiwa-Oat 
 (SovX6p.(voi. 7T(p\ nXdarov noKirai tovtovs Cv^coroTarovs nouiv Ta>v ((f)* ^pa>v. 
 
 (d) *EvTai6a 8' (o-Tnaav Ka\ Otpevoi ra ottAu iiravovTo • kqI dpa fi(u iSav- 
 fia^op on ov (fiaivoiro Kvpos ovb" dWos dn umoi oi 8(\s irapdrj • ov yhp 
 jj8(aav avTov TfBvrjKOTa. dXX' (iko^ov ^ SioDKovra oixfaBai fj KaTaKr^y^ro- 
 p.(v6v n (\rjkaK(vai (is rb irpoaoi. 
 
 2. Translate : {a) Whenever evil-doers and unjust people used to 
 laugh at him, he did not suffer it, but he made them the slaves of 
 others. (6) They were so fond of danger that their bodies bore the 
 scars of many battles, (r) Take whatever you think will aid you for 
 your journey, and proceed without fear through Cyrus's kingdom, 
 (rf) There is indeed an abundance of men who will be willing to surren- 
 der all they have to Cyrus, wherever any one thinks he will perceive it. 
 
 3. Review with care the list of nouns in Lesson LX., and in the List 
 of first occurrences the words numbered 610-660. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. KQKov TToio) avrov. 2. (a) The optatives in the lesson, (h) the sup- 
 plementary participles. 3. Comparison of the adverb. 4. f'0* ,}^a)i/. 
 5. Parts, classification, analysis, and synopsis of (a) ard^ofxepas, 
 (b) Kar(arp((f)(T0, (c) (rT(pofi(povs (d) KarayeXap, (e) da. 6. Construc- 
 tion of TToSii/ (13), at-Tw (14, 16) (f)i\oK(p8ovPTQ)p (16). 7. The forms 
 wfMoXoyrjTo 8ia(f)(p6vro)S, (apd, (vbaipoveardrnvs. 8. The antecedent 
 in the relative clause. 9. dyae6v noiib as a transitive construction. 
 10. Comparison of the adverb. 
 
212 
 
 INDUCTIVE GRKEK xMETUOD. 
 
 ;!' 
 
 LESSON LXVII. 
 
 ANABASIS I. IX. 17-19. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 17. aXXa T< . . . (XpT)(TaTo, vjhilst a great many things were done for 
 him with justice j he always had an army well worth the nam^ ; cf. to, t€ 
 aX\a fTifirj(T€ . . . Kai Kri XXX 11. § 3. 
 
 Kara fxfjua : cf. rov firivos XXXVIII. ad fin. 
 
 18. avTtp . . , vTri]p€TT]ar€i€v : cf. Ktpa . . 
 Kvpco IX. €\.f)(6rj(Tav, lioni Xryo) 
 
 § 19. ov8eva . . . d(f)€i\€TO : cf. d(f>aip(l<rdai 
 XXXIII. 4. 
 
 Kvpov €Kpvnr€v, Cyrum celabat, used to conceal from Cyrus. 
 
 \map\€i.v § 17 ; vtr^pxt 
 . . "EWrjvas . . . y^v 
 
 2. OBSERVATION. 
 
 Kpvrrra) is construed with the accusativ^e of the person from whom a 
 r,hing is hidden, as well as with the accusative of the thing concealed. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 fcrri 
 
 2. Principal parts of ttXccd, yt- 
 
 yvaaKO}. v7rdp)((o, TrpoaTarrai^ 
 VTrT)p€T€(i), eao), Xf-yo), yiyvo- 
 /i(ii, opddj, d(f)aip€Oi. 
 
 3. Agreement of the verh with 
 
 two or more subjects . . 
 
 4. Verbs of plenty and want . . 
 
 5. Verbs of separation .... 
 
 6. Genitive of time 
 
 H. 480. 
 
 G. 28, 3, N. 1 end. 
 
 H. 606, 607. 
 H. 743. 
 H. 748 
 H. 759. 
 
 G. 135. 
 
 G. 173. 
 
 G. 174. 
 
 G. 179. 
 
 LESSON LXVIL 
 
 213 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Oft, always. H. 
 
 2. dXrjdiposj true, worthy the 12. 
 
 name. 13. 
 
 3. diTOKpvnroiy hide away, con- 
 
 ceal. 14. 
 
 4. dxdparosy tJianklesSf unthanked. 15. 
 
 5. deivos, terrible; clever. 10, 
 
 6. dia-x€ipiCoi, have in hand, 17. 
 
 manage. 
 
 7. diKaias, justly. 18. 
 
 8. TJKKTTa, minime, least of all. 1 9. 
 
 9. 6appa\ecos, boldly. 20. 
 10. Kara a-KcvdCa, prepare fully, 21. 
 
 improve. 22. 
 
 K€p8a\fQ)s, gainful. 
 
 TO K€pbos gain, profit. 
 
 6 oiKovofios, house-steward ; 
 
 manager. 
 nfTTa/jLai, have gained, possess, 
 n\ovT€(o, am wealthy. 
 T} TTpoOvfiid, zeal. 
 7rpo(T-8id(i)fjii, give in addition, 
 
 add. 
 rj npoaobos, approach, revenue. 
 v7r-Tjp€T((t), render service, serve. 
 6 vnrjp€Ti]s, servant, assistant, 
 <l)av€pci)s, evidently. 
 <f)3ov(<o, begrudge, envy. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) "Yarepov St. erret €yva> on K€pBa\ea>T€pov tarai 
 fiaaiXfl vnT]p€T€lp, avvrjyaycv (KKXrjairw Ka\ cXfJei/ Toidde. (b) Kdt fxrjv 
 (inov Tiv€s on noWd xmKTxyulro rdrf bia to eu toiovtw eii/ai rov kiv8vvov 
 npoaioirros. (c) Eira 8' (^rjyov avTov eVt Bavdrm oif irpoafrdxOi). 
 {d) Eav avT(0 •ir€i(r6coa€u. ovTf TTovfjaavrfs ovre KivlvvtvaavTfs tq>v aWav 
 TrXeoi/ 7rpoTifirja6p($a oiKovopnav. (e) KaToXap^dvovaL di t&v Te oXXcui/ 
 XpT)pdT<$)U TO. wX flora hiT)pira<rp(va Koi ft ri nXevpou jjf, Ka\ Tag dpd^af 
 p-carras airov icai olvov. d? napfo-Kfvdcraro Iva, fi Trorf iuxypSis to arpd- 
 Tfvp.a Xd^oi Xi/Lidff, diadoir) toIs "EWrjaiv ^aav 8' avrat TerpaKuaiai wf 
 (KfyovTO ap,a^ai. 
 
 2. Translate : (ft) If we heard that any servant or steward was evi- 
 dently improving the country which he was governing, we would never 
 allow his zeal to be unrewarded, but we used always to give him more. 
 (b) We therefore worked most gladly and acquired many things boldly, 
 and whatever we possessed we never hid from the king, (c) Not 
 only do they manage many things for us with-justice, but they show 
 that they are soldiers and stewards worthy the name, (d) Let us not 
 seem to begrudge those who become wealthy openly. 
 
 
I 
 
 214 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. Make a careful review of the Vocabulary of Lesson LX. ; select 
 the harder words and make a special study of them. Continue in the 
 List ofjirst occurrences as far as No. 780. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 L Peculiar use of aWa § 17. 2. Kara nrjua ; rov fxrjvSs. 3. Various 
 verbs meaning to aid ; case-construction with each. 4. Verbs construed 
 with two accusatives. 5. Classification of the ten verbs of the Grammar 
 Lesson. 6. ftrriv. 7. Verbs construed with the genitive. 8. Familiar 
 words suggested by the new words of the Vocabulary. 9. Analysis of 
 the conditional sentences in the Text. 10. Case construction after 
 Xpdofiai, (j>6ov€(d. 11. Analysis of 6po)»;, Mvovv, eKravro (§ 19). 
 
 LESSON LXVIII. 
 
 ANABASIS L ix. 20-24. 
 
 1 . NOTES. 
 
 § 20. o Ti Tvyxavoi, in whatever he might happen, etc., i. e. if he hap- 
 pened to . . ' anything. npos ndpTayu: cf. npos QfSav Lll. § 6. 
 
 6/xoXoyfIrai . . . Sfpancvdv. Note, instead of the imperfect indica- 
 tive rjv (or iy€V€To) 6fio\oyovix€vtt)i (he was confessedly the best man, etc.), 
 in the conclusion of tiiis past general condition an ecjuivalent form is 
 used : it is acknowledged by all that he was ; lit. he is acknowledged, etc. 
 
 § 21. avTo TovTo, Kxi, that very thing, on account of which he, . . . 
 (namely) that he might have, . . . he himself sought, etc., t. e. he him- 
 self [did] seeking, etc. Observe, avro tovto has no strict construction. 
 Give a previous instance of this same peculiarity. Cf. Lesson LXIIl. 
 
 § 22. (U y( wi/ dt^p. kW, for one man, he used for many reasons to 
 receive, etc. ; cf. hi yt dvbpi LXVI. 12 and note. yLoKiara ndvrav, 
 
 most of all, i. e. rather than do anything else with them. 
 
 § 23. " With regard to gifts to be worn, his body could not wear 
 them all ; a man's best ornaments were his friends." 
 
 LESSON LXVIII. 
 
 215 
 
 § 24. " That he greatly excelled in kindnesses is easily explainetl ; 
 that he excelled in attentiveness and a love to please others was remark- 
 able." 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Frequently the conclusion of a general supposition does not have 
 its verb in the mode and tense rec^uired by a strict rule ; instead of 
 " he was confessedly, or he was, as all knew" the form " he is confessed 
 (or known) to have been," may be used. 
 
 2. Sometimes the construction of a sentence is such that its latter 
 part seems to have no strict grammatical connection with the first part. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Principal parts and classifica- 
 
 tion of Kpivti), Tvyxdvoi, oi- 
 ofiai, aladdpofiai, Xa/ij3ai/a>, 
 
 2. Dative of advantage .... 
 
 3. Dative of interest in looser 
 
 relations 
 
 4. Dative with dfia 
 
 5. Dative of accompaniment in 
 
 military expressions . . . 
 
 6. Dative of tims 
 
 H. 767. 
 
 H. 771. 
 
 H. 772 and c. 
 
 H. 774 and a. 
 H. 782. 
 
 G. 184,1,2,3. 
 
 G. 184, 3 N. 1. 
 G. 186, ex. 
 
 G. 1 88, 5 and N. 
 G. 189. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. dyatTTos, to be admired^ admi- 
 
 rable. 
 
 2. 5ta St5a)/it, give to different ones, 
 
 distribute, 
 
 3. jj (mfi«\(ia, care, attentiveness. 
 
 4. fvvovs (contr. from eHuoos), 
 
 well-w,inded, well-disposed. 
 
 5. OavfiaoTos, wonderful. 
 
 6. dfpanfva, serve, attend.. 
 
 7. 6 KaWaniap-oi, personal adorn- 
 
 inent. 
 
 8. Kar-fpya^ofiai, work out, accom- 
 
 plish. 
 
 9. KocTfieo}, set in order, adorn. 
 
 1 . irpq-OvfifOfiai, am zealous, eager. 
 
 1 1 . o-KOTTfo), look at, obsei've. 
 
 12. 6 (Tvvepyos, fellow- worker. 
 
 13. xapt^oMcti gratify, oblige. 
 
216 
 
 INDLCTiVK GREEK AJETHOD. 
 
 LESSON LXIX. 
 
 217 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) *EvTat0a drj Kvfyov dnoKmrfTm fi Kitfrnkfj Kai 17 ;^fip 
 17 d($id. BaaiXtvs Bi Koi oi trvu avr^ BiatKOiv (irminTd rw Kvpov arpa- 
 TfvfMan • Koi oi fiiv fitra 'Aptai'ou ov<(ti laravrai, aXXa (p^iryovai dia rov 
 avTS>u arpaT€mibov {camp) ds rov araByiov ov &pfxrfuro • rtTTapes d" cXe- 
 yovTo napaadyyai dvai t^s 68od. (b) Km yap olv nXflarot 8f) avT^ ivi 
 7f Mp\ Totv «'(p' ^avTov fVf^/iiycray (rvP€pyo\ dvai kui Ofpaufvuv, on 
 Tvyx^uoi fiov\6^(uos Karfpyi^faBm. {r) "Otrov 8' ol TToXvy €17 x^oi, avrog 
 b'fBvuoTo TrapaffKfvdCfaOai dta to noWovs ^x^iv {mrjpfTas koi 8ia rrfv cm- 
 fifXeiav, diadidovs €k(\€V€ tovs (jyiXovs c/x/SaXXctv tovtop top x^Xop toIs 
 ra tairroyp aayfiara ayovai imrois. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) For one man, he did most to make men love 
 him and help (in) whatever he might chance to desire to accomplish. 
 (Jj) Whomsoever he sees willing to incur dangers and knows to be well 
 disposed, him he makes it of the highest importance to gratify in many 
 things, (c) Now the flesh of these wild animals was sweet, (d) When- 
 ever we used to hear of men who wore many personal a.lornments, we 
 used to think that our best ornaments were our (the) good and faithful 
 and zealous friends of whom we had many. 
 
 * 
 
 3. Review the Vocabularies of Lessons X., XX., XXX., and 
 XXXIX. ; make a search for the more difficult words the chief study. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1, Conditional relative sentences. 2. irpos with the genitive. 3. Ir- 
 regularities in the form of the verb in conclusions of conditional sen- 
 tences. 4. fU ye ^u dinip. 5. Analysis of the conditional sentences in 
 the Lesson. 6. Declension of evvovs (20), otov (21), an»l o-oi/xa (23). 
 7. Analysis of Koafxrje^vai (23), biedldov (22), Kpivtie (20). 8. The 
 optatives in the Lesson. 9. Familiar words suggested by the new 
 words in the Vocabulary. 
 
 LESSON LXIX. 
 
 ANABASIS L ix 25-31. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 25. ovna . . . firtrvxoty not yet of (i e. for) a long time^ etc. ; tov- 
 rov, i. e. the wine sent by Cyrus ; oti^, cf. a^iViv LVII. ad fin. 
 aoiy H. 261; G. 79. 
 
 § 26. Tovroiy fjaBrf ; cf XX VIII. 18. 
 
 § 28. fxfWoi€P o-slr€<T0ai, were likely to see (indefinite frequency) ; 
 cf the meaning of c^t^XXc LVII. 1 ; o^eaBai, classed as future of opdat, 
 though from a different theme ; cf (a) aipfa, (TKop, (b) <f>rifiL, ehop, 
 fXprfKa. 
 
 § 29. icat Todf (sc. eartp), the following fact also is, etc. Ktu 
 
 ovTos ... 5 fovT^y and he found that he, whom he ^apposed faithful to 
 hirnself was a better friend, etc. ; cf dodijvai ol XIV. ; <f>i\T€pop, the 
 usual comparative of </>iXor. koi ovtoi ptvrot : in apposition with 
 
 TToXXo*. ap Tvyxdpftp : cf. hp rifxtos fipai XXXIV. ; the condition 
 
 is in oj/Tcr dya6ii (= « dya6o\ drjaap). Note the genitive construed 
 with Tvyxdpfip. 
 
 § 30. TfKn^piop . . . oTt Koi avTos, indication of the fact that he was 
 both himself etc. ; the rex/ji^piop which Xenophon has in mind i9 in 
 § 31, hence yap at the beginning of it. 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The time vnthin which an act occurs may be expressed by the 
 genitive case. 
 
 2. Several important verbs show a change of theme in their principal 
 parts. 
 
 3. /mXXo) (/ am likely or about to}, implying futurity, may itself be 
 construed with a future infinitive. 
 
218 
 
 ixDL'crivK (;kkek method. 
 
 LESSON LXX. 
 
 219 
 
 :.ii 
 
 '$•'' 
 
 i 
 
 k 
 
 I 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. The princijiul parts of dfa {want)^ 
 
 TJdofiaif /SowXoftat, dvvafiai, €;^a), 
 ayo), e/x-/3dXAa), npuo- /caXeu>, a/couui, 
 €vpi(rK(o. 
 
 2. Perfect with present meaning . . H. 849. 
 
 3. Tenses of the optative and infinitive 
 
 in the indirect discourse . . . H. 852. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 G. 200, N. 6. 
 G. 203. 
 
 1. dyanda, love. 
 
 2. 6 dpTosi bread. 
 
 3. /3e'/3.iio9, firm. 
 
 4. 6 ^iKOf, pitcher. 
 
 5. yfv(Oy give a taste ; mid., 
 
 taste. 
 
 6. ^r]\6to, reveal, make evident. 
 
 7. fiia-Tre'/iTTo), se7id arottwrf, rfw- 
 
 trihute. 
 
 8. 6 SoOXoff, slave. 
 
 9. fKirivw, drink up. 
 
 10. cVi-Xeyo), sa?/ ioi7/i reference 
 
 thereto. 
 IL €Vt-Tiry;(a?^a>, luippen upon. 
 
 12. cTTi x'V^*^- '"^-'^ ^^ /lanrf, a^ 
 
 13. Tjfii-^patTos, half-eaten. 
 
 14. i^/Lit-dc^ff, half -wanting ov emp- 
 
 ty ; half-full. 
 
 15. TO ijpi(rv, neut. of the adj., 
 
 /m//. 
 
 16. 6pdo}i, rightly. 
 
 17. rrfii/aco, (tm hungry. 
 
 18. irpocr-KaXeu}, call unto mysel/\ 
 
 summon. 
 
 19. oTTravioy, scarce, rare. 
 
 20. an'ut^duioXo'yeo/biat, <a/A; eani- 
 
 21. 6 (Tvi' Tpdnc^osy mess - mute, 
 
 table-companion. 
 
 22. TO r€Kp^piov, sign, indication. 
 
 23. T^fxfpov, to-day. 
 
 24. ^ Tt/17, honor. 
 
 25. 6 ;(i7i^, ^oose. 
 
 €ai/ T(ji andarjTai kui (dv t<o avuBrjrai. prjdiv yj/fvdcaBai. (./) Kai ft tis 
 rip.lv f)^6p6s f-ye/'fTo, <niiwapfvofv ripiov (niareve iidvra koKuh av ep^fti'. 
 (e<) Svvtfifti/ 6 (art Tw npo(T€)(^ouTi tov vovv 6 Kvpos uis bvvdpfvos Kpiveiv 
 opBai Tois TTLaTovs kuI /S(/3a ovs. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Whenever I receive pitchers of sweeter wine, I 
 shall send all to you, but not for a long time have I received wine 
 sweeter than this. (6) They are confessed by all to be zealous co- 
 workers for all whom they know to be well-disposed and faithful. 
 (c) That also which happened to him about full market is a great 
 indication that he always had his army drawn up for battle ; for when 
 a horseman appeared riding at full speed and announced that the enemy 
 were coming, the soldiers immediately stood under arms and waited 
 until Cyrus should order them what they should do. 
 
 3. A careful study of the Vocabulary of Lesson LI. and LX. ; review 
 in the List oi' first occurrences from No. 781 to 865. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. How to express tim".. 2. Tenses of the indicative, optative, 
 infinitive, participle. 3. The optatives in the Lesson. 4. Declension 
 of f}pib€T)s (25) vTTTjpfTTjs, n€tva)in€i (27). 5. Inflection of ripa (28), 
 diTijci, (29). 6. Analysis of 8q\olr) 7rf(l)iKTJa-dai (28). 7. Comparison 
 oi (f>iXos. 8. The participle TTfTTTw/cora (30). 
 
 LESSON LXX. 
 
 ANABASIS I. X. 1-6. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate: (<() Outms fTiK(VTr)(T(v 6 (^oiviKirrrrj^ dvqp tav rSiV pfra 
 l\lpov TOP fieyau ytvophutv rlpioiTaTOi t€ kqi ap^fiv d^KaraTOs ' tovto napd 
 ndvruiv o)po\6yr)Tm t«i/ ai'roG Sokovutcj" iv ndpa t€ koi (piXla ycvtardai 
 (h) Ev6a 8q (i/Bvi naidfi ovtcs efiaduv ai8^popcs (luai kqI npoi rovi 
 iavriav xmohftmpovs. (( ) 'ETriSfiVcioJat avrov on 7r€p\ nXdarov noifirai, 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 1. diroT€pv€Tai, dicoKcoi^, (ItTTritTTfi ; explain the use of the singular. 
 oi peif perci *Aptatoi;, Ariaeus ayid his men. 
 
 § 2. rerrapes . . . 6§oi5, there were said to be four parasangs of the 
 road, i. e. the distance was said to be four parasangs. rd re aK\a 
 
 iiapnd^ovaiy Ka\ . . . Xap^dvci, not only plunder much of other things, but 
 {i. e. while they plunder , etc.) a/50 take^ etc. ; cf. LXVII. 17. 
 
';& 
 
 220 
 
 IXDUCTIVK GREEK METHOD. 
 
 § 3. \rj(l>eti(ra, theme Xa/J roiv dn(pi ^acriXea, (/. of fitra *Aptaiov 
 
 §1. TT/joff r«i/ 'EXXiyi/wi/, <o [sc. row-oyy, ^Ao6<j] of the Gieea. Why 
 
 not allow npos to be coii.strued with the j^eiiitive here? oTrXa (x°*^^^y 
 
 t. e. on guard. ol di koi avrav, but some of them (i. e. the Greeks) 
 
 also. €a(0(Tap, from ada^u). tWoy avrtov, within tlieir army or 
 
 line. 
 
 § 5. Tia (ra(f)tpvovt, cf. K^pov LIX. § 13. tU to irpocrBtv, for- 
 
 ward. TrXrjaiairaTos from nXijaiov : note the fonuution. n€fi' 
 
 noifv . . . tot6v, whether they should send , . . or go; direct discourse, 
 *• shall we send . . . orgo?" the subjunctive of deliberation ; observe the 
 change from direct to indirect discourse. dpfi^ovres : tense ? 
 
 2. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. A verb followed by two or more subjects frequently agrees with 
 the nearer in number. 
 
 2. An adjective modifying two or more substantives may be singular 
 when one person or thiii.i^ is especially held in mind by the writer. "" 
 
 3. TrXrja-iov and <^tXos show irregularities of comparison. 
 
 4. The subjunctive of deliberation may become optative in the indi- 
 rect discourse after a secondary tense. 
 
 
 ] ?• f 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. The adverb av H. 857-862. 
 
 2. Subjunctive of c?e/i6era<ion . H. 866,3. 
 
 3. Modes in result clauses . . H. 925-927. 
 
 G. 207-211. 
 
 G. 256. 
 
 G. 237, 238. 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. drro-Ttp.v(Oy cut off. 
 
 2. afa-Xa/i/3ai/o>, take up to or 
 
 with one's self. 
 
 3. at/Tt-rarraj, draw up against. 
 
 4. dpfiyoi, aidy assist. 
 
 5. yvp,v69, lightly clad. 
 
 6. f tV-TriTTTctf, fall info. 
 
 7. fvOfv, thence ; whence. 
 
 8. €vr6s, within. 
 
 9. Kvpfios, of Cyrus. 
 
 10. rj TraWoKiiy mistress. 
 
 11. cro(/)off, wise, accomplished. 
 
 12. TO arparoTTf^ov, camp. 
 
 13. a-Tp€<f>a)j turn. 
 
 14. ata^oi, save. 
 
 LESSON LXX. 221 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) *Afta bi t^ W^P9- <rvv€\66vTfs ot <TTpaTriyo\ i$av- 
 fia(ov oTi Kvpos ovT€ aXXoi' 7r«/X7rot Xe^oirra o ri xp^ noulv ovt€ avro^ (f)aivoiTO. 
 (o) *E»rf I §€ T€T€X(VTTjK€v. aTTayyiXX^Tf 'Aptaiw on fjpfls viKtapiv re (iaaiXed 
 Koi cis opaTf ovBfU €Tt Tjpiv pdx€Tai. (r) Kat avTol e^ovXfvovTO €1 avTov 
 fifivavTci TO. aK€V0(^6pa ivravda /iyoivTO fj dnioifv cm to arpaToirtbov. 
 (d) OvTOi yap irpcoTov ovk fcjjvyfv, dXXa dirjXaaf napa tov norapbv Kara 
 Tovs "KXXtjvih • dieXavvoov de KarfKavf piv ovdeva, diaardvTfs 6e oi EXXrjves 
 
 €7raiOV KQl TfKOVTl^OV QVTOVS KOI €t6^€VOV. 
 
 2. Translate: (a) They deliberated whether they should take up 
 those who had again fled or fall upon the camp and cut off those (who 
 were) stationed there on guard, (b) This was the end of that day. 
 (c) She was said to be a beautiful and accomplished woman ; wherefore 
 those (who were) drawn up to aid her did not flee, but saved her and all 
 her property, {d) When the brave soldiei-s wheeled (= turned) in that 
 direction to receive the king, he did not lead against them, but fled to 
 the station from which he had set out. (e) But when they saw-in- 
 advance the scythe-bearing chariots, they did not fear, but opened their 
 line (i.e. stood apart). 
 
 3. The review of the words in the List of first occurrences numbered 
 831-921. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The agreement of the verb ; irregularities. 2. Agreement of the 
 adjective ; irregularities. 3. Familiar words suggested by the Vocabu- 
 lary. 4. Principal parts of the new verbs in the Vocabulary. 5. The 
 changes in the theme vowel of arpecfxa in the different tense systems. 
 6. The principles in the Grammar Lesson. 7. ot pcra *Apiaiov, *AptaIof 
 Koi oi <rvv avTfo. 8. Comparison of irXrjaiou and (jiiXos. 9. Subjunctive 
 of deliberation ; the same in the indirect discourse. 
 
222 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON LXXI. 
 ANABASIS I. X. 7-12. 
 
 1. NOTES. 
 
 § 7. "EWrjuas : here with the force of an adjective. KarUav^ • 
 
 Cf. LXV. § 6. '^ar.Kav, . 
 
 § 8. iff fxflov ?xcop dn-riWayrj, when he withdrew, having less, i. e. the 
 worst of it; fxflop is comparative of fiTKp6s. t6 twv *EX\^ua>p, in 
 
 apposition with (rrparoTrfdop. 
 
 § 9. dva-TTTvaa^ip to Ktpas: to bend or wheel the wing around; thus 
 the army would be brought to face the enemy, while its rear rested on 
 the river. 
 
 § 10. Ka\ hrj ^aaiXfvs, the king already also. 
 
 § 11. ('k nXfiopos fj TO 7rp6ad€P, from a greater distance than before : 
 they did not wait for the Greeks to come so near as they had before. 
 TO trpoadfp, adverbial accusative. 
 
 § 12. TTf Cot : partitive apposition with oi dpcf)! /Sao-iXea. iWcW : 
 
 cf x6pTov XLIX. § 10. &(rr€ . . . ^f, yiypoyaKeiP, so that [the Gh-eeks] 
 
 . . . what ims being done. if top tipu Kri, a kind of eagle, outstretched 
 
 (i. e. with wings outstretched) u^wn a shield, on the top of a (spear) shaft. 
 
 2. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Principal parts of 0fvya>, 
 
 eXavpci, Kaipco, laTrjpi, naito, 
 aXXarro). (TTptcfxo, LKPtopai, 
 btbotKQ, Korrra). 
 
 2. Comparison of ica<of, pT^pof, 
 
 oKiyos, irokvs, koXos . . H. 254. Q. 73. 
 
 3. Indirect discourse . . 
 
 5 H 928-930, 932. ) 
 
 i 934,937. I <^. 341, ..48. 
 
 / 
 
 ^4 
 
 LESSON LXXI. 
 
 3. VOCABULARY. 
 
 223 
 
 1 . o atTos, eagle. 
 
 2. dp(f)0T€p(ji>B€v, from or on both 
 
 sides. 
 
 3. dpa-Ttrxxraut, fold up ; open 
 
 out (hence, to deploy the 
 wings of an army to meet 
 any new attack of the 
 enemy. 
 
 4. om-TftVo), stretch up or out, 
 
 extend. 
 
 5. aTT-oXXaTTo), change away, 
 
 withdraw, come off from 
 an encounter. 
 
 6. avOii, again. 
 
 7. €m-diQ)K<o, pursue. 
 
 8. 6 Xocjios, hill. 
 
 9. opov, together. 
 
 10. Trap-apfi^o), mid., change a 
 
 battle-line or order. 
 
 1 1 . Trapa-rdTTO), draw up or ar- 
 
 rauge beside. 
 
 12. ^ iTikTq, light {crescent- 
 
 formed) shield. 
 
 13. Trepi-Trrvtrcra), fold about, en- 
 
 fold, surround. 
 
 14. 7rpo(T-dy(M>, lead against^ at lack. 
 
 15. TO cTTjpelop, sign, standard. 
 
 16. avv-€ipi, go with, come to- 
 
 gether. 
 
 17. T] avp-o8os, coming together, 
 
 encounter. [in vnth. 
 
 18. (Tvp-Tvyxdpo), happen or fall 
 
 19. TO a^ripa, form, shape. 
 
 20. (ppovipos, sagacious. 
 
 4. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) *E7rft 8e kch ipravff ixo>povp oi "EXXjyi/fy, ot Itt- 
 JTf Iff \nt6pT(9 TOP \6(f)op dnrjXXdyrjo-av • ^v S' 6 X6(f)os "^j/lXos Ta>p innftop. 
 (b) MfTa Trjp npaiTrjp avpobov avpij«Tap ndXiP Trapapfiy\rdp€voi (Is to ovto 
 (TXW"^ "^^^^ "EWrjaiP. (c) 6 fie 8f) cypa-^a oti ^aai)^€vs i^firXdyq ttj avpodca, 
 T(od( ^fjXov T}p- TTJ pfp yap trpoaOfP rjfxepq ntp7ra)P rd onXa avTco didovat (K(- 
 Xfuf, t6t€ de dyyeXovs Kiii epptfvfds fnfiJiy^rc ir(p\ (rrrovdcov. (d) *Api6p6s ^e 
 T^y 6S0O rjp TJX60P f^ ^E<f)€(Tnv ttjs ^Icoplos p^XP'- "^V^ H-'^XV^ (TTaOpoX rpels Koi 
 fPfPTjKOPra, napao'dyyai nePTf /cat TpiaKOPTa kqI TTfvTaKoaioi, aTadioi ncPTrf- 
 KOPTa Koi f^aKia-xiXtot /cat pvpioi ' dno di Trjs pdxi]S iXeyoPTo eipai etc Ba^v- 
 Xa)pa arddtot i^rjKOPTa kqX rpiaKoo'ioi. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) The standard of the enemy was supposed to be a 
 bronze eaf^le, having its wings raised, as-if about to fly. (h) We shall 
 pursue them, if we are able, as ftir as the so-called wall of Media. 
 ('•) And when he heard the watch-word p.issing a second-time (adv. ace.) 
 tlirough the army, he asked wliat tlie noise was. (d) A rumor spread 
 (went) through the army that the march was to be against the king. 
 
224 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METPIOD. 
 
 LESSON LXXir. 
 
 22o 
 
 (e) They put the river in their rear, I'earin- lest the enemy might 
 round them and cut them down. 
 
 8ur- 
 
 3. Review of words numbered 922-988 in the List ofjirst 
 
 occurrences. 
 
 5. 
 
 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 L Familiar words suggested l.y the Vocabulary, 2. Euphonic prin- 
 ciples illustrated in the principal parts of the verbs in the Grammar 
 Lesson. 3. Summary of the principles of the indirect discourse. 
 4. Optatives in § 9. 5. Analysis of the participles in §§ 9, 10. 
 
 LESSON LXXII. 
 ANABASIS L X. 13-19. 
 
 1. NOTEa 
 
 § 13. tJXXoi a\\o6cp, some in one direction, others in another 
 WXoff : cf. LXV. § 6. 
 
 § 15. duh Kpdro^, cf. LVII. § 1. ax^^r . . . Jr, about the time 
 
 this took place, 
 
 § 16. e€fx(voi ra ottXo, grounding their arms; cf. L. §14. ^^,- 
 
 aav : from olba. 
 
 § 17. ayOLVTO, cf. TTfflTTOlfP LXX. § 5. 
 
 § 18. alriov rj norov, meat or drink. 
 
 2. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Principal parts of XetW, dyy/XXw 
 
 dvw, rWtjfu travel). (f)aiv<t}, oi8a^ 
 dtnjiTKQ}, duaKU), fievca. 
 
 2. The infinitive construction with 
 
 adjectives OT nouns .... H. 952. O. 261. 
 
 3. The infinitive construction with 
 
 Sxrrt or npiv H. 953^ 955 q gee, 274. 
 
 3. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. AdeiTTvos, -01', without dinner. 
 
 2. dBp6o9, in a body or mass. 
 
 3. dWoBcvy from or in a differ- 
 
 ent direction. [»//). 
 
 4. dva ^i^a^Q), lead up, make go 
 
 5. dvairavu), mid., stop and re- 
 
 gain breath or strength. 
 
 6. dv-dpLOTos, -oVf without break- 
 
 fast. \fng meal. 
 
 7. 6 BopirrjaTos, time of the ecen- 
 
 8. htoa, enter. 
 
 9. jj ivhfia want, need. 
 
 10. 6 17X109, sun. 
 
 11. otiSa/ioO, nowhere. 
 
 12. 1:0x69. drinkable, drink. 
 
 13. npo-(\avv(ti, ride forward. 
 
 14. TO criTiov, food. 
 
 15. a(f)obp6<:, vehement, violent, ex- 
 
 cessive. 
 
 IG, yjrtXoco, make bare, desert. 
 
 4. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : (a) Uplv Si ro^fv/xa e^LKVfiaBai ^KKKivovai ol ^dp^apoi 
 Koi 6 }^6(f)09 €\l/T\a)6r). (/>) "HaOqfXfu drj Trdvres opayvTf^ rrfv rov dvopevov 
 r)\iov XapnpoTTjTa koi rcov p€(f)e\ci>u. ( ) Eut€v6€i/ eVet 6 17X10? €dv€TO, 6 
 Opa^ €x<ov Tovs T€ imrias tov9 pfff iavTov els rtrrapd ovra Koi twv ne^cjv 
 QpaK(op ojs TpioKoaiovs rjvTopoKrja-f npos ^aaiXed ' KXeap^os de to7s dXXois 
 T)y(lT0 Kara to. do^aura, oi 8' (inovro • koi a(f)iKvov'^Tai ds rov npoarov araO- 
 pov napa Apidiou koi ttjv €K(Ivqv arparidv dp(f)\ peads vixras • koI iv 
 rd^fi Oepevoi ra onXa avv^Xdov ol OpuKfi koi to noXv Toiv 'EX^rivcoi/ napa 
 Apialov ' Kil (Tvv€0€VTo 01 T€ EXXr}V(s Ka\ 6 'Apialos koI T(ov avp avra oi 
 KpaTitTTOi /xjjre npodoicriiu aXXijXous avppa^oi t€ faeaBat. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Cyrus, annoyed and grieved by these things, sent 
 for Clearchus : but he refused to go ; without the knowledge of the 
 soldiers, however, he sent a messenger to him and told him not to fear. 
 (h) We shall not lead our soldiers up those difficult hills, but permit 
 them to stop when they have pursued the enemy and made the plain 
 wholly bare, (c) Pie did not know whether he should first pause and 
 then enter the tent, or go in immediately, (d) If the enemy had found 
 the meat and drink hidden in the camp of Cyrus and plundered it, great 
 and excessive need would have fallen upon all with him. 
 
 3. Review of the words numbered 989-1117 in the List of first 
 occurrences. 
 
 15 
 
IXDLCTIVE GREEK xMETHOD. 
 
 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. aAXoi aWodfv. 2. TiOrjfii to, onXa 3. Subjunctive of delibera- 
 tion in indirect discourse. 4. The <,'ranjniatical principles illustrated in 
 No. 1, Graniinar Les«*on. 5. Construction of Innecov an<l rtXos § 13. 
 6. Inflection of ^aTrjaap § 16. 7. The optatives in §§ 16-18. 
 8. Inflection and analysi.s i»r €(f)din] § 19. 
 
 6. REVIEW. 
 
 It is of great impt^tance to review the ninth and tenth chapters. 
 This can be done successfully if fjrreat care is taken (a) to understand 
 the translation correctly ; (6) to grasp the meaning of each of the new 
 words in these two chapters ; (f) to study the more complicated uses 
 of modes and tenses illustrated in the ninth chapter; and (d) to pick out, 
 classify, and tabulate the instances of conditional clauses in both direct 
 and indirect discourse. Follow in general the plan of Review adopted 
 in Lessons X. and XX. 
 
 THE FIEST BOOK 
 
 OF 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 When Darius was at the point of death, he desired his sons Artaxerxes 
 and Cyrus to be summoned to him (1). The former shortly after 
 becomes king, and the latter, during his stay at court, is accused of 
 plotting against the new king (2, 3). Upon returning to his pro- 
 vince, Cyrus nurses his resentment against his accusers and against 
 the king, who had been upon the point of putting him to death, 
 and decides to raise an army in secret in order to thrust Artaxerxes 
 from the throne (4). He summons his several commanders to col- 
 lect Spartan mercenaries, as if to subdue his enemy Tissaphernes and 
 to champion the exiles of Miletus (5-8). Through the aid of Clear- 
 chus, he raises a secon<l army and stations it in the Thracian Cher- 
 sonese (9). A third army, under the command of Aristippus, he 
 secretes in Thessaly (10). A fourth, with Proxenus as general, he 
 prepares as if for a campaign against the Pisidians, and other generals 
 are placed in command of smaller forces, ready to come to aid him 
 in the war against Tissaphernes, which serves as a blind to conceal 
 from the king the true intentions of his brother against him (11). 
 
 1. Aapetov kol Ila/jvcrartSo? yiyvovrai TratSe? hvo, 
 
 7rpecr/3vT€po<; /xer ^ApTa^€p^7j<;, vecorepo^; 8e Kvpo(;. 
 
 iirel 0€ rj(rdep€L Aapeio^ kol vTrcoirTeve TeXeirrrju rod 
 
 \^LOV, i^ov\€To TO) TTOiSe aiJL(f}OTepco irapelvai, 2. 6 
 
 j/xei' ovv 7rpecrPvT€po<; irapcov iTvy^ave* Kvpop Si 
 
 cTaneixireTaL arro Trj<; 0Lp)(rj<; rj<; avrov aarpainqv 
 
 < 
 
228 
 
 XEXOPIION'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book L 
 
 eTroLTfcre, /cat (TTpanqyov Se avTov aneSei^e ttolvtojv 
 
 oaoL ei^ KaaTcoXov TreStoi^ a6 poilpvr ai, ava^aiveL 
 
 ovv 6 Kvpoq XajScoi' TLcr(Ta(f>€ppr)v d)s (f>iXov, koI tojv 
 
 EXXrjvoju €)(0)v OTrXtVa? dpefir) TpiaKoaiov^, dp^ovra 
 
 Se avTuiv Sepiav UappdcLou. 3. €7rel Se iTeXevTrjcre 
 
 Aapeloq Kal Kariariq et? tt^v fiacriXeiav ^Apra^ep^rj^, 
 
 TL(T(Ta(l>€pvr)<; StaySaXXet top Kvpop Trpo? Tou a8eX(l>6v 
 
 CJ9 inilSovXehOL avTO). 6 hi TreiffeTat /cat (rvXXafx/SdveL 
 
 Kvpov a»9 diTOKTevcjjv rj Se p-yJTrjp i^aiTrjcrafiepr) avTOv 
 
 aTTOTrefiTTeL irdXiv iirl ttjp dp)^!]^. 4. 6 S' a»s aTrrjXde 
 
 KLv8vu€V(Ta<^ /cat dTip^aaOei^^ ySouXeverat ottoj? jxTjirore 
 
 €TL ^oTTai eTTt Tio doeX(f)(x), aXXd, rjv BvurjTaL, jSacnXevcreL 
 
 avT eKeivov. Ilaputrart? /ie?* %y) r) p^rjTiqp V7r7jp)(^e 
 
 T(i> Kvpcpy (fyiXovcra avTov jxdXXov fj top ^aciXevovTa 
 
 ApTa^ep^rjv, 5. octti^ S' d(f)LKV0LT0 tcjp napd )8acrt 
 
 Xecog TTpo^ avTOP irdvTa^ ovtoj Start^et? dneTrefiTreTO 
 
 (t}(TT€ ovtQ fidXXop </)tXot>? eti^at ^ ySacrtXet. /cat tcop 
 
 nap* iavTO) Se ^ap^dpcop eVe/xeXetro o)? TroXe/xet^' re! 
 
 LKaPOL €L7J(TaP KOL eVPOLKO)^ €)^OLeP avT(Z. 6. Trjp\ 
 
 Se 'EXXT^j^t/ci^i^ Svpafitp 7]0poL!,ep oj<; pdXKTTa iBvpaTO' 
 cTrt/cpvTTTo/xei^o?, OTTOJ? ort dirapacTKevoTaTOP Xd/SoLi 
 )8acrtXea. SSe oi'i^ iiroLeiTO ttjp arvXXoyqp. OTTocras 
 €t^e ^uXa/ca? e^' rat? TroXecrt TrapijyyeiXe rot? cjypovp- 
 dp^oi^ eKdcTTOL*; Xapi^dpeip dpSpa<; IleXo7ropp7)0'LOv<; 
 OTL TrXetarou? /cat ySeXrtVroug, w? e7rty8ouXei;oi/ro5 f 
 TL(TG'a(j>eppov<; rat? TroXecrt. /cat yap T^craz^ at 'iwz/t- 
 /cat TToXet? TL(Ta'a(j)ippov^ to dp^alop eV ^SacrtXeW 
 SsSo/xeVat, Tore Se d(f)€L(TTTJKecrap Trpo? Kvpoi/ Trdcat 
 irXrjp MiXtjtov* 7. cV MtX>^r6> Se Ttcrcra^epnj§ 
 
 Book I.] 
 
 CHAPTER I. 3-10. 
 
 229 
 
 7rpoaL(T06fJi€PO<; tol avTOL raOra ^ovXevofJiepov^, diro- 
 (TTrjpaL npos Kvpop, tovs ijl€p diriKTeive tov<s S 
 i^e/SaXep, 6 Se Kupo? viroXa^cop Toif^ <^evyopTa\ 
 avXXi^a<i crTpdTevjJLa inoXiopkeL MlXtjtop /cat /caret yrjp 
 Kal Kara OdXaTTap /cat ineupaTo KaTayeiP tov<s eKTre- 
 TTTcoKOTa^;, /cat avrr; av dXXr) 7rp6(f)acri^ rjp aural tov 
 ddpoL^€LP o'rpareu/xa. 8. Trpo? Se ^adiXea TrefXTrcop 
 rj^LOV dSeX(^6? S)p avTOv So6r]paL ol raurag ra? TToXet? 
 jLtaXXoi^ ^ TLO'cra(l)€pvrjp dp^eip avTcoPy /cat rj fiiJTrjp 
 (TVPeTTpaTTep auroJ raura* cScrre ^ao-tXeu? ttjp fxep 
 TTpo? eavroi^ iTTLJSovXrjp ovk y(r0dpeTo, TicrcraclyeppeL 
 Se ipofiii^e TToXe/jLovPTa avTov dficf)! ra crrparev/xara 
 Sa7^a^a^'• olcrre ouSet' T^^^^ero avTOJp noXefJiovPTcop. /cat 
 yap 6 KDpo9 aTTeVe/xTre row? yiypofiepovs Sacr//,ous 
 )8acrtXet eV rSi^ TroXewz^ Sj^ Ti(Tcra<^4ppov^ eTvy^apep 
 e)(OiP, 9. aXXo Se cTTpdTevfxa aurw crvi'eXeyero ei/ 
 XeppoPTJcro) tyj /car' dpTLirepa^; 'A^uSou rot'Se roz^ rpd- 
 TTOz/. KXeap^o? Aa/ceSat/xdi/to? (jyvyds rjp' tovtco (rvy- 
 yepojiepo^ 6 Kupo? iqydo'Or) re auroi^ /cat StScoo^ti^ aural 
 fjLvpiovf; Sapet/cou5. 6 Se Xal3(op to \^pvcriop crrpctreu/xa 
 (TVPeXe^ep dno tovtcop tcop ^prjiidToiP /cat iTToXefiei iK 
 Xeppop-qo'ov 6pfjL(Ofjiepo^ tol^ Spa^i rot? VTrep 'EXXt^- 
 (TTTOPTOP oIkovcti Kol ctK^/Xet ror)? EXXT^ra?* CDcrTe /cat 
 )(j:)if]fjLaTa avpe/BdXXoPTo aural et? r?)!/ Tpo(j}r)P tcop cTTpa- 
 TLCJTcop at 'EXXr/cTTToi/rta/cat TrdXet? e/coucrat. rouro S' 
 au ovTco Tp€(f)6fJLepop iXdpdapep aura! rd aTpdTevfxa. 
 10. AptcrTLTTTro^ Se 6 ©erraXd? ^eVo? cir lTvyyaP€P 
 avT^, /cat Trte^d/xei^o? utto roJi' ot/cot dpTLcrTa<TL(OTO)P 
 ep^erat 7rpd» rdi^ Kupoi^ /cat atret avTOP et9 St(r;(tXtou9 
 
 ^ 
 
230 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book 1. 
 
 Book I.) 
 
 CHAPTERS 1. 11 -- II. 1-4. 
 
 231 
 
 gevov<; kol rpicop fxrjvcoi/ ixiaOov, w? ovTca TrepLyevo/ievoq 
 av Tiov dpTLO'Tao'LCJTCJi/, 6 Se Kvpos SlScoctlp avTco ci? 
 TeTpaKi(TX^^!'OV<; koX If /jltjvcoi^ fjnadov, /cat Setrat avTov 
 fir) TTpocrdev /caraXOcrat TTyoo? tovs airtcrracrtajra? irplv 
 av avT^ crvfifiovXevarfTaL, ovtco Se av to iv ^erraXia 
 ikdvdavf.v avTco Tpeffyofxei/ov (TTpaTevfJia. 11. IIoo- 
 
 iepov Se Tou Bolcotlov ^ivov opt a e/ceXevcrc XaySoWa 
 dvBpaq OTL TrXeio-Tov^ TrapayeveaOai, o); eU Ilta-iSas 
 ^ovX6fieuo<; aTpaTeveaO at, o)? irpdyfiaTa irapexoPTcop 
 T(x)p nt(7tSa>i/ TTj eavTov X^P^' ^o^aiveTov Se tov 
 %Tvix(f>akLov KoX ^(OKpdTYji/ TOV 'A^^ato^, ^evovs ovTas 
 Kal TovTov<i, iKeXevaev dvSpas XaySoVras iXdecv otl 
 TrXctcTTou?, a>9 noXefjiijacov Tio-cra^ipveL crvv rot? Sv 
 yaai tol^ MlX7]0'L(ov, Kal inoLOvv ovtcjs ovtol. 
 
 CHAPTER 11. 
 
 As soon as it seemed that his plot was ready to be put into execution, 
 which Tissarphernes had foreseen and reported to the king, Cyrus 
 collects his forces anrl sets out from Sardis, as if against the people of 
 the Pisidians (1-5). He proceeds through Lvdia (5) and then 
 through Phrygia, where new forces join him (C) At the city of 
 Celaenae, a new suj>ply of auxiliaries arrives and a review of the 
 forces is made (7-9). When they arrive at the phiin of Cayster, 
 the soldiers become clamorous for their pay for the three months of 
 their service (10, Ij). This Cyrus gives them, being enabled to do 
 80 by the pecuniary assistance lent by the queen of the Cilicians, who 
 had come to him (12). They then reach Thymbrium, pass the 
 fountain of Midas (13), and make their way into Lycaonia (19), at 
 which point the queen departs for Cilicia (20), which country Cyrus 
 and his army then enter (21-25). At Tarsus he meets Syennesis, 
 king of the Cilicians (26, 27). 
 
 . ii<7ret o eooK^i avTO) rjor) Tropevearuai avco, Trjv 
 fiev Trpocfyaa-Lv Ittoi^Ito a>9 IlicriSa? ^ovXofxevof; iKJSoL- 
 X€LV TTavTaTracriv Ik Trj<; ^wyoas* /cat ddpoi^ei o)? cTrt 
 TOVTOV^ TO T€ ^OLp^oLpiKOv KOI TO ^EiXXr^viKov, ivTav- 
 0% /cat TTapayyeXXet roJ re KXeap;^ft> Xa^ovTi tjkelv 
 ocTOv rjv avTO) crryoareu/xa, /cat roj ^ApLcrTLTnrct) crvvaX- 
 XayevTL npo^ tovs olkol dTroTrefJLijjaL irpoi iavTov o 
 el^e (TTpdTevixa* /cat He^'ta tcZ 'Ayo/caSt, 09 avTCJ 
 7rpoeL(TT7]K€L TOV iv Tat? TToXecrt ^evLKOVy rJK€Lv Trap- 
 ayyeXXeL XajSovTa tov^ dXXovq ttXtjv ottootol LKavol 
 ^o'av ra? d/c^o7roXet9 ^vXaTTeiv, 2. eKdXeae Se 
 
 Kal Tou^ MiXrjToy TroXtopKOvvTa^, Kal tov<; (j>vydSa<; 
 iKeXeva-e ahv avTOJ aTpaTevecrdai, viroo'xoiievo^ aurot?, 
 ct KaXoj<; KaTanpa^eiev Icj) a ecTTyoareuero, p.r) Trpocrdev 
 navcreo-dai nplv avTov^ /carayayot ot/caSt. oi Se 
 rjoeo)^ iTreiOovTO' iiTLaTevov yap avTco- Kal Xa^6vTe<; 
 TO. oTrXa naprjcrav €19 ^otpSct9. 3. H€^'ta9 p-kv 8rj 
 
 rov9 e/c Tcjv noXecjv XajScov napeyeveTo et9 SapSet? 
 67rXtTa9 ct9 TeTpaKLcrxi-Xiov^, Up6^evo<; Se Traprjv e^cov 
 onXiTa^ pev et9 irevTaKocriov^ /cat ^tXtou9, yvpvrjTa<; 
 Se TrevTaKopriov^, So(/>atVeT09 Se 6 Sru/xc^aXto? 67rXtra9 
 €X(j^v ^^tXtou;, XoyKpaTiq^ Se 6 *A;^ato9 onXiTas e^cov 
 (09 irevTaKocriov^y Ylaa-ioiv Se o Meyapeu9 TpLaKoo-iov*; 
 fxkv oirXiTa^, TpiaKoa-iov<; Se 7reXTao-Ta9 e^oiv nape- 
 yeveTO' rjv Se /cat o5ro9 /cat 6 'EcoKpaTrj^; tcov dpcfn 
 MiXrjTov (TTpaTevopev(ov. 4. ovtol pev et9 ^dpSei^ 
 
 avTO) a(f)iKOVTO. TLcro'a(f)epvr}^ Se KaTavor]a'a<; raura, 
 ^at peiS^ova rjyr)0'dp€vo<; elvat fj 0)9 eVt nt(rtSa9 Tr}v 
 irapao'Kevijvy TTopeverat 0)9 ySao-tXea rj iSvvaTo Td^f^cTa 
 
 i\ 
 
232 
 
 XEXOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book L 
 
 Book I.J 
 
 CHAPTER II. 5-12. 
 
 233 
 
 t / 
 
 LTTTreas ex^iv (os TrevraKocriov<;. 5. /cat /SacriXevs 
 
 jX€v Sij, inel r^Kovae Ticra-a^epvov^ rov Kvpov cttoXov, 
 OLVTLTrapecrKevdi^eTo. 
 
 Kvpo^ 8e excov ou? etprjKa ajpfiaTo dno IdpSecop- 
 Kal i^e\avv€L 8ta rrj^ AvSta? CTTaOpLom rpel^ napa- 
 o-dyya^ eLKOCTL /cat hvo inl rov Maiavhpov -rrojapov. 
 Tovrov TO evpo<; Svo irXedpa- yi^vpa he inrjv eiTrd 
 iCevyfievT) TrXotot?. 6. tovtov otaySa? efeXawet Sta 
 
 ^pvyia% aTadfxov eua Trapaadyya^ oktco et? Ko- 
 Xocrad^, ttoXlv oiKovixiviqv, evSatfiopa /cat peyakr^v. 
 ivTavOa epeivev r}pepa<; eTrra* /cat rjKe Mevcop 6 ©erra- 
 Xo? oTrXtVa? €xo)i^ x^^*'^^^ '^^^ 7re\TaorTd<; TrcPTaKoaLov^;, 
 AdXoTTa? /cat Aluidua's /cat 'O\vu0lovs. 7. ipTevffev 
 
 i^eXawcL (TTa6p.ov^ TpeU 7rapaa'dyya<; eiKoaLv et? 
 KcXati^a9, 7179 <t>pvyLa<; ttoXlv olKOvpivqv, peydXrjv 
 /cat cuSat/xoz/a. ivravda Kvpcp ySao-tXeta -^i^ /cat Trapa- 
 S£to-o? /xeya? dypicxiv Or^piajv TrXijpr)^, a iKeivo^ iGrj- 
 pevev dno lttttov, ott6t€ yvpvdaai ^ovXolto iavrov 
 re /cat tov<; lttttov^. Sta pecrov 8e roD TrapaSetaov 
 pel 6 MatWS/)09 TTorapor at Se TTT^yat aurou etViy 
 e/c rwz/ ^xo-LXeCcow pel Se /cat Sta rrj^ KeXatz/wz/ 
 TToXecu?. 8. eo-rt Se /cat peydXov ySacrtXeaj? ySacrtXeta 
 
 eV KeXati/at; epvpvd inl ra?? TTT^ya?? rou Mayocruoi; 
 TTOTapoi VTTO Trj dKpoTToXer pel Se /ca't oiiro? Sti 
 ttJ? TToXew? /cat e/x^aXXet ets roi/ Mataz/S/ooi'- rov Se 
 Mapo-uou TO eSyoo? eVrti/ eiKocn /cat TreVre ttoSwv. 
 evTavOa Xeyerat 'AttoXXcoz/ e/cSetpat Ma/)0"va^ VLKtjo-aq 
 ipitflvjd oi nepl o-o<^ta9, /cat to Sep/xa Kpepdaai iv 
 rw ai/T/)w 5^ei^ at TTTyyat- Sta Se tovto 6 norapos 
 
 KoXelraL Maporva^. 9. evravOa Sep^rjq, ore e/c T179 
 *EXXaSo9 rjTTrjOel^ ttj pd^rj direxf^p^h Xeyerai oIko- 
 SoprjcraL Taura Te Ta ySacrtXeta /cat Tr^i^ KeXati^ciz^ dKpo- 
 TToXiv. ivTavda epeive Kvpo^ rjpepas rpidKovTa* /cat 
 -^fce YXeapxo^ o Aa/ceSat/idi^to? ^vyd<; e^oji^ OTrXtVas 
 ^tXtovs /cat TreXTacTTCL? (^yaa/ca? oKTaKoo-iov^ /cat ro^o- 
 Ta<; KprJTa<; Sta/coatoi;?. a/xa Se /cat 2cu(rt9 Traprjp 6 
 SvpaKOva'io<; e)(ct>z/ OTrXtVa? rpiaKocrLov^^, /cat So^at- 
 i/eTo? 6 'Ap/ca9 eYa)^' oirXiTa^ ^tXtou?. /cat evTavda 
 Kvpo^ e^eTaciv /cat dpiOpov rcov FjXXtjpcop enoirjcrev 
 ev Tco irapaSeio'cpy /cat eyevovTo ol avpnavrei OTrXtTat 
 jLtei' pvpioi Kal ^tXtot, 7reXTao"Tat Se dp(j)l tov<; Stcr^t- 
 Xtov9. 10. evTevdev e^eXavvei crraOpov^; hvo napa- 
 (rdyya^ Se/ca et? IleXTa?, TrdXtz^ OLKOvpevrji/. evravO^ 
 epeivev rjpepa^ rpeU' ev ah Hei^ta? 6 'Ap/cas to, 
 Av/cata idvae /cat dyoli^a edrjKe- rd Se a^Xa rjcrai/ 
 CTTXeyytSeg ^pucrat- eOecopei Se toi^ dycova /cat Kvpo?. 
 evTevOev e^eXavvei crTaOpov^ ovo napacrdyyaf; ScuSe/ca 
 €t9 Kepdpcov dyopdr, ttoXlv OLKOvpeprjv, ecrxdriqv Trpo? 
 T^ Mucrta X^P^' ^' ^'^T^eS^ei^ e^eXavvei (TTadpov<; 
 rpel^ 7rapacrdyya<; rpidKovra et? KavcTTpov TreStoi/, 
 TToXt^ oiKOvpevrfv, euravO^ epeLvev r)pepa<; irevTe* 
 /cat Tot? crTpaTiatraL^ axfyeiXero ptcrOo*; irXeov rj TpLcov 
 prjpcjv, /cat TToXXa/ct? tdi^Te? eVt Ta? 6vpa<; aTrrjTOvv. 
 6 Se eXTTtSas Xeyoiv Sirjye /cat 81^X09 ^^' d^'taj/xe^09* 
 ou ydp '>)^' 7rpo9 tov Kupou Tpoirov e^oz^Ta /lit) (xtto- 
 StSdz^at. 12. evravda df^iKveiTai 'ETTua^a 17 Xvevve- 
 
 (rt09 yui/^ Tou KtXt/ccui^ jSacnXecoq napd Kvpov /cat 
 eXeyero Kvpw So^}^'at ^^r^/xaTa noXXd. rrj 8' out' 
 
234 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book L 
 
 crrpaTca t6t€ aireSajKe Kvpos ^xiadov Terrdpcov fx-qvoiv, 
 cTxe Se 77 KtXto-o-a (f>v\aKy)v irepl avTrju KiXt/ca? /cai 
 "Ao-TrepSiovs' i\4yeTo 8e /cat avyyeviad ai Kvpov tt} 
 KiXLo-arj. 13. ivTeiOev i^eXawei (TTadixovs Su'o 
 
 7rapacrdyya<; SeVa et? ©u/x/S/otoi^, ttoXii/ olKov^idv-qv, 
 ivTavda tjv napd ttjp 68op Kprfp-q r) MlSov KaXovfjLepy 
 Tov ^pvySiv ^aa-t\ea>9, e<^' ^ KeyeraL MiSa? top larv- 
 pov 0r)ped(TaL olpco /ce/oacra? avTrjp. 14. ipT€v0ev 
 
 i^€\avP€L CTTaOyLOv^ hvo 7rapacrdyya<; Se/ca et? Tu- 
 ptdeLOP, ttoXlp OLKovfxepr^p. ivravda ifieipep rjfiepas 
 TpeU. /cat Xcyerat herjd^vai rj KtXtcrcra Ku/oou eVt- 
 Setfat TO (TTpdrevfia avrfj' ^ovX6fi€Po<; ovv iinhel^ai 
 i^eraa-LV Trotetrat eV t^ TreStco Totp 'EXXtJpojp /cat tcju 
 ^ap^dpoiv. 15. eKeXevo-e Se rou? "EXXT^j/ag, w? 
 
 J/0/X09 aurot? et9 P'dx'qv, ovtco TaxOrjpai /cat o-Trjpai, 
 (Twrd^aL S' iKacTOP tovs iavTov. eTdxO-qaap ovp 
 inl reTTdpcov cT^e Se to /xei^ Seftoz/ Mcpcdp /cat ot 
 trt'i/ auT(i, TO Se €va>pvfjLOP KXeap^os /cat ot eKeivov, 
 TO Se /xeVoi^ ot aXXot aTpaTrjyoL 16. e(9ewyoet oSi/ 
 
 o Kupo? TrpwTov fi€P Tov<; ^ap/3dpov<;' ol Se Trayo- 
 TjXavvov T€TayfX€P0L KaTOL tXa<? /cat /caret Td^ei^;- elra 
 rte TOU9 "EXXrjpa^, napeXavvcop k(f> dpfiaTo^ /cat 17 Kt- 
 Xto-o-a e(^' dpfMafxd^T)^. elxop Se TTct^res /c/Daj/?; ;)^aX/ca 
 /cat x^Twi^a? (j>oLPLKov<^ KoX KPrj/xlSa^ /cat ra? ao-7rtSa9 
 iKK€KaXvfXfi€Pa<;. 17. eVetSi7 Se TraWa? TraprjXacre, 
 a-rryo-a? to ap/xa Trpo T179 (fydXayyog /xeVr;?, 7re>i/fas 
 ULyprjTa TOP ipfi7]P€a napa tovs o-TpaT7)yov<; tcjp 
 'EXXijpcDP iKeXevae Trpo/SaXeaOat tol onXa /cat eVt- 
 Xojp^o-ai oXr)P Trjp (fydXayya, ol Se raOra Trpodirov 
 
 Book I.) 
 
 CHAPTER II. 13-21. 
 
 235 
 
 Tot9 crrpartoiTats • /cat eVet iadXiny^e, npo^aXofiepoL 
 TOL oTrXa iTrrjo-ap, e'/c Se tovtov Oolttop TrpoioPTcop 
 (TVP Kpavyrj dwo tov avTOfJidTov Spd/xo? iyepeTO rot? 
 (TTpaTL(i>TaL<; inl ra? aKiqpdq, 18. rwi^ Se ^ap^dpcop 
 (jyo^o^ TToXv?, /cat 17 re KtXtcro-a €(t)vyep inl Trj^ ap/xa- 
 'jLd^r]<; /cat ot e'/c ttJ? dyopas KaTaXin6pTe<; to, cjpta 
 ecfyvyop. ol Se "EXXr^j^e? (Tvp yeXcoTL inl Tag (TKr)pd<; 
 rjXdop, 7) Se KtXto-o-a tSoScra Tr)P XajxnpoTiqTCL /cat 
 Tr]P Ta^LP rov (TTpaTevfiaTog idavfjiaae. Kupo? Se 
 Tfadrj TOP iK TO)P 'EXXtjpcjp ek tov<; ^ap^dpovg (f)6/3op 
 iScjp. 19. ivTevdep i^eXavpei aTaOfiovg Tpdg napa- 
 (Tdyya<; eiKOCTLP ei9 'Ikoplop, Trjs 4>puyta9 noXiP 
 iaxo-T-qp. ipTavda efxetpe Tpei^ rjix€pa<;, ipTevOep 
 i^eXavpei Sia r7j9 AvKaopiag aTa6fxov<; nePTe napa- 
 . o-dyyag TpidKOPTa. TavTrjp tyjp x^oap ineTpexjje Stap- 
 Trdcrai toIs ''EXX-qcriP a>9 noXefxiap ovaap. 20. eVreu- 
 0ep Kvpo<; ttjp KiXLCTcrav et9 ttjp KtXt/ctW dnonifxneL 
 Trjp Tax^o-Trjp 686p- /cat crvpenefxxjjep avTrj TOt'9 (TTpa- 
 Tta5ra9 ovg MeVwi/ etx^ /cat aurdz/. Ki}/)09 Se /xera 
 TOiP dXXcop i^eXavpei Sta Ka7r7raSo/cia9 aTaOfiovg 
 TeTTapa^; napacrdyyag et/coo-t /cat TreVre et9 ^oapa, 
 noXiP OLKOVfX€Pr]Py fjLeydX7)P /cat ev^atfxopa. ipTavda 
 efxeipap r]fx€pa<; Tpet9- eV w Ki}/oo9 dneKT€LP€P dphpa 
 Uepo-qp Meya(f>€ppr)P, (j>orHKLaTr]P pj^aiXeiop, /cat 
 eTepop TLPa tcjp vndpx^v SvpdaTrjPy airtao-a/tei^09 
 ini^ovX^veiP avTO). 21. ivTevOep ineipcoPTo elo- 
 
 PdXXeiP et9 ttjp KtXt/ctaz^- 17 Se ela^oXr) rjp 6S09 
 afxa^LTCx; opdia lo'xyp^^'i xal d/xT^xai^o'? daeXOelp o-rpa- 
 reu/xart, et rt9 iKwXvep. iXeyeTo Se /cat Svippecri's 
 
236 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 I Book L 
 
 ijxeivav -fjfMepau iv rai 7re8[a>. ry 8' vcrrepaCa ^k€u 
 ayyeXoj X^ycop 5tl XcXolttc^? ei^Ty SveVt/ecrts ra' aKpa, 
 eVet jjo-d^To oTL TO Mtpcouos o-TpaTevfxa -qSrf iv 
 KiXiKia ^v eto-co t^p 6pecjy, Kal otl TpcTJpet^ ^/coue 
 TTepLTrXeovora^ drr' 'loii/ta? €19 KtXt/ctai/ Ta/xw^ exo^ra 
 ra? AaKeSaifiovLojp Kal avTov Kvpov. 22. Kdpo<; S' 
 
 ovp due^rj eVi ri opr) ovSevo^ kojXvopto^, Kal el8e 
 Ta? o-Kr)pd<; o5 ol KtXtAce? i(f>vXaTTOP. iuTeiOeu Se 
 fcare/Jat^e^/ et? TreSioz. /xeya icac /caXoV, imppvTOP, /cat 
 SeuSpcop TravTohaiT^p cru/xTrXeoi^ K-at dfiTreXajp- noXif 
 SeKal (Tija-afxou Kal fxeXiurju Kal Keyxpov Kal irvpov^ 
 Kal KpL0dj (i>ipeL, 6po<; S' avTo irepiexeL oxvpov Kal 
 vxjjrjXov TrdvTr) Ik 0aXdTTr)<; els OdXaTTav. 23. /cara- 
 
 ^a? §€ Sta TouVou toG TreStoi; ^Xacre (rTa0fiov<; rerra- 
 pa9 irapaa-dyyas irivTe Kal €lko(tlv eU Tap(Tov<;, r^9 
 KtXt/cta? TToXij/ fxeydXrjv Kal evhalpiova. evda tju tol 
 Xvevpeo-Los ^SacrtXeta tov KlXlkcop /Sao-cXem' Sta 
 /X6O-0V Se ri79 TroXew? /oel 7roTafi6<; Kv8uos ovojxa, 
 €dpo<; Svo nXeOpaiv, 24. Tavrrji^ Tr)v ttoXlv i^eXmov 
 
 ot ivoiKoivTe<; fierd tvevvea-ios eU x^ptov oxvpov iirl 
 rd opr) nXrjp ol rd KanrjXela ixovTe^;- ep.eLvav Se /cat 
 ol TTopd Tr]v OdXaTTau oiKovvTe^; Iv 1,6Xol<; /cat eV 
 'lo-o-o??. 25. 'ETTua^a Se rj Ivevvecrios yvvr^ irpo- 
 
 repa Kvpov weure r^ixepais eU Taparov^ d<f>LK€TO' iv 
 Serfi VTTep^oXrj t^v opioiv ttj eU to Trehiov 8vq Xo^ot 
 TOV Miva)vo<^ (TTpaTevfiaTos dnciXovTO' ol fiev €(f}aaav 
 dpTrdlpvTds TL KaTaKonijvaL vtto t^v KlXUcjv, ol Se 
 u7roXet(/>l9eVra9 /cat ov 8vvap,€vov^ eipdv to dXXo (jTpd- 
 
 Book I] 
 
 CHAPTERS II. 22-27— III. 
 
 237 
 
 reu/xa ouSe ra? oSou? elra TrXai^w/xeVou? dnoXecrdaf 
 rjcrav S* ovv ovtol eKaTov OTrXtrat. 26. ol S* aXXot 
 eVet rJKOVy ttjv re ttoXlv tovs Tapcrovs hirjpTraaav, 
 Sta TOV oXeOpov tcjv avcrTpaTLcoTcov opyil^ojjLevoL, /cat 
 Ta ySacrtXeta ra ei' avTrj. Kvpo? Se cTret etcrr^Xacret' 
 et? Tr)v ttoXlv, jxeTeTri/jLiTeTo tov Svivveaiv Trpo<; iavTov 
 
 6 S' OVT€ TTpOTepOV OVOeVL TTO) KpeiTTOVL iavTov et9 
 
 X€tpa9 iXOelv e(f}r) oure t6t€ Kvpco teVat rjOeXe, nplv 
 Tj yvvf) ainov iireLO'e Kal TrLcrT€L<; eXa^e. 27. fieTa 
 Se raCra eiret avveyevovTo dXXT]XoL<;y Svevvecris fxev 
 eScu/ce Kvpco xpVt^^'^^ ttoXXcl et9 ttjv orTpaTidv, Kvpo^ 
 Se e/cetVft) 8wpa a vofxc^eTai irapd ySacrtXet rt/tta, Ittttov 
 XpvcTox^'^f'^ov Kal (TTpeTTTOv xpucroOi^ /cat xjjeXia Kal 
 dKLvaKTjv xpucrow /cat cttoXt)!^ UepcTLKTJv, /cat Ti^t* 
 X(opav p.rjK€TL hiapTTat^ecrOai' ra Se rjpnacrfjiepa dvhpd- 
 TToSa, ^j^ TTOv kvTvyx'^^f^o'iv, dTToXaa^dveiv, 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 While the army delaya at Tarsus, the soldiers begin to suspect the de- 
 signs of Cyrus and refuse to go any farther (I). Clearchus, at the 
 risk of his life, but in vain, tries to force his men ; he then moves 
 them to obedience by means of teare and a shrewd address in which 
 he recites the causes of his grief over their disobedience (2-4), pre- 
 tending, however, absfdute devoticm to them, whatever they may do, 
 and asserting his willingness to go and suffer with them whatever 
 may be necessary (5, G). These words win the apjdause of the 
 soldiers and two thousand, serving under other generals, desert them 
 and join his standard (7). Cyrus is perplexed, but is secretly 
 reassured by Clearchus (8), who, taking his soldiers apart, again 
 addresses them, hinting significantly at the difficulties which would 
 
238 
 
 XKNOPIION'S ANAHASIS. 
 
 [Book T. 
 
 Book I.] 
 
 CHAPTER III. 1-9. 
 
 289 
 
 li 
 
 beset their separation from Cyrus (9-12). Others follow in the 
 same strain (13) one speaker however takes the opposite side (prob- 
 ably inspired by Clearchus), ur-i„g that they leturn to Greece as 
 quickly as possible, even demandin-; that Cyrus iiiinish them with 
 ships for the purpose (14). Upon this, Clearchus rises, disclaiming 
 any willingness to further such a plan as that (15), and exhibiting 
 the perils which would assail them if they started homeward (16, 17)" 
 Finally it is decided that they ask Cyrus what his plans are (is' 19). 
 He answers them that he intends to punish Abrocijmas, and gives 
 them, upon their demanding it, half again as much pay ; so that they 
 follow him, although still suspecting his purposes (20, 21). 
 
 1. "EvTavOa efxecpe K{}po<; /cat r) cTTpaTia rjfjL^poL^ 
 €Iko(tlv' ol yap aTpaTLcjTai ovk c^acrai/ temt tov 
 Trpoo-o)' viTc^TTTevov yap ^qSr) iwl ^acrtkea teVai- /xt- 
 <T9o)6r\vaL Se ovk iirl tovtco €if)ao-av. npcoToq Se 
 KXeapxo^ tov<; avTov a-r/jartwra? eySta^ero tcWf ol 
 Se avTOu T€ €/3a\Xou /cat tol vnoCvyta tol iKeipov, 
 iirel ap^aivTo irpoiivai, 2. K\iapyo<i Se Tore /xej/ 
 
 p^iKpov i^€(f)vye fxrj KaTanerpcoO-qvaL, varepop S' eVet 
 iyvo) OTL ov SvpyjaeraL ^Lao-ao-dai, avvrfyayev iKKXrj- 
 o-iav Tiov avTov (TTpaTLOJT^p. /cat npcoTop p,ep eSa/cpuc 
 TToXvv x^o^o^ eVrw?- ol he opwpre^ i6avfiaCop /cat 
 io-LcoTroiv ctra Se eXefe rotaSe. 3. "Avhpe^ arpa- 
 
 TLWTai, p^ davpdiere on xaXe7rw9 ^e/3w to2<; napova-L 
 irpaypao-Lv. ip.ol yap feVo? Kvpo<; iyevero Kai pe 
 <f>evyopTa €K T179 TraryotSo? ret re aXXa iTLp-qae /cal 
 pvpiov<; iScoKe Sapet/cou9- ov<; iyo) Xa/3ojp ovk ct? 
 TO lSlou Kareeipiqv ipol ovhe KaerjSvTrddrjo-a, aXX' 
 €ts- vpa^ iSandpcop. 4. /cat npwTOP pep 7rpb<s rov^ 
 ^p^Ka<; iTToXepyjcra, /cat vnep r^9 'EXXaSo? irLpco- 
 povp-qp p,eff ipoip, e/c rrjs Xeppopyja-ov avTov<; i^e- 
 
 XavpoiP /3ovXopepov<; d(^aipei(T6aL tov<; ipoLKovPTa^ 
 ''EXXrjpas ttjp yrjP- eVetSi7 Se Kvpo<; e/caXet, Xa^cop 
 vpa<; inopevoprjp, tVa ei tl Seotro o)(f)eXoirjp avTov 
 apu (OP €v enatfop vtt eKeiPov, 5. cTret oe vpetq 
 ov /SovXecrOe crvpnopevecrdaL, dpayK-q Srj pot rj vpa<; 
 npoBoPTa rfj Kvpov (jyiXia ^prjcrd ai f} TTyoo? eKelpoy 
 yltevadpepop ped vpatp elpai. el pep 8r) 8:/cata ttoi- 
 tjcra) OVK otSa, alpTjcropat 8' ovp vpa; /cat avp vpZp 
 OTL ap herj Treicropai, /cat oviroTe ipel ouSet? ci? 
 eycj '^EXXrjpa^; dyaycop €t9 tov<; jSap^dpov^y npohovs 
 TOv<; ''EXXrjpa: tyjp tcop /Sapfidpcjp (^iXiap elXopiqp, 
 6. aXX' eireX vpel^ epol ovk eOeXeTe TreiOecrOaL, eyo) 
 crvp vpZp exjjopai /cat o tl ap her) neicropaL. vopilfi} 
 yap vpd% epol etpaL /cat iraTpiha /cat <^tXou9 /cat 
 (Tvppd^ov^t Kal (Tvp vplp pep olp oT/xat eti^a!, TLpL0<; 
 OTTOV ap S)y vpcjp 8e epr]po<; Sjp ovk olp LKapos oXpai 
 eLPaL ovT ap ^lXop 0)(f)eXr]craL ovt olp e)(6pop dXe^a- 
 (T0aL, i? epov olp 16pto<; ottyj ap /cat vpel<; ovtcj 
 TTJP ypcopr)P e)(^eTe. 7. raOra e^nep - ol 8e o-TpaTLCj- 
 
 rat OL T€ avTOv eKeLPov Kal ol aXXot raOra aKovcrap- 
 769 OTL ov (fyair) napd ySacrtXe'a TTopevea6aL enriPeaap' 
 napd oe aePLOv Kal TTacrtcui^o? TrXetou? f) StcrxtXtot 
 Xaj3oPTe<; tol orrXa Kal tol o-Kevo(f)6pa icrrpaTOTreSev- 
 craPTo napa KXeap)^op. 8. Kvpos 8e tovtol<; diro- 
 
 p(i)p re /cat Xvirovpepo^ peTeirepTreTO top KXeap)^op' 
 6 oe lepaL pep ovk rjdeXe, Xddpa 8e twp cTTpaTLcoTcjp 
 TTipTTOiV avT(o dyyeXop eXeye Oappelp ci? KaTacTTrj- 
 (Topepcop TovTcjp €t9 TO Seop. peTanepTTeadaL 8' 
 €K€Xevep avTop* av7 09 8' ovk e(f)Y) lepaL, 9. perd 
 
 
I 
 
 240 
 
 xi:noi»hoxs anabasis. 
 
 JKOOK I. 
 
 8e TavTa crvfayayojy tov<; 6' iavTov crTpaTL(0Ta<; kol 
 Tovf; 7rpoa'e\66vra<; avToi /cat Tcoi^ aXkcoi^ tou /3ovX6- 
 fxevovy eXe^e rotaSe. ^Avhpe^ crTpaTLCJTaLy tol fxeu 
 or) Kvpov 8rj\oif on ourco? ex^et npo^ rjiia^ axmep 
 
 \ t / 
 
 Ta rjixerepa npos eKelvov ovre yap rjfjLei'; iKeivov 
 en arrparicoTai^ iirei ye ov avveirofJieOa airoJ, ovre 
 eKeivo^ €TL rjfXLi/ jxiaOohoTT)^. on fxevroL aStfcetcr^at 
 pofXL^eL v(f) rjfxcjv oT8a • 10. atare kol fxeTanefXTrO' 
 fievov avTov ovk iOeXco ekdelv, to fxeu ixeyicTTov 
 aio-^vvoixevo^; on crvi otSa i;xavTaj nduTa exljevafJLeuo<; 
 avTOP, enecTa /cat SeStw? /xi] ka/San' fie hiK-qu iTnOrj 
 (OV i^o/xt^et VTT ifJLOV -qhiKrjddai. 11. e/xot ovv So/cet 
 ou;^ ojpa cti^at rjplv Kadevheiv ovW afxekelu rjfxcjv 
 avTOiv, aXXa jSovXevecrOai 6 n ^prj TTOielv e/c tovtcov, 
 /cat ew9 re fxevo/xev avTov CKeTrTiov fioi So/c€t eTi^at 
 OTTOJ? a(T(f)a\eaTaTa iJ.evovp.ev, el re 17877 So/c€t aTrt- 
 c^'at, oTTw? acK^aXecTTaTa ainpev, /cat ottcu? ra eTTLTTJ- 
 Seta e^opev dvev yap tovtojv ovre CTTpaTiqyov ovre 
 ioLCJTov 6(f)eXo<; ovSV 12. 6 S' avrjp ttoXXoO ju.et' 
 agioq <^tXo9 w ai' (f)iXo<; r, ^aXeTTwraro? S* l\6po<; <w 
 ai' TToXe/xtos 7/, e^et Se hvvapiv /cat 7re^i7^' /cat LTnnKrjv 
 
 t / 
 
 V > 
 
 /cat vavTLKrjv fjv 7rdvTe<; 6/xotcu? opojpev re /cat eVt- 
 (TTapeda • /cat yayo ouSe noppo) hoKovpev /xot auroG 
 Ka6rj(TdaL. ware a>pa Xeyeiv o n rt9 yiyvaxTKei apt- 
 CTTov eivai. ravra eliTcov eiravaraTo. 13. e/c Se 
 
 rourov di^tcrrat'ro ot pev e'/c rou avTopdrov, Xe^ovTe<; 
 a eyiyvo)(TKov, ol Se /cat utt' eKeivov ey/ce'Xeucrrot, 
 eTTtSet/ci'wrc? ota et>; 17 aTropia dvev Trj<; Kvpov yvd- 
 p7)S /cat peveiv /cat ainevai. 14. et9 Se S17 etTTC 
 
 Book I] 
 
 CHAPTER III. 10-17. 
 
 241 
 
 TTpocnroiovpevo^ cnrevSeiv w? 7a;^tcrra TTOpevecrOai 
 eh TYjv 'EXXaSa arpaTiqyov^; pev kXeaOaL dXXov^ a»? 
 Td)(i(TTay et prf ySovXerat KXe'ap^o? dirdyeiv' tol S' 
 eVtry^Set' dyopd^eadai — 17 S' dyopd rjv ev rol ySap- 
 ^apiKco (TTpaTevpaTi — /cat crv a KevdJ^ecr dai' iXdov- 
 ra? Se Kvyoop' atretic TrXota, 019 diroTiXeoiev edv Se 
 )Lti7 StSft) raura, rjyepova ahelv Kvpov ocrrt? Sta 
 (^tXtas rrj? x^P^^ dird^ei. edv Se )Lt77Se rjyepova 
 StSw, avvTdTTecrdai ttjv TaxicTTrjv, TrepxjjaL Se /cat 
 TrpoKaTaXrjxpopevov^ Ta a/c^a, oTrw? /xy) ifyddcroiCTi prjTe 
 Kvpo<i prjTe ol KtXt/ce? /caraXay8oVre9, oii^ ttoXXov? /cat 
 TToXXct XPVI^^T^ e^opev dvrjpTraKOTes. oSro? /xez^ rot- 
 aura eiTre* /u,era Se tovtov KXeap^o^ elvre ToaovTOv, 
 15. n? /xez^ (TT paTTiyrjcrovTa ipe TavTiqv ttjv crrpa- 
 Tiqylav prjSels vpcov XeyeTco' noXXd ydp ivopco St' a 
 e/xot rouro ov TroirjTeov a)<; Se rw dvSpl ov dv eXrjcrde 
 TTetVo/xat 2) Svi^aroi' pdXiaTa, Iva elSrJTe otl /cat ap- 
 Xecrdai eTTLaTapai ol? rt? /cat aXXo? pdXicrTa dvOpcj- 
 ncov. 16. /Ltera tovtov aXXo? dvecrTrj, eTTtSet/c^i? /Ltei/ 
 r^7^' evrfdeiav tov Ta TrXota atretic /ceXeuo^'ro?, cocrTrep 
 TraXiv TOV (TToXov Kvpov noiovpevov, eVtSet/cw? Se 
 a»5 evrj0e^ eliq r)yep6va ahelv irapd tovtov (o Xvpai- 
 vopeOa TTJV wpd^LV. et Se /cat roJ y]yep6vi Tnor- 
 Tevcropev ov dv Kvpo^ Sc3, rt /cwXuet /cat ra a/cpa 
 T7/xt^' /ceXel;£t^' Kupoi' npoKaTaXa/Selv ; 17. eyw yap 
 OKvoirjv pkv dv et9 ra TrXota ep^aiveiv a rjplv hoirj, 
 prj rjpd<^ aurat? rat? Tpirjpeai KaTahvcrrj^ cf)o/3oLprjv 
 o av r&) yjyepovL ai Soirj eirea- 6 aiy pr) rjpds ciydyrf 
 odev OVK ecrrat i^eXOelv* jSovXoiprjv S' dv dKOVTOs 
 
I 
 
 ti h 
 
 I 
 
 242 
 
 XENOrilOX'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 aTTimv Kvpov Xadeiv auTov aireXOcop* o ov Svvarop 
 €(TTiv, hXK iyoj (^rfixi ravra yiku (f)\vapLas cl^at* 
 18. oo/cet o€ fjiOL dp8pa^ cX^oVra? Trpb^; Kvpop OLTipe^ 
 iirLT-qSeLOL avv K\edp)^(o ipoirdv eKelvov ri ySouXerai 
 -qplv ^prjcrOaL' kol idv ^xkv rj wpd^L^ y 7rapa7rXr)(rLa 
 oianep /cat Trpocrdev i^prjro tol<; ^eVoi?, eTreaffat /cal 
 rjfxd<; /cat fxr) KaKiov^ eTvai tcjv irpocrdcv to6t(o o-vv- 
 ava^dvTO)v 19. idv 8e fieiC^cDi/ rj irpa^i^ rrj? npo- 
 (T0ev (fyaCi/TjTaL /cat iTmroi^cjTepa /cat imKLi/Svi^oTepa, 
 d^LOvv ^ neiaavTa rjfxd^; dyeiP ^ TreLo-divTa irpOQ 
 ^ikiav d^iivai • ovtoj yap /cat liroixa^oi av <f>i\ot 
 avTO) /cat TTpodufiOL eTTOLfieda /cat (XTrtdi'Te? dar(f)a\co<; 
 av dwCoL/JLep • o rt 8' dv 7rpo<; ravra Xeyy dnayyeiXaL 
 Sevpo • r)fJLd^ S' a/coucraj^ra? tt/do? raGra ^ovXevecrOaL. 
 20. eSofc raGra, /cat dvSpa<; iXojJLeuoi crvv KXedp^/w 
 ve/JLTTOvcrLi/ OL rjpcjTcov Kvpou rd So^aPTa ty) crrpaTia. 
 6 8' direKpivaro on d/couot 'A^poKo/xap i)^6pov dv 
 opa inl TO) Ev(f)pdTr) Trora/xol €ti/at, dire-^ovTa hcoheKa 
 crra0jjLOV<; • TTpo? tovtop ovu e(f)r) jSovXeorffat iXdetv • 
 Kav fxev T) iKel, Tr)v hUrji/ €(f>r) xprftjeiv imdeLPai 
 auroJ, ^v 8e (f>vyr)y i7/xet9 e/cet Trpog raSra /SovXevao- 
 fjieOa, 21. d/couoraz/r€9 8e raCra ot atperot diray- 
 yeXXovai rot? crrpartcorat? • rot? 8e vnoxjjLa fiev rjv 
 OTL dyoL 7r/)09 ySao-tXea, o/xa>9 8e c8o/cet inecrdaL. 
 irpocraiTovo'L Se yucrOov * 6 8e Kvpo<; viTi(T\yeiTai 
 rjfXLoXLOu ndcTL Sajcrcti^ ov nporepop i(f>€pov, dpTL 8a- 
 p€LK0v Tpia T7/At8apet/cd rou firjvb^ tco aTpaTccorr) • 
 ort Sc inl /SaaiXda dyoi ovhk ivravda rjKovcrev ovhu^ 
 €v ye T(o (f)avepw. 
 
 Book I.] 
 
 CHAPTERS Iir. 18-21 ~IV. 1, 
 
 243 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 After the soldiers have been persuaded to continue tlieir course still 
 farther to the east, they journey on and cross the Psarus and Pyra- 
 nius rivers, making for Issus, the frontier town between Cilicia and 
 Syria (I). At this place Cyrus is joined by his fleet n\' Greek ships and 
 marines ; the Spartan Cheirisophus comes with the ships, farnishin<' 
 his quota of seven hundred hoplites. Greek deserters from Abroco- 
 mas also join his forces (2, 3). Coming to Issus, Cyrus fiuds his way 
 blocked by the so-called Gates of Syiia, and a force nnder the com- 
 mand of Syennesis manning one of the walls (4, 5). Upon learning 
 that Cyrus is in Cilicia, Abrocomas, from whom Cyrus had expected 
 opposition, flees with his large army ; and Cyrus, passing Issus, 
 marches through Syria to Myriandum, a Phoenician town. Xenias 
 and Pasion desert him here, piqued at the favor sh(»wn Clearchus 
 (6, 7). But Cyrus declares that he will not pursue them, preferring 
 that no one shall serve unwillingly in his cause ; at this the soldiei-s 
 are greatly pleased, and march with better will (8, 9). Passing the 
 Chains and the source of the Dardas, and dej^troying the royal resi- 
 dence and gardens of the Syrian king, located at the latter place, 
 Cyrus reaches the Euphrates (10, 11). Here the generals learn that 
 Cyrus intends to march against the king, and are ordered to influence 
 the soldiers to continue. These at first are angry, claiming that they 
 have been duped by the generals ; they demand still more pay and are 
 promised it (12, 13). But Menon, meanwhile, seeking the special 
 lavor of Cyrus, by seeming zealous in his cause, urges his soldiers to 
 cross the Euphrates while the rest of the army is uncertain (14-17). 
 This they, and subsequently the rest of the army, do with an ease 
 which seems to the inhabitants of the place to be miraculous. They 
 then reach the river Araxes, and finding well stocked villages there, 
 rest three days (18, 19). 
 
 1. EvTev0€v i^eXavvet crTaOfxovs 8vo napao-dyya*; 
 Se/ca eVt top "^dpov noTafiov, ov '^p to evpo^ Tpia 
 
244 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 Book I. J 
 
 CHAPTEIl IV. 2-8. 
 
 245 
 
 nXeOpa. ivr^vOev i^ekavvei cTTaOfiOT/ eva Trapaaay- 
 ya? irivre i-rrl rhv livpap^ov iroTap.ov^ ov tjv to €vpo<; 
 aTdStop. ipT€V0€P i^ekavvei aradfiovq Svo napacroiy 
 ya9 irevTeKaih^Ka et? 'icrcrov?, ttJ? KtXt/cta? icr^^aTiqr 
 ttoXlv in I rfi Oakarrrj ot/cov/xeVr;!^, jjLeydXrjv /cat evSai- 
 fxova, 2. ivTavOa efxetvap r}fjL€pa<; TpeL<; • /cat Kvpco 
 
 TTapijcrav at €/c UeXonoi^vricrov prjes rpiaKOVTa /cat 
 irivTe /cat ctt' auratg vavap^o^ Ylvdayopa^ Aa/ceSat- 
 fiovLo^. rjyeLTo S' airat? Ta/xoi? Atyvrrrto? e^- 'E^e- 
 crov, e^coi^ i^au? creyoa? Kuyoou irivre koI eiKocTLV, af? 
 eTToXtdp/cet MiXt^toj^ ore Ttcrcra^eyai/et (^tXyy i^i^, /cat 
 crvv€TrokepL€i Kvpo) irpos avrov, 3. Traprjv 8e /cat 
 'KeLpLcro<f>o<; Aa/ceSat/xdi/to? €7rt raji^ pecoi^y fX€Td7r€fX7TTO<; 
 VTTO Kvpov, €7rTaKO(TLOv<; €)(a)v OTrXtra?, o)!^ icTTpaTijyeL 
 napa Kvpo). at oe I'^e? a>pfxovv rrapa Ty}v Kvpov 
 CTKiqvriv, ipTavda /cat ot Trayoa 'A^po/cd/jca /xtcr^ot^d- 
 pot ''EXXTyi/c? dTroaTOLvre^ rjXdov wapa Kvpop rerpa- 
 /cdcrtot OTrXtrat /cat (tw^ctt par^vovTo irrl /SaauXea. 
 4. ipTevOev i^eXavvei crraOpiyv eva irapacrdyya^ irivre 
 CTTt TTuXas T759 KtXt/cta? /cat rrj? Supta?. rjcrav he 
 TavTa ovo Tei^rj, /cat ro /xei^ icrcoOev to irpo Trj^; 
 KtXt/cta? SveWecrt? ct^c /cat KtXt/cwi' ^uXa/cry, to Se 
 cfoi TO TTjOO T^<5 Svpttt? /SacnXeco'i iXeyeTO <^vXa/cr) 
 <f)vXdTT€iv. 8ta fxeaov Se /0€t toutcui/ 7roTa/xos Kctyo- 
 cro9 ovofxa, evpo<; irXedpov. dnav Se to /xeaoi/ tcjv 
 rei^Siv TjCTav orraStot Tpet? • /cat napeXOelv ovk tjv 
 j8ta • ^j/ yap 17 irdpoho^ (TTeurj /cat Tct T€L)(r} els rrjp 
 OdXaTTav Ka0T]KOVTa, virepdev S' i^o^ai^ ireTpai rjXt- 
 jSaTot • CTTt Se TO 19 Tei^eaiv dfX(f)OT€poLS e(f>eL(rTy]Keo'av 
 
 jTvXai. 5. TavTT79 ei^e/ca ttJ? napohov Kvpos tcls 
 vavs iieTeTreixxjjaTOt ottojs oirXiTas aTro^i^dcreLev elacxi 
 KoX e^o) T(x}v TTvXcop ^taaofxevovs tou9 TroXejjLLovs el (f)v- 
 XaTToiev eiTL Tat9 Suptat9 7ruXat9, OTrep o^eTo iroirjcreiv 
 6 Kvpo? Tov ^K^poKOfxaVy e\ovTa ttoXv aTpdTevixa, 
 'A/3po/cd/ia9 Se ov tovt^ eTToiiqaeVy aXX' eTret rfKovae 
 Kvpov ev KtXt/cta di^Ta, apaaTpeijjas eK ^olplktjs 
 irapd y8ao"tXea dmjXavvev, e^a>v, ct>9 eXeyeTo, Tpid- 
 KovTOL fjLVpidSas (TTpaTLOLS. 6. evTevOev e^eXavvei 
 Sta Svpta9 aTaOfxhu eva irapacrdyyas irevTe els 
 Mvpiavhovy rroXvj olKovjxevrjv vtto ^olvlkcou enl Tjj 
 daXdTTTj • ifXTTopLOv S rjv TO ^(opiov /cat cjpjxovu av- 
 t60l 6X/caSe9 TToXXat. 7. evTavO^ efxeLvav rj/xepas 
 
 eiTTd • /cat Sei^ta9 6 'Ap/ca9 CTpaTrjyos /cat riacrtw^' 6 
 Meyapeu9 ejx^dvTes els ttXolov /cat tcl TrXetcrTov dfta 
 ipOefxevoL dnenXevcrai^, o)s fxei/ toIs irXeiaTOLS ehoKovv 
 ^iXoTip.'iqdevTes otl tovs CTpaTLcoTas avTOJV tovs Trapa 
 KXeap^ov direXOovTas, a>9 dmovTas els ttjp 'EXXaSa 
 irdXiv /cat ov irpos ySacrtXea, eta KGpo9 tov KXeap^ov 
 e^^eti'. eTret o iqcrav acpapeiSy OLrjKue Koyos otl olq)- 
 KOI avTovs Kvpos Tpajpeai • /cat ot fieu r)V)(OVTo ct)9 
 8etXov9 d^'Ta9 avTovs Xiq(p6rjvaiy ot S' (oKTetpov el 
 dXcoaoLVTo. 8. Kupo9 Se o"uy/caX'o"a9 T0i>9 o-TpaTr)- 
 yovs elTrev, AnoXeXoLTraaLv rjjxas Sevias /cat Uacncjv, 
 dXX ev ye fxevTOL eino'Tdo'dcov otl ovTe aTToSeSpa/ca- 
 o'tj^ • otSa yap onrj ol^ovTaL ' ovTe dTroTrecfyevyacrLV • 
 e^^oj yap TpLTjpeLS oiCTTe eXelv to eKeLvoiv ttXoZov 
 aAAa /xa toi;9 ueovs ovk eyoyye avTovs OLOjgojy ovo 
 epel ovdels a>9 eyco eojs fxev av napfj tls )(p(i)fJLaL, 
 
I!i: 
 
 246 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 I Book L 
 
 I 
 
 iireidav Se aTTLevai /3ovXr)Tat, o-vWajScoi^ /cat auroi? 
 KaKojs TTOLio KoX TCL ^pTj^aja aTToavXco, dXka lovTOiv, 
 €tSdT€9 oTi KaKLov<; elal nepl rjixa^ fj r)fJLel<; nepl eKei- 
 POV<;. KaiToi 6)^0) ye avTcoi/ Kal reKva kol yvua^Kas 
 €P TpaXXecTi <f)povpovfi€i^a' ctW* ovSe tovtcjv cTTepyj- 
 crovTai, dXX airoXyjxjjopTaL T179 irpocrdev ev€Ka nepl 
 ifie aperrj?. 9. kol 6 fxeu ravra elirev . 01 8e ""EX- 
 X7)ve<;, et ri9 /cat aOvixorepo^ rjv npoq ttjp dpd^a(TLj/, 
 aKovovre^ ttji/ Kvpov dperr)!/ -qSioi^ /cat npodvixoTepov 
 avveTTopevovTo. 
 
 Mera ravra Kvpo<; i^eXavvei (Tra6yLOv<i rerrapas 
 irapaadyya^ eiKOcnv eVt rov XdXov rrorafiov, ovra 
 TO €vpo<; TrXeOpov, TrXrjpr) 8' l^dv(x)v fxeydXcop /cat 
 TTpaecov, 0U9 ol Xvpoi Oeov^; iv6p.itpv /cat dSt/cetj/ 
 ovK eLOiVy ovSe rd<; Trepiarepd^;, ai Se Kcofxai iv ah 
 icTKrivovv Ilapvo'driSo<; rjaav elq l(!)vy)v SeSo/xeVat. 
 10. ivrevOep i^eXavvet araOfJiovs irivre napao-dyyas 
 rpLaKOvra inl ra? 7rrjyd<; rov ActyoSaro? norafioif, ov 
 rb e5po9 TrX46pov, ivravda rjv ret BcXeVuos ySacrtXeta 
 rov Svpta? dp^avro^;, /cat TrapaSetcro? irdvv /xeya? 
 /cat /caXo9, €X(ji)v Trdvra oaa cjpau (fyvovai. Kvpoq S' 
 avrop i^eKoxjje /cat rd ^acrtXeta KareKavaev. 11. eV- 
 revuev i^eXavveu crraOfiov^ rpeL<; napacrdyya^ nevre- 
 /catoe/ca eVt roi/ Ev(f)pdrr)v Trora^LtoV, o^^ra ro eupos 
 rerrdpiov crrahiayv • /cat TrdXts avrodi cpKeiro fJieydXr) 
 /cat evSaifioji' 0ai//a/coj ovo/jia, ivravOa e/xetvev r)fJL€- 
 pa? TTCi^re. /cat Kvy^o? fxeraTrefixfjdixevo^ rov(; arparr)' 
 yov^ ro)v 'EXXtjvojp iXeyev on rj 6869 icroLro npoq 
 ^acrtXea fxeyav d^ BaySuXwra • /cat /ccXeuet aureus 
 
 Book I.] 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 9-15. 
 
 247 
 
 Xiyeiv ravra rot? crrpartcurats /cat dvaTreiOeiv eTrecrdai. 
 12. ot Sc TTOLTJcravre^ iKKXrja-iap dTrrjyyeXXov ravra • 
 ot 8€ arpancjraL i^aXiiraivov rot? arparrjyohj /cat 
 €(f>a(Tav aurou9 irdXai ravr' etSdras KpvTrreiv, /cat ou/c 
 €(f)a(Tav teVat, eai^ /xr; rt? aurot? ^prjp^ara 8tSa5, cucr- 
 7r€/9 rot? nporepoLS fierd Kvpov dva^dcL napd rov 
 narepa rov Kvpov y /cat rai5ra ou/c eVt y^d^-qv lovrcov, 
 dXXd KaXovuro<; rov narpoq Kvpov. 13. raura ot 
 (rrparrjyol Kvpco dmjyyeXXov • 6 S^ vrrea^ero dvSpl 
 eKdcrrcp Scjoretv nevre dpyvpiov /xi^a?, €77171^ et? Ba^u- 
 Xoiva rfKCJCTLy /cat roi/ fxicrdbv ivreXrj /xe)(/ot ai^ /cara- 
 (Trrjarj rov<; ''EXXi^i^a? €t? ^Icjviav irdXiv. ro fxev Srj 
 TToXv rov 'EXXrjvLKov ovrcjs iTreiadrj, Mevwv Se 
 TTplv SrjXov etj^at rt TroLTJorovav ol dXXot crrpartoirat, 
 TTorepov iifjovrai Kvpo) ff ov, crvveXe^e ro avrov 
 o-rpdrevfia x^P^> '^^^ dXXcov Kal eXe^e rdSe. 14. '^Av- 
 8/)€9, idv fxoL TreLcdrjre, ovre KLv8vvev(Tavr€<; ovre 
 TTOvrjcravre^ rcov dXXojv rrXiov TrporLixTJorecrde crrpa- 
 ncorcov vtto Kvpov, ri ovv /ccXevw Troirjaai ; vvv 
 helraL Kvpo<; eirecrdai rov^ "EXXr/i/a? eVt ySacrtXea * 
 eyo) ovv (f>r)fjLL u/xa? ^prjvai SialSrjvai rov Ev^pdrr^v 
 Trorafibv nplv SrjXov elvai on ol dXXot "EXXryi^e? 
 airo Kpivovvr ai Kvpco, 15. fjv fxev yap \ljrj<j)L(Tcjvr at 
 eireaOaLy u/xets 8dfere atrtot et^'at dp^avre<; rov 8ta- 
 paLViLv, /cat a>9 TrpoOv/xordroLf; ovauv vplv ^dpiv 
 eto"€rat Kupo? /cat aTToSoicret • CTTtcrrarat 8 ' €t rt? /cat 
 aXXo?* r^v 8e d7roxljr)(f)L(T(t)vraL ol dXXot, aTrifiev fiev 
 a7ravre<; ro i5/x7raXti/, u/xti^ 8e w? /xd^ot? Treidoyiivoi^ 
 TTtcrrorarot? ^rfaerai /cat et? (fypovpua /cat et? Xo;^a- 
 
I 
 
 248 
 
 
 •': 
 
 XEXOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book 1. 
 
 yia?, Kal dkXov oSrti/o? Sli^ hi-qade otSa otl m <^tXot 
 Tev^ea-Oe Kvpov. 16. aKovaaPTes raZra iTreiOopTo 
 /cat hU^iqaav iTpiv tovs aWovq anoKpipacrOaL. Kv- 
 po<; S' eVei ^cr^ero StaySeyST^/cdra?, t;o-(9>; t€ /cat ro) 
 (TTpaTevfiaTL Tre/xi/za? TXov^ ciTre^, 'Eya> /xeV, & di^Spel, 
 y]8rf vfxas i-rraivS}' orrm Se /cat u/i,€r9 €/xe eVatj/ecrere 
 e/xot ixehrfo-eLy fj p.rjK€TL /xe Kupoz/ pofiCCere. 17. ot 
 /xez^ St) o-TpaTLcoTat iv iknia-L /xeyctXai? dz/res t^u^^oj^to 
 avroi/ curu^i^o-at, aVIeVojj^t Se /cat Swpa eXeyero Tre/x- 
 i/^at fieyako7rp€7ra>^. ravTa Se TrotT^Vag Ste^Sati^e • o-w- 
 etVero Se Krat rd dXXo arpdrevfjia avTa> dirav. Kal 
 TOiu hia^aivovrcov rov norafxbv ouSet? ikp^X^-q dvoi- 
 ripoi rcou ixaaTwv vtto tov iroTapiov, 18. ot Se 
 SaxjjaKTjvol eXeyov on outtwtto^' ovtos 6 noraixos 
 Sta/3ard? -yeVotro Tre^i^ et fir) t6t€, aXXa TrXotot?, a 
 Tore 'A^poKOfxa^ iTpoicov KareKavaev, tVa /llt) Kv/oos 
 Oia^rj, iSoKeu S17 ^ctoi/ eti^at /cat cafjia)^ vnoxcoprjaaL 
 TOV TTOTafxov Kvpcp a>9 ^ao-iXevcrovri. 19. ivrevOev 
 i^ekavvei Sta T179 Supta? (TTa6povq ivvea irapaddyya^ 
 TrevTTJKOPTa' /cat dcfyiKPovuTaL irpoq top 'Apd^r)v no- 
 Tafxov. ivTavda rjo-av Kcjfiai iroWal /Ltecrrat (rtrov 
 /cat oti/ou. ivTavda epL^ivav rjfxepaq Tyocts /cat eVe- 
 criTLcrai'To. 
 
 i 
 
 Book Ij 
 
 CHAPTERS IV. 16-19 — V. 1, 2. 
 
 249 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 The journey is continued through the Arabian desert, along the north 
 bank of tlie En])hrates (1). Many wild animals of various sorts are 
 met with, and some of them the horsemen pursue. Ditficulties in 
 giving chase to the wild ass and the ostrich (2, 3). The army ar- 
 rives at Corsote and takes in provisions, and then continues on its 
 way to Pylae, many of the beasts of burden suff<iring from hunger 
 and thirst. The inhabitants of the country quarry grinding-stones 
 for a living an(\ sell them at Babylon (4, 5), During this journey 
 through the desert, ])rovisions sell for an exorbitant price in the army ; 
 the march was very rapid, Cyrus and his retinue frequently dismount- 
 ing and lending a helping hand whenever a wagon was stalled in the 
 mud. It was the impression of all that Cyrus was hastening so as to 
 find the king unpr«q>ared (^i-9). At Charmande the soldiers cross 
 the river and buy provisions (10). Outbreak in the Greek army, the 
 soldiers of Menon venting their ill-will against Clearchus and his riir- 
 orous method of punishment. Clearchus and his Thracian soldiers 
 march against the camp of Menon. Most unfortunate results might 
 have followed, notwithstanding the mediation of Proxenus, had not 
 Cyrus opportunely arrived upon the scene (11-17). 
 
 1. ^EvTevOev i^ekavvei Sta T179 ^Apa^ia^ tov Eu- 
 <l)pdTy]v TTOTa/JLOv iv Sefta e^^^ (TTaOjiovs ip7]/jiov<; 
 irivTe TTapaadyya^ TpidKOVTa /cat irivTe. iv tovtco 
 Se T(p TOTTco rjv jxev r) yfj neSiov dirav d/^aXe? ojcnrep 
 6dkaTTa, axfjivOiov Se TrXrJ^e? • et Se tl /cat aXXo ivyjv 
 v\y<; Tf KaXdjxoVy dnavTa rjcrav evatSr) axrirep dpco- 
 fiaTa ' 2. SevSpov S' ovSev ivrjvy diqpia Se Trai^rota, 
 TrXetcTTOt di^ot ctyptot, TroXXat Se cTpovdoi at fieydXaL* 
 ivrfcrav Se /cat wrtSe? /cat SopKaSes • ravra Se tol 
 Orjpia OL tTTTTets ivLOTe iSioJKOV, /cat ot /xev ovot, 
 
i' H 
 
 250 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 Book 1] 
 
 CHAPTER V. 3-9. 
 
 251 
 
 inei Tt9 oLcoKOL, 7rpo8pafx6vTe<; iaraorav • ttoXu yap 
 
 TWV LTTTTaJP €Tpe)(OV OoLTTOV ' Kul TTokLV, iTTel 7rX7)(TLd' 
 
 ^OLep ol Ittttoi, TavTov inoLovi^, koI ovk tjv Xa^elv, 
 Ci 1X7) Stacrrct^'Tes ol lirTrels Orjpaiep SuaSexo/JLei/oL, tol 
 0€ Kpea T(x)v a\i(TKopL€vo}v rjp TrapaTrXrjaia toI<; iXa- 
 <f)doi^, aTraXcjTepa Se. 3. crTpovOov Se ouSet? eXa^ev • 
 OL Se OL(o^avT€<i Tcjv LTTTreoiv Ta)(v irravovTo • ttoXv yap 
 airecnra (fyevyovaa, to7^ pev irocrl Spopcp, rat; Se Trre- 
 pv^Li/ acpovcra, cjo-nep Io-tlco xp^H'^^r). ra? Se wrtSa?, 
 av Ti9 Taxv aPLo-Trj, €o-tl XapfidveLi/ - neTovTaL yap 
 ^paxy aycnrep TrepSt/ce? /cat Tax^ anayopevovo-L. rd 
 Se Kpea avTcov rjhiaTa tjv, 4. iropevopevoi Se Sta 
 TavTY)^ Trj<; x^P^^ d(l>LKvovvTai eVt rov MdcTKav no- 
 Tapovy TO evpos nXeOpialop, ivraWa y,v TroXt; iprjprj, 
 peydXr), ovopa S' avTTj KopacjTij • TrepteppeLTo S' 
 avTT) VTTO Tov MacT/ca kvkXco. ivravd' e/xetj/ai^ -qpe- 
 pa9 rpet? /cat eVeo-trtcraj^ro. 5. ivT^vO^v i^eXavvei 
 (TTa6pov<; ipripov<; rptcr/catSe/ca Trapaadyya^ ii/einj- 
 KOVTa TOV Ev(f)pdTrjv iroTapov eV Sefta evcoi/, /cat 
 a(f)LKveLTaL cVt IlvXa?. eV rovrot? rot? o'TaOpo'tf; 
 noXXa TCDV VTTo^vyLCDV dncoXeTo viro Xipov • ov yap 
 Tjv x^PTo<; ouSe dXXo ovSh SeVSpor. dXXd xJjlXt) tjv 
 anaora r) x^P^ * ^^ ^^ ivoLKovvT€<; ovov^ aXera? Tra/od 
 Toi^ TTOTapov opvTTovTe^ /Cat TTOtoG^res et9 BaySvXw^a 
 77yo^' /cat incoXovp /cat avTayopd^ovTe^; ctItov e^cjv, 
 6. TO Se o-rpareu/xa 6 crtro? eVeXtTre, /cat TrpiacrdaL 
 OVK rjv et /X17 eV r^ AuSta dyopa eV roJ Kupou ySap- 
 papt/cw, 7171^ KamOrjv dXevpcup fj dX(f)LTcov T€TTdpa)v 
 (TLyXcov, 6 Se aiyXos Suz^arat eTrrct d/3oXov^ /cat 
 
 ■ 
 
 rjpLCJ^oXiov 'Arrt/covg • 17 Se KaTriOrj Svo ^ott^t/ca? 'Ar- 
 rt/cds e^ojpet. /cpea oSi^ icrdiovTe^ ol crTpaTioiTai 
 hicyiyvovTo, 7. tJj^ Se TOl;roJ^' tw^' cTTaOpcov cu; 
 Trdi^v /xa/cpou? i7Xai>i^ei^, oTTore ^ Trpos uScop ^ovXolto 
 StareXecrat -^ Trpo? ^tXdz^. /cat Si^' Trore aTevoxo^p^ci^ 
 /cat TTT^Xou (j)aveuTO<; rat? d/xct^at? SucrTro/Deurou inecrTr) 
 6 Kvpos crvv rots Trept avTov dpLCTTOis /cat evSacpo- 
 veardToi^ /cat era^e rXoSi' /cat HCyprjTa XaySoj^ras 
 rou ^ap/SapLKOV (TTpaTov avv^K^tjidt^eLv rd? d/xd^as. 
 
 8. cTret S' ihoKOVv avTCo cr^^oXatoJS TTotetz^, coanep opyrj 
 e'/ceXevo'e rov? Trept avTOv Ylipaa<; tov<; KpaTLaTOvs 
 (rvveino'TrevaaL rds d/xdfa?. ez^^a S17 pepos tl Trj<s 
 evrafta? ^i' 0edcracrOai. pL\pavT€<; ydp tov^ Tropc^u- 
 pou? /cat's!;? oTTOi; erv^^ei/ eKaaTo<; iarTrjKCjf;, levTO wcr- 
 Trep dt* Spd/xot rt? Trept vlktj^ /cat pdXa Kara rrpavov^ 
 yr]X6(f)0Vy €XOPTe<; tov<; re TroXureXet? ^trcit'a? /cat rd? 
 TTOt/ctXa? drafvptSa?, et'tot Se /cat aTpenTOVf; irepl 
 rots rp a^T7Xot9 /cat t//e'Xta Trept rats ^^po-tV • €vOif<; 
 Se crt't' rourots elaTrrj^TJaavTe^ ets roi^ tttjXov Oolttop 
 rj COS rts dj^ wero peTecopov^ i^eKopicrav rds d/xdfas. 
 
 9. ro Se (Tvpirav S17X0S 171^ KGpos cus orTrevScut' Trda'av 
 Trjv 6S0P /cat ov Starpt^coi' ottov p,T7 iTno'LTLcrpov eveKa 
 t) TLV0<; dXXov dvayKaiov e/ca^e^ero, vopi^cov, ocrco 
 pkv OdrTov eXOoL, tootovto) dnapao-KevoTepo) ySacrtXet 
 /xa^ctcr^at, oVoj Se o"^oXatrepor, Toaovrco nXeov (tw- 
 ayeipecrOaL ^acrtXet orTpdTevpa. /cat crvt'tSett' S' ^j' 
 rw TTpocrixovTi tov vow tj ySacrtXews ^PXV "^^TjO^f- 
 pev ^(wpas /cat dvOpconojv laxvp^ ovaa, rots Se prjKeaL 
 Tcjv ohcov /cat roJ StecTTrdcr^at rds Sut'd/xets do-0evij<;, 
 
■f i; 
 
 i; 
 
 252 
 
 XEXOPIION'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 €L TLS Sua Tax^oiv rov iroXe^ov ttololto. 10. nepav 
 Se Tov Ev(f)pdTov noTafiov Kara tov^ ip-qfiov^ araC- 
 /XOU9 Tjv TToXt? evhaLfjioju /cat fJieydXrj, oi^ofia Se 
 Xapfidi^Sr)- e/c TavTr)<; ol (TTparioiTai -qyopa^ov ra 
 inLTTJSeLa, crxeStat? hLa^alvovTc^ SSe. hi^Oepa^ Sl^ 
 d)(OP o-TeydafxaTa imfinXacrai^ x^V^^u kov^ov, eira 
 a-vvi]yov koX (Tvvicnrmy, ci? pr) aTTTeorOai r^? Kdp(f>rj<; 
 TO vScop' inl TovTOiv hii^aivov /cat ekdpliavov ra 
 eVtTT^'Seta, olvov re e/c ri^,^ fiakdvov TreTTOir^pivov r^^ 
 anb TOV ^olvlko^ /cat (tItov peXbrj^- tovto yap rjv 
 eV Tfi x^p^ TrXela-Tov, U. dp<f>L\e^dvTo}p Se rt eV- 
 rau^a roj^ re MeVcoz^d? rou (TTpaTnoTcov kol tcjv 
 Kkedpxov 6 KXeapxo^ /c/)tVa9 dSt/ceti^ roi/ roC MeVoj- 
 J'o? Trkrjyds eVe/3aXei/ • 6 Se eX/9wi^ 77/309 ro cauroG 
 crrpdrevpa eXeycp - OLKOvaaPTeq Se ot (TTpan^TaL 
 iX^^Xinaivov kol oipyii^opTo laxvpo)^ rco KXedpxo). 
 12. T7J Se avTTJ rjpepa KXea/o^o? eX^ojj/ eVt ttji^ Stct- 
 ^ao-tj/ rou TTOTapov /cat e'/cet Karao-Kexjjdpepo^ ttjp 
 dyopdv d^LTTTTevei iirl tyjp eavrov o-K-qinjp Sta tov 
 MeVoj^o? o-TpaTcvpaTos o-vu oXiyoLS rot? 7re/3t auroV • 
 KS^o? Se OV77CJ TjKcVy dXX" €TL TT po aTjXavve ' tcjv Se 
 MeVwi/09 (TTpaTLOiT^v ivXa o-xiicov tl^ 0)9 etSe K\e- 
 apxov hieXavvovTa, Irjac tt} d^ivrj - /cat ovto^ pkv 
 avTov TjpapTcv • aXXo9 Se Xt'^w /cat aXXo9, etra ttoXXoi', 
 Kpavyij^ yevop4vy)<i. 13. 6 Se KaTa<f>€vycL et9 ro 
 eaurou (TTpdTevpa, /cat etr^u9 napayyeXXec et9 ra 
 OTrXa- /cat roL;9 /xei/ 07rXtra9 aurou e/ceXeuo-e /xeli/at 
 Ta9 ao-7rtSa9 Trpos ra yoVara ^eVra9, aur69 Se Xa^cov 
 Toi;9 0pa/ca9 /cat rou? t7r77ca9 ot ^aai^ aurc3 eV rw 
 
 Book I] 
 
 CHAPTER V. 10-17. 
 
 253 
 
 (TTpaTevpaTi 7rXetou9 r) TeTTapaKovTa, tovtcjv Se ol 
 irXeLO-TOL 0pafce9, -^Xauz^ez/ eVt rou9 MeVa)^o9, wcrr 
 e'/cetVou9 eKTrenXrlxGoLi' kol avTov MeVwz^a, /cat Tpix^iv 
 iiri TOL oirXa • ot Se /cat iaTaaav dnopovvTe^ tco 
 TrpdypaTL, 14. 6 Se npo'fe^'09 — eru^e yap uo-re- 
 009 TrpocTLOiv /cat raft9 auroJ eiropivr) tcjv ottXlto)v — 
 ei^v9 ovv et9 to pecrov dp(f)OTepo)v dycov ideTo to, 
 oirXa /cat eSetro rou KXectp^o^ M TTOtetr raura. 6 
 S' ixaXeTratvev otl avTOv oXiyov SeijaavTO^; /cara- 
 Xiva-OrjvaL iTpaoy^ Xeyot to aurcu 7ra0o9, iKeXevae re 
 auTo^ e'/c rou peaov i^iaTaaOai. 15. ei' rouroj Se 
 eVrJet /cat Kupo9 ^^at invOeTo to irpaypa • eu^U9 S' 
 eXa/8e ra TraXra et9 Ta9 x^^P^"^ '^^'^ ^^^ '^^^^ irapovai 
 T(x)v TTLcrTijjv TjKev IXavvoiv et9 to peaov, /cat Xeyet 
 raSe. 16. KXeap^^ /cat IT/odfei^e /cat ot aXXot ot 
 TrapovTes ^EXXr)ve<;, ovk IcrTe o tl TTotetre. et yap rti^a 
 aXXr;Xot9 p^XV^ awdxIjeTe^ vopi^eTe eV r^Se Trj r)pepa 
 ipe re /cara/ce/cdi//eo-0at Kat vpa<; ov ttoXv ipov vaTe- 
 pov • /ca/ca)9 yap tcov rjpeTepcji' ixoi^Tcov TraPT€<; ovtol 
 0U9 opare l3dpfiapOL iroXepid^Tepoi rjplv eaouTai tcjv 
 irapa ySacrtXet ovToyv, 17. aKovcra^ raura 6 KXeap- 
 Y09 eV eavTcp iyeueTo • /cat navadpevoL ap^oTepoL 
 K%Ta x^P^^ €0evTO TOL OTrXa. 
 
254 
 
 XENOPIION'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book 1. 
 
 i 
 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 Marching down the Euphrates from tlie vicinity of Charmande, Cyrus 
 finds evidence of the nearness of the king's cavalry (I). The treach- 
 ery of Orontas. He persuades Cyrus to give iiim 2,(KK) cavahy, 
 I)romising to kill or capture the hostile cavalry in the neighborhood,- 
 he writes a letter to tbe king ; disclosing the jdan and his purpose 
 to revolt, and places it in tbe hands of one whom he thought trust- 
 worthy, to be forwarded to the king (2, 3). It falls bowever into 
 Cyrus's hands. Orontas is arrested, and a council is summoned, to 
 which Clearchus is invited (4, 5). Cyrus states the object of the 
 council (the trial of Orontas), recites his fonner acts of indulgence 
 towards the culprit, and cross-examines bin., eliciting the confession 
 that he has acted with injustice towards his benefactor (6-8). 
 Clearchus urges the execution of Orontas, and Cyrus, taking the 
 latter by the girdle, delivers him to a faithful servant, whopper- 
 forms the execution so secretly that nothing was ever afterwards 
 seen of Orontas dead or alive (9-1 1). 
 
 1. 'EvTev0ev irpoiovTOiv i^aiveTo lxvt) Ittitcdv koX 
 Konpo^' elKdCero S' ehai 6 arCfio^; a»? StcrxtXtW 
 L7r7ro)v. ovTOL Trp6i6vr€<; €Kaov kol ;^tXoj/ /cat et rt 
 dXXo xpWtfiop ^v. 'OyDoWa? Se Uepcrr)^ ivr^p yeVet 
 Te npoo-TJKcov ^acriXet kol tol TroXc/xta Xeyo/xcj/o? eV 
 Tol^ dpL<TTOL<; lUpa^v ini^ovXeveL Kvpcp /cat 7rp(> 
 o-Oev TToXc/xTyo-a?, /caraXXayet? Se. 2 oIto<; Kvpco 
 elirev, el avT^ Soltj Imria^ XtXtou?, ort to?';? npoKaTa- 
 Kaovra^ Lirwea^ tj KaraKavoL av eVeSpeucrag fj IfijvTa^ 
 TToWov^ avTcov av eXot /cat /ccoXuVete tov Kaeiv eVtoV 
 ra^, Kol 7roLTJ(T€L€P cSo-Tc /j,rJ7roT€ hvpao-dat avTOv<; 
 tSoVra? TO Kvpov crTpdrevfia /Sao-tXe? StayycrXat. rai 
 
 Book I] 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 1-G. 
 
 255 
 
 Be Kvpo) (jLKOvcravTL ravra eSo/cct axfyeXifxa etVat, Kat 
 eKeXevarev avrov Xaix^dveiv fiepos Trap eKdaTov tojv 
 Tjyeiiopcjv. 3. 6 S' 'Op6uTa<; i/ofjLLa'a<; iTOLfjLOv<; elvai 
 avTCj Toifs iTTTreas ypd(f)€L eTTKTToXrjj/ irapd ySacrtXca 
 OTL Tj^oi e)(a)v tTTTTCa? a>9 av SvvrjTai TrXeicrTov^; • aXXa 
 (f)pd(TaL rot? eavTov LmrevorLv eKeXevev w? (J)iXlov avTov 
 vTTohe)(e(T0ai, evrjv 8e iv Tjj inLaToXfj /cat Trj<; irpo- 
 aOev (^tXta? vTroixvijiiaTa /cat TTtcTTeo)?. TavTiqv ttjv 
 e7rL(TToXrjv 8tScuo"t Trto-roJ dvSpiy o)<; weTO' 6 8e Xa^cov 
 Kvp(o SlScoctlv. 4. dvayvoif^ Se avTrjv 6 Kvpo<; avX- 
 Xafji^dvei ^OpovTav, /cat avyKaXel et? ttjv eavTov 
 (TKTjvrjv Ilepcra? tov^ dpicrTov^ to)v irepi avTov inTa, 
 /cat Tov<; T(x)v ^EXXrivo)v (TTpaTrjyov^; iKeXevaev oTrXtra? 
 ayayeti^, tovtovs Be Oeadai ra o7r\a irepX ttjv avTOv 
 aKTjvijv. ol Be TavTa e7roir)(Tav, dyay6vTe<; w? TpLcr- 
 ^tXtovs OTrXtra?. 5. KXeap\ov Be /cat eicro) nape- 
 KdXeae (TVfJL^ovXov, o? ye /cat aura! /cat rot? aXXot? 
 eSd/cet 7rpoTLfJir)0rjvaL /xctXtcrra tcjv ^EXXtjvcov, eirei B 
 e^rjXOev, i^i^yyetXe rot? ^tXot? Tr)v Kpiaiv tov 'OpoVra 
 0)5 eyeveTo • ov yap dnopp'^TOv rjv. 6. ecfyrj Be Kv- 
 pov dpx^Lv TOV Xoyov SSe. lIa/0€/caXecra v/xa?, dvBpe<; 
 (I)lXol, 07ra>9 aifv vplv /3ovKev6fJLevo<; otl BiKaiov ecTL 
 /cat 7rpo9 Oecjv /cat 77/369 dvdpcjncjv, tovto Trpd^co 
 irepl *Op6vTa tovtovL tovtov yap npcoTov fxev o 
 e/xo? naTTjp eBcjKev vtttJkoov et^^at e/xot* eVet Be 
 Taxdeis, (is e(j)r) avros, vno tov ifiov dBeX(j>ov ovto<; 
 eTroXefirjo-ev ifxol e^cov ttjv iv ^dpBeaiv dKpoiroXiv 
 /cat eycii avTov TrpoanoXefJicov eiroiiqo'a wore oofat 
 TOVTO} TOV 7rpo<; ifie iroXefiov TravaaaOaiy /cat Begiav 
 
El ,,-r-» 
 
 r ■ 
 
 I 
 
 256 
 
 XENOPilON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 eXa^ov KOI eSoj/ca, 7. /xera raSra, ec^r;, 5 '0/)oVra, 
 eo-rti^ ort ere r/SLKirjcra; aTreKpivaro otl ov. ttolXlu Se 
 o Kupog yjp'JiTa, Ovkovv vaTepov, w? avro? cri 6/zo- 
 Xoyet?, ovhkv vn ip,ov dSt/ccv/X:i^09 aTTocrra? et? 
 Mvcrou? /ca/cw? inoUi^ t7)u i/jL-qi^ yjsypav o tl iSvpo) ; 
 i(f>iq 6 'OyooVra?. Ovkovp, €(f>r) 6 KS/oo?, ottoV aS 
 eyvm Tr]v aavTov Svvafiiv, iK6cjv inl rov Trj<; "Apre- 
 /xtSo9 ^cop^ov perapiXeiv ri aoi e^r^ada /cat Treiaaq 
 ipe TTio-TCL ttoKlv iS(OKd<; pot koX eAaySes irap ipod ; 
 Kcu Tavd' ojpoXoyei 6 'OyaoVra?. 8. Tt ovv, €(f}rj 6 
 Ki}po9, aiiKiqOeU in ipov vvv to rpiTov iinliovXevcjv 
 poL (f>avepo<; yiyova^ ; dirovTo^ Se rov "OpovTa otl 
 ovSiv a8LKrjOeL<;, rjpcoTrja-eu 6 Kvpoq avTov, 'OpoXo- 
 yeiq ovv wepl ipe aSt/co? yeyevrjcrdai ; '^H yap avdyKyj, 
 €(j>r] 6 'OpovTa^, CK tovtov ttolXlv ^pcoTrjo-ev 6 KS/do?, 
 "Etl ovi^ av yivoio t<Z ipco aSeXcf)^) noXepLo^;, ipol Se 
 <^tXo9 /cat TTLo-TOi ; 6 Se cnreKpLvaro otl ovS' et ye- 
 voipiQv, S) Kvpe, oroL y dv noTe etl Bo^atpt. 9. TTyoo? 
 Taura Kvpo<; elne rot? Trapovcnv, 'O pkv dprjp tol- 
 avTa piv TreTrotr^/ce, rotaSra Se Xeyet • vp^p Se cif 
 7rpa)T07, & KX€op)^€, dTT6(f)rjvaL yvcopr^v otl ctol So/cet. 
 KXeapxo^; Se etTre raSe. Xvp/3ovXev(o iyij top dvhpa 
 
 TOVTOV iKTToSoJV TTOLelcrOaL 0)9 TdxLO-Ta, Ct>9 pr)K€TL 
 
 Serj ToiTOv ^vXdTT€(T0aL, dXXd axoXr) ^ -qplp to 
 KiTa TovTou elvai tou9 iOeXoPTa^ (f>LXov^ ev iroLeiv, 
 10. TavTiQ Se Tfi ypd>p7) €(f)r) /cat rovq dXXov<; wpoa- 
 Oio-OaL. peTa raura, ^rj, KeXevovTos Kvpov eXa^op 
 T179 idviq^ TOP 'OpovTav inl 0avdT(i) dnavTe^; dva- 
 (rTdvTe<; /cat ol o^v'^yyeve'!:<; - ctra S' i^^yov avTov oU 
 
 Book L] 
 
 CHAPTERS VI. 7-11— VII. 
 
 257 
 
 7rpo(T€Tdx0y]' iTTel Se etSoi^ avTov olnep TrpocrOcv 
 TTpoo-eKVvovVy Koi t6t€ TrpoaeKvvrjo-ay, Kainep etSore9 
 OTL iiTL OavaTov ayoLTO. 11. eVet Se et9 tt^v 'Apra- 
 TraTov cnc'qvy]v elcryjxdy) tov niaTOTdTov tcov Kvpov 
 aKrjTTTOvxoJVy p^Ta TavTa ovt€ (,(ovTa 'OpovTav ovTe 
 TeOvrjKOTa ouSet9 etSe nconoTe ov8e ottco^ dniOavev 
 ovSet? etSa;9 eXeyev ' eLKa^op Se dXXoL dXXcos - Td(f)o<s 
 Se ovSet9 TTcoTTOTe avTov icfydprj. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Babylonia is at lengtli reached ; (luring his progress through it, Cyrus 
 reviews his men and learns of the condition of the king's army (1,2). 
 In an address to the Greeks he exhorts them to prove themselves 
 worthy men, assuring them that the king's army, though large, is 
 harmless. He promises great rewards if they endure the first shock. 
 These ])romises he declares he will not forget (3-5); for in a kingdom 
 so great as that of Persia the ditticulty is not in finding the means to 
 fultil his promises, but the persons worthy of them (3-7). The 
 soldiers are pleased and beg him to remain in the re«ir during the 
 firrht. Another review is made, the Greeks amounting to about 
 13,000, and the barbarians to 100,000 (8-10). The enemy amount 
 to over a million men and possess 200 scythe-bearing chariots ; their 
 cavalry numbers 6,000 (11-13). The advance is now made more 
 cautiously as they near the king's army and pass, one after another, 
 the many deep trenches, which were cut to impede an enemy's 
 progress. Some of these extended almost to the Eujihrates itself, 
 leaving only an extremely narrow width of ground over which Cyrus 
 might lead his army (14-17). The generosity of Cyrus towards the 
 priest Si Ian us (18). Surprised that the king does not meet him in 
 battle, Cyrus continues on his way somewhat negligent in his dis- 
 cipline, many of the soldiers placing their arms in the baggage- 
 
 wagons. 
 
 17 
 
r. 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 268 
 
 XEXOPHOX'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 1. ^EvTevdep i^ekavpei Sta 7179 BaySvXwi'ta? araO' 
 IJ.ov<; Tp€LS Trapao-dyya^; ScoSe/ca. cz/ Se ra> toltco 
 aTaOjJLO) Kv/oo? i^eTaatv TrotetTat roii^ 'EXXr^i/wj/ /cat 
 Twz/ ^ap^apcDV iv rw TreStw Trept fiecras vvKTa^ • 
 eSd/cet yap et? 77)1/ iTnovaav eco rj^eiu ySacrtXea crur 
 T(o arpaTevfiaTL ixa)(ovp.evov' koX cKeXeve KX€ap)(ov 
 fJL€v Tov Be^LOv Kepco^ rjye^crOaLj Mei^oji^a Se top 0e7- 
 TaXov TOV evwpvfxov, avTos Se 70^9 €ai;7oG SieVa^e. 
 2. /xe7a Se ttjv i^eTaatv a/xa 717 cTnovcrr) rjixepa tjkoV' 
 7e9 avTOfioXoL napa fieydXov ySacrtXeo;? aTry/yyeXXoi/ 
 Kvpa> TT€pl TTj^ )8ao-tXew9 aTpaTLa<;. Kvpoq Se cruy- 
 KaXeaas tov<; crTpaTrjyovs /cat Xo;(ayot9 7a)i/ 'EXXt^Vw^ 
 crui^€)8ovXcue7d 7e 7ra)9 ai^ 7>)j/ p-d.xy}v ttoloIto /cat av709 
 Traprjpei Oappvvoiv 7otaSe. 3. 'n dvhp(^ ^EXXrjpe^, 
 OVK avdp(!)7r(DV anopcop ^ap^dpcjp avfxfidxov^ vfxa^ 
 ayo), dXXd pop^it^ajp d/xetVou9 /cat KpeiTTOV^ ttoXXcop 
 fiap^dpojy u/ia9 et^^at, Sta tovto wpoaeXa^op. oirco^ 
 ovp ecrecrde dp8p€<; d^ioi ttjs eXet»^e/>ta9 '^9 KCKTrjcrffe 
 /cat -^9 Vfia<; iyco euSat/xoi/t^oi. eS yap tcr7€ 07t ttjp 
 iXevffepLap iXoiftrjp olp dpTl Sjp e^o) ndpTcop /cat aXXwi^ 
 TToXXaTrXacrtwy. 4. o7rcj9 Se /cat etS757e et9 olop ep- 
 X^o-Oe dycjpa, vfxa^ ctSa>9 StSafw. 70 fiep yap 7rXrj6oq 
 woXif /cat Kpavyrj TroXXrj iTTiacLP • ap Se 7ai)7a ai^a- 
 (Txyjo-de, 7a dXXa /cat alaxvpeLO'dai pLOi Sokco oilov^ 
 rjfiLP ypcoaecr^e 701)9 eV 717 X^/^^ d^'7a9 apffpconov^; 
 vficop Se dpSpcjp oPTojp, /cat eS 7^1^ e/xal^' yepofxepcop, 
 iyoj vficjp TOP fxep ot/caSe ^ovXofxepop dmipai 7ot9 
 ot/cot Cv^coTOP nonjo-co aneXOelPy 7roXXov<; Se ot/xat 
 woLTJa-eLP TCL Trap' ijxol iXeaffai olptI tcjp olkoc 
 
 Book I.] 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 1-10. 
 
 259 
 
 5. ipTavda TavXiTrj^; napcop (j)vya^ Sctju-to?, 7rt(7709 Se 
 Kvpcpf etTre, Kat /xr^r, cS Kupe, Xeyovcri TLPe<; otl 
 
 TToXXd VTTKTX^^^ ^^^ StO. 70 ip TOiOVTO) elpat TOV KIP- 
 
 hvpov TTpo(Ti6pTO<;^ OLP Se eS yeprjTai ti, ov fiefiPTJcre- 
 (j9ai ere c^acrtv • ej^tot Se Ob's' et fiejxprjo 7e /cat 
 /SovXoLo ovpacrOai olp diroBovpai ocra VTno'XP^'i* 
 
 6. d/coua'a9 7aC7a eXe^ep 6 Kvpog, 'AXX' ca'7t fxep 
 rjijup, S) dpSpe^y 7] dpx^ "f) TraTpojo. irpo^ fji€P p,eo"qpi' 
 /3piap p-^XP^ ^^ ^^^ Kavjia ov 8vpaPTaL oiKeiP dpdpo)' 
 
 TTOLy 77p09 Se dpKTOP P-^XP^ ^^ ^^^ X^^H'^^^ ' "^^ ^' ^^ 
 
 ixeaa) tovtcjp irdpTa craTpanevovarLP ol tov ipov 
 dheX(f)ov (^.'Xoi. 7. ^p S' rjixel^ PLKyjcrcopep, r}p.a^ 
 Set 70U9 rjiieT€pov<; <^tXoi>9 7oi;7a)i^ iyKpaTei^ TTOirjCTaL. 
 cjcTTe ov tovto SeSot/ca /ir) ou/c exw d7t Soi eKdcrTO) 
 T(op (^iXoiP^ ap ev yeprjTai, dXXd prj ovk exoi t/caroi»9 
 019 So), vpcop oa Tcop * EXXijp(t)P /cat CTe^apop eKdcTTco 
 Xpyo'ovp Scocro). 8. 01 Se 7aG7a d/couo■a^'7e9 avToi 
 7e Tjcrap noXv TTpodvp.6Tepoi /cat 7019 dXXo t9 i^TJyyeX- 
 Xop. elcrrjarap Se Trap' avTOP 01 t€ cTTpaTrjyol /cat 
 70)1' aXXcui/ EXXrjpcjy TLPe<; d^LoupTe<; etOeVat 7t c^lctip 
 ecTaty lap KpaTrjcrcDCTLP. 6 Se i/JunpTrXd^; andpTOjp 
 Tr)p ypcjjfirjp aTrenepTre. 9. irapeKeXevoPTo Se av70i 
 7rai'7e9 oaonrep St€Xeyo^'7o /X17 pdx^crdaL, dXX' 07rt- 
 o"0ei' iavTcop TdTTeadaL. ip Se toJ Kaipco tovtcj 
 KXeapxos oiSe 7ra>9 rjpeTo top Kvpop • Otet ydp aroi 
 pax^i(T0aL, 2) Kupe, 701^ dSeXc^dr ; N.) At', €(f)r) 6 
 KCpo9, etTrep ye Aapetou /cat napi;o^d7tSd9 e(T7t 7rat9, 
 e/xo9 Se dSeX<^d9, ov/c d/xa^et 7aCr' iyco Xijijjopai. 
 10. ipTavOa Srj ip tt) i^oTrXicia dpiOpo^ iyepeTo to)V 
 
1^ 
 
 260 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book j. 
 
 fi€P 'EWrjpcov ao-nU fivpua kol TeTpaKoaua, ireXraaTal 
 Se 8lct)(^lXlol kol TrevTaKocrioi, tu)v Si fjiera Kvpov 
 ^ap^dpcov SeKa fivpidSe^; kol appara Spenavqcfiopa 
 ap(f)l rd €tKO(TL. 11. T^p Se TToXepicov iXiyoi-ro eluai 
 eKarov kol eLKOcn pvpidSe^ Kal dppara Spe7Tapr](f)6pa 
 Sta/coo-ta. dXXoL Se ^aav k^aKia-xi^i-OL linreU, S)v 
 'Aprayepo-T^? rjpxcv ovtol S' av irpo auroD ySacrtXew? 
 Teraypivoi rjcrav, 12. rov Se y8ao-t\eccJ9 (TTpaTevparos 
 rja-av dpxovTe<; /cat a-Tpariqyoi koX -qyepoue'^ reVrayoe?, 
 rpidKOvra pvptdScjv eKacTTo^, 'A^poKopa^, Tia-cra^ep' 
 V7)<;, Toj^pva^;, 'Ap^RaKiq^. tovtcov Se napeyepopTo iv 
 V H-^XV ii'^vriKovra /xuptaSe? koX dppara Spenapr)- 
 (f>6pa iKaTOP Kal nePTiJKOPTa ' "A^poKopa^; Se vcrTi- 
 prjcre rrj^ f^dxr)<; rjpepai^ nepTe, e/c ^oiPiKr)^ iXavpcop. 
 13. ravTa Se -qyyeXXop npo^ Kvpop ol avTopoXyj- 
 o-apTe^ ii< Tcop noXepicop napd peydXov ^acrtXew? npo 
 ttJ? pdxr}^, /cat perd tyjp pdxiqv ot varepop iXyj(f)Or)- 
 aav TCOP TToXeptcop ravrd rjyyeXXop, 14. ipTevdev 
 Se Kvpo^ i^eXavpcL aTadpop eVa Tra/oao-ayya? ryoet? 
 o-vpTeraypipo} rco aTpaTevpan iravTi kol tw 'EXXr;- 
 VLKO) Kal Tcp /3ap^apLK(x)' (oeTO ydp ravTrj rfi rjpepa 
 paxelo-Oai ^ao-iXea- Kara ydp picrop top crraOpop 
 TovTOP rdcfypo^ tjp opvKTY) ^a(9eta, to pep evpo^ op- 
 yvtal TreVre, to Se y3a^09 opyutat r/^et?. 15. napeTe- 
 raro Se rj Td(f>po<; dpco Sta tov irehiov inl SwSe/ca 
 Trapaadyya^ pexpi tov Mr)hia<; Teixov<;. evOa al St- 
 (opvxe^, dno tov TiyprjTos noTapoi peova-ai- etVt Se 
 T€TTap€^, TO pkv €upo^ TrXeOpLatai, /?a(9etat Se iaxvpco^, 
 Kal nXola TrXet eV aurat? crtraywyct • ela-jSdXXova-i 
 
 Book I ] 
 
 CHAPTER. VII. 11-20. 
 
 261 
 
 Se ct? TOP EvffypdTTjPy StaXetVouct S' eKdaTr) napao-dy- 
 yr)v, y€(f)vpaL S' ineLaLP, rjp Se Trapa top Ev(f>pdTrjp 
 7rdpoSo<; (TTevr) peTa^v tov noTapov Kal T179 Td<j)pov 
 ct)9 ctKOcrt TToZ(x}p TO elpo^ • 16. TavTrjp Se ttjp Td- 
 (fypop ^acrtXeL/? ttolcl /xeya? dpTl ipvpaToq, eVetS?) 
 TTVvddveTai Kvpop TrpocreXavpopTa. TavTrjp Srj ttjp 
 irdpohop KOyods re K:at tj crTpaTid TTaprjXde Kal iye- 
 poPTo etcrcu ttj^ Td(f)pov. 17. TavTrj pep ovp Ty 
 rjpepa ovk e/xa;^ea-aTo ^acrtXeu?, dXX' v7rox(opovPT0JV 
 (fyapepa rjaap Kal Ittttcop Kal dpOpcowajp lx^V ^roXXd. 
 18. ivTavda Kvpo<; ^iXai'OP KaXeaa<; top ^ApwpaKLcoTrjv 
 pdpTLP eSojKep avTO) SapcLKov<; Tpicrx^^l^ov^y otl ttj 
 hheKdTTj air eKeLPrjs rjp^pO' npoOvopcpo^ eXirev avTco 
 OTL ^acrtXeu? ov pax^lrai SeVa rjpepcop, KOpo? S' el- 
 Trev, Ovk apa ert /xa^^etrat, et eV raurat? ov /xa^^etrat 
 Tat9 rjpepaL^; • edp S' dXiqdevarjq, viTKTxyovpai croi 
 oeKa TdXaPTa. tovto to xp^^^^oi' TOTe dne^coKep, inel 
 iraprjXOop al Si/ca rjpepaL. 19. eVet S' eVt Trj Tdfjypo) 
 OVK iKcoXve ySacrtXeu? to Kvpov crTpdTevpa StaySatWtz/, 
 ebo^e /cat Kvpco Kal to'l<; aXXot? direyvcoKevai tov pd- 
 X^crdai ' axTTe tyj vaTepaia Kvyoo? iwopeveTo r/peXr)- 
 pep(t)<; pdXXop. 20. Tjj Se TptTy eVt re tov dppaTO^ 
 Kadrjpepo^ ttjp iropeiap inote'LTO Kal oXtyov? eV Td^ei 
 exfop TTpo avTov, to Se ttoXv avToi dpaTeTapaypevop 
 enopevsTo Kal tcjp ottXcov rot? (TTpaTL(!)Tai<; iroXXd im 
 dpa^cjp rjyeTO Kal vTTo^vytcov, 
 
262 
 
 XEXOPIIOX'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book 1 
 
 Book I.] 
 
 CHAPTKli VITI. 1-8. 
 
 2G3 
 
 ;; (■'■ 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 The Battle of Cunaxa. It is about noon, when a horseman, gallop- 
 ing at full speed, announces the approach of the king's army. The 
 news creates great confusion; but Cyrus bids liis sohliei-s prepare for 
 tlie contest and fall into line (1-3). Position of the Greek army and 
 of the forces of the barbarians (4, 5). Cyrus takes his position at 
 the centre of the line, with his head uncovered, surrounded bv his 
 600 bravest men (6, 7). Shortly after noon the enemy appear, their 
 cavalry in wliite breast-coverings autl led by Tissaphernes. In front 
 of them are the scythe-bearing chariots, to be sent at random among 
 the Greeks (8-10). As the king approaches silently and slowly, 
 Cyrus orders Clearchus to lead his men against him, at the middle of 
 the line, hoping to cut him down and to win the victory at once. 
 But Clearchus, fearing lest he l^e suirounded, hesitates to withdraw 
 from the Euphrates ; the entire Greek line maintaining its position, 
 whilst the ranks are filling uj), and the watchword of success, "Zeus 
 the Savior, and Victory," is passed along (11-16). As soon as the 
 enemy are almost within bow-shot, the Greeks charge and put them 
 to flii^dit, the chariots fail to do any harm, and the victory seems 
 already to belong to Cyrus (17-20). But fearing that the enemy 
 may turn him in the rear, he charges with his 600 ajjainst the kind's 
 centre, disperses many of the lattei's body guard, and even wounds 
 the king, when he is himsidf struck beneath the eve bv a iavelin. 
 In the confusion, Cyrus is killed, a few of his most devoted followers 
 fall with him, and his most faithful sceptre-bearer, Artapates, covers 
 his master's body with his own corpse (21-28). 
 
 1. Kat rjhr) re rjv dfi(f)l ayopav TrXirjOovcrav koL 
 ^ftXiqaiov tjv 6 o-TaOfxh^ €v6a €/xeXXe KarakveLV, rjviKa 
 narryyva? aprfp Ueparj^; to}v om.(f)l Kvpoi^ ttlcttwv 
 7rpo<f}aLP€TaL iXavvoiv ap'a Kparo^; ISpovPTL toj Imro), 
 Koi evdv<; iraaLV ol? iveiTvy)(^aLV^v i^oa /cat ^ap/SapL- 
 
 ffS? KOL IWrjVLKCJi OTL ^acTtXei;? (tvv (TTpaTevfJiaTL 
 TToXXoJ 7rpo(r€p)(^eTaL a>9 ei? ixay^rjv napeo-KevoLcrfxii^os. 
 2. €P0a 8rj TToXu? rctpa^^o? iyevero ' avTiKa yap eSd- 
 Kovp ol "EW-qpef; kol TrdvTe^ 8e ara/crot? (K^icriv eTrt- 
 weaelo-OaL • 3. Kvpo? r€ /caraTTT^ST^Va? 0,770 tov 
 dpfJLaTo<; TOV OcopaKa iveSv kol dvafid^; iirl tov Ittttov 
 TO. TTokTOL €1? ra9 xeipa^ eka^e, rot? re aXXot? iraat 
 TrapijyyeWev i^oTrXi^ecrOaL koL KaOicrTaa-OaL elg ttjv 
 iavTov Ta^Lv eKaorTov. 4. evOa Sr) avv ttoXXtJ 
 (TTTOvSrj KadicTTavTO, KXeapxos fxev to. Sefia tov k€- 
 paTo<; exoiy npo^; t(o EvcfypaTT} TroTajxco, Up6^€vo<; Se 
 i)(oiJLevo<;, ol 8' aXXot /xera TovToVt MeVcuj/ 8e /cat to 
 (TTpaTevixa to evcovvjiov /cepa? €cr;(e tov EWtjvlkov, 
 5. TOV 8e jSap^apLKOv InTreli fxkv Tlac^Xaydi^e? ct? 
 ^tXtou? irapd KXeap^ov €(TTr]o-av iv to) 8efta* /cat to 
 'EXXrjviKov TTeXTacTTLKOVy ev Se tw evcjvvfJLO) 'Aptatd? 
 re 6 Kvpov vnap^o^ /cat to aXXo jiap^apLKOv, 6. Ku- 
 po? 8e /cat ot tTTTiet? tovtov ocrov e^a/cdcrtot /caret to 
 fxeaoVj 0)7rXL(TiJL€V0L dcopa^i ficv avTol /cat Trapa/xT^ptSt- 
 ot? /cat KpavecTL TrdvTe^ TrXrjv Kvpov • KG/309 Se xjjiXrjv 
 ivcov TTjv KeSaXrjv et? ttjv ixd)(r)v KaOtaTaTO Xeyerat 
 ot /cat TOt»b* *'XXou9 Ile/oo-as i//tXat9 rat? /cec^aXat? iv 
 Tco TToXeiico SiaKLvSweveiv, 7. ot 8 iinroi navTe^ 
 ol jxeTOL Kvpov et^oi/ /cat npoixtTcoTTLOLa /cat npoaTepr 
 vihia • €l)(ov 8e /cat jxaxa^poL^ ol linreL^ EXXr]ViKa<;. 
 8. /cat rjSr] re rjv fieaov T7/j,epa9 /cat ovtto) /carac^ai^et? 
 ^cav ol noXefiLOf rfViKa 8e heiXiq eyiyvero, i(f>av7) 
 KoviopTo^ oia-TTep v€(j>iX7) XevKT], X/^oVft) 8e avxy^ 
 vcTTepov oiCTTTep fxeXavia tls iv t<Z neoia) iin ttoXv, 
 
264 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 Book I.] 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 9-19. 
 
 265 
 
 iii 
 
 ore 8k iyyvTepov iyiyvovro, ra\a Si) koX xaX/co? rt? 
 YTpawTe /cat al Xoyxai Kal al ra^ct? KaTaif>avel^ 
 iyiyvovTo. ^ 9. Kal ^aau iTTTrel^ p.ev XevKodcopaKe^ 
 inl Tod evcoi^vfxov rS)v noXefiiajp - Tiao-a^epvy^^ iXd- 
 yero tovto^p dpxetp ' ixofiepoL Sk y€ppo(f>6poL. e^o- 
 fiePOL 8e OTrXrrat avp TroSyjpecTL ^vXiVat? dcTTnVt^. 
 AlyvTTTLOL S' odTOL iXeyovTo eirat- dXXot 8' LTTTrels, 
 dXXoL To^oTai. TTOLVTe^ S' ovToi /card eOvr^ eV TrXai- 
 o-ia> TrXrjpeL du0pa)7ra)u eKacTTov to ^Ovo^ inopeveTo. 
 10. Trpo Se aur^z^ dpfiara SiaXeiiroPTa (tvxvop an 
 dXXTJXoju rd 8r) Spe7rapr)(f>6pa /caXou/xe^a • etxoi/ 8e 
 rd SpeWa e/c rwi/ dfoVwi/ ei? irXdyiov dnoTeTafiipa 
 Kal vnb Tol'; St^/3ot? ct? yi^j/ fiXenopra, w? Sta/cd- 
 Trreiz/ ot(^ eVrvyxa^oiei/. rj 8e yi^oJ/xi; ^i. a,? ei? rd? 
 rdfet? roil/ 'EXXt^Vcuj/ iXa>PTa Kal Sta/cdi//oz/ra. 11. S 
 p.€VTOL Kdpos diT^v ore /caXecra9 TrapeKeXevero to7<; 
 "EXXiyo-t 7171/ Kpavyrjp twv jBap/Sdpojp aP€X€(r0ai, 
 i^ev(T07) Toiro' ov yap Kpavyy dXXd (nyrj d>9 dw 
 (TTOP /cat T^o-i^x^ ^^ '^o-co Kal /3pa8€cjs npoarjaav. 
 12. /cat eV TouTOj Kvpo? irapeXavvcov avTo^ o-vv Ui- 
 yprjTL Tw ipfirjvel Kal dXXot? TpLalp rj reTTapaL tQ 
 KXedpxcp i^oa dyetp to crrpdrev/xa /card /ieVoj/ to 
 rSiv TToXefiicop, ort €/c€t ^SacrtXeu? ctry • /caz/ roDr', 
 eVT7> VLK^ixev, irdve" rjfilp neTToirjTaL. 13. op^p Se 
 o KXeap^o? ro fieaop (tt^o^ Kal dKovcjp Kvpov e^co 
 opTa Tod 'EXXrfPLKod eiojpvfjLov jiacnXia — Toaodrop 
 yap TrX7j0eL irepii^p ^aanXev^ cScrre p^iaop t^v iavTod 
 €X(op Tod Kvpov evcopvfjLov eico ^v — ^XX' S^^^ ^ 
 KXeapxos ovk 'q0eXep dTrocnrdo-ai dnb tov Trora/xoS 
 
 
 TO he^iop /ceyoa9, </)o^ov^ei/09 fJiy] KVKXcoOei-q e/care- 
 p(x}0ep, T(o 8e Kvpcp direKpLPaTo otl avTco fxeXoi ottcos 
 /caXw? ^X^^* ^^' '^^^ ^^ TOVTO) TO) Kaipcp TO fiep 
 ^ap^apiKOP crrpdreu/xa o/xaXo)? TrporjeL, to 8e *EXX>y- 
 PLKOP ert ip roJ auraJ fiepop crvpeTaTTeTo e/c to)p ert 
 TTpocTLOPTOjp. Kal 6 Kuyoo? TTapeXavpojp ov irapv irpoq 
 avTO) TO) aTpaTevfiaTL /care^edro eKaTepcoae aTroySXe- 
 770)1/ ct9 re rou9 TroXe/xtov? /cat rou? (ftiXov^. 15. t8&)i/ 
 Se avTOP dno tov 'EXXt^plkov S€P0(f)(t)P ^A0rjpalo<;y 
 TreXdcra? w? o-uz/az/rrjcrat rjpeTO et rt napayyeXXoL, 
 6 S' eVtcrrr^cra? etTre /cat Xeyetp e/ceXeue irdcrLP otl 
 /cat rd tepd KaXd /cat rd cr^dyia /caXd. 16. raCra 
 Se Xeyojp 0opv^ov 'qKovae Std raij' Ta^ecjp 16pto<;, 
 Kal rjpeTO tl<; d 06pv^o<; eirj. 6 8e KXeapxo<; elnep 
 otl (TVP07]iJia Trapepx^Tai 8evTepop yjSr). Kal 09 i0av- 
 fiacre tl<; napayyeXXei /cat 7]peT0 otl eLrj to crvp0r)ixa, 
 6 8' direKpLPaTo Zeu9 (TcjTrjp Kal vlkyj, 17. 6 8e 
 Kupo9 d/coucra9 'AXXd 8e'^oyutat re, ec^r^, /cat roSro 
 ecrrw. ravra 8' etTrdii/ et9 rT7^' auroS x^P^^ diTijXavpe • 
 /cat ovKeTL Tpia ^ TtTTapa crrdSta 8LeLxeT7jp tco ^d- 
 Xayye dir dXXrjXwp rjPLKa eiraLapLlpp re ot *'EXX7^j'e9 
 /cat rjpxoPTo dpTLOL teVat rot9 7roXe/xtot9. 18. a>9 8e 
 TTopevofxepcjp i^eKVfiaLPe tl Trj<; <^aXayyo9, ro UTToXet- 
 TTO/Jiepop Tjp^aTO SpofjLO) 0e7p ' Kal dfxa i(f)0iy^aPTO 
 7rdpTe<; olop rw ^EpvaXio) eXeXt^ovcrt, /cat 7rdrre9 8e 
 e0eop. XeyovaL 8e rtr'e9 a>9 /cat rar9 dcnrL(TL 7rpo<; 
 rd Sdpara eSovm^crai/ (f)6l3op TTOLovPTe<; rot9 L7nT0L<;, 
 19. TTptt' 8e TO^evjxa i^LKP€LO'0aL eKKXipovaLP ol /3dp' 
 fiapoL /cat (f)evyov(TL. Kal ePTavSa 8r] e8i(t)K0P jxev 
 
2tJ0 
 
 
 I 
 
 ' < 
 
 I . 
 
 1;. 
 
 XKXOniOXS ANAliASrS. 
 
 l»OOK I. 
 
 Kara Kpdro^; ol "EWrji^e^, i^oojv Se aXX>fXot9 /x^ (Jel^^ 
 Spo/ict>, aXV eV rafei eTreo-daL. 20. ra 8' ayoyutara 
 i(j>4povro ra fxeu 8l avTwu twp TroXefXLcov, tol Se /cat 
 Sta T^p 'EXXyji^cop Kevi r^vioxc^v. ot S* eVet tt/doISoicz., 
 Saorrai/To- cVri S' ocrri? /cat KaT€\7J(l>0r) t^a-nep Iv 
 iTnroSpo/xq) eWXayei9 • /cat ouSi^i. /xeVrot ouSe roSroi; 
 7ra(9€r^^ e>acra^, ouS' dXXo? Se rii. 'EXXt^Vcoz/ cV rauVy; 
 ^]7 /^ax?? e7ra/9€i^ ovSeU ouSeV, ttX^^ eVl rol evcovv^xco 
 Tof 6u%at rt? eXeyero. 21. KOpo? S' 6/5^^/ 701)9 
 "E\\r)va<; i^LK^i.Ta<; to /ca<9' auTou9 /cat Stc^/coz^ra9, 
 T7So/x€^09^ /cat irpocTKvvovixevo^ rj8r) vnb t^v d/x^' au- 
 ^^'^' ouS' 2,9 e^7;\^7; Stoi/cet^, dXXa avvcaiTeipaixevr^v 
 cxcop TY Tu>v avu iavToj i^aKoaicov InTreajp rd^Lv 
 ijrefieXelTooTi noLyjo-eL ^acnXev^;. /cat yap T^Set avTov 
 ort fieo-op exoL rod UepaiKod aTparevpiaTo^! 22, /cat 
 7raVre9 S' ot r^z/ fiap^dpcoi^ dpxovTe<i pLeaov exovre^ 
 TO avT^p r^yoivTai, vop.il^ovTe<; omcj Kal iv do-c/^aXe- 
 (TTdTco ehai, w V V ^^o-xv^ avrZu iKaripcodev, /cat c? 
 Tt TrapayyerXat XPV^'^'^^^ W^creL kv ^poVo; ato-6>aVe- 
 o-(9at TO arpdrevixa. 23. /cat ^aa-iXev; 8r) ^ore fiecrop 
 €XOiv T?j^ avTov (TTpaTLa^ SfjLcos iico iyiv^To tov Kvpov 
 evcopvfxov Keparo^. inel S' ouS€t9 avrai eyLta^ero e/c 
 tov dvTiov ovSe Tor9 auroD r€ray/xeVot9 efiTrpoo-Oev, 
 i7r€Kafi7rT€P 0,9 ct9 KVKXaycnv. 24. €V(9a S^ KG/)09 
 S€tVa9 fir) oTTto-^er y^vofievo^ KaTaKoxltrj ^h 'EXXrjvt' 
 Kov iXavvei dvTLo<; - Kal ip.^aXojv avv toI^ i^aKO- 
 o-tot9 VLKa T0U9 npo y8ao-tX€cu9 T€Tayfji€POv<; /cat 6t9 
 ^vy^^ erpet/ze tov^ efa/ctorxtXtou9, /cat aTro/crcri^at Xe- 
 yeTac avTo^ rjj iavTod x^'P^^ 'ApTayeparjp top dpxovTa 
 
 Book 1 1 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 20-29. 
 
 2G' 
 
 avTwv* 
 
 25. 0)9 8' T7 TpOTTT) iyepeTOy hiacnreipoPTai 
 Kal ol Kvpov e^a/cdo-tot et9 to Stw/ceti/ opinjaaPTes, 
 7TXr)P irdpv oXtyot a/>t(^' airoj/ KaTaXd(^>6y)(Tap, crx^^ov 
 ol oiioTpdwe^oi KaXovfiepoi. 26. ori^i. TouTot9 Se 
 
 S)p KaOopa ^aaiXia /cat to a/x<^' iKelpop o-Tt(^o9 • 
 /cat €i0u9 ov/c rjpecTX^TO, dXX' eJ7ra>r/ Toi/ di^Spa o^w 
 ?cTo eV avTO^ /cat Tratet /cara to crTeppop /cat rtrpco- 
 o-/c€t Sta TOV 0d>paKO<;, <39 <^T70-t KTT70-ta9 6 taTpd9, 
 /cat tacr^at avrd9 to Tpav/xd (jyrjat, 27. naioPTa 
 S' auToi' aKOPTiCet Tt9 TiaXroi vtto roi^ o<^daXpi)P 
 ^tata>9- /cat ipTav0a /xaxd/x€i/ot /cat fiaaiXeiK; /cat 
 Kv/)09 /cat ot d,a</)' aL»T0V9 uttco eKaTepov, OTroVot 
 ^ej^ Twi^ d/x<^t /3a(TtXea dne6pr]orKOP Krr;orta9 Xeyet • 
 Trap €/cetVai ya/> ^t' • Kv/009 Se avrd? re dneOape 
 Kal OKTO) ol dpiOTOi Tcjp Trepl avTOP e/ceti^ro eV avTw, 
 
 28. ^AoTandTm S' 6 7rto-rdTaT09 avTO) tcop o-kt)- 
 TTTOux^^ OepdiTdiv Xiyerai, cVetdry TreiTTWKOTa etde 
 Kupoi/, KaTaTTr)87]a-a<; dno tov Ittttov nepLTrea-etP avTCx). 
 
 29. /cat ot /xeV (^aat y8ao"tXea KeXevaai Tipa iin- 
 cr</)dfat airoi/ Kupo), ot Se airoz^ eVtcr^dfacr^at 
 o-iraadfiepop top aKLpdKrjp - etx^ Y^R XP^^^^^ ' '^^^ 
 (TTpevTOP S' ec^dpet /cat i/zeXta /cat rdXXa cocnrep ol 
 dpta-TOL Uepacop' €T€TLfir)To yap vno Kvpov St' 
 evpotdp re /cat incrTOTrjTa. 
 
268 
 
 XENOPJION'S A^fAUASIS. 
 
 I Book I. 
 
 CHAPTER TX. 
 
 ■.E Character ok Cyrus. Like th. greater Cyrus, tbi, prince evinced 
 even ,„ lK,y|,o.,cI, a.s well as in his n.atnrer years, the q„a-lificutions 
 01 a km-; he was a brighter and "stronger" s.-hokr than \rta 
 xerxes an.l Ins other con.panions (I-J), his bearing towards his elders 
 and even towards his inferior, being one ol .narked respect and def- 
 erence. He vvas fond of horses and horsemanship, and showed him- 
 self assiduous in practising archery and in the use of the javelin (6^ 
 As a young man he was fond of the hunt, and on one occasion, in an 
 encounter with a bear, he showed great bravery an,l skill (^) As 
 satrap he was a ,nan of integrity towards friend and foe, loyal to all 
 whon, he es,een.ed as friends, and inclined to u.ake both his friend- 
 ship and bis hostility strongly marked (7-12). The wicked and the 
 nujust he punishe,l with relentless severitv; whilst those in his armv 
 wbo proved their bravery ,u,d their daring, were rewarded with l.igi, 
 othces ol state (13-1,^,). The honest were rewarded with riches ai^d 
 l.refer>ne>it ; those who .serve.1 bin, faithfully and earncstlv were 
 
 promote to posit s of greater responsibility (lG-21). Many'of the 
 
 g. ts he use,l to receive, he .li,,tribule,l among his friends wiih char- 
 ac ensfc messages No one of Greeks or bari.arians was probably 
 beloved by a g,.ater number of friends (22-28). No ser,...nt ever 
 deserted him whilst many on the king's side floeke.1 to him ; at the 
 
 hi-rHl fi"l r' ?'T "'1 "'' '■■""•'' ""' table-companiou; about 
 h.m fell, figbt.ng to the end, - all, except Ari.aeus, who led the left 
 
 (29-I31)."'' "" '"' "■'""'■■ "'"'^ ""'' "" '<^™'"« '•'■^•"■"'^'^ <l''^'*h 
 
 1. Kvpo, f,^u oZv oZtco<; iri\evrr,aev. dv^p &,, 
 nepo-o.. T<S. pera Kipo. rhu ap^alov ye.o/.eV.. 
 Ha<r,X,^<o-rar6^ re Kal apxe.v ciftaJraro,, ^5 napa 
 ^avTov oi,oXoye?TaL r^i. Kipoy Sokowtcju eV wdpa 
 yevi<reaL. 2. ^pC^rop p.ku y^p in nal, A^ oV 
 
 Book I] 
 
 CHAPTER IX 1-8. 
 
 269 
 
 inaLdeveTo kol <jvv T(o a8e\(f)cp kol crvv toi<; dXXot? 
 Tratcri, iravToiv iravTa KpoLTio'To^ ivofxC^eTo. 3. TravTe^ 
 yap ol Toyy apiaroiv Ylepcruiv TratSeg ^ttX rai? ySacrtXew? 
 OvpoLi-; TTaiScVovTai' ivda ttoXXyjv jxkv crcti^poavvr^v 
 KaTaixaOoL av tl^^ alcr)^pov S ovokv ovt CLKovj-ai ovt 
 louv €(TTL. 4 OewPTaL S' ol TralSe? /cat TLficofiei^ovq 
 VTTO /3acrL\eaj^ kol dKovovcrt, kol aWov<^ aTLp.atp- 
 fiei'ov^' cjj-Ta €vdv<; TratSe? 6pTe<; pLavOdvovcnv dp^eiv 
 re Kal dp)^€crdai. 5. ep0a Kvpo<; alSrjjxoveo-TaTO^ 
 ixev npcjjTOP toju rjXiKioiTOiv eSoAcei cli^at, rot? re 
 npea/Svrepoiy Kal tcov eavTov vnoSeeaTepcov /xaXXof 
 ireLdecrdaL, eneLra Se (jyiknTTTOTaro^ Kal roi? Ittttoi^ 
 apicrra ^prjcrdai' eKpLvov 8' avTov Kal tcoi^ et? tov 
 TToXefxov epycoy, to^lkyj^ re Kal dKovTicreo)^, (fyiXofxa- 
 decrrarov elvai Kal p^eXeT-qpoTaTov, 6. inel 8e ttj 
 TjXLKia eTTpene, Kal (f>LXo6r]p6TaTo^ tjv Kal irpo^ tol 
 Orjpia pei^Toi (l)iXoKLv8vv6TaToq. kol dpKTov irore 
 i7TL(f)epopepr)v ovk eTpecrev, dXXd avpireacju /care- 
 (TTTdcrdr] dnb tov Ittttov, Kal rd pkv ^iradzv, S)v Kal 
 Ta^ ajTELXas €i^e, reXoy Se KaTeKave- Kal rou npcorov 
 fievToi jSoTjOyjcrai/Ta ttoXXoi? paKapiaToi^ iiroLrja-ev, 
 7. eVei hi KaTeTT€p(f)6r] vtto tov iraTpo^ aaTpdnrjf; 
 AuSta? re kol Opvyta? Trjs peydXrj'; Kal KaTTTraSo/cia?, 
 o'TpaTTjyo^; Se /cat TrdvTcov dTrehei-^Or] ot? KaOiJKeL et? 
 KaaTcoXov Trehiov ddpoil^ecrdai, irpSiTov peu iirehei^ev 
 avTov OTL nepl irXeiorTov ttoloItOj et tco (rTreiaaiTo Kal 
 et TCO (TwOoIto Kal et tcj v7t6(T)(olt6 tl, pr]oapa)<s 
 \//euSeo"^at. 8. /cat yap ovv iiTLcrTevoy fiev avTio 
 at TToXet? iTTLTpeTTOfieuai, iTrio'Tevov S' ol dvZpes * 
 
270 
 
 XEXOPIION'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I 
 
 /cat 61 ri? noXe/jLLos iyeveTo, cnreicraixivov Kvpov eVt- 
 (TTeve fiTjSei^ av napa ra? airopSa^; Traffelv. 9. tol- 
 yapovv inel Ticrcrac^Cyoi^et inoKefji-qcrey iracrai ai ttoXci? 
 eKOvcraL Kvpoi' ^IKovto avri Ttcro-acfyepuovs ttXt^v Mi- 
 \iqcna)P • ovToi Se on ovk rjOeke tov<; ^evyovra% 
 npoeaOai i(f>o/3ovPTo avTov. 10. /cat yap epycu 
 ineoeLKi'VTo /cat eXeyev on ovk av irore TTpoolrOy eTrel 
 ana^ c^tXo? aurot? iyiveroy ou8' et ert /llcj/ p.eiov<; 
 yivoLVTo, ert Se KaKiov TTpd^eiav, 11. (f)auep6<; S' ^i/ 
 /cat €t Tt5 Tt ayadov fj KaKov TTOLrjcreLZv avTov, vlkolv 
 netpcop^evo^' /cat €V)(r)u Se nve^ avrov i^€<f>zpov i? 
 evxoLTo ToorovTov xpoi^ov t^Tjv €(TT€ VLK(pr) /Cat Tov<; ev 
 /cat Tov<; /ca/cols TrotoD^ra? dXe^oixevo:. 12. /cat yap 
 oui^ TrXeicTTot S17 at»7c3 €^'t ye cti^Spt twv e<^' t7/x&)i^ 
 i-rreOvpiqaav /cat xprjjxara /cat TrdXet? /cat ra iavrcov 
 o-copara irpoiardai. 13. ov /xei^ Si; oiJSe roDr' av 
 Tt9 etTTot (1)9 rou9 KaKovpyov^ /cat aSt/cou? eta /cara- 
 ycXai/, aXXa a^eihicrTaTa navTcov inpcopeiTo • ttoX- 
 Xa/ct9 0' 171^ tSeti^ TTapa Ta9 (TTetfiopeva^ oSou? /cat 
 Troocwi^ /cat )^€Lpa)v /cat 6(f)9aXpcjv (TT€poixevov<; avSpco- 
 TTov^' cjo-t' iv TTj Kvpov apxi) iyevero /cat "EXXr^rt 
 /cat ^ap^dpco prjSev dSiKOvvn aSecS? tto p^vca 6 ai own 
 Tt? r)0eX€v, ixpvTL on 7rpo)(^copOLrj, 14. rou? yc 
 pevTOL ayadov^ et? woXepov a)poX6yr)TO SLa(f>ep6vTco<; 
 npav. /cat irpwTOv pev rjv avrw TrdXe/xo? rrpo? ntcrt- 
 Oa? /cat Muo-oJ?- crrpaTevopevo^ ovv /cat ai5ro9 et? 
 Taura? ra? ^copa^ ou? ecapa iOeXovras KLvSvvevetv, 
 TovTov<; /cat dpxovTas inoieL ^9 KaT€(jTpe<j>^To ;(ajpa9, 
 CTretra Se /cat aXXoi? Saipot9 cVt/xa* 15. cSore ^at- 
 
 BOOK I.] 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 9-21. 
 
 271 
 
 vecrdaL rou9 /xei^ dyaffov^ evSaLpoveo'TdTov<;, tou9 Se 
 /ca/coi>9 SouXoi;9 rourwi^ d^icjv elvaL. roiyapovv ttoXXtj 
 Tjv d(j>dovia avT^ Tcov ideXovTcjv KivSweveuv, ottov rt9 
 ototTO Kvpoi' aladrjo'ea'daL. 16. et9 ye /X17J/ St/cato- 
 avvrjv et rt9 (^avepo^ yivono iTnSeLKvvadaL ^ovXo- 
 pevo^y nepl ttovto^ iiroLelTo tovtovs TrXovaLcoTepa)^ J^-qv 
 TTOielv Ta>v e/c tov dSt/cou (f)iXoK€phovvT(x)v. 17. /cat 
 yap o5i/ dXXa re ttoXXo, St/cata>9 avTco Ste^etpt^ero /cat 
 (TTpaTevpan dXr)0iv(^ ixpyjcraTo. /cat yap arpanqyoi 
 /cat Xo^^ayot, ot xprjpdTcjv eveKa npoq eKelvov errXeu- 
 (rai^, eyvcocrav KepSaXecoTepov elvai Kvpw /caXa)9 
 VTrdpxeLv fj TO /caret /xyji^a /cepSo9. 18. dXXa pr^i^ 
 et rt9 ye rt airoj TrpocrTd^avn /caXoi9 vinqpeTijareLeVy 
 ovSevl TTconore d^dptarov etacre rr)t' irpodvpiav, roi- 
 yapovv KpdncTTOL 8f) VTrrjpiTai navTOS ipyov Kvpat 
 iXixPqcrav yevicrOai. 19. et Se nva opcoT] Setvov 
 ovra OLKOvopov e'/c rov St/catou /cat KaraaKeva^ovra 
 re '^9 dpxoL ^a5pa9 /cat 7rpo(7d8oi;9 Trotovi^ra, ovoeva 
 av TTcuTTore dc^etXero, dXX' del TrXetco TrpocreStSov • 
 cScrre /cat rjheco^ inovovv /cat dappaXecos cktcovto /cat 
 dcra eTreVard rt9 i^/ctcrra Kvpoi^ eKpvirTev ov yap 
 (f>0ova)v ro t9 (f)av€p(t)<; TrXovTovcnv i(f>'xiveTOy aXXa 
 Tretpcopevo^ Xprjcrffai rot9 roi^' dnoKpvTTTopevcov XPV' 
 paort, 20. (/)tXou9 ye /xt^i^ oo'ov^ iroLijaaLTo /cat 
 ei!i'ou9 yvoirf ovra^ /cat t/cai^ou? Kpiveie crvvepyov^ 
 etvat drt rvyxdvoi /BovXopevoy Karepydtjeadaiy opo- 
 Xoyetrat 7rpo9 ndvTojv KpdnaTo<; Sr) yevccrdai Oepa- 
 neveiv. 21. /cat ydp avro rovro ovirep avro9 €V€Ka 
 ^iXcov o)€To Seto-^at, cL? (Tvvepyov; e;(o^ /^ctt- avro9 
 
 
 ft 
 I 
 
272 
 
 XEXOPIIOX'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 eVet^aro crvi^epycx; tdIs cj^iXots KpaTi(TTo<^ dvai rov- 
 Tov oTov aiaddvoLTo eKacTTov iTnduixovvTa. 22. Sina 
 hk TrXelo-Ta p.ev oI/xa( €£9 ye di^rjp ikd^^ave Sta TToXXct- 
 ravra Se TrdvTOiv Srj ixdkiora roh (fyikoLs SteStSou, 
 ypo9 Tovs rpoTTov^ iKdarov OKOw^y Kal otov fidkio-ra 
 opcorj tKacrroy Seofievou, 23. Kal Sera rw croi/xart 
 avTod^ TrefiTTOL ns 77 0)9 ct? TroXeaoz/ i} i? el? /caXXo;- 
 TTior/xoV, /cat nepl rovrcoy Xiyeiv avrov c^acrar on 
 TO fih iavTod (T^fia ovK Slp SuVatro tovtols Tvacn. 
 KOOTfuqd^vaL, <f>:\ov^ Se /caXw; KEKoo-fiyjfji^i^ov^ fxeyu- 
 (TTOP K6j-fiop dvSpl vo;ji[t,oi. 24. /cat to fih rd 
 fieydXa vlk^v tov^ (f>i\ov^ eu noLodura ovSh davfjia- 
 (TTou, eTTeihrj ye koX SvuaTcirepo^ ^v^ to he r^ 
 eVt/xeXetct irepiehai tcov ^iXcov koX toJ TrpoOvfielaffaL 
 XapiCeo-eaL, raOra efxotye fidWou So/cct ayacrra eti^at. 
 25. Kvpo^ yap enefxire /8[kov<; oliov T7/xtSe€t9 ttoX- 
 Xa/ct9 ^OTToVe ndpv -qSvi^ Xa/3ot, Xeycop otl ovttcj Sfj 
 
 TToXXod XP^^^^ TOVTOV T^hiOVL oluCx) eTTLTVXOL^ TOVTOV 
 
 ouv aol eTrefMxjjs /cat Serrat o-ov Trjfxepoy toZtov eKirielv 
 (Tvv oh fidXio-TCL (f)LXel<;. 26. 7roXXa/ct9 Se x^^a? 
 r^lxippa>T0v<; eirep^Tre /cat dpTOiv ^ifxiaea /cat dXXa 
 Totavra, eTTiXeyeiv KeXevcjv tov (j>epovTa, Toi5rot9 
 rio-erj Kvpo^' /SovXeTai ovv /cat ae tovtcju yev<Toa6aL. 
 27. oTTov 8e ;)(tXo9 (rndvLO^ ndvv eirj, avro; 8e 
 SvvaLTo TTapao-Kevdo-ao-daL Sta to ttoXXov^ e^eti/ 
 V7r7)p€Ta<; /cat Sta tyjv eTnp.iXeiav, SiaTre/xTrwi/ eKeXeve 
 Toh (f)LXovs ToU Ta eavT^y cro^/xara dyovdiv Ittttok; 
 ifi^dXXeiv TOVToy tov x^^o^, 0)9 /x^ 7r€Lv^vTe<; tov^ 
 iavTod <^tXoi;9 ayoxrtz/. 28 et Se Sr; TTore wopevoLTo 
 
 Book I.J 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 22^1. 
 
 273 
 
 /cat TrXetcrrot /xeXXotei^ oxjjecrOaL, irpocrKaXwv Toif9 
 <^lXov9 ecrTTotfoatoXoyetro, 0)9 Sr]XoLr) ov? rt/xa. (Scrre 
 eya> /xeV ye ef o)^ d/couw ovSeva Kptvo) vtto TrXeiovcov 
 7re(f)LX7]cr0aL ovTe 'EXXijvcjv ovTe ^ap/Sdpayv. 29. re/c- 
 IxTjpLov Sfc- rourou /cat rdSe. irapd fiev Kvpov SovXov 
 ovTo^ ouSet9 ttTr/et 7rpo9 /3ao-iXea, nXrjv ^Op6vTa<; 
 iiTex'^!'py](Te' /cat o5ro9 817 ov ^eTo TnaTov ol elvai 
 Taxv avTov iqvpe Kvpco <^iXTepov ff eauraJ- Trapa Se 
 ^a(rtXecy9 noXXol 7rpo9 Kupoi^ dirriXdov, eireihr] iroXe- 
 /JLLOL dXX77Xot9 iyevovTOj /cat ourot fievTOL ol /ictXtcrra 
 UTT auroi/ ayaTrcofxevoLf vop.itpvTe'^ napd Kvpo) ovTe^ 
 dyaffol a^LcoTepa^ av TLfJLrj<; Tvyxoii^^i'^ fj Trapd jSacriXel. 
 30. ^eya Se TeKjjLijpLov /cat ro iv Trj TeXevTjj tov 
 iSiov avT(Z yevofievov otl /cat avro9 ^v dya6o<; /cat 
 Kpiveiv 6p6(xi^ eSvvaTo rou9 ttlo'tov'^ /cat €woi;9 /cat 
 /Se/Saiov^. 31. diroOvyjo-KovTo^ yap avTov wavTe^ 
 OL nepL avTov ^LXol /cat cwTpdire^oL anedavov p-axo- 
 fxevoL virep Kijpov nXrjv 'Aptatov o5ro9 Se reray- 
 fievof; eTvyxoLV^v eTrt to/ evo}vvp,(t) tov lttttlkov ctpx^^* 
 a>9 TjcrOeTO Kvpov ireTTTCDKOTa, €(l}vyev e^wi' /cat to 
 (TTpaTevfia irdv ov 'qyelTo, 
 
 
 if 
 
 18 
 
 
274 
 
 XENOPHON S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 Book I.J 
 
 CHAPTER X. 1-8. 
 
 275 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 A.fter the head and right hand of Cyrus have Ijeen cut off (1), the king 
 falls upon liis camp and puts Ariaeus to flight. Everything is pil- 
 laged, excei>t where the few Greeks left on guard make a stout resist- 
 ance (2, 3). Learning of the king's movements, the Greeks return 
 from their pursuit; unwilling to meet them, the king collects his 
 men, wheels around to the left, and joins Tissaphernes, who had 
 borne down upon the Greek peltasts to his own discomfiture (4-8). 
 In order to escape being surrounded, the Greeks remain close to the 
 river ; the enemy move against them, but flee before the charge of 
 the Greeks (l)-ll). Their cavalry halt upon a hill; but upon the 
 approach of the Greeks they leave it, fl/eing at full speed (12-15). 
 Here the Greeks rest, wondering at the absence of Cyrus; they decide 
 to return to camp, only to find it plundered of everything ; and so 
 they spend the niglit there, supperless (lG-19). 
 
 1. 'Ei^raC^a St) Kvpov dnoTe/jLyeTai rj Ke(f)a\rj /cat 
 rj X^^P V Segia. ySacriXeu? §6 /cat ol crvv avTio Slcjkcov 
 ctcTTTtTrret et9 to Kvpeioi^ (TTpaTOTrehov /cat oi fjueu 
 fiera 'Aptatou ou/cert tcrra^'rat aXXa (f)evyovcrL Sta 
 Tov avT(jt)v arpaTOTTeSov €t9 tov araO/jLOv evOev 
 atpfi7)VT0' 2. TeTTape^ S' ikiyovTO napaadyyaL eXvai 
 T7y9 ooov. pacrtAef? oe /cat ol crvv avTco ra re aAAa 
 TToXXct hiapTTalpvcrLy Kil rrjv ^coKaiSa Tr)v Kvpov 
 TTaWaKiSa ttjv a'o^r]v /cat koKt^v keyofxevTfv eTvai 
 \a[il3dveL. 3. r) Se MtXr/crta ^v pecorepa t) Xrj(f)0eLcra 
 VTTO Tcov dfi(f)l ySacrtXea iKcj^evyei yvfivfj npo^ tcjv 
 *E\\t]vojp, ot erv^ov iv rot? (TKevo(f)6poL<; onXa €)(ovTe<; 
 /cat dvT 17 a)(6ivT€^ ttoXXous p.kv rdv dpTraCpvTCJV 
 
 direKT^Lvav, ot Se /cat avTcju diriOavov* ov ixtjv €(j>vy6v 
 ye, aXXa /cat ravT'qv eaojcrav /cat rdXXa owocra eVro? 
 avT(x)v /cat ^prfpLara /cat dvOpionoL iyevovTo irdvTa 
 €cr(0(jav, 4. ivravda hLea)(pv dWrfXoiv ySacrtXeu? 
 re /cat ot "EXXr^z^e? w? rpidKovra crrctSta, ot pikv 
 ^LcoKovres tou9 /ca^' avTOvs o)^ irdvia ^t/cw^re?, ot 
 8' dp7Td^ovTe<^ ct)9 yjSr) irdvTa viKOiVTe^. 5. iirei 
 8' rjcrdovTO ot fxeu *^EXXr^i/€9 ort ^acruXevs crvv tco 
 CTTparevfJiaTL iv rot? crKevo(j)6poL<^ clrjy ySacrtXeu? 8' av 
 TjKovcre TL(Tcracl)€pvov<; on ol ^KXXrjve^ vLKcoev to KaO* 
 avTOv^ /cat et? to irpocrOcv ol^ovTai SicoKovTe^, evda 
 Srj y8ao-tXeu9 jxev dOpoit^ei re tov^; eavTov /cat crvvTdT- 
 T€Tat, 6 8e KXeap^o? i/BovXeveTo Upo^evov /caXecra?, 
 TrXrjcTLaLTaTo^ ydp rjv, el TrefnTOLev rtra? fj iravTe^; 
 loiev enl to (TTpaToneSov dprj^ovTE^. 6. ev tovtco 
 /cat ySacrtXeu? 8yJXo<? rjv TTpocLajv irdXiv a>? eSo/cet 
 OTTLcrdev. KoX ol fxev "EXXrjve^; crTpa(f)evTe<s irape- 
 CTKevdlpvTo a>9 TavTj) irpocnovTO^ /cat Se^ofievoiy 6 
 € pao-iAeu? TavTT) fxev ovk iqyev, fj oe TraprjKUev egco 
 TOV evcjvv jxov KcpaTO^ TavTrj /cat dirriyeVy dvaXa/3a)v 
 /cat Tov<; iv Tjj p-d^^rj /cara TOv<i *^FXKiqva<; avTopioXrj- 
 aavTa<; /cat TL(T(Ta(f}epvr)v /cat tov<; crvv avT(p. 7. 6 ydp 
 TLacra(f)epvr)<; iv Trj wpcoTr] crvvoSo) ovk e<f)vyevj dXXd 
 SiTJXacre napd tov noTafiov /caret tov<; '^EXXi^^'a? TreXra- 
 (TTd^' hieXavvctiv 8e KaTeKave jxev ovSeva, SiacrTdvTe^ 
 o ol ' EXXi^i/e? enaiov /cat rjKOVTi^ov avTovq • 'ETTt- 
 aOevrj^ 8e 'A/xc^tTToXtrTy? VPX^ ^^^ neXTaaTcov /cat 
 iXeyeTO (f>p6vLiio<; yevecrdai. 8. 6 8' ovv Ticraa- 
 (f)ipvr]^ 0)9 pielov e)(a)v dTTrjXXdyrj, irdXiv pev ovk 
 
276 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 
 
 [Book I. 
 
 apaaTpecjieL, ct? oe to (TTparonehov ac^i/co/xerog to 
 TO}v EkXrjuojv CAcet (rvvTvy^dvei ySacrtXet, /cat oixov 
 Si) ttoXlv (TvvTa^d^evoL iiropevovTo. 9. iirei S' rjcrav 
 fcara to evdwyiov tcju 'EWyjucou K€pa<;, iSeicrav ol 
 
 EXXt^i/c? fXT) npocrdyotev tt/do? to K€pa^ kol irepiiTTV' 
 ^avT€^ apL<j)OT€poj9€v avToifS KaTaKOxjjetav • /cat eSd/c€t 
 auTot? aj^aTTTvcrcreti/ to /ceyoa? /cat TTOLTJcracrOaL ottl- 
 adev TOP TTOTafiou, 10. cV w 8e TavTa i^ovXevovTO, 
 KOL or) jSacTiXeix; 7rapaixeL\jjdfiepo<; €t9 to avTo a)(rjfxa 
 KaT€(TTr)G-^v avTiav Tr)v c^aXayya axrirep to irpcoToi/ 
 fJLa)(ovfjievo^ (Twrjet. ct»9 Se etSo^' ot "^EXXryi^e? eyyv? 
 Te oPTas /cat 7rapaT€Tay/xeVov9, a?^t9 naiavLcravTef; 
 iTrfjorau noXif eTt npodv/jLOTepov fj to irpocrdevr 
 U. ot 8' aS /3dp/3apoL ovk ihi)(0VT0^ dXXa €/c TrXeiovo^ 
 7) TO TTpocrdev e(f)€vyou • ot S' ineSccDKOP fJ-^XP^ Kcojxr)^ 
 Tti^o? • ivTavda S' €(TTr)(Tav ol *'EXX7)ve<;' 12. uttc/) 
 yap Tr)<; Katfxr)^ yTJXo(j>Of; r)v, e^' ov dvecrTpd(^r)G-av 
 ot d//,<^t ^ao'tXea, Tre^ot /Lt€f ou/ceVt, twi^ Se Imreoju 6 
 Xo(f)0^ ev^TrXrjcrdr), (ocTe to iroLovpievov fxr] yiyvo}- 
 CTKCLU, /cat TO ^acriXeLOj/ cr-qixelou opav €(f>a(Tav deTov 
 TLva ^pvaovv inl irdXTr) iirl ^vXov dvaTeTafxepov. 
 
 13. eVet Se /cat ivTavd^ e)((i}povv ol ''EXXr)ve<;, Xei- 
 
 TTOVCTL St) /cat TOP Xo^OV OL ImTei^ • ov jXTjV €TL 
 
 adpooL dXX' dXXot aXXo^et' • ixjjtXovTo 8* 6 X6(f)o<; 
 Tcov LTrTTecov ' TeXoq 8e /cat irdvTe^ drre^ ojyo 77 crai^. 
 
 14. 6 oui^ KX€'ap;^o9 ovk dve/Si^al^ev inl top X6(f)OP, 
 dXX' vtt' avTov aT7]aa<; to crTpdTev/xa Tre/xTret Av/ctoi^ 
 Toz^ ^vpaKocTLOv /Cat aXXoi^ eVt T6^' Xocfyov /cat /ceXeuet 
 /caTtSdi^Ta? Tct uTrep tov X6(})ov tl iaTiv aTrayyetXat. 
 
 Book I ] 
 
 CIIAPTKK X. !)-l!i. 
 
 277 
 
 15. /cat 6 Av/cto5 rjXaae t€ Kat t8a;^' aTrayyeXXet oTt 
 (t)evyov(TLi/ dvd KpdTo^. o-^eSoi^ 8' oVe TauTa 191/ 
 /cat T7Xto9 €8veTo. 16. ivTavOa 8' €(TTr)(Tav ol ''EX- 
 Kr)i/c<; /cat OefxepoL Ta oirXa dvenavoPTO • /cat a/uta 
 /x6i^ i0avfxa[,ov OTt ovSafxov Kvpo<; (f^alvoLTO ou8 ' 
 dXXo? 0,77' avTov ovSet? irapeir) • ov yct/a T^8ecraj/ 
 avTOP TedpiqKOTay aXX' eiKalpv f) SicoKOPTa oL)^€adai 
 f) KaTaX'r)y\f6ix.€v6v tl 7rpoeXr)XaKeuaL • 17. /cat avTot 
 i^ovXvjovTo el auToG p.eivavT€<; Tct crKevo(f)6pa evTavda 
 dyoiVTO f) diTLOLev inl to aTpaTonehop, eho^ev avTolq 
 aTTteVat • /cat d^t/ci/owTat d/x^t SopirrjaTOv eiri Ta^ 
 aKr)vd<;. 18. TauT?;? fJi€P Trj<; -qjxepa^; tovto to TeXo^ 
 iyepETo. KaTaXafx^dpovcTi 8e tcop T€ dXXojp ^pyy/xa- 
 TOiP' Tct TrXeTo-Ta Si-qpTracrfJiepa /cat €t Tt cfitlop f) 
 TTOTOP rjp, /cat Tct? d/xdfa? /xeo-Tct? dXevpwz^ /cat 
 oLPov, a? TTapecTKevdcraTO Kvpo<;, tVa €t ttotc a(f>oopd 
 TO aTpdTeviia Xd/3oL epSeia, SiaSoir) toI; EXXr)0'LP — 
 Tjcrap 8' auTat TeTpaKocTLai oj; iXeyoPTO a/xagat — /cat 
 TavTag TOTe ol aup ^acrtXet hnqirpau-ap. 19. cJo"T€ 
 d8€t7n^ot i^o^ai/ ot TrXetcrTot tS)p ^EXXiqpaiP * Xjcrap 8e 
 /cat dpdpiCTTOi ' TTplp yap 817 /caTaXSo^at to aTpa- 
 Tevfxa 7rpo<; dpiaTOP /3ao-iXev<; i(j)dpr). TavTiqp fxep 
 ovp TTjp pvKTa ovTO) SieyepoPTO, 
 
A LITERAL TRANSLATION OF CHAPTERS I.-III. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 1. (I.) Of-Darius and of-Parysatis are-born boys two, elder indeed 
 Artaxerxes, younger liowever Cyrus. (II.) When liowever was-sick 
 Darius and was-suspecliiigan-end of-tlie (of-)life, lie-was-wishing the-two 
 two.l)oys both to-be-present. 2. (III.) The on-lhe-one-hand in-truth elder 
 being-present was-l»appening ; Cyrus on-the-otlier-haud he-sends-after from 
 the government, of-vvhich him satrap he-made. (IV.) Also general and 
 him he-appointed of-all, as-many-as into Castolus's plain collect-themselves. 
 (V.) Gocs-up therefore the Cyrus taking Tissaphernes as a-frieiid, also of- 
 tiie Greeks a«d having heavy-armed-men he-went-up three-imndred, com- 
 mander and of-lhem Xenias a-Parrhasian. 3. (VI.) When however ended 
 Darius and sat-down into the kingdom Artaxerxes, Tissaphernes slanders 
 the Cyrus by (i.e. before) the brother, tiiat he-is-plotting-against him. 
 (VII.)' The (=he) however is-})ersuaded and arrests Cyrus as about-to-kill ; 
 the however mother begging-off him sends-otf again to the government. 
 4. (VIII.) The(=hp) however as [= when] was-gone-away, after-ineurring- 
 danger, and after-being-dishonored, plans, in-order-that never again he-shall- 
 be-in-the-power-of the brother, but, if he-may-be-able, sliall-rulc instead-of 
 that-one. (IX.) Parysatis on-the-one-hand indeed the mother was-aiding 
 the Cyrus, loving him rather than the reigning Artaxerxes. 5. Wliocver 
 however might-arrive of-the from-beside king unto liim, all so disposing hc- 
 was-sending-away, so-as to-liim rather friends to-be than to-king. (XI.) 
 also of-the by-the-side-of himself and barbarians he-was-laking-care, that to- 
 fight both able they-might-l)e and in-a-friendly-way they-nnght-have-[them- 
 selves] to-him. 6." The however Greek force hc-was-collecting, as-much- 
 as he-could, hiding-for-himself, in-order-that as-unpropared-as-possihle hc- 
 might-take king. (XII.) As-follows therefore he-was-making-for-himsclf 
 th3^1evy. As-many -soever he-had guards in the cities he-announced to-tlie 
 captains-of-tho-guard each to-take m?n Pcloponnesian as-many as-possible 
 
 
280 
 
 INDL'CXrVK r.KEKK MKTHOI). 
 
 LITERAL TKANSLATIOX 
 
 281 
 
 and as-gooJ as-possible, ns ploltiiig Ti^saplienics-agaiust tlic cii ies. Aiid-lor 
 were the Ionian cities of-Tissaphernes, the-ancient (= formerly) from kiug 
 having-been-ivei), then however they-had-revolted unto Cvius all except 
 Miletus; 7. (XIU.) iu Miletus however Ti^sa],henics perceiving-jn-ad- 
 vauce those same [tilings] [thdni] devising-lor-themselves, to-revolt unto 
 Cyrus, the (^sonu) indeed he-killed-off, the (mothers) however he-cast-out 
 The however Cyrus, takiug up tlu IKving [ones], arier-collecting an-armv 
 was-bcsiegmg Miletus both by land and by sea and Mas-endeavoring to 
 K^•ld-down [=back] the having-falhni-out (= fugitives.) (XIV.) And ''this 
 again another pretext was to-him of-lhe to-collect an-arn.v. 8. Unto how- 
 ever king sending, he-was-denianding, brother being of-him, lo-bc-^iven to- 
 hi.nself those the cities rather than Tissujihenies t(»-br-conin.ander°of-then. 
 and the moth, rcc operated with-hini these [things]; so that king the on- 
 the-one-hand against himself conspiracy not was-perceiving. (XV) WilJi- 
 Tissaphernes however lie-was-thinking him warring, about°the arn.ies to-bc- 
 wasting-money ; so-that in-no-wise was-he-angry, them warring. And for 
 the Cyrus was-seudmg-off the becoming (/. e. incoming) icvcnues to-king 
 from the cities, of-which {i. e, which) ol-Tissaphernes he-was-hajipening 
 havjng. 9. Another however army for-him was-being-collected in Chers/i^ 
 nesus, the down opp.,site Abydus, this the way. Clearchus was a-Lacedae- 
 monian fugiiive; (XVI ) wilh-him after-associating, (tli.) Cvrus both ad- 
 mired him and gives to-him ten-thousand darics. The (= he) however after- 
 tjikiug the money, an-arn.y collected from those the means, and was-warrin- 
 from Chersonesus setting-out, with-the Thracians, the above [the] Helle!^' 
 pont living, and he-was-aiding the Greeks; so-that also means they-were- 
 contributing for-him i.ito the support of-ihe soldiers, the Ilellespontine 
 cities, willing. (XVIL) This and again, thus being-supported, was-escapin- 
 iiotice tor-him the army. 10. And Aristippus the Thessalian Mas-happen- 
 ing being a-guest-frieP'i to-him, and being-hard-pressed under (= bv) the at- 
 home opponents he-comes to Cyrus and asks him inlo(= about) two^ihousand 
 mercenaries and pav of-lhree months, as thus being-sui)erior possibly of-the 
 opponents. (XVIIJ.) But Cyrus gives to-him about foui-tl.onsand and 
 pay of SIX months and demands of-him not sooner to-becon.e-rcconciled 
 unto the opponents before he-may-deliberate-together with-him. And 
 thus the army in Thessaly was-esca ping-not ice being-supported for-him. 
 11. (XIX.) Proxenus however the Boeotian, a-guest-frieud being, he ordered 
 taking men as-many as-possible, fo-become-at-[his]-side, as wishing to-marcli 
 into (= against) the Pisidians, as the Pisidians [were] furnishing affairs 
 (= trouble) to-the of-himself country. And Sopbaenetus the Stymphalian 
 
 I 
 
 and Socrates the Achaean, these also [being] gue»t-friends, he ordered to- 
 come, taking men as-many as-possible, as being-about-to-war-with Tissa- 
 phenies together-with the fugitives, the of-[the] Milcsiaus. And wcre-doiug 
 thus those. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 1. (XXI.) "V\'hcn however it-was-seeming-best to-liim now to-advance 
 upward, the oi\-the-one-hand pretext he-was-making as wishing to-drive- 
 out Pisidians wholly from t!ie country; and he-collects as against-these 
 both the barbaric and the deck farinyl. There also announces both to- 
 the Clearchus taking to-come hou'-great was to-him au-arnjy, and to-the 
 Aristippus, reconciled unto the [opponents] at-home, to-send-away unto 
 himself what lie-had army ; and to-Xenias, the Arcadian, who for-him had- 
 charge of-the in-thc-citics meicenary [army] to-come he-announces, having- 
 taxrd tha others except howsoever-many sufficient wcrvj the citadels to- 
 guard. 2. (XXII.) lie-called and also the Miletus besieging, and the 
 fugitive's he-ordered Mith him to-take-t he-field, j)romising to-lhem if well 
 he-might-have-aceomplished [ihose things] upon which (=for the purpose 
 of which) he-was-marching, not previously to desist until he might-lead- 
 down (= back) them homcM'ard. The however gladly were-objying ; they- 
 trusted for to-him ; and taking the arms they were-present into Sardis. 
 3. Xenias ou-the-one-hand in-truth the from the cit ies heavy-armod-men to 
 (= about) four-thousand taking became-present into Surdis, Proxenus on- 
 the-othcr-hund was-present having heavy-armed-meu indeed about five-hun- 
 dred and one-thousand, light-armed-men however five-hundred, Sopbae- 
 netus however the Stymphalian having lieavy-armed-men one-thousand, 
 Socrates however the Achaean, heavy-armed-men having about five-hun- 
 dred, Pasion however the Megarean, three-hundred indeed heavy-armed- 
 men indeed three-hundred however targeteers having arrived ; was how- 
 ever both that [one] and the Socrates of-the about Miletus being in the 
 field. 4. (XXIII.) Those indeed into Sardis for him arrived. Tissaphernes 
 however, after- watching those-things, and after-concluding greater to be 
 than as-if against the Pisidians the preparation, proceeds to king, by-what 
 [way] he was-able most-quiekly, horsemen having about five-lmndred. 
 5. And king on-ihe-one-Iiand indeed, when he-heard of-Tissaphernes the 
 Cyrus's military-{)reparation, prepared-in-turn. 
 
 6. (XXIV.) Cyinis but having whom I-have-inentioned set-forth from 
 Sardis ; and he-niai-ciies through the Lydia days'-journeys three, parasangs 
 
282 
 
 INDlCTIVi: GREEK METHOD. 
 
 twenty and two to tin; Maeander river. Ol-lliis the width two pletlira; a- 
 bridge however wai^-npou liaving-been-joiiied by-meaiis-of-boats. 6. This 
 after-crossing, lie-:nuiclies through Plirygia day's-journey one parasangs 
 eiglit into Cobssae, city (well-) inhabited, prosperous and hirge. There he- 
 waited days seven; and came Menou the Thessalian, ho|)l.tes liaving one- 
 thousand and j)eltasls five-huiidred, Dolopians and Aenianiaiis and Olvn- 
 thians. 7. Thence iie-inarchcs days'-journeys three para.sangs twenty into 
 Celaeuae, of-the Phrygiu city inliabited, largo and prosperous. Tiiere to- 
 Cyrus royal-abodes was and park large, of-wild animals full, wliich that-one 
 used-to-hunt from horse, wlienever to-exercise he-miglit-wish liimself nol- 
 ouly but-:ilso the horses. Through middle liowever of-Mie park flows the 
 Maeander river; the and sources of-it are forth-from the royal-abodes; it- 
 flows and also tlirough tho Celaenae city. 8. (XXV.) There-is and also of- 
 great king royal-abodes in Celaeuae fortilied upon the sources of-ihe Mar- 
 syas river beneath the acropolis ; flows and also this through the city and 
 empties into the Maeander; of-the and Marsyas the width is of twenty and 
 five feet. There is-said Apollo to-have-Ihived [it is said that Apollo flayed] 
 Marsyas after-conquering [him] contending wit h-himself concerning [u)usi- 
 cal-] wisdom, and the skin to-have-liung-up [and that he hung up] in the 
 cave wiiencc the sources; through and this [fact] tlie river is-called Mar- 
 syas. 9. There Xer.\es, when forth-from the Greece after-boing-defeated 
 by-tlie battle he- was- retreating, is-said to-have-built [it is said that lie built] 
 these both (ihe) royal-abodes and the of-Celaenae citadel. There waited 
 Cyrus days tiiirty; and came Clearchus the Spartan fugitive having hoj)- 
 lites on(M.h()usand and peltasts Thracians ciglit-hundred and bowmen Cretan 
 two-hundred. At-the-same-time and also Sosis was-|)resent the Svracusan 
 Ijaving hoplites three-hundred and So))haenetus the Arcadian having hop- 
 lites one-thousand. And there Cyrus review and enumeration of the Greeks 
 made in tlie ))ark and became the all-togetljer liopbtes indeed ten-thousand 
 and one-thousand, {)eitasts however about the two-thousand. 10, (XXVI.) 
 Thence he-marches days'-journeys two, parasangs ten, into Peltae, a-city 
 inhabited. There he-remained days three ; ni wliieh Xenias tlie Arcadian 
 tlie Lycaean sacrificed and contest placed ; the and prizes were flesh-combs 
 golden ; viewed and the contest also Cyrus. Thence he-marches days'- 
 journeys two, parasangs twelve, to Ceramon market, city inhabited, re- 
 motest at the Mysian country. 11. Thence he-marches days'-journeys 
 three, parasangs thirty, into Cayster's plain, city inhabited. There he-re- 
 mained days five; and to-the soldiers was-owed pay more than of-thrce- 
 months, and frequently going to the gates they-were-demanding [it] from 
 
 LITERAL TRANSLATION 
 
 283 
 
 h 
 
 
 [him]. But tlie, promises speaking, was-putting-ofi' and evident was being- 
 troubled ; not for was-it according-to the of-Cyrus manner, having, not to- 
 give-back. 12. There arrives Epvaxa, tlic of-Syenuesis wife, the Cilicians' 
 king to-the-side-of Cyrus; and she-was-said to-have-given [it was said that 
 she gave] to-Cyrus means much. To-the and accordingly army then gave 
 Cyrus pay of-four months. Had and the Ciliciaii a-guard around herself, 
 Cilicians and Aspendians ; it-was-said however to-have-had-intercourse 
 Cyrus [that C. had, etc.] with-the Cilician. 13. Tlience he-marches days'- 
 journeys two, parasangs ten, into Tliyml)rium, city inhabited. There was 
 beside the road spring, the of-Miilas called, the Phrygians' king, upon 
 whieli is-said Midas to-have-eauglit [it is said that M. caught] the Satyr, 
 with-wine by-mixing it. 14. Thence he-marches days'-journeys two, pam- 
 sangs ten, iiito Tyriaeum, city inhabited. There he-remained days three. 
 And is-said to-have-rcquested the-Cilieian of-Cyrus [it is said that ... re- 
 quested Cyrus] to-show the army to-lierself ; wisiiing accordingly to-show, 
 review he- makes in the plain of-the Greeks and of-the barbarians. 
 15. (XXVIL) He-ordered and the Greeks, as custom to-them into battle, 
 so to-be-drawn- up and to-stand, to-marshal and, each-one, the of-himself. 
 They-werc-drawn-up accordingly in fours ; liad and the on-the-one-hand 
 right Menon and the with him, the left but Clearchus and the of-that-one, 
 tlie but middle the other generals. 16. Was-viewing accordingly Cyrus 
 first indeed the l)arbarians ; the (=lhey) but wcre-marching-hy having-been- 
 drawn-up according-ro squads and according to regiments; thereupon but 
 the Greeks, riding-along upon chariot and the Cilician upon (= in) carriage. 
 They-had and, all, helmets brazen and tunics purple and greaves and the 
 shields having-bcen-uncovered. 17. (XXVI 11.) When-indeed but all he 
 rode-beside (= along), after-stationing the chariot l)efore the phalanx middle, 
 sending Pigres the interpreter to-the-side-of the generals of-1 he Greeks he- 
 ordered to-present the arms and to-advance entire the phalanx. They but 
 said-in-front these orders to-the soldiers; and when the-trumpet-had- 
 sounded, after-presenting the arms, they-advanced. From but this, more- 
 quickly advancing with shout, from the spontaneous running became to-the 
 soldiers to the tents. 18. Of-the and barbarians fear much, and the both 
 Cilician fled upon her carriage and the from (/. e. in) tlie market leaving- 
 behind their wares fled. The but Greeks with laugh unto their tents went. 
 The and Cilician, seeing the splendor and the order of-the army wondered. 
 Cyrus but was-pleased, the from the Greeks into the barbarians fear behold- 
 ing. 19. Thence he-marches days'-journeys three, parasangs twenty, into 
 Iconium, of the Phrygia city remote. There hc-rcmained three days. 
 
284 
 
 INDl'CTIVK GUEKK .MKTHOD. 
 
 Tlieucc he-iunreht;s tlirougli tlic Lvcaoiiia davs'-jounievs live, [)arabaiigs 
 thirty. This tlie country lie-tunied-over t()-j)lunder to-the Greeks, as hos- 
 tile being. 20. Thence Cyrus ihe Ciliciau into tiie Ciiieia sends-away the 
 quickest way; and hc-sent-wiih her the soldiers whom Meuou had and 
 him. Cyrus but with the others marches through Cappadocia days'-jour- 
 neys four, parasangs five and twenty, into Thoana, city iuhabited, large and 
 prosperous. Tiiere he-remained days three; in which Cyrus slew man 
 Persian, Megaphernes, u-wearer-ol-tlie-purple royal, and another certain 
 ot-tl)e subordiiuitcs chief-officer, accusing to-bc-conspiiing-against him. 
 21. (XXIX) Thencj he-was-af templing to-throw-into nito the Cilicia ; the 
 but entrance was road I'or-w.igons steep mightily and impossible to-enter for- 
 au-army, if any-one wa^-preventing. Was-said however also Syennesis to-be 
 upon the heights guarding the entrance; wherefore they-waited a-day in 
 the plain. On-the but following came messenger saying that having-left 
 was Syennesis the heights, when lie-knew that the of-Menon arn.v already 
 ni Cilieia was wilhin the i\iountains, and because trireuies hc-Mas-heariii"' 
 saihug-around from Ionia into Cilieia Tamos having, the of- Lacedaemonians 
 and of himself, Cyrus. 22. Cyrus aiul accordingly went-up upon the 
 mountains, nobody preventii.g, and h.-saw the tents where the Cilieians 
 were-guarding. Thence and he-went-down into plain large and beautiful, 
 [well-]\vatered, and of-treesof-all-kinds full and of-vines; much and also ses- 
 ame and millet and panic and wheat and barley it-bears. A-mountain how- 
 ever it surrounds, steep and high on-all-sides from sea to sea. 23. After- 
 descending and through this i)laiu he marched davs'-journevs four, 
 parasangs five and twenty, to Tarsi, of-the Cilicia city large and prosperous. 
 There was the of-Syennesis royal-abodes, the Cilieians' king; through 
 middle and of-the city flows a-rivcr Cydnus by-name width of-two jjlethra. 
 24. This the city abandoned the inhabiting, with Syennesis into fortress 
 steep upon the mountains, except the the shoj)s having; remained and also 
 the along-tiie-side-of the sea living in Soli and in Issi. 25. (XXXI.) Epy- 
 axa but the of-Syeniiesis wife earlier than-Cyrus by-five days into Tarsi 
 arrived ; in however the crossing of-the mountains, the into the i)lain two 
 companies of-tho of-Meuou army were-destroyed ; the on-the-one-hand 
 wero-snying while-plundering something to-have-been-cut-dovvn [that thry 
 while . . . were cut down] by the Cilieians, the on-the-other-hand after- 
 being-abandoned and not being-able to-find the other (= the rest of the) army 
 nor the roads, then, wandering-about, to-have-perished [that they were 
 abandoned and . . . that they perished] ; and they-were however-it-may-be 
 these one-hundred hoplites. «6. The but others when they-came, tlie both 
 
 LITERAL TRANSLATION. 
 
 285 
 
 
 city, the Tarsus, they-plundered, on-account-of the loss of-the fellow- 
 soldiers being-angered, and the royal-abodes the in it. Cyrus however 
 when marehed-into into the citv, was-sending-after the Svenuesis unto him- 
 self; but he neither before for-nobody yet stronger thau-himself into hands 
 to-come said \_i. e. that he had come, etc.] nor then for-Cyrus to-come was- 
 he-willing before the wife him persuaded and j)Iedgcs he-received. 
 27. After but these, when thev-were-eome together witii-one-another, Sven- 
 nesis indeed gave to-Cyrus means much into the army, Cyrus and to-him gifts 
 which is-[=are]-t bought by king (/. e. at court) honorable, horse golden- 
 bridled and necklace golden and bracelets and dagger golden and gown 
 Persian and the country no-longer to-be-ravaged ; the and having-been- 
 plundered slaves, if anywhere they-may-happen-in [with them], to-receive- 
 back. 
 
 CHAPTER IIL 
 
 1. (XXXII.) There remained Cyrus and the army days twenty ; the 
 for soldiers not said to-go of-the forward ; were-suspecting for now against 
 king to-go ; to-be-hired however not upon that they-said. First however 
 Clearchus the of-himself soldiers was-compelling to-go ; the however him 
 both were-hitting and the pack-animals, the of-that-one, when he-might- 
 begin to-go-forvvard. 2. Clearchus however then indeed little escaped not 
 to-be-stoned-to-death, later however when he-knew that not hc-will-be-able 
 to compel, he-led-together assembly of-the of-himself soldiers. And fii-st 
 indeed he wept much time standing; the however, looking, wondered 
 and were-silent ; thereupon however he-said such (things). 3. Men sol- 
 diers, (do) not wonder that hardly I-bear beeause-of-tlie present affairs. 
 To-me for guest-friend Cyrus became and me fleeing from the fatherland 
 the both other (-things) he-honored and ten-thousand he-gave darics ; which 
 I taking not into the private deposited for-me, nor wasted-in-luxury, but 
 into (=for) you I-was-expendiug. 4. (XXXIII.) And first indeed against 
 the Tliracians 1-warred, and iu-behalf-of the Greece, I-was-punisliing with 
 you, from the Chersouesus them driving-out wi.sliing to-fake-away-for- 
 themselves the inhabiting Greeks the land. When-indeed however Cyrus 
 called, taking you I-proeecded, in-order-that, if anything he-might-need, 
 1-might-aid hiiu in-return-for what well I-suflered by that-one. 5. When 
 however you (do) not wish to-proceed-together, necessity indeed for-me 
 either, you betraying, the of-Cyrus friendship to-use, or, toward that-one 
 br^ing deceitful, with you to-be. If on-the-one-hand indeed just-things 
 
286 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 I-sliall-do not I-kiiow, I-shuU-preier however, be-tliat-as-it-may, you, and 
 with you, whatever niuy-be-uecessary I -s hall-suffer. Aud never shall-say 
 nobody that I, Greeks leading to the barbarians, betraying the Greeks, 
 the ol-lhe barbarians iViendship preferred. 6. (XXX IV.) But when you 
 to-me (do) not wish to-obey, I with you will follow and, whatever inay-be- 
 necessary, I shall suffer. 1-lhink, tor, you to-uie to-be both fatherland 
 and friends and allies, and with you on-t he-one-hand would (ay) I-think be 
 honored, wlierever l-niay-be, of-you however deprived being, not able I 
 think would (I) be neither (nu) friend t(Kiid neither (av) enemy to-ward-off. 
 As me therefore goini? (gen. abs.) wherever may also you, so the opinion 
 have. 7. Tliese he-said; the however soldiers, tlie both of-hiniself that- 
 one and the others, these hearing, that not he -said to-: he-side-of king 
 to-procced, applauded ; fro m-t he-side-of however Xenias and Pasion more 
 than two-thousand, taking the arms and the baggage encanipc^d to-the-side- 
 of Clearchus. 8. Cyrus however by-tliese being-perj)lexed both and 
 being-distressed, was-sending-after Clearehns ; the (= he) however to-go 
 on-the-onc-hand not was-williiig, secretly however of-the soldiers sending 
 to-him messenger hc-was-saying to-be-of-checr as bcing-about-to-settle (gen. 
 abs.) these into the needing. To-send-aftcr however he-bade him. lle- 
 himself however not said to-go. 9. (XXXV.) After however these, col- 
 lecting the both o.'-himself soldiers and the coming-to to-him and of-the 
 others the wishing, he spoke such. Men soldiers, the on-the-one-haud 
 indeed of-Cyrus, evident that, thus have toward us just-as the our toward 
 that-one; neither for wc of-that-one still soldiers, when at-least not we- 
 follow-toget her him, nor that-one still to-us paymaster. That moreover 
 to-be-wronged he-thinks by us I-know. 10. So-that even he sending-after 
 (^eiu abs.) not l-am-williug to-gj, the on-thc-one-hand greatest, bein 
 ashamed because I-;un-conseious to-myself all (tilings) having-deeeived him, 
 then also fearing lest, taking me, justice he-lay-upoii on-aecount-of-what 
 he-thinks by-me to-Iiave-been-w rouged. 11. To-me accordingly seems not 
 season to-be for-us to-slecf) nor t()-be-neglig<Mit of-ourselves, but to-delib- 
 erate whatever it-is-necessary to-do out-of these. And while both we- 
 remain here, to-be-considered to-me it-seems to-be how most-safelv we-shall- 
 remain, if and now it-seems-best to-go-away, how most-safely we-shall-go- 
 away, and how the necessary we-shall-liave ; without for these neither 
 of-a-general nor of-a-private use no. 12. (XXXVl.) The however man 
 of-much indeed a-worthy friend, to-whom a-friend he-may-be, most-hard 
 liowever enemy, to-whom hostile he-may-be ; he-has however a-force both 
 infantry and cavalry and naval which (we) all erpially see both and under 
 
 cr 
 
 O 
 
 LITERAL TRANSLATION. 
 
 287 
 
 stand; aud for not-at-all far do-we-secm to-me from-him to-sit. So-tliat 
 season to-say whatever any-one knows best to-be. These saying, he ceased. 
 13. Out-of however this, were-rising the on-the-one-liand out-of the spon- 
 taneous, al)ou -to-say what they-knew, the on-the-oth(i-!iand also by that 
 (-one) instructed, showing of-what-nature was the difficulty, without the 
 of-Cyrus knowledge, both to-remaiu and to-go-away. 14. One however 
 indeed said, ])retending to-hasten as-quickly as-possible to proceed into the 
 Greece generals on-thc-one-hand to-ehoose, others, as-quickly as-possible, if 
 Clearchus (does) not wish to-lead-away. The however necessaries to-buy 
 — the however market was in the barbarian army — and to-pack-up ; going 
 however Cyrus to-ask boats, that they-might-sail-away ; if however (he- 
 shall) not give these, a leader to-ask Cyrus, whoever through friendly the 
 country shall-lead-away. If however not-even n-leader he-shall-give, to- 
 form-in-line the quickest [way], to-send however also about-to-seize-in- 
 advance the heights, in-order-that not shall-antieipate neithor Cyrus neither 
 the Cilicians seizing, of-whom many and much j)roperty we-have having- 
 plundercd. This-one indeed such said; alter however him Clearchus said 
 so-much. 15. (XXXVIL) That on-the-one-liand aboni-to-c )mmand me 
 this the militarv-plan (let) no-one of-you say; many, for, I-se(-:n through 
 which b\-me this not must-be-done ; that on-the-otlier-hand to-the man, 
 whom ye-ma)^ -choose, I-shall-jbey in-what [way] possible most, in-order-that 
 vou-mav-know that also to-be-ruled 1-nnderstand as anv-one even else 
 assuredly of-meu. 16. After him another stood-up, showing on-the-one- 
 hand the folly of-the the boats to-ask ordering, just-as back the exi)cdition 
 Cyrus making (gen. abs.) ; showing on-the-othei-Iiand that foolish it-was 
 a-leader to-ask from-beside this-one for-whom we-harni the business. If 
 however even to-the leader we-shall-trust, whom Cyrus may-give, what 
 prevents also the heights for-us to-order Cyrus to-seize-in-advance ? 17. I, 
 for, should-hesitate on-the-one-hand into the boats to-embark, which to-us 
 he-might-give, lest us witii-themselves the triremes he-sink, I-should-fear 
 on-the-other-hand the leader, whom he-might-give, to-follow, lest us he-lead 
 whence not it-will-be-possible to-come-out ; I-shou Id-wish however, unwil- 
 ling, going-away, Cyrus (gcw. abs.) to-elude him gone-away ; which not 
 possible is. But I say these on-the-one-hand follies to-be. 18. (XXXVIII.) 
 It-seems-best however to-me men, gone to Cyrus, whoever suitable, with 
 Clearchus to-ask that-one what [use] he-wishes us to-usc; and if on-the- 
 one-haud t he-business be similar to-just-what also formerly he-used the 
 mercenaries, to-follow also us and not worse to-be than-tho formerly him 
 gone-up-wilh. 19. If however greater the business thun-the former ap- 
 
 I 
 
288 
 
 INDUCTIVE GKEEK iMETHOD. 
 
 pear and more-laborious and niore-daugerous, to-claim-as-a-right either 
 persuading us to-lead or, beiug-persuaded, toward friendship to-scnd-away ; 
 thus, for, both following, friends to-hiin and zealous we-would-follow and,' 
 going-away, safely we-would-go-away ; whatever however at these-[lliings] 
 he-niay-say to-report hither ; us however, hearing, at these-[things] °to- 
 dehberate. 20. 8cemed-best these, and men choosiug with Clearchus thej- 
 send who ask Cyrus the seeming-best to-the army. The however replied 
 that he-heard Abrocomas, hostile man, upon the Euphrates river to-be, 
 beingHlistant twelve days'-journey ; to-him accordingly he-said to-wish to^ 
 go ; aiid-if on-theH)ne-hand he-be there, the justice he-said to-desire to-lay- 
 upon him, if on-the-othei-haiid he-fled, we there at these shall-dcliberate. 
 21. Hearing however these, the chosen report to-the soldiers ; to-tlie how- 
 ever suspicion indeed was that he-was-leading against king, vet however 
 it-seemed-best to-follow. They-ask in-addition however pay ; the however 
 Cyrus promises a-half-obol-more toall to-be-about-to-give Ihan-what before 
 they-bore, instead-of a-darie three half-darics of-the month to-the soldier; 
 that however against king he-was-leading not-even there heard nobody ia 
 at-least the evident 
 
 A FREE TRANSLATION OF CHAPTERS I., 11. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 1. Of Darius and Parysatis are bom two sons ; the elder, Artaxcrxes ; 
 the younger, Cyrus. But when Darius was sick and suspected the end of 
 his life to be near, he wished both of his sons to be present. 2. Now the 
 elder happened to be present ; but Cyrus is summoned from the province 
 of which he had made him satrap, as he had appointed him general also of 
 all who assemble in the plain of Castolus. So Cyrus goes up, taking 
 Tissaphernes as a friend ; and having also three hundred hoplites of the 
 Greeks and Xenias the Panhasian as their commander. 3. But when 
 Darius died and Artaxerxes was established on the throne, Tissaphernes 
 accuses Cyrus to his brother, charging that he was plotting against him. 
 And the king believes him and arrests Cyrus, with the purpose of putting 
 him to death ; but his mother begs Cyrus off and sends him back again to 
 his province. 4. But as he went back, after incurring danger and disgrace, 
 he y)lans that he may never again be in the power of his brother, but rule 
 as king in his stead, if he shall be able. Now both the mother, Parysatis, 
 was assisting Cyrus, since she loved him more than the reigning Arta- 
 xerxes, 5. And if any one came to him from the king, Cyrus used to 
 send them baek, so disposed that they were more friendly to him than to 
 the king. And he saw to the barbarians about him, that they might be 
 both able to fight and friendly to him. 6. Ilis Greek foree he collected, 
 hiding it as much as possible, in order that he might take the king thor- 
 oughly unprepared. He made his collection as follows. He ordered the 
 captains of all the garrisons which he had in the cities to procure men of 
 Peloponnesus, as many and as good as possible, declaring that Tissaphernes 
 was conspiring against his cities. For the Ionian cities had formerly beeu 
 given by the king to Tissaphernes, but at this time had all revolted to Cy- 
 rus, except Miletus. 7. And Tissaphernes perceiving that in Miletus they 
 were deliberating upon similar measures, namely, to revolt to Cyrus, slew 
 
 19 
 
290 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 some aud banished others. But Cyrus, taking the fugitives under his 
 protection and coUocting an army, besieged Miletus by land and sea and 
 endeavored to restore iheni. And this was a second pretext he had for 
 collecting an army. 8. And sending to the king, he kept urging that, 
 because he was a brother of his, those cities should be given to himself 
 rather than be in the province of Tissaphernes, and his mother was co- 
 operating with him in this; so that the king did not detect the conspiracy 
 against himself, but he thought that by warring with Tissaphernes, he was 
 squandering his means upon his armies ; so that he felt no anger at their 
 beiug at war. For Cyrus continually sent in the incoming revenues to the 
 king from the cities which belonged to Tissaphernes, but happened to be 
 in his possession. 9. But another army was collected for him in the 
 Chersonesus which lies directly opposite Abydus, in the following manner. 
 Clearchus was an exile from Sparta ; Cyrus came to know him and ad- 
 mired him, and gave him ten thousand darics. And he took the money and 
 raised an army with these means, and sallying forth from the Chersonesus, 
 carried on war with those Thracians who lived beyond the Hellespont, and 
 continually aided the Greeks ; so that the cities of the Hellespont volun- 
 tarily contributed means for him for the support of his soldiers. And this 
 army also was thus supported for him in secret. 10. And Aristippus the 
 Thessalian happened to be a guest-friend of his, and, hard pressed by his 
 adversaries at home, he comes to Cyrus and asks him for two thousand 
 darics and three months' pay, believing that thus he would get the belter 
 of his adversaries. But Cyrus gives him about four thousand darics and 
 six months' pay, and begs him not to conclude with his adversaries before 
 he shall have consulted him. And thus again the army in Thessaly was 
 supported for him in secret. 11. But Proxenus the Boeotian, a guest- 
 friend of his, he bade to take as many men as possible and come to him, 
 stating that he desired to march against the Pisidians, on the ground that 
 the Pisidians were giving his country trouble. And Sophaenetus the 
 Stymphalian and Socrates the Achaean — they too being friends — he bade 
 to take as many men as possible and come to him, saying that he was 
 about to fight Tissaphernes with the aid of the exiles from Miletus. And 
 so they did. 
 
 FREE TRAXSLATIOX. 
 
 291 
 
 CHAPTER 11. 
 
 1. But when at length it seemed to him good to go inland, he made as 
 his pretext a desire to banish the Pisidians wholly from their country; 
 and he collects ostensibly against these both his barbarian and Greek 
 forces. He also sends word to Clearchus to take whatever army he had 
 and to come there, and to Aristippus to make peace with his opponents at 
 home and to send liim the army which he had ; and to Xenias the Arcadian, 
 who had charge of the mercenary force in the cities, he sends word to come, 
 taking all his men, excepting as many as were necessary to guard the cit- 
 adels. 2. He called those also who were besieging Miletus, and urged the 
 fugitives to take the field with him, promising them that, if he should 
 successfully accomplish the objects for which he was taking the field, he 
 would not rest until he should restore them to their homes. And they 
 cheerfully obeyed, for they trusted him, and took their arms and came to 
 Sardis. 3. So now both Xenias came to Sardis, with the garrison of the 
 cities, — about four thousand hoplites, — and Proxenus came with about 
 fifteen hundred hoplites and five hundred light-armed soldiers, and Sophae- 
 netus the Stymphalian with one thousand hoplites, and Socrates the Achaean 
 with about five hundred hophtes, and Pasion the xMegarian came with three 
 hundred hoplites and three hundred targeteers; both Pasion and Socrates 
 were among those in the field before Miletus. 4. These came to him at 
 Sardis ; but Tissaphernes, seeing these movements and thinking the pre- 
 paration to be too great to be directed against the Pisidians, proceeds as 
 rapidly as possible to the king with about five hundred horsemen. 5. And 
 the king, in truth, when he heard from Tissaphernes of the equipment of 
 Cyrus, made preparations against him. 
 
 But Cyrus, with the forces which I have mentioned, sets out from Sardis, 
 and marches through Lydia, three days' journey, twenty-two parasangs, to 
 the river Maeander; the width of this was two plethra, and there was a 
 bridge over it, made of boats. 6. This he crosses and marches one dav's 
 journey, eight parasangs, through Phrygia to Colossae, — a populous city, 
 prosperous and large. There he remained seven days, and Menou the 
 
 Thessalian arrived with a thousand hoplites and five hundred targeteers, 
 
 Dolopians, Aenianians, and Olynthians. 7. Thence he marches a three 
 days' journey, twenty parasangs, to Celaenae, a populous city of Phrygia, 
 large and prosperous. Cyrus had a royal palace there, and a park full of 
 
292 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 wild animals, which he used to hunt on horseback whenever he desired to 
 exercise himself and his horses. Through the ujiddle of the park flows the 
 Maeaiider river, and its sources rise uuder the palace; it flows through tlie 
 ciiy Celaenae. 8. The great king also has a strongly built palace in Ce- 
 laeuae, over the sources of the river Marsyas, at the foot of the citadel ; 
 this river also flows through the city and einplies into the Maeander ; the 
 width of the Marsyas is twenty -live feet. It is said that here Apollo 
 conquered Marsyas, who contended with him in musical skill, and flayed 
 him and hung his skin in the cave from which the sources issue; and for 
 this reason the river is called Marsyas. 9. It is said that Xerxes, when 
 he was returning from Greece after his defeat in the famous battle, built 
 that palace there, and the citadel of Celaenae. There Cyrus remained 
 thirty days; and Clearchus the Lacedaemonian exile arrived with a thou- 
 sand hoplites, eight hundred Tliracian peltasts, and two hundred Cretan 
 bowmen. And at the same time Sosis tlie Syracusan came with three 
 hundred hoplites, and Sophaenetus the Arcadian with a thousand hoplites. 
 And there Cyrus reviewed and enumerated the Greeks in the park, and the 
 entire number of hoplites was eleven thousand, and of the peltasts about 
 two thousand. 10. Thence hi' marches two da\^' journey, ten parasangs, 
 to Peltae, a populous city. There he remained three days, during which 
 Xenias the Arcadian celebrated the Lycacan sacrifices and gave an athletic 
 contest; and the prizes were golden strigils ; and Cyrus also viewed the 
 contest. Thence he marches two days' journey, twelve ])arasangs, to 
 Ceramon-agora, a populous city, and on the frontier toward the country of 
 Mysia. 11. Thence he marches three days' journey, thirty parasangs, to 
 Cayster-plain, a populous city. There he remained five days, and more than 
 three montlis' pay was due the soldiers, and they went frequently to head- 
 quarters and demanded it. But he put them ott' by uttering pro»nises, and 
 he was evidently annoyed; for it was not according to the character of 
 Cyrus not to give when he had tiie means. 12. There Epyaxa the wife of 
 Syenne^is. king of the CiUcians, came to Cyrus; and it was said that she 
 gave Cyrus a great deal of money. Wliether so or not, Cyrus tlien gave 
 the arniy four months' pay. And the Cilieian queen had about herself a 
 guard of Cilicians and Aspendians ; and it was said also that Cyrus had 
 intercourse with the Cilieian. 13. Thence he marclies a two days' jour- 
 ney, ten parasangs, to Thymbrium, a popuh)us city. There was there, by 
 the roadside, the so-called fountain of Midas, king of the Phrygians, at 
 which it is said that Midas caught the Satyr by mixing it with wine. 
 14. Thence he marches a two days' journey, ten parasangs, to Tyriaeium, 
 
 FREE TRANSLATION. 
 
 293 
 
 a populous city. There he remained three days. And it is said that the 
 Cilieian queen asked Cyrus to show her the army. Wisliing therefore to 
 show it to her, he makes a review of the Greeks and the barbarians in 
 the plain. 15. And he ordered the Greeks to be so arranged and to so 
 take their i)lace as was their custom for battle, and each general to marshal 
 his own men. They were therefore arranged four deep, and Menon with 
 his soldiers held the right wing, and Clearelius and his men the left wing, 
 while the other generals held the middle. 16. Now Cyrus viewed first 
 the barbarians, and they marched by, drawn up in troops and companies; 
 and then he viewed the Greeks, riding |)ast tliem in a chnriot, the Cilieian 
 queen in a carriage. And they all had brazen helmets and purple tunics, 
 and greaves, and shields which they had uncovered. 17. But when he had 
 ridden past all, he stopped his chariot in front of the middle of the phalanx, 
 and sent Pigres the interpreter to the generals of the Greeks, and ordered 
 them to present arms, and the whole phalanx to advance. The generals 
 gave these announcements to the soldiers, and when tlie trunipet had 
 sounded, they presented arms and advanced. And as the soldiers there- 
 upon advanced more swiftly with shouting, they began to run of their own 
 accord toward their tents. 18. But great was the fear of the barbarians, 
 and not only the Cilieian queen fled in her chariot, but those in the market- 
 place left I heir wares and fled. The Greeks went to their tents with a 
 laugh ; and the Cilieian queen wondered as she beheld the brigiitness and 
 the good order of the army. But Cyrus was amused when he saw the fear 
 inspired by the Greeks into the barbarians. 19. Thence he marches a three 
 days' journey, twenty parasangs, into Iconium, a frontier city of Phrygia. 
 There he remained three days. Thence he marches through Lycaonia a 
 Ave days' journey, thirty parasangs. This country he allowed the Greeks 
 to plunder, on the ground that it was hostile. 20. From this place Cyrus 
 sends back the Cilieian queen, by the shortest road, to Cilicia; and he sent 
 with her the soldiers whom Menon led, and with them Menon himself. 
 But Cyrus marches with the rest a four days' journey, twenty-five parasangs, 
 through Cappadocia, to Thoana, a populous city, large and prosperous. 
 There he remained three days ; during which Cyrus put to death a Persian 
 man, Megaphernes, a wearer of the royal purple, and a certain other 
 powerful man of his subordinates, charging them with conspiracy against 
 him. 21. From this place he attem))ted to enter Cilicia; but the entrance 
 was a wagon road, very steep and impossible for an army to enter, if any 
 one prevented. And besides, Syennesis was said to be upon the heights, 
 guarding the entrance ; wherefore they remained a day in the plain. But 
 
i 
 
 294 
 
 INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD. 
 
 on the following day a messenger came saying that Syennesis liad left the 
 heights, since he learned that Menon's army was already in Cilicia, within 
 the mountains, and because he heard that Tamos had command of triremes 
 belonging to the Lacedaemonians and Cyrus himself which were sailing 
 around from Ionia to Cilicia. 22. And so Cyrns went upon the moun- 
 tains, since no one hindered, and he saw the tents where the Cilicians ke])t 
 guard. And thence he descended into a large and fertile plain, full of all 
 kinds of trees and of vines; and it produces a great deal of sesame and 
 panic, and millet and wheat and barley. And a mountain, steep and ten- 
 able as a stronghold, surrounds it on all sides from sea to sea. 23. And 
 descending througli this plain he marched a four days' journey, twenty-five 
 parasangs, to Tai*sus, a large and prosperous city of Cilicia. And there 
 was tlie royal residence of Syennesis, the Cilician king; and through the 
 middle of the city flows a river, Cydnus by name, two plethra in width. 
 24. This city, all the inhabitants, except those who had shops, deserted 
 together with Syennesis for a strong fortress upon the mountains ; but 
 those remained, who dwelt by the sea-coast in Soli and in Issus. 25. And 
 Epyaxa, the wife of Syennesis, arrived in Tarsus live days before Cyrus; 
 but in the passage of the mountains down into the plain two companies 
 of Menon's army were destioyed. Some said that they were cut down 
 while perpetrating some act of plunder; and others, that after being left 
 behind, and losing the rest of the army and the roads, they then wandered 
 about and were destroyed. At any rate, these were a hundred hoplites. 
 26. But when the rest came in they sacked the city of Tarsus, as well as 
 the palace in it, because they were angered at the loss of their comrades. 
 But when Cyrus marched into the city he kept summoning Syennesis to 
 come to hiui; but he not only declared that he had never before come 
 into the power of any one stronger than himself, but was then unwilling 
 to come to Cyrus before his wife had persuaded him and he had himself 
 received pledges. 27. But after this, when they were together, Syennesis 
 gave Cyrus a great deal of money for his army : and Cyrus gave him gifts, 
 which are considered honorable at court, — namely, a horse with a golden 
 bridle, a golden necklace, bracelets, a golden short sword, and a Persian 
 gown ; also the promise that his country should no longer be plundered, 
 and that the slaves should be returned which had been carried off in plunder 
 if they should be found anywhere. 
 
 THE WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS 
 
 Arranged in the order of their first occurrence. 
 
 CHAPTER 1. 
 
 o 
 
 6 
 
 7. 
 8. 
 
 9. 
 10. 
 
 11. 
 
 12. 
 13. 
 14. 
 15. 
 16. 
 17. 
 
 . KaC, and^ also. 
 
 yiyvo\i.ai, 2 aor. eyfvofirjv, to be 
 born, become, be. 
 
 iraCs, TToiSoff, boy. 
 
 8vo, bvolv, two. 
 
 irpcVpus, eo>ff, old man; npea^v- 
 T€p09, -vTarosi older, oldest. 
 
 |i€v . . . St, on the one hand 
 . . . on the other ; often best 
 rendered as here by em- 
 phasizing the preceding 
 word. 
 
 vcos, -oyrepos, -oiraro?, young^ 
 younger, youngest. 
 
 iml, when ; i-nov or inriu 
 (= irr€L -h av) w. subj. when- 
 ever, when. 
 
 B4, and, but. 
 
 eurOcvcw, impf. fiadevovv, fut. 
 -Tjcra, to b&^ick. 
 
 W-OWrtVOi, impf. VTr«i)TTT(VOV, 
 
 fut. -€v(r(o, to suspect. 
 TcXevnf, -i]i, end. 
 o, ^, to; tov, TTJs, Tov, the. 
 PCos, -ov, life. 
 pOvXop,ai, -rjarofiai, to wish. 
 d|i<tx>T€poi, at, -a, both. 
 vdp-^nu, impf. naprfv, to be 
 
 present, arrive. 
 
 18. ovv, therefore, now. 
 
 19. Tvyxavo), 2 aor. Ztvxov, to 
 
 happen. 
 
 20. )i.€Ta-ircfiiro)x(u, to send after, 
 
 21. airo, with gQn.,from. 
 
 22. dpx^, -ris, beginning, govern- 
 
 ment, province. 
 
 23. 6's, rj, o, who, whichf what. 
 
 24. avTos, -fj, -6, self in the nom. 
 
 and before the art. ; same^ 
 after it ; him, her it, alone. 
 
 25. o-arpdinis, -ov, a satrap. 
 
 26. irou'w, -r](T(»i, to make. 
 
 27. <rTparr]Y<iS| -ov, general. 
 
 28. airo-ScCicvvfii, -5f/^<o, to show 
 
 forth ; appoint. 
 
 29. iras, naa-a, trav ; irauros, etc. , all^ 
 
 every. 
 
 30. ooros, -i;, -ov, as much (pi. many) 
 
 as. 
 
 31. €ls, with ace. into; with nu- 
 
 merals, about. 
 
 32. ircSiov, -ov, plain. 
 
 33. a0poi^b>, -oL(T<o, to collect; mid. 
 
 assemble. 
 
 34. dva PaCvo), 2 aor. av-e^rjv, to 
 
 go up. 
 
 35. Xatipdvo), 2 aor. TKa^ov, to take, 
 
 receive. 
 
296 
 
 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 297 
 
 3G. («s, as, as if, when ; to (Ch. II. i 55. diro-iwVirw, -^w, to send away 
 § 4); with super, intens., ! or iutck-. See 20. 
 
 as possible (§5). See H.^ 
 
 651. 
 87. ^(Xos, -17, -ovy friendly , as subs. 
 
 a friend, 
 .38. tyjn^ impf. ftxov, fut. T^o) or 
 
 (r)(Tia<t), to hace^ to hold. 
 
 39. oirXiTTis, -ov, heavy - armed 
 
 soldier, 
 
 40. TpioKdorioL, -ai, -a, Mrce Am/*- 
 
 41. £px(i>v, -oirroc, commander, 
 
 42. TfXivrdw, jjcro), /o enrf (life), 
 
 die. See 12. 
 
 43. KaO-£o-TT])Ai, to settle; 2 aor. 
 
 jcoT fo-Trjv^ become settled. 
 
 44. Poo-iXcCd, -(Iff, himidom. 
 
 45. 8ia-pdXXo) (to throw through), 
 
 /o slander. 
 
 46. irpds, with gen. from ; with 
 
 dat. «/, beside ; ace. /o, 
 /« wa I'd ; a (/a inst, 
 
 47. d8€X()>6s, -ov, brother, 
 
 48. ciri-PovXcvo), -fuo'ti), /o />/o/ 
 
 against. See 61. 
 
 49. o 8c' (not preceded by 6 /x«V), 
 
 (7?j</ he, but he. 
 
 50. ircCOw, TTf iVci), /o persuade ; mid. 
 
 51. (ruX-Xa{iPdv<i), 2 aor. avM cXa/Soi', 
 
 /o .s'f/^e. See 35. 
 
 52. &irO-KTilVU, -KT€U(i), aTT-fKTdVay 
 
 to kill. 
 
 53. |«.^TT|p, ^TjTpos, mother. 
 
 54. {^-aiTco), -fjo-u), demand from or 
 
 ojf, mid. ft^-*/ q/f. 
 
 56. irdXiv, back, again. 
 
 57. ivif witli gen. upon; with dat. 
 
 upon, on, dependent upon 
 (= in the power of)] with 
 ace. upon, against, 
 
 58. dir-cpxciiak, 2 aor. utt-tjXBov, to 
 
 go away or back. 
 
 59. KivSvvcvo), -fL/o-u), /o iMcur </an- 
 
 60. drriid^b), -uacu, TjTifiaaa, to diS' 
 
 honor. 
 
 61. PovXcvo), fvuu>y to plan; mid. 
 
 deliberate. See 48. 
 
 62. ^ir«s, Aoa;, /toj^' that, in order 
 
 that. 
 
 63. lii^iroTc, never (with subj., 
 
 imper.,etc.). See H. 1018, 
 G.2 283, 1 and 2. 
 
 64. In, .v////, ye/. 
 
 65. cI|jlC, impf. rfv, fut. taofiai, to be , 
 
 with gen. or dat. belong to. 
 See 17. 
 
 66. dXXd, but, 
 
 67. TjV (not ^v, see 65), or tap, if 
 
 with subj. 
 
 68. 8vva|xai, impf. eSvpdprjv, to be 
 
 able. 
 
 69. PocriXcvo), fvaa>, to be king 
 
 See 44. 
 
 70. dvrC, with gen., instead of, 
 
 71. cKcivos, -17, -o, /A«/. 
 
 72. 8^, wo?/7, indeed: often best 
 
 rendered by emphasizing 
 preceding word. 
 
 73. vir-dpx©, impf. xm-ripxov, fut. 
 
 1 Hadley's Greek Grammar, revise*! by Allen. 
 
 2 Goodwin's Greek Grammar, edition of 1879. 
 
 -fo), to begin (see 137) ; to 
 be (§ 4, to favor, a rare 
 sense). 
 
 74. ^iXe'w, r^aoa, to love. 
 
 75. p,dXXov, more, rather, 
 
 76. Tj, /Aa;j ; xj . . . rj, either . . . 
 
 or. 
 
 77. 6<rr\.%, tJtis, on, ivhoever, which- 
 
 ever, whatever. See 23. 
 
 78. d<)>-iKV€0)&ai, 2 aor. dcfy-iKoprjv, 
 
 to arrive. See 17. 
 
 79. irctpd, with gen. from ; with 
 
 dat. by, near ; with ace. to. 
 
 80. Pao-iXcvs, -€a>y, king. See 09. 
 
 81. ovTo»(s), so, thus. 
 
 82. 8ia-T(6T)p,i, to dispose or affect, 
 
 83. akrre, .so ri.s, .so /Aa/. 
 
 84. €avTov, -ris, himself herself. 
 
 85. ^dp^apos, -ov, foreign, bar- 
 
 barian. 
 86 cin-ftcXcopxii, impf. cV-f/xfXov- 
 prju, to care for, with gen. 
 
 87. iroX€|i€(i>, -Tj(ra>, to carry on war. 
 
 88. ri . , . Kai, bofh . . . and. 
 
 89. iKavds, -jj, -6v, enough, com- 
 
 petent. 
 
 90. €v-voiK<tfs, trell disposed. 
 
 91. 8vvap.Ls, fcos, f^, force, power; 
 
 see 68. 
 
 92. ((.oXurra, most, especially: wy 
 
 /iuX terra, a.v much as possible. 
 See 75. 
 
 93. Kpinrrw, --^o), /o Zi/</c, cover; 
 
 fVi-, /o co/-fr o<;cr, conceal. 
 
 94. i»Ti, ///a/, because, cf 77; with 
 
 super., intens. like o>y (see 
 36), a,s' possible. 
 
 95. dirapd(rK€iK>s, •oi' ; -orepos, 
 
 -oTaros, unprepared. 
 
 96. 
 97. 
 
 98. 
 
 99. 
 100. 
 101. 
 102. 
 
 103. 
 
 104. 
 
 105. 
 106. 
 
 107. 
 
 108. 
 109. 
 
 110 
 111. 
 
 112. 
 113. 
 
 114. 
 115. 
 
 116. 
 
 «58€, thus, as follows. See 81. 
 o-vXXcyTi, TJs, collection, levy. 
 diroo-os, -I/, -ov, as great as, as 
 
 many as. 
 4>vXaK'q, -^s, a garrison. 
 iv, with dat., in, 
 ir6Xis, -fcoy 17, city. 
 trap-ayyiXKia, fut. -fXw, send 
 
 word to, command, 
 <{>povp-apxos, -ov, a garrison- 
 
 comuiander. 
 i'Koo-Tos, -1;, -ov, each; plur. 
 
 sevend 
 dv^p dv8p6s, yuan (Lat. vir). 
 troXvs, TrXftcoi/, TrXfloroy, much 
 
 or many, more, most. 
 a-yados, -»;, -01/ ; dpfivav', api- 
 
 OToy, or /SfXTrtoi/, /Sc'XrtoToy, 
 
 (/oo^/, better, best, 
 yap, for. 
 
 dpxalos a -ov (in the begin- 
 ning, see 22), old, ancient; 
 
 TO dp\aiov, formerly. 
 €K, f|, with gen., om/ o/*, /ro?«. 
 8i8b))jii, Scbfro) (H. 350; G. 
 
 123, 3), to give. 
 t6t€. Mew. 
 d({>-(<rTT))jii, fiTTo cnjo-o) (H 351, 
 
 G. 123, 3), to make to stand 
 
 away, remove; mid., with 
 
 pf. and 2 aor. act., in trans., 
 
 stand aloof revolt. 
 irX-^v, except. 
 
 irpo-aio-6dvo)i,ai, 2 aor. rrpo- 
 rjoOupijv, to perceive before- 
 hand. 
 ovTos, avTTj, ToijTo, this, con- 
 trast avTos, avT^, avTo, self 
 same, A/wj, etc. 
 
t 
 
 298 WORDS OF BOOK 1. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 to begin (mid.) ; to rule 
 (act). See 22. 
 
 crv|i-irp(iTT«, o^o), to do (some- 
 thing) with (another), co- 
 operate irith. 
 
 liTK^vK-fi, ^f, plot. See 48. 
 
 ov, ovK or ovxt fiot. H. 88. 
 G. 13, 2. 
 
 aUr0dvop.ai, impf. rjaOavofiTjv, 
 2 aor. fjadofxrjVf to perceive. 
 See 115. 
 
 vojiijo), fut. -tw (to regard as 
 custom, see 323), thinkf sup- 
 pose. 
 
 d}i<)>(, about. 
 
 8airavdo>, -^aro), to upend 
 (money). 
 
 o^fScCs, ovBffiid, ovbev, no one, 
 nothing. 
 
 &\9o\Lai, to be vexed. 
 
 Soo-ftds, oO, revenue. 
 
 Kar-avTiWpds, adv. with gen., 
 opposite. 
 
 6hi, rjde. ToSf, thiSf the follow- 
 ing. 
 
 Tp6iros, -ov, turn, manner. 
 
 ^vy6s, -aSos, fugitive, exile. 
 See 121. 
 
 OTry-^C-yvojiai, impf. a-vp-fyt' 
 yvofirjv, 2 aor. avv-fyfvofirjv, 
 to become (see 2) icith, be- 
 come acquainted with, be 
 with. 
 
 d'yajuu, 1 aor. pass. rjydaBqVf 
 to admire. 
 
 ftvpioi, nt, -a, ten thousand. 
 
 8dp€iK6s, ov, a daric (^3.60). 
 
 Xpvo-tov, -ov, money; )^va-6i, 
 -ovt gold. 
 
 117 
 
 o fUv . . . o 8(, the one . . . 
 the other; phir. these . . . 
 
 
 
 those ; some . . . others. 
 
 138. 
 
 118. 
 
 dirO-KTtCvitf, -KT€v5)y d7r-€KT€lVa, 
 
 to kill. 
 
 
 119. 
 
 lK-pdXX«, (K-^a\a>, 2 aor. «f 
 
 139. 
 
 
 t^aXoif, throw out, expel. See 
 
 140. 
 
 
 45. 
 
 
 120. 
 
 viro-XafiPdvw, 2 aor. vir-iXa^ov, 
 to take under one^s protec- 
 tion. See 35, 51. 
 
 141. 
 
 121. 
 
 (|>cv'Y(a>, 2 aor. e^vyoi/, to flee, 
 be in exile. 
 
 142. 
 
 122. 
 
 oroX-Xe'-yw, -^co, avvlkf^a, to 
 
 
 
 collect. 
 
 143. 
 
 123. 
 
 (rrpdrcviia. -at as, to, army. 
 
 144. 
 
 124. 
 
 troXiopKcw, ■qcrca. besiege. 
 
 
 125. 
 
 Kard, down : with gen. down 
 from ; with ace. down along, 
 
 145. 
 
 
 according to, by. 
 
 146. 
 
 126. 
 
 yfj, yrjs, earth, land. 
 
 147. 
 
 127. 
 
 OdXarra, -ijy, sea. 
 
 148. 
 
 128. 
 
 ircipdofxai, to attempt. 
 
 
 129. 
 
 KaT-d-yeiv, to lead back, re- 
 store. 
 
 149. 
 
 130. 
 
 {K-ir(irT«, pf. fK-TrfTTTajKa. to 
 
 150. 
 
 
 fall out, be driven out, oi 
 
 151. 
 
 
 fK-nfTTTtoKorfs, the exiles. 
 
 
 181. 
 
 a^, again. 
 
 152. 
 
 132. 
 
 dXXos, -r), -o, another. 
 
 
 133. 
 
 irp6<|>acriSi -fwy, 17, pretext. 
 
 
 134. 
 
 tri^trut, ■'^(o, to send. See 
 20, 55. 
 
 
 185. 
 
 d^i6<i>, impf. j)^iovv, fut. -oxro), 
 to deem worthy, demand (as 
 
 153. 
 
 
 deserved). 
 
 154. 
 
 136. 
 
 0^, 01, €, himself. See H. 677,a, 
 
 155. 
 
 
 G. 144, 2. 
 
 156. 
 
 137. 
 
 dpxw, impf. ^pxov\ fut. ^Q), 
 
 
 CHAPTER T. 
 
 299 
 
 157. XP^K'O'' -aro^, ro, a thing 
 
 used ; chief, plur., goods, 
 money. 
 
 158. op|id<i), impf. topfiav, rja-a), set 
 
 out, hasten. 
 
 159. vircp, with gen., over, in be- 
 
 half of; with ace, over, 
 beyond. 
 130. oIkco), impf. aKow, fut. -rja-o), 
 dwell, inhabit. 
 
 161. m:|>€Xc(i>, -iqato, aid, assist. 
 
 162. <rv^-pdXXw, to throw or bring 
 
 together ; mid. contribute. 
 See 45, 119. 
 
 163. Tpo<)>^, -rjs, nourishment, sup- 
 
 port. 
 
 164. <rTpaTiwTT]s, -ov, soldier. 
 
 165. iKiav, -ovaa, ov, voluntary. 
 
 166. Tp€<|>(i), to nourish, support. 
 
 See 163. 
 
 167. Xav6dva>f 2 aor. tXadop, to 
 
 escape notice ; often == se- 
 cretly. 
 
 168. |tvos, -ov, a foreigner who 
 
 became a guestfriend to 
 some one or entered mili- 
 tary service abroad, a mer- 
 cenary. 
 
 (69. inc^co, to press, oppress. 
 
 (70. vir6, under (dat or ace); by 
 (gen.). 
 
 171. otKot. at home. H. 220, G. 
 
 190. n. 2. 
 
 172. dvTi-oTcuriwrqs, -ov, member 
 
 of a o-rdaty or faction^ an 
 opponent. 
 
 173. Ipxoficu,, 2 aor. tjXOov, to go, 
 
 come. 
 
 
 174. 
 
 17.5. 
 176. 
 177. 
 178. 
 179. 
 
 180. 
 
 181. 
 
 182. 
 183. 
 184. 
 
 185. 
 
 186. 
 
 187. 
 188. 
 
 189. 
 190. 
 
 atrcii), impf. fjrovv, fut. -^<r<o« 
 
 ask, demand. 
 Sio^tXiot, ai, -a, two thousand. 
 Tp€ts, Tpia, gen. Tpioi)v, three. 
 \iki\v, prjuos, o, month. 
 |xi.<r06s. ov, pay. 
 ir((>i-yiyvo\ia\., 2 aor. nfpi- 
 fy€p6pr)u. become above, over- 
 come. See 2, 152. 
 dv, jx)stpos. particle. See 
 
 H. 8.')7; G. 207. 
 TCTpaKko-xtXiok, -at, -a, four 
 
 thousand. 
 i^, six. 
 
 8€0}Lai, df^aofiai, to want. 
 |4Tj, not. See II. 1018, G. 
 
 283. 
 irp6<r0€v, before^ formerly ; ir. 
 
 . . . trplv, before that. 
 Kara-Xvci), dii-solve, to end 
 
 (esp. a war). 
 irpCv, before. See 185. 
 o-v)i-PovX€v(i>, advise. 
 
 61. 
 KcXcvd), -€v(ra>, order. 
 irapa-Y^YVOfiai, impf. 
 
 See 
 
 irap- 
 
 o 
 
 €yiypnpr)v, J. aor. nap-fytpo- 
 firjv, to come to, arrive. See 
 2, 1.52, 179. 
 
 191. <rToaT6vojiai, engage in tear, 
 
 make an expedition. 
 
 192. irpdyixa. aros, to, deed, af- 
 
 fair ; pi. affairs, business, 
 trouble. 
 
 193. irap-€X(i), impf. 7rap-(7)(op, to 
 
 furnish. See 38. 
 
 194. x^P^' Of' country, land. 
 
 195. <rvv, with dat., with. 
 
300 
 
 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 196. 
 
 8oKeo>, Sd^o), €8o^a, to think; 
 seenij seem good. 
 
 215. 
 
 197. 
 
 tjSti, already, now. 
 
 216. 
 
 198. 
 
 fropevoficu, fixrofiai, pass dep., 
 
 
 
 to /troreed. 
 
 217. 
 
 199. 
 
 av«, -Tfpciy rdro), ?//), upwards. 
 
 218. 
 
 200. 
 
 iravrd - irourt(v), altogether^ 
 wholly. 
 
 219. 
 
 201. 
 
 pappapiKds, f], ov, barhariaiij 
 
 220. 
 
 
 foreign. 
 
 221. 
 
 202. 
 
 cvTav6a, there. 
 
 
 203. 
 
 tfKw, to come^ arrive. H. 827, 
 G. 200, n. 3. 
 
 222. 
 
 201. 
 
 on*v-aXXdTT«, d^o), to change 
 (and bring) together^ to rec- 
 
 223. 
 
 
 oncile. 
 
 224. 
 
 205. 
 
 irpo-C<m]|ii, (rTrf(Ta>, fUTrjaa, 
 trans, to set before ov orer ; 
 
 ' 
 
 
 intrans. to set orer, com- 
 
 225. 
 
 
 mand : 2 aor. -(o-Trjv, ^aTrjKa. 
 
 
 206. 
 
 |eviK6s, -rj. -OP, mercenary. 
 
 226. 
 
 207. 
 
 dKp<5-iroXis, fo)y. rj, acropolis, 
 
 227. 
 
 
 citadel. 
 
 228. 
 
 208 
 
 ^vXarroi, d^co. to guard. 
 
 
 209. 
 
 KoXcb), (T(o, (KoXfcra, KfKXrjKa, 
 
 
 
 vail, summon. 
 
 229. 
 
 210. 
 
 vir-urxvto|iai, 2 aor. vn-icrxo- 
 firjv, to prom hie. 
 
 230. 
 
 211. 
 
 €l, if 
 
 231. 
 
 212. 
 
 KoXojs, honorably, well. 
 
 232. 
 
 213. 
 
 KaTo-irp6TTw, -^w, to do effect- 
 
 unlh/, acrttmplish. 
 
 
 214. 
 
 travta, navatOj tnavaa. make 
 to cease; mid. to ceasCy 
 pause. 
 
 233. 
 
 oCKa-Sc, homeward. H. 217, 
 G. 61. 
 
 T|8€b)s, rjbiov, TJ8icrTa, pleas- 
 antly, gladly. 
 
 irtoTTcvw, (v(7o>, trust, believe. 
 
 oirXov, -ov, usually pi. armor. 
 
 ir€VTaK6<rioi, -ai, -a, fee hun- 
 dred. 
 
 xtXioi, -at, -a, a thousand. 
 
 ■yviivVjs, -^Tos, light-armed sol- 
 dier. 
 
 irtKTturrf\s, -ov, peltast. See 
 12G8. 
 
 Kara-voio), ob.^erve carefully. 
 See 821. 
 
 fU^as, fi€yd\r}, fi'ya ', fiti^fou 
 (H. 68, G. 16, 7 {b}) ; fxeyi- 
 (TTos, great. 
 
 iJYCopiai, -iqa-ofiai, lead, con- 
 sider (cf. L. duco). 
 
 irapa-a-Kfv^, ^f, preparation. 
 
 ■Q (SC. 6d<a. in which way\ as. 
 
 Tttxvs, -fla, -V ; OaTTQiv (H. 74, 
 G. 17, 2, n at end); rdx*- 
 oTTOf quick. 
 
 iirircvs. -€&)5, horseman. 
 
 OLKOvta), aKoiiaopai, ^Kovaa, to 
 hear. 
 
 oTToXos, -ov, expedition. 
 
 dvTi-irapa-(rK€val^o|iai, to pre- 
 pare against or in turn. See 
 226. 
 
 <j>T|ji(, fnt. epw (IV., 8), 2 aor. 
 fiTTov (HI. 7), pf. flprjKaj say ; 
 ov 0i//it, deny, refuse. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 301 
 
 234. €|-cXavv<a, fut. e^cXw, f^-ryXa- 
 
 aa, to march. 
 
 235. Sttt, with gen. through; with 
 
 ace on account of. 
 2 )6. crraOjjLOs, -oO, station, day's 
 march. 
 
 237. irapao-ctYYTis, -ov (Persian), 
 
 pnrasang, league. 
 
 238. €tKO<ri(v), twenty. 
 
 239. iroTajxos. -ov rirer. 
 
 210. €vpos. -ovs TO. breadth, icidth. 
 
 241. irXe'epov, -ov. plethron (101 ft.). 
 
 242. ■YC(t>vpa, -as, bridge. 
 
 243. cir-cifni, iuipf. in-rfv, to be 
 
 upon. 
 
 244. t€VY-vv(ii, ^ft^Q) e^fu^a, f^fvy 
 
 fiai (L. ju(n)go), to YOKK, 
 Join together. 
 
 245 irXoiov, ov, boat. 
 
 246 iirTd, seven. 
 
 247. 8ia-Paiv», 2 aor. Si/^rju, go 
 
 through, cross. 
 
 248. els ptd, fv, gen. cVdy, one. 
 
 240. dxTw, eight. 
 
 250. cuSaijjLwv, -oi/, gen -oi/oy, /)ro5- 
 
 perou.s'. 
 
 251. pc'vo) /Mfi/o), efjidua, to remain. 
 
 252. TJfJiepa, -ay, day. 
 2.')3. €VT£v0;v, thence. 
 
 2.34. pao-iXcia, -wi^, plur. of adj. (see 
 80), royal palace. 
 
 255. irapc£S€icros. -ov, park; deriv. 
 
 PAKADISE. 
 
 256. d^pios, -a, -ov, wild; fr. d7p6s, 
 
 -ov ( L. ager ), fold, country. 
 
 257. OiipCov, ov, dim. (in form 
 
 only) of Ofjp, Orjpos, a icild 
 animal. 
 
 258. irX^pus, fy, gen. -ovy,/w// 
 
 259. 
 
 260. 
 261. 
 202. 
 
 263. 
 
 264. 
 265. 
 266. 
 267. 
 
 268. 
 269. 
 
 270. 
 
 271. 
 
 070 
 
 273. 
 274. 
 
 275. 
 276. 
 
 277. 
 
 278 
 279. 
 280. 
 
 6t)P€V(i), -(vaca, hunt, catch. 
 
 See 257. 
 tinros, ov, horse. See 229. 
 diroTc, when, whenever. 
 ■yvjivd^w, dao), to train (see 
 
 1243), exercise. 
 fjLCo-os, -r), -ov, vnddle ; to 
 
 ptaov, centre {= fifS-yo^, L. 
 
 nied-ius). 
 pi'ji. jjfvaopai, 2 aor. i-p-pvr]v, 
 
 In flow. 
 miYifj, -^ff, fountain, source, 
 
 chief, in plur. 
 €pvp,vds, -jj -ov, fortifed ; from 
 
 epvopat, to defend. 
 6^-Pd\Xa>, -/3aXa>, 2 aor. eV- 
 
 t^akov, to throw into; of a 
 
 liver, to empty. 
 ir€VT€, fee. 
 irovs, TToSds 6 (L. pe(d)s), 
 
 FOOT. 
 
 Xcyw, Xc'^o), fX($a, to say, 
 
 speak. 
 CK-Scpo), -Sfpw, e^ (Sfipa, to 
 
 .^kin (off, €K),fay. 
 viKOM, -^(To), M conquer. 
 ipil<o, i(T(o (epis, -i8oy, strife), 
 
 .strive with. 
 ir€p(, with gen., about — coln- 
 
 cerning ; dat. and ace. 
 
 arojind, about. 
 o-o4>Cd, -ny, .<f^///, wisdom. 
 8cpp.a, aroy, to, skin. See 
 
 271. 
 Kpcfia-vvvfii, Kpepdao), cKpe- 
 
 paaa to hang (trans.). 
 dvTpov, ov, care ; L. antrum. 
 6'0€v, whence, where. 
 6'tc, when. 
 
■IBWi 
 
 ' ^ ;ijff^y';;'wg;fSf'sg ^^ 
 
 302 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 281. tiTTcioiJLOi, pass. dep. rjTrrjBfj- 
 
 aofxai, pf. rJTTrjfiai, rjTTridrjv, 
 to he fJTTuyv (comp. of kqkos), 
 inferior, worsted^ defeated. 
 
 282. |iAxt|, -T]i, kittle. 
 
 283. dTro-x«p«'«, -rj(T<a, withdraw, 
 
 retreat. 
 
 284. oIko-8o|x<«, -^o-o), a)*co8c)/i»;o-a, 
 
 to budd. 
 
 285. TpioKovra, thirty. 
 
 286. oKTaKoVioi, at, -a, eight hun- 
 
 dred. 
 
 287. To|oTt]s, ov n howinau : to 
 
 ^oVy ou, (I how. 
 
 288. 8iaKO(rioi, at, -u. two hundred. 
 
 289. d)fca, a^ the same time; with, 
 
 with diit. 
 
 290. ^g-e'TOoris, €0)?, 7, inspection 
 
 (€^ tra^o), /t» inspect). 
 
 291. dpiBjio's, oO, number J num- 
 
 berinf/. 
 *J92. erv|i-irdis, avfi-Trdara, (rvfi-ndv, 
 
 all together, all in a body; 
 
 TO avfi ndv, on the whole. 
 
 See V. 9. 
 293 ScKa, ten. 
 
 294. 0VW. dv(ra>, (Bvaa, sacrifice. 
 
 295. d7«v, -cowoy, 6 contest. 
 
 296. t(0t)hii. ^>7fT0) (0r}Ka, put, place; 
 
 institute: rlBfaOai ra orrXa, 
 /o s/ar^' amis, stttnd under 
 arms. 
 
 297. d0Xov, -ov, /^r/s/*. 
 
 298. o-rXc-y-yCs, tSof , 7 fesh-scraper 
 
 or comb. 
 
 299. xpv<»'ovs, -^, -ovi/, golden; 
 
 \pwT69, -ov, gold. 
 
 300. 0€a)p€w, -ii(To), /o t7C?f, inspect. 
 
 301. SwStKa, twelve. 
 
 302. d'yopd, as, market-place ^ 
 
 market. 
 u03. «o-xciTos, -»/. -Of, last, farthest, 
 30 1. o<{>c£Xii>, o^fiA^ao) (jjCJxiXrja'a^ 
 
 to owe. 
 30.). iroXXttKis, o//fn. See 106. 
 300. cljii, iiiipf. ija or fjfiv, inf. 
 
 t«i/ai, pait. 40)1/, to go. II. 
 
 477, a; G. 1l'7, II., n. 2. 
 
 307. 0vpd. -as, door, gate. 
 
 308. dir-aiT€«, -rjaoa. aTr-TJrrjaa, de- 
 
 nt a ml hack. 
 
 309. cXirCs, iBos, rj. hope, promise. 
 
 310. Si-d^w, d$(o, lead through; of 
 
 time, continue. 
 
 311. BriXos. -1;. -ov, evident. 
 
 312. dvieutf, (laa), /o <///cre ; fr. avid, 
 
 as. grief. 
 
 313. diro-8i8wfii, -8u)(Tc«), d7r-«'8a)/ica. /o 
 
 y.Vc back', o pay. See 109. 
 
 314. \vvtj, -aiKoy, ^ ivomany wife, 
 31.1. o-rpttTia cif army. 
 
 316. TCTTopcs, -a; gen. -a>v,four. 
 
 317. 4)vXo|. a*coy, guard. 
 
 318. dSo's. -ov. 17. '^•«^, root/. 
 
 319. KpTJvTi, -t;9, spring, fountain. 
 
 320. olvos, ov. for Folvot, L. vl- 
 
 lium, WINE. 
 
 321. K€pdwv;ii, K(pa(T(ii (Kfpacra, to 
 
 mir. mingle. 
 
 322. ciri-SttKVvfti, -Sf/^o), €7T-fb(i^a, 
 
 to shoir forth, exh Iblf, See 28. 
 
 323. voVos. -ov, /r/T, rustom. 
 
 324. TaTTw. rago), crafa, /o arrange, 
 
 order. 
 
 325. io-Tii|ii., o-Tijao). ((TTTja-a, trans., 
 
 /o 7/Jrt^e /o .'(tand (station, 
 halt, etc.); 2 aor. (o-ttjv, pf. 
 €<rrrfKa, plupf- €<ttt)K€lv (ov 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 303 
 
 326 
 
 327. 
 
 328. 
 329. 
 
 330. 
 
 331. 
 332. 
 
 333. 
 334. 
 335. 
 
 336. 
 337. 
 
 338. 
 339. 
 
 340. 
 311. 
 342. 
 343. 
 
 344. 
 
 315. 
 346. 
 347. 
 
 ftV-), intrans., to stand. 
 See 113. 
 . <rvv-TdTT«, -^Q), to arrange to- 
 gether, draw up. See 321. 
 Stylo's, d, 6v, right; iv de^ia, 
 
 on the right. 
 tviavv\ios, -ov, left. 
 irpwTOs, -rj. -ov,Jirst; npcoTov, 
 
 a.dv., fr.^f, at first. 
 irap-cXavvca, -fXo), -rjXaa-a, to 
 
 ride along. 
 iXr\, -rjs, troop (of horse). 
 Tc^is, -fa)y, 17, order (esp. in 
 milit. sense, array, rank; 
 company, etc.). See 324. 
 clra, then. 
 
 dp|i(L, -aroi, TO, chariot, 
 dpfjL-04JLa|a, -lyj, carriage (cov- 
 ered). 
 Kpdvos, ovs, TO, helmet. 
 XoXkovs, -^, -ovv, copper, 
 
 bronze. 
 XiTwv, -uivos, o, tunic, 
 <f>oiviKovs, -Tj, -ovv, purple (cf. 
 4foiviK€s, Phoenicians, first 
 to discover its use). 
 KVT)|xCs, -ibos, f), a greave. 
 cwnrCs, i?)os, rj. shield. 
 €K-KaXvirTw, -\^a), to uncover. 
 ctteiStj, when, since; stronger 
 
 than eVfi. See 72. 
 irpo', with Qcn., before ; in be- 
 half of 
 (jxiXa-y^, ayyoy, ^, phalanx. 
 cpp,T)vcvs, '((osy 6. interpreter. 
 irpo-pdXXo), -3aXw, 2 aor. 
 ■f^aXov, to throw be/ore; 
 mid., of arms, to jtrcscnt. 
 See 45. 
 
 348. cVi-xwpcw, -rjao), to advance. 
 
 See 283. 
 
 349. ^os, -7, -ov, ivhole, all, 
 
 350. irpo-ciirov, 2 aor. of npo- 
 
 Xeyo), to speak forth, pro- 
 claim. 
 <raXirC^a), ty^co €a-d\7riy^a, to 
 sound the adXmy^ or trum- 
 pet. 
 eir-tifti, impf. eTr-rjfiv, to go (or 
 come) on,forward or against. 
 See 306. 
 irp<S-€ifii, to go forward, 
 KpavYTj, -rjs, shout. 
 avToVaros, -ov, of one's own 
 accord, deriv. automatox. 
 Spo'^os, -ov, a running. 
 o-KTjvTJ, -Tjs, a tent. 
 4>o'Pos -ov,fear. 
 Karo-XcCirw, -\/^(b, 2 aor. Kar- 
 fXiTTov, to leave behind, leave, 
 Jivia, -0)1/, TO, wares. See 
 
 707. 
 y4\<os, -o)roy, 6, laughter. 
 opoua, inipf. (oypoiv, fut. o\|/o- 
 
 /im, 2 aor. fiSoi/, /o .see. 
 XafiTrpo'rqs, -rjTos, ff, .y)lendor 
 
 (fr. adj. XafjLTTpos, bright). 
 0au|M£^o), ofTo), to wonder at, 
 
 admire. 
 T|8o}ji(u, pass, dep., rja-B^a-ofjiai, 
 
 TJ(T6r)'^, to be pleased. 
 eiri-Tpstrctf, -yj/o), -erpe^a, turn 
 
 over to, entrust, permit. 
 8i-apird^(i), -dcrofiai, to plunder 
 
 (thoroughly). 
 TroXc^ios, -d, -ov, hostile; of 
 
 TToX., the enemy. 
 en)ft-ir6|i'irctf, -y^ca, to send with. 
 
 351. 
 
 352. 
 
 353. 
 3.54. 
 355. 
 
 356. 
 357. 
 358. 
 359. 
 
 300. 
 
 361. 
 362. 
 
 363. 
 
 364. 
 
 365. 
 
 366. 
 
 367. 
 
 368. 
 
 369. 
 
i; 
 
 ' h 
 
 304 
 
 370. <^otviKi<rTTis, -ov, purple-wearer 
 
 (see o3i)), courtier (rare). 
 
 371. pa<rC\etos. a ov, ritifal. See 
 
 80. 
 
 372. ^Tcpos. -a, -ov, other (of two) 
 
 373. tIs, t\- xonie or any one, a 
 
 crtain. 
 
 374. vir-apxoSi -o^i (ff^ under com- 
 
 mamler, lieutenant. 
 
 375. 8vveurTT|s. -ov, powerful man^ 
 
 chief. See 08. 
 
 376. atTi({op,ai, daofiai, to accuse. 
 
 377. «Ur-Pa\.Xw, to throw into ■ of 
 
 Jin army, to enter ; of a 
 river, to empty. 
 
 378. eUr-PoX-rj. -^y, entrance. 
 
 379. afjLoliTos. ov.for or belonging 
 
 to a wa</on. See 787. 
 
 380. opOios. -a, -ov steep. 
 
 381. Urxvpws, 7nighfily, = very as in 
 
 colloq. Eng. 
 
 382. djiTJxavos, -ov impracticable. 
 
 383. €l<r-c'pxoftai, 2 aor. (la-riKBov, 
 
 to go into, enter. See 58. 
 
 384. K(oXv.i), -tJcro), to hinder. 
 
 385. ^Kpos, -d, -ov, highest; ra 
 
 (iKpa. the heights. 
 
 386. 8io {- hC o), wherefore. 
 
 387. vo-T€paios, -a, -ov. following ; 
 
 rjj v(TT(paia, on the following 
 day. 
 
 388. GLY^cXos. -ov, viefssrngrr. 
 
 389. XcCtro), -^//-o) 2 aor. (Kinov, to 
 
 leare. 
 
 390. ctoTb), within ; to (lo-a), Me 
 
 391. ^pos, -ov?, TO, mountain, 
 
 392. Tpn]pT]s, -€s; gen. -ovs, <ri- 
 
 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THP: ANABASIS. 
 
 393. TTcpi-irXca), -TrXeuo-o/xat, to sati 
 
 around, 
 391. oiJ, where. 
 
 395. Kara-paCvo), 2 aor. KaT'idrjv, 
 
 to go down, descend. See 34. 
 
 396. KoXo'si -i;, -6v; koWkov, koXXi- 
 
 o-Toy, beautiful. 
 3')7. <ir(-p-pvTos, -OV, overflowed 
 (see 261), well-watered, 
 
 398. ScvSpov, ou, tree. 
 
 399. iravToSairo's, -17, -oj/, of every 
 
 kind. 
 
 400. <rvfi-irXca)s, -o)i/ (all) together 
 
 /m// o/, quite full of, 
 
 401. ^ircXos, -ov, i), vine. 
 
 402. <rrj<ra|iov, -ov, sesame (rare). 
 40-3. }icXCvT], rji, panic, kind of 
 
 millet (rare). 
 40 i. Kc-yxpo^' -ov, 77ii7/er (rare). 
 
 405. irvpds. -OV, wheat, usu. plur. 
 
 406. KpTSrj. -rjs. barley. 
 
 407. <)>€p&>, f ut. oio-o), /o bear, carry. 
 
 408. irepi-c'xta, /o hold (its way) 
 
 round, .surround. 
 
 409. oxvpo's, -a, -ov (tenable, from 
 
 f;(-a)), strong. 
 
 410. vx|njXo's, -17, -oi', ^;/?//. 
 
 411. TTOvrd, on every side. 
 
 412. ^XavvcD, fut. eXw, fjXaaa, drive, 
 
 ride. See 234. 
 
 413. ^vop.a, -nroff, to, name. 
 
 414. ^K XcCYrw, -^//-Q), 2 aor c^ cXtTrof, 
 
 /o leave out, behind, desert. 
 See 389. 
 
 415. ^v-oiKc'ca, -rjaoo, (v-wKrja-a, to in- 
 
 habit. 
 
 416. (MTct, with gen , with , with 
 
 ace. afer; fi. raika, after 
 this. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 305 
 
 417. xt»piov, -OV, place, esp. a 
 
 stronghold, 
 
 418. KairqXiiov, -ov, shop, inn. 
 
 419. irpc'rcpos, -d, -ov (comp. of 
 
 trpo, see 34 1), before, .sooner. 
 
 420. vircp-poXTj, -rjs, crossing over, 
 
 cf 378. 
 
 421. Xo'xos, -ov, company (of 100 
 
 men). 
 
 422. dir-o'XXv}ii, fut. -oXeVu or -oXc^, 
 
 -ciXfo-a, /o destroy f pass, /o 
 
 423. oprrd^w, -acrofiai, to seize, plun- 
 
 der. See 367. 
 
 424. Kara-KoirrM, -yjroi, 2 aor. pass. 
 
 KaT-fKomjv, to cut down or in 
 pieces. 
 
 425. viro-Xc(ir», -yjroi, 2 aor -f'XtTroi/, 
 
 /o leave behind. See 414. 
 
 426. cvpCo-K(0, (vpT]aa>, 2 aor. tlpov, 
 
 to find. 
 
 427. ov8€, Tjor, no/ ^tc'm. 
 
 428. irXavoMfLcu, -rjaopai, to wander. 
 
 429. ^Karo'v, a hundred. 
 
 430. oXcOpos, -ov, destruction. See 
 
 422. 
 
 431. (ni-<rTpaTi(iTT|$, -ov, fellow- 
 
 soldier 
 
 432. op^C^ofiai, fut. tovpK, to he 
 
 angry. See 790. 
 
 433. cUr-<Xavva), to ride or march 
 
 into. See 412. 
 434. 
 
 ovT€, nor, ovTf . 
 neither . . . nor. 
 
 OVT€, 
 
 435. ir», yg/. 
 
 436. KpcCxTttv, -ov, better, stronger , 
 
 comp. of aya^o'ff. See 107. 
 
 437. x*^Pi x^'P**^' ^' hand. 
 
 438. c0€X«, less often ^fX<», fut. 
 
 fdcXfjcra, to be willing, to 
 wish . 
 
 439. irCoTT,s, -«a9,T}, faith, fidelity ; 
 
 pledge. 
 
 440. dXXijXwv, -otff, eacA other. 
 
 441. Swpov, -ov, ^//?. 
 
 442. rtfiios, -a, -01/, honorable, hon- 
 
 ored. 
 413. xpv<''o x^Xtvos, -ov, with gold- 
 {st added) bridle. 
 
 444. orrpciTTos, -17, ov, twisted , as 
 
 subs, necklace. 
 
 445. ^eXiov, -ov, bracelet. 
 
 446. oKivaiois, -ov (Persian), «Aor^ 
 
 sM?orr/. 
 
 447. oTToX^, -^p, robe. 
 
 448. |iT)K€ri, no longer (with subj., 
 
 imper., etc.). 
 
 449. d(|»-apird^(a, -daofiai, to plunder 
 
 from. See 423, 367. 
 
 450. dvSpdtroSov, -ov, slave. 
 
 451. irov, indef., somewhere, any- 
 
 where, (ttov, where?). 
 
 452. €v-TVYXttv», 2 aor. (p-fwxpv, 
 
 to happen upon, fall in with. 
 See 19 
 
 453. diro-XafiPavw, fut. auo \rf^o- 
 
 fiai, 2 aor. ciTT t'Xa/Sov, to re- 
 ceive from or back. See 35. 
 
 »> 
 
306 
 
 AVORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 iip 
 
 If ' 
 
 ^ 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 454. trpd<r(o or woppa (HI. 12), for- 
 
 ward^ further^ so tls to tt. ; 
 with gew. far from (HI. 12). 
 
 455. |iurOo&>, -awrw, to hire. 
 
 456. PioQ^ofiai, -aao/xai, mid. dep., 
 
 to force. 
 
 457. poXXw, /3aXi, 2 aor. €/3aXov, 
 
 /o throw, hit. 
 
 458. viro-5vytov, -ov [C*'y"*'> YOKE], 
 
 6e«.s/ of burden. 
 
 459. liiKpos, -a, -ov, little, small, 
 400. ^K-<^iry», 2 aor. c^ €<f)vyoPy to 
 
 flee out or away, escape. 
 See 121. 
 
 461. Kara-ircrpoo), cocra), to stone 
 
 (down) to death. 
 
 462. vcTTcpov, aflencardsj adj. 
 
 varfpos, -a, -ov, o/?er, /a/er. 
 
 463. y\.xv<aa-K<a, 2 aor. tyvtav, to 
 
 knmo. 
 
 464. crw-oyw, 2 aor. uw-rjyayov, 
 
 bring together ^ collect. See 
 129. 
 
 465. lK-KXT|(rCd, -ay, assembly. See 
 
 209. 
 
 466. SaKpvt0, -vao), to weep. 
 
 467. xpo'"***, -ov, time. 
 
 468. o-ionrcui), -rjaopai, to be silent. 
 
 469. ToioVSc, -tiSf , -6v8(, such ; toi- 
 
 d8f, such as follows. 
 
 470. x*^**""***' hardly, angrUy. 
 
 471. c-yw, ^en. <fioi;, /. 
 
 472. imTpts, -tSoff, T], father-land. 
 
 473. TtfjLaw, -^o-o), /o honor. 
 
 474. tSios, -a oi/, ott'Aj, private. 
 
 475. KaTa-T£0T]|ii, -^^o-o), /o put 
 
 down or away. See 296. 
 
 476. Ka0-'r]8v-'ira6€», -^o-o), /o squan- 
 
 der in luxury (rare). 
 
 477. vfuts, gen. v/ituv, y^jw (plur.). 
 
 478. Ti|U0p€o», -^j-o), /o arenge ; 
 
 mid. avenge one's self on, 
 puni.'ih. 
 479 a<)>-aip€(i>. tnle from, deprive. 
 
 480. tva, ?n ry?7ycr that, that. 
 
 481. c^, ?rf//. 
 
 482. ircurx«, Trdaopai, 2 aor. €7ra- 
 
 ^of, /o .sf/^f r ; (V (or jcaiciof) 
 TT. vTTo — , to be well (or ill) 
 treated by 
 
 483. <ru|j,-irop€vo)iai, proceed with. 
 
 484. avdyKT]. -TjSf necessity ; with or 
 
 witliout (OTi, it is necesfory. 
 
 485. vpo-SCSiDfii, 2 aor. 7rpo-e8a)ica, 
 
 <7/re I//), betray. See 111. 
 
 486. <^iX(d, -as, friendship. 
 
 487. xP<^H'(>'i'^ ■r]aop,ai, mid. dep. /o 
 
 w.se, with dat. 
 
 488. ^€v8w, >/^€wrG), to deceive (by 
 
 lies); mid. lie^ be false. 
 489 SUaios, -«, -ov. just. 
 
 490. otSa, subj. €idio, opt. €t5eti;i', 
 
 impcr. t(T^i, inf. ftficVat, pt. 
 €t5coff, 2 plpf. ^drtv, /o ^noMJ. 
 
 491. alpcw, -riau), 2 aor. ciXop, to 
 
 take; mid. /o choose. See 
 479. 
 
 492. oviroTc, never. See 63. 
 
 493. &Y», o^ci), 2 aor. fjyayov^ to 
 
 lead,, carry. See 464. 
 
 807 
 
 494. 
 495. 
 496. 
 497. 
 
 498. 
 
 499. 
 
 500. 
 
 501. 
 
 502. 
 
 503. 
 
 504. 
 
 505. 
 506. 
 507. 
 
 508. 
 509. 
 
 510. 
 
 511 
 
 512. 
 
 513. 
 
 514. 
 
 €Tro|iat, impf. flnofjujv, to fol- 
 low, with dat. 
 
 orvji-ftaxos, -ov, ally. See 
 
 282. 
 
 otofxai or oifiai, oir)(rofiai, tor)- 
 Oijv, to think. 
 
 tfirov, ichere : 5. av, wherever 
 (with subj.). 
 
 €p7]^os, -ov, barren, desert ; 
 with gen. deprived of with- 
 out. 
 
 iX^po^, -a, -ov, hostile : as 
 
 suKs. enemy. 
 dXc^w, aXf^o/xai, rjXf^dpiju, to 
 
 v^ard off: mid. requite. 
 Stvf\, where, whither: o. av, 
 
 wherever (with subj.). 
 •yvwfiT], -rjs, judgment, opinion. 
 
 See 463. 
 <rKEvo(|>o'pos, -ov, baggage ani- 
 mals : plur. nsi: baggage. 
 o-rpaTOTTcScvof&ai, -evaopai, to 
 
 encamp. 
 oiropcw, -jjo-o), to be at a loss. 
 Xvir«w, -rjarw, to jyain, grieve. 
 XcfcOpd, secretly, without the 
 
 knowledge of. 
 9app<a>, -rfrro), be courageous. 
 Set, bsn, htoi, 8clv, pait. deov, 
 it is" necessary, there w need. 
 irpoo-cpxoH-ai, 2 aor. irpoa- 
 TjXdov, to come to. See 383. 
 Artrtp, Just as, as. 
 ijlUTcpos, -a, -ov, our, otirs. 
 yi, end part., at lea.^t ; often 
 best translated by emphasis 
 on the word before it. 
 <rvv-6iro|i(u, to follow luiih, ac- 
 company. See 194. 
 
 516. 
 517. 
 
 518. 
 
 510. 
 520. 
 521. 
 
 522. 
 
 ol5. |iio^o-8oTT)s, -ov, paymaster. 
 See 178 and 111. 
 fuvTot, indeed, yet, however. 
 oSiKcw, -^o-o), to be unjust, 
 
 injure. 
 aUrxww, to shame ; pass, be 
 
 ashamed. 
 o-vv-oiSa, 2 pf . am conscious, 
 iiLavTov, of myself. 
 cTTcira, thereupon, next, more- 
 over. 
 BcCSw, epic pi'es., whence 
 fdeia-a, dtdoiKa. and 2 pf. 
 8i8ia, witii pres. sense, to 
 fear. 
 . 8(iCT|, -Tjs. justice, punishment. 
 . firi-TieTjfii, put upon ; i. diKTjv, 
 
 inflict punishment. 
 ' wp<i, as, time, season. 
 . Ka6-cvSo>, to sleep. 
 afxcXcw, -riaro), to be careless, 
 neglect. Cf. 86. 
 
 Xpifi inf. XP^""* ^^ *•** neceS' 
 sary, one must. 
 
 ^oiSy ivhile, untU. 
 avTov, gen. of place, here. 
 o-K€irT€'os, -a -ov, verb, adj., 
 to be considered. 
 
 aa-<)>aXo>s, earepov, -ea-rara, 
 
 safely. 
 dir-€t(ii, to go away. See 306. 
 6'iriTTj8€ios, -a -ov, suitable; 
 
 TO. €. provisions. 
 avcv, prep, with gen., without. 
 l8iwTt]s, ov a private person. 
 
 See 474. 
 o<|>€Xos, TO, proft. 
 a|ios, -a, -ov, tcorth, worthy. 
 
 See 135. 
 
 523 
 524 
 
 525 
 526 
 527. 
 
 528. 
 
 529. 
 530. 
 531. 
 
 532. 
 
 533. 
 534. 
 
 535. 
 536. 
 
 537. 
 
 538. 
 
308 
 
 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 „.... 
 
 539. x«^^*'*">s, -j}, -oi/, HARD, diffi- 
 
 culty harsh. See 470. 
 
 540. irejo's, -17, -ov, Joot- ; ot tt- 
 
 Infantry; irfClh on foot (IV. 
 18). 
 
 541. liririKos, -4. -6v, pertaininrj to 
 
 a horse: cacafrt/. See 260. 
 512. vavTiKos, -rj, -6vj naval. 
 54-3. d)jLoCo>s, in like manner. 
 
 544. i'lrCoTafAat, to knoic^ under- 
 
 stand, 
 
 545. K(i0-T)|jiai, siV down^ he en- 
 
 camped. 
 
 546. opicrros, -»;, of, hest. See 
 
 107. 
 
 547. df-CiTTrifjLt, -iarTTjv, dua-a-Trja'ai, 
 
 -€(rrrj(ray trans, to raise up; 
 2 aor. -fo-TTju, -€(TTr}Ka and 
 mid. intrans , to rise up^ 
 stand. See 825. 
 
 548. i7-K€X€v<rTOs, -ov^ urged on. 
 
 See 189. 
 
 549. olos, -d, ou, of what .^ort ; 
 
 Toioabf or Toioiroff such, 
 oios as. 
 
 550. cm-opCd, -a?, difficult fj. See 505. 
 
 551. irpoo--iroi€ojiai, /o 7nake or 
 
 claim for one's self pretend. 
 See 26. 
 
 552. <rir€v8w, cTTrfvrro), /« hasten. 
 
 553. dir-o-yw, /o /cr/^/ feac^" or ajray. 
 
 See 464, 49:',. 
 
 554. dyopatw, -aaw, to buy. See 
 
 302. 
 5.35. <rv-<rK€vd^w, M 7;mZe ready 
 
 (by putting) together, to pack 
 
 up. See 232. 
 556. diro-irXcc*, -7rXev<To/xat, to sail 
 
 away. 
 
 557. TJ-YCfiuv, -owff, leader. 
 
 558. (t>£XioSi -«. -ov, friendly. 
 
 559. )i.TJ8€, nor, no< etvn (with subj., 
 
 iinper., etc., H. 1018, G. 
 283). 
 
 560. irpo-KaTa-XafiPdvca, -Xi^^l^o/xat, 
 
 to seize beforehand. See 35. 
 
 561. <{>Oavo>, (fi0ua-(o, fCJtBaaa, to be 
 
 frstj anticipate. 
 
 562. liTJTc . . . fir)T€, neither . . . 
 
 nor. See 559. 
 
 563. Kara Xap,pavci>, 2 aor. -eXajSov, 
 
 564. av-af>ira^(i), -atro), snatch up^ 
 
 carry off. See 423. 
 
 565. TOiovTos, Toiavn/, rotoCro, 
 
 .«j«r/( (as precede*). 
 
 566. TOorovTos. ToaavTr). roo-oOro, so 
 
 much, so great; (in phir.) 
 so many. 
 507. oTpaTTiYcw, -ijo"©, /o ie ^^ew- 
 err//, command. See 27. 
 
 568. oTparq-yCd, -ay, generalship^ 
 
 command ; military plan. 
 
 569. )iT)8c(s, fxrj^€fiid, fir}8€v, no, no 
 
 one^ none (with subj., iin- 
 per., etc.). 
 
 570. ^v-opaw. (vo'^oixm. to see in or 
 
 therein. See 302. 
 
 571. iroiT^TCos, -a, -01/, verb, adj., 
 
 to be made or f/onc. See 26. 
 
 572. Swaro's, -17. -oj/, ^////e, possible. 
 
 See 68. 
 
 573. dvOpwTToSi ou. ?/m/j. See 103. 
 
 574. cv-TJOcia, as, si nipleness, folly. 
 57 o. tv-^9r\s, -fs, simple^ foolish. 
 576. Xv^a(vo|tai., Xvfiai/oCfUit, to 
 
 mnl rea', tnar. 
 oil. trpd^is -€u)i, 17, doing, business. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 309 
 
 578. oKvtta, -tjo-a, shrink from, hesi- 
 
 tate. 
 
 579. cji-paivw, -^rja-oixaiy to go into, 
 
 embark. See 34. 
 Kara-Svo), to sink (down). 
 <f>op€(tf, -j^o-Q), to frighten; 
 
 mid. fear. See 358. 
 '. olos T€, Old re, olov re, such as 
 
 to (with in (in.), able. See 
 
 549.] 
 ^5 epxojiai, 2 aor. -^\8ov, to go 
 
 out or forth. See 383. 
 oKwv, aKovaa. ^kou, unwilling. 
 
 See 165. 
 <t>XvapCd, -ay, nonsense, folly. 
 Ipwrdw, -^£7-0), 2 aor. rjpofiijv, 
 
 to ask. 
 t£s, Tt, gen. rlvoi, whof which? 
 what f 
 
 irapa-irXTJo-ios, -d, -ou, simdar 
 
 to or like. See 989. 
 olos-ir€p, otd-nep^ olov-ntp (rrep 
 
 intens.), just such as, just 
 
 as. See 549. 
 KUKos, -17, -oV, Aa^/, cowardly. 
 OT»v-ava ^aLva, 2 aor. aw-av- 
 
 €^T]u, lo go np with. See 34. 
 (^aivw, cpauQ}, €(prjpa, to show; 
 
 mid. and pass, appear. 
 
 580. 
 T>81. 
 
 [582 
 
 583. 
 584. 
 
 585. 
 
 586. 
 
 587. 
 588. 
 589. 
 
 590. 
 591. 
 
 592. 
 
 593. 
 594. 
 595. 
 596. 
 597. 
 
 598 
 599. 
 
 600 
 
 601. 
 602. 
 
 603. 
 
 604. 
 605. 
 606. 
 
 607. 
 
 608. 
 609. 
 
 iirl-vovo^, -OP, toilsome. See 
 694. 
 
 ^itikCvSvvos, OV, dangerous. 
 
 See 941. 
 wj>-(T|fLi, • 170-6), -fjKa, -€lKa, let go, 
 
 send away. 
 irpo' Ovfios. -OV, eager, zealous 
 
 {OufjLus, OV, heart, mind). 
 dv-ayycXXo), -eXw, to report 
 
 (back). See 388. 
 Sevpo, hither. 
 
 dTro-Kptvo|tat, -ovftai, to an- 
 swer. See 840. 
 dir-cxw, to hold off, intrans. 
 be away, be distant. See 38. 
 Ik6i, th^re. 
 XPti'Jw, cliiefly in pres., to 
 
 want, desire. 
 atp€To's, -T), '6v, verb, adj., 
 
 chosen. See 491. 
 VTT o\J/id. -dv, suspicion. See 11. 
 6')ica>s, nevertheless. 
 irpoo--cuT€(a, to ask further or 
 
 in addition. See 174. 
 ijfii-o'Xios, -d, -OV, a half-\- the 
 
 ichole, a half more. 
 -i|)ii.-8dpiKov -OV, half-daric. 
 <)>avepo's, -a. ov, plain, mani- 
 fest. See 592. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 610. (TToCSiov, -OV, plur. -ot, stadium^ 
 
 furlong (606 ft). 
 
 611. ir6VT€-Ka(-8€Ka, ^cen. 
 
 612. vavs, i/ecoff T), ship. See 542. 
 
 613. vav-apxos, -ov, admiral. 
 
 614. o-v)i-TroXc|ic(a, to join in war 
 
 with. See 87. 
 
 615. lieTd-ircfiiTTOs, -ov, sent after. 
 
 See 20. ^dred, 
 
 616. firraKoo-iok, -at, -a, seven hun- 
 
WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 310 
 
 G17. optMM, -^<ro), to anchor. 
 018. jiwr0o-4)opos ov, pay-receiv- 
 in(/y a mercenary (soldier). 
 
 619. TCTpaKoVioi, -at, a.) Jour hun- 
 
 dred. 
 
 620. <rv oTpaTcvojAtti, to join in 
 
 a campaign or expedition. 
 See 123. 
 
 621. irvXt^, -i;?, gate. 
 
 622. Tctxos, -ouff, TO, mall. 
 
 623. ?<r«6ev, within; to c., the 
 
 inner. 
 621. I|», without ; to e., Me ou/er. 
 
 625. dirds, d-7rdaa, a-rrdv, all to- 
 
 r/ether, all. 
 
 626. irap-€pxo|iai, 2 aor. nap fj\6ou, 
 
 to (JO ov pass hy. See 173. 
 
 627. pCd. -ay,/ort'e. (L. vis.) 
 
 628. ircip-oSos, -ov, way-past, a pass. 
 
 See 318. 
 
 629. (TTcvo's, -17, -oi/, narrow. 
 
 630. KaO TJKoi, /o co//ie down, reach. 
 
 See 203. 
 
 631. {iir6p9€(v), /rom ahoce. See 
 
 ir)9 
 
 632. iTfTpd, -dy, roct. See 161. 
 
 633. -nXCpdros, -ov (poet), steep, 
 
 said of bare, jagged cliffs. 
 
 634. ^<j>-C<rTTi|ii, €7n-(rTr}a(0y -fOTrjaay 
 
 trans., to set up, upon or 
 orery to set = halt ; (<l>-€aTT]Ka, 
 2 aor. €7r-€a'TrfUf intraiis., 
 to be set over, stand hy or 
 near. See 113. 
 
 635. fvcKa, with gen., on account 
 
 of- 
 
 636. airo-pipa^a>, daa>, causal of 
 
 OTro-^aivo), make go off, dis- 
 embark. 
 
 637. ^o--ir«p, ^-Trep, o-7rfp, the very 
 
 one who or thing which. 
 See 23. 
 
 638. dva-<rTp«<|>w, -^co, to turn back, 
 
 to retreat, to rally. 
 
 639. dir cXav'vw, -tXci, to drive away,* 
 
 march away. See 412. 
 
 610. iivpuiis, tiSoff, ^, a myriad 
 
 (10,000). 
 
 611. ifiiroptov, -ou, trading port 
 
 (emporium^. 
 
 642. avTo'Ot, /icrc, there. 
 
 643. oXkois, dSoff, ^, merchant 
 
 vessel. 
 611. ev tCOtjjii, -df}(T(o, -tBrjKO, to put 
 in or on See 296. 
 
 615. <^iXo-Tl|i6op.ai, 'Tjaofiai, to love 
 
 honor (rlfiri), be jealous. 
 
 616. la-j), impf. €iu>u (as, -a), emra), 
 
 ciacra, to permit. II. 359, 
 G. 101. 
 
 617. d<^avTjs, -€s, unseen, inois' 
 
 ible. 
 
 618. 8i-tpX®H'*''' 2 aor. 81^X^01', to 
 
 go througJi, to spread. See 
 "6->0. 
 
 619. Xo'^os, ov, wordy speech: ru' 
 
 7nor. See 270. 
 
 650. 8i»K«, -^0), to pursue. 
 
 651. €vxoH^<^; impf. €v- or ijv^ofirjVf 
 
 -f o/iai, /o ;)/'o//, i*o/(?. 
 
 652. SiiXos. -1/, oi', cowardly; v. I, 
 
 doXioi, -«, -oi', treacherous. ' 
 
 653. olKTcCpw, -fpw, /o />i/^» 
 
 654. clX£(rKO|iai, dXoxrovat, caX(i>«ca, 
 
 2 aor. 6aXo>f, /o ie taken, 
 seized. 
 
 655. oTiy-icaXcft), -€(ra>. ?o call to- 
 
 gether. See 209. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 311 
 
 656. diro-Xctirw, -ifro), -XtXotTra, 2 
 
 aor. -tXtTroi/, to leave behind, 
 abandon. See 389. 
 
 657. diro-Si8pdTK(0, -dpcKTOfiai, -de- 
 
 SpaKa, 2 aor. -(Sfjuu, to rvn 
 away (esp. by stealth). 
 
 658. otxofiai, to be or have gone. 
 
 H. 827, G. 200, n. 3. 
 
 659. diro-<{>cvY<tf, -^ofiai, 2 aor. -€(f)v- 
 
 yoi/, TO pee from, escape (out 
 ol reacti). See 121. 
 
 660. 6€os, -oO, 5^wc/. 
 
 6t)l. ^ireiSav, whenever (with subj., 
 H. 913, G. 'J61, N.). 
 
 662. KaKws, -101/, -lara, badly, ill. 
 
 663. diro-<rvXd(i>, to strip off, rob. 
 
 664. KaCroi, and yet. 
 
 665. T€KVOV, -ov, c////</. 
 
 666. <)>povp€(tf, /r) guard, watch. 
 
 667. o-T6p€«, -i)o-a>, to deprive ; pass. 
 
 (TTepofiai and orfpiaKOfiai. 
 
 668. dpcri]. -^y, goodness, excellence. 
 
 669. d-6v)i.os, -oi/, disheartened. 
 
 See 596. 
 
 670. dvdpao-is, -eoay, 17, going up 
 
 (into Persia), expedition, 
 whence the name Anabasis. 
 
 671. tjSws, i7Sfta, ^8u, sweet, pleas- 
 
 ant. See 216. 
 
 672. tx^vs, -vof, 6 ^A'A. 
 
 073. irpdos, -eta, Trpaov, mi7</, gentle. 
 
 674. ircpuTTcpd, -as, ^/oye. 
 
 G7.J. K(0|i,T|, -i^y, village. 
 
 676. (ricT)voca, -axro), /o encamp : 
 
 -CO), /o ie encamped. See 
 
 357. 
 077. t«vi], -i7f, girdle; tls ttjv f, 
 
 Jor pin monpy. 
 678. irdw, tJer^. 
 
 679. 4>va), (f)i(Tit), ((j)U(Ta, to produce ; 
 
 (f>v(Tis, €(t>s, nature. 
 
 680. tK-Koirrw, -^ro), to cut out, off, 
 
 or (of trees) down. See 424. 
 
 681. Kara-KaCo), Alt. -<cda), -Kavo-oj, 
 
 to burn down, 
 
 682. dva ircCOo), to persuade (up 
 
 to), induce. See 50. 
 
 683. dir ayyeXXw, -eXo), to report 
 
 (from), announce. See 597. 
 
 684. xd^cirO'^vu, -avS>y to be severe, 
 
 angry. See 539. 
 
 685. irdXai, long ago. 
 
 686. iraTT|p, narpos, father. See 
 
 472. 
 
 687. dp-yvpiov, -ov (dim. of opyv- 
 
 pos-ov, sdver), piece of silver 
 (silver), money. 
 
 688. |ivd, -as, mina (100 drachmae 
 
 = $17..'>0). 
 
 689. ciTTjv or (irdv, whenever, when 
 
 (with subj. See 601). 
 
 690. cvTcXrfs, -€s, at its end, full, 
 
 complete. 
 
 691. luxpi, until, a.N'/ar as, 
 
 692. n-o'T€pov, wh'dher. 
 
 693. X'^P^S' apart, without. 
 
 691. iroveo), -^0-0), /o /«//; jroi/of, 
 -ov, tod. 
 
 695. irpo Ti|uu», -^<ra), /o honor be- 
 fore (another). See 473. 
 
 690. vvv, now. 
 
 697. ^^l\o^a\., -invfuu, to vote (by 
 
 \lrrj(f)os, a pebble) , to resolve. 
 
 698. atrios, -a, -ov, responsible, the 
 
 cause ; to al., the cause. 
 699 x^s» -tros, ^, grace, faior, 
 gratitude; \<^p(.v tldevai, to 
 be grateful. 
 
WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 • i 
 
 M Mil 
 
 •I lli 
 
 ill 
 
 !l 
 
 'l 
 
 312 
 
 700. onro-^4^££o|uu, fo vote other- 
 
 wise or against. 
 
 701. Iji-iroXiv, TO €/i. or rov/i., hack- 
 
 warily back. 
 
 702. |M>vos, -ly, -ov, alone. 
 
 7U3. irio-Tos, -i}, -oi', faithful: ra 
 TTtcrra, tokens of good faith, 
 pledges. See 439. 
 
 704. ^povpiov, -ov, garrison. See 
 
 60(3. 
 
 705. XoxavCd, -dy, captaincy/. 
 
 706. €ir-aivf«, -(Vo/Aat, -jyvctro, /o 
 
 praise^ annmend, 
 101, |mXci, fi€\f)ar(iy impers. with 
 dat., i7 «j>' a care /o ; /i. /xoi, / 
 /ale care. 
 
 708. €VTvx«», -ijcru) (tvxV fortune) f 
 
 to be fortunate. 
 
 709. iM-yoXo-irpiirws (adj. -^f, -ts, 
 
 befitting the great), magnifi- 
 cently. 
 
 710. 
 711. 
 712. 
 
 713. 
 
 714. 
 
 715. 
 
 716. 
 
 717. 
 718. 
 719. 
 720. 
 
 721. 
 
 liofTTos, -oi), breast. 
 ovir«-iroTc, mo/ ^c/ a/ an^ 
 
 //me, necer before. 
 Sia-paros, -ij, -ov, to be crossed j 
 
 passable. See 247. 
 Oiios, -a, -oy, </ or from god 
 
 {6(6s), (Urine. 
 o-cu)><ii>s, clearly ; from aa<f>ris^ 
 
 ■fs, clear. 
 vvo-\ii»pt(a, -^(T(o, to go back 
 
 (lit. under), withdraw. See 
 
 283. 
 ivvia, nine. 
 ircvniKOVTa, fify. 
 
 (JLCO-TOS, -r), -OP, full. 
 
 eriTOS. -ov, pi. ra aira, grain, 
 
 provisions. 
 hriritlrilo^ai, -lovfiai, to pro* 
 
 vision one's self lay in pro* 
 
 visions. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 313 
 
 CHAPTER V 
 
 722. 
 
 Totros, -ov, place. 
 
 731. 
 
 723. 
 
 d|&aXTJs, -€s, even, level. 
 
 732. 
 
 724. 
 
 cul^CvBiov, -ov wormwood. 
 
 
 725. 
 
 ^v-ciffci, impf. €v fjv, to be in or 
 
 733. 
 
 
 therein. See 65. 
 
 734. 
 
 726. 
 
 vXi\, rji, wood, copse. 
 
 
 727. 
 
 KaXa^ios, -ov, reed (L. cala- 
 
 735. 
 
 
 mus'. 
 
 736. 
 
 728. 
 
 cv-w8t)s, -es, sweet-smelling, 
 
 
 
 fragrant. 
 
 737. 
 
 729. 
 
 &pu\ka^ -aros, to, spice (Eng. 
 
 
 
 aroma). 
 
 738. 
 
 730 
 
 varroios -d, -op, of every kind. 
 
 
 ^vos, -ov, as.'i. 
 
 trrporAos, -ov, sparrow; ^ a. 
 
 p€yakr}, the ostrich. 
 wtCs, -tfioy. 17, bustard. 
 SopKOs, aBos, rj [b€pK-0fiat, to 
 
 see], gazelle (deriv. Dorcas). 
 IvCoTC, sometimes. 
 irpo-Tpix«*» 2 aor. itpo-i^papop, 
 
 to run forward or before. 
 Tpc'xw, ^pafiovpai, 2 aor. (dpa- 
 
 pop, to run. See 356. 
 TrXTio-iA^M, -data, to draw near. 
 
 See 990. 
 
 739 
 
 . Si-(oTT|fu, trans., to set at 
 intervals; inirAUS. , to stand 
 at intervals or apart. See 
 
 761. 
 
 
 325. 
 
 762. 
 
 740. 
 
 6t)pcui>, -dao), to chase, hunt. 
 
 763. 
 
 
 See 259. 
 
 764. 
 
 741. 
 
 8ia-Sexo|iai, -^pai, to receive 
 
 
 
 (tlirough ii line or) in suc- 
 
 705. 
 
 
 cession, succeed. 
 
 
 742. 
 
 Kptas, gei). Kpfios, plur. Kpia, 
 Kp€a)P, TOyfiesh. 
 
 766. 
 
 743. 
 
 ^ou|mios, -ov, of deer; to (., 
 
 
 
 venison. 
 
 767. 
 
 744. 
 
 dtroXos, -T), -OP, tender. 
 
 
 745. 
 
 ttiro-o^iraw, -6tr<a, to draw off or 
 away. 
 
 
 746. 
 
 trrcpv^, -vyos, ^, wing. See 
 749. 
 
 768. 
 
 747. 
 
 atpu, dpu>, ^fja, to raise. 
 
 769. 
 
 748. 
 
 uttCov, -ov, sfiil. 
 
 
 749. 
 
 mTOixai, nTrjaofiai, 2 aor. 
 (irroprfp, tofiy. 
 
 770. 
 
 750. 
 
 PpaXvs, fla, -v, short; ^paxv, 
 a .short distance. 
 
 771. 
 
 751. 
 
 iKpSil, -iKos, 6. partridge. 
 
 772. 
 
 752. 
 
 oir-aYopcvw, ciiiefly in pres. 
 
 
 
 and impf., to speak from or 
 
 773. 
 
 
 against, renounce; to give 
 
 774. 
 
 
 out, fail. 
 
 
 753. 
 
 irXcOpiaios, -a, -op, of a pleth- 
 ron (in size, length, etc.). 
 
 775. 
 
 754. 
 
 ircpi-p-pew, -ptvaopai, to flow 
 
 
 
 around. See 264. 
 
 776. 
 
 755. 
 
 kvkXos, -ov, circle. 
 
 777. 
 
 756. 
 
 Tpur KaC-8€Ka, thirteen. 
 
 
 757. 
 
 ivcvTJKOvra, ninety. 
 
 
 758. 
 
 XifjLo's, -ov, hunger, famine. 
 
 
 759. 
 
 XopTos, -ov, grass, fodder. 
 
 778. 
 
 760. 
 
 ^Xos, -1}, -OP, bare. 
 
 779. 
 
 oXerris, -ov (aKita, to grind), a 
 grinder; opos a., a mill- 
 stone. 
 
 opvTTO), -^a>, to dig. 
 
 iroXco), -ijo-ft), to sell. 
 
 avT-a"yopd$w, to buy in ex- 
 change. See 554. 
 
 Jaw, impf. €^o)i/, i^\Q(ji, to live ; 
 
 ^O)^, -^£, lift. 
 
 cm-XcCiru, -^o), 2 aor. fTT- 
 (AtTToj', to leave behind, to 
 fail. See 656. 
 u>vtoyMi, impf. toipovpijp, 2 
 aor. 
 
 (Trpiafjirjp, to buy. H. 359, 
 G. 104. See 360. 
 
 KairCOri, -rjs, a kupithe (Per- 
 sian), about 2 quarts. 
 
 oXcvpov, -ov, chiefly in plur., 
 wheat fiour, 
 
 aX<^iTov, -ov, chiefly in plur., 
 barley-meal. 
 
 o-C'yXos, -ov, siglos, shekel, = 
 7^ Attic obols or 25 cents. 
 
 £^oXos, -ov, obol, Attic coin, 
 = 3^ cents. 
 
 ijfii-ttpo'Xiov, TO, a half-obol. 
 
 Xoivi|, -iKOi, Tj, choenix, = 
 about a quart. 
 
 Xupcw, -jjo-o), to make place 
 (pfwpa) for, and so, to con' 
 tain. See 283. 
 
 ioBUa, 2 aor. €(f>ayop, to eat. 
 
 8ia-'y£'yvo)iai, to go (lit. be- 
 come) through ; to pass, to 
 live (of time, etc.). See 
 179. 
 
 fjiaKpos, -d, OP, long. 
 
 vSwp, vdaT09, TO, water. 
 
314 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 ii 
 
 • 1 
 
 II 
 
 780. 8ia-T€X€», (Va) or -&, bring to 
 
 an end (reXoy), complete 
 (e. g. a distance). 
 
 781. x^o's, -ov, f odder, 
 
 782. iroTc, end., at any time^ at 
 
 some time (nore, when?). 
 
 783. arT€vo-x«*p^ -ay, a narrate 
 
 place. See 629. 
 
 784. irr^Xo's -ov, mud. 
 
 785. 8v(r-^o'p€VTos, -oi/, difficult to 
 
 pass. See 198. 
 
 786. oTpaTos, -oC, army. 
 
 787. <rw-€K-Ptpai«, ^o ^oin (avu) in 
 
 bringing out. See ()3t5. 
 
 788. di}ia|a, »;$■, wagon, 
 
 789. <rxoXa£(i>s, leisurely ; from 
 
 adj , (r;(oXaioff, Itisurelyj 
 sloiv, 
 
 790. opYn, -^ff) anger. 
 
 791. KparuTTos, -17, -oi' (from icpd- 
 
 T0£, strength)^ best (as super, 
 of dya^os), strongest. See 
 107. 
 
 792. <rvv-€in-<nrev8«, /o yo/n ((tui') 
 
 in hastening on. See 552. 
 
 793. Ma, ther(\ then, 
 
 794. |upos, -ovff TO, ;>rtr/, portion. 
 
 795. €^ei|(a, -ay, ^o«</ order, dis- 
 
 cipline. 
 790. Ocoofiai, d(7o/Ltat, to behold 
 (deriv. theatre). 
 
 797. ^iiTTw, -^cu, /o throw, 
 
 798. irop<)»vpavs, -d, -oCi^, purple. 
 
 799. icavSvs, -uoy (Persian), oj^er- 
 
 c'oa^ caftan (rare). 
 8(X). ti]tit, jjao), r}Ka, fiica, /o sen^, 
 
 /c^ go ; mi<l., .<?en(/ one 'if selj^ 
 
 hasten. See 595. 
 801. viicTi, -i;y, victory. See 272. 
 
 802. trpdvifs, -<y (or irprfv^t, L. 
 
 pronuB), headlong ; steep 
 (of a hill). 
 
 803. YnXo<l>os. -ov, 6 (yrj + \6<poSy 
 
 crest) f hill. 
 
 804. iroXv-TcXTi's, -e'y, very expensive, 
 
 805. itoikCXos, -I/, -ov (cf. L. pic- 
 
 tura), many-colored. 
 
 806. di'a|vp(S€s, Oil/, a^ (Persian), 
 
 breeches, troicsers. 
 
 807. cvioi, -at, -a, some. 
 
 808. TpaxT^Xos, -ov, r?6^cil*. 
 
 809. €v0v s), adv. (from adj. €v6vst 
 
 straight) , immediately. 
 
 810. 6l<r-irq8aa», /o /6"a/9 e/i/o. 
 
 81 1 . )iCT('<i)pos. -01/, in mid air, raised 
 
 aloft (deriv. meteor). 
 812 (K-Kop,r^(a>, -ta», to Carry out. 
 
 813. 8ia-Tp(p<i), -\/^a), /o ?-ui[» att'ay ; 
 
 of time, waste, delay. 
 
 814. tirurtTwrp,os -ov, provisioning 
 
 {one's self). See 720. 
 
 815. dvayKaios, -d, -oi^, necessary, 
 
 oi a , relations, cf . L. neces- 
 sarii. 
 
 816. Ka6-€|;o)Jiai. tKaBf^ofir^v^ to sit. 
 
 817. |idxo|iai. -ovfiat, €fia^€adfiTjv,to 
 
 fght. See 282. 
 
 818. iTuv-aYcCpw, -ayfpa, to gather 
 
 together, collect. 
 
 819. <rvv-ct8ov, 2 aor. of avv-opd<o, 
 
 to see fftgether or in one view. 
 
 820. irpo<r-€x«, to hold to; it. top 
 
 vovv, turn one^s attention to. 
 
 821. voOs. vov, 6, mind, 
 
 822. irXfiOos, -ovy, t6, multitude, 
 
 extent, number, 
 
 823. Urxvpos, -d, -6v, strong. See 
 
 381. 
 
 CHAFTER V. 
 
 315 
 
 824. 
 
 fiificos, -ovy, TO, length. 
 
 
 ride, march up or to. See 
 
 825. 
 
 8ia-<r)rd'j), -do-o), to tear asunder, 
 
 
 412. 
 
 
 separate. 
 
 846. 
 
 oviro), not yet. 
 
 826. 
 
 do-OcvTJs, -«y, weak. See 10. 
 
 817. 
 
 |vXov, -ov, wood; in X. 12 a 
 
 827. 
 
 ircX€p.os, -ov, tear. See 87. 
 
 
 pole. 
 
 828. 
 
 irc'pav, beyond, across. 
 
 848. 
 
 ir\il(a, axia^io, to split (deriv. 
 
 829. 
 
 o-x«8ia -dy, raft. 
 
 
 schism). 
 
 830. 
 
 8i<|>0€pd, -dy, a (tanned) skin 
 
 849. 
 
 81 eXavvw, -eXw, to ride or 
 
 
 (deriv. diphtheria). 
 
 
 maj'ch through. See 254. 
 
 831. 
 
 OTCYao-fia, aroj, to, a covering 
 
 850. 
 
 a^ivT|, -i;y, axe. 
 
 
 (for tents). 
 
 851. 
 
 d^ioprdvo), T^aofiat, 2 aor. 
 
 832. 
 
 trCiiirX-qiii, ttXijo-co, en^Tjaa, to 
 
 
 rjnaprop, to miss, to fail. 
 
 
 fll. 
 
 852. 
 
 XCOos, -ov, stone. 
 
 833. 
 
 Kov<)>o$, light; kovi^os \6pTos, 
 
 853. 
 
 KaTa-<)>cvY"> 2 aor. -€(f)vyov, to 
 
 
 hay. 
 
 
 flee for refuge. See 659. 
 
 834. 
 
 <rv-<nTa», da-co, to draw to- 
 
 854. 
 
 •ydvw, yovQTos, to, L. genu, 
 
 
 gether. See 825. 
 
 
 E. (cog ) KXEK. 
 
 835. 
 
 drrro, d^o}, to fasten; com- 
 
 855. 
 
 T€TTapdKOVTa, forty. 
 
 
 monly mid. fasten ones self 
 
 856. 
 
 cK-irXTiTTw, -fco, to strike out, 
 
 
 to, touch. 
 
 
 drive out (esp. of one's 
 
 836. 
 
 Kap4Mi, -lyy, hay (rare). 
 
 
 senses). See 841. 
 
 837. 
 
 paXavos -ou, rf, an acorn (or 
 
 857. 
 
 irpd<r-€i|u, iinpf. irpoa-rjciv, to 
 
 
 similar fruit; in V. 10 = 
 
 
 go to, approach. See 353. 
 
 
 date). 
 
 858. 
 
 dXC^yos, -i;, -ov, small in num- 
 
 838. 
 
 ^oivi|, -i/coy, 6, date-palm. 
 
 
 ber; plur. /ewj. 
 
 839. 
 
 d^(t>i-X€'y», to talk about, dis- 
 
 859. 
 
 Kara-Xevw to stone down or to 
 
 
 pute about, wrangle. 
 
 
 death. Cf. 461. 
 
 810. 
 
 Kptvo), KpLVQ), €KpTua, to Judge. 
 
 860. 
 
 irpd»s, mildly. 
 
 841. 
 
 irXti-yTJ, -^y, blow , ttX/jtto), 
 
 861. 
 
 irddos, -ovy, to, suffering (di&- 
 
 
 7rX>7^a>, to strike. 
 
 
 riv. sympathy). See 482. 
 
 812. 
 
 8td poTvs, -fa>y, cro.'?.<f/n/7(place, 
 
 862 
 
 i^-L(m\\u, trans, (pres., in)pf., 
 
 
 act, or means). See 670. 
 
 
 f., and 1 aor,), to set out; 
 
 843. 
 
 Kara-o-KOircctf, -(XKiy^opai, €<tk€- 
 
 
 intrans. (2 aor., pf., and 
 
 
 y^dprjv, to view closely, in- 
 
 
 mid.), to stand out. See 634. 
 
 
 spect. 
 
 863 
 
 irw9dvo)Aai, 2 aor. envOo^rju, 
 
 844. 
 
 dj>-iinrevo>, to ride away or 
 
 
 learn (by inquiry). 
 
 
 back (on horseback) See 
 
 864. 
 
 iraXTo'v, -ov, javelin. 
 
 
 229. 
 
 865- 
 
 <rvv-dirT«, -d^o), to join. See 
 
 845. 
 
 irpotr-cXavvw, -eXw, to drive, 
 
 
 835. 
 
316 
 
 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THK ANABASIS. 
 
 II 
 
 Ml 
 
 I 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 866 
 
 867. 
 868. 
 869. 
 870. 
 
 871. 
 
 872. 
 873. 
 
 874. 
 875. 
 
 876. 
 
 877. 
 878. 
 
 879. 
 
 880. 
 881. 
 882. 
 883. 
 
 . txvos. -ovf, rrf, or ly^viovy -ov 
 (dun. uiily in form), a 
 track or trace. 
 Kdirpos, -ov, (lung. 
 clKdl^w, -tto-o), (o conjecture. 
 onrtpos, -ov, beaten path^ track. 
 KOM, or icat'o), to burn (deriv. 
 
 caustic). 
 XP^crifios, -oi/, usrful. See 
 
 4b7. 
 ■ytvos, -ouff, TO, birth, race. 
 irp<Hr-iiK», am come to, reach 
 to ov extend; commonly, ^e- 
 lomj to; part., related to. 
 See 030. 
 Kar-aXXdortritf, -^w, to change 
 or exchange, esp. from en- 
 mity, to reconcile. See 201. 
 irpo Kara-Kciw (or -icaio)), to 
 burn up before otheis. See 
 681. 
 Kara-KaCvM, 2 uor. KaT-Uavov, 
 
 = Kara tcrtlvu}, to kill. 
 4v-€Sp€va> (€»/ €bpa, sitting in 
 
 ambush), to lie in ambush. 
 Si-a-yycXXco, -fXo), to carry 
 word through, announce. 
 See 683. 
 wlx'Xilxos, ouy helpful. See 
 
 101. 
 froi|ios. -17 (or -oy), ov, ready. 
 Ypcufxtf, -y\r<a. to write. 
 cirwrroXT], -rjs, a letter. 
 <t>pd]^(tf, <f>pd(Ta>, to tell (deriv. 
 phrask). j 
 
 881. viro-Sc'xofiai, -Bt^ofxai, to re- 
 ceive under (one's protec- 
 tion), receive kindly. See 
 741. 
 
 885. vird \kvr\\i.a, -arcs, to, reminder. 
 
 880. ova-^k'yv^o-Kb), -yvcaaofiai, 2 
 aor. (iv't'yvayp, to know again, 
 to n ad. See 403. 
 
 887. Tpio-x^Xioi, at, -a, three thou- 
 
 sand. 
 
 888. irapa-KetXco), -Koko), to call (to 
 
 one's side) in, invite; ex- 
 hort. See 201>. 
 
 889. (TVfiL-PovXos, 'OV, counsellor. 
 
 See (Jl. 
 
 890. i^-ayy(\X(a, -fXw, to report 
 
 outside, bring out news. See 
 878. 
 
 891 . Kp(o-i$, -fois, T). judgment, trial. 
 
 See 810. 
 
 892. diro-p-pHTOs, -ov, not (axro) to 
 
 be told, secret. 
 
 893. irpOTTia, -^o), to do, perform; 
 
 with adv. (cv, KaXwf, ica/ccof, 
 etc.), to fare (well, ill, etc.). 
 
 894. ^jios, -17, 01/, m^, 7«<Vj«. 
 
 895. vTTTJKoos, -ov (v7r-aKov<o, to 
 
 hearken to), obedient, sub- 
 ject. See 230. 
 890. irpoiT-voXcp.cw, -rjaa, to war 
 against. See 614. 
 
 897. ovKovv, not therefore f not 
 
 then? conne? 
 
 898. o|j.oXo'Ycw, -rfato, to speak to- 
 
 gether, to agree. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 317 
 
 899. o-cavTov, -«, of thyself. 
 
 900. P«D)ios, -ov, altar. 
 
 901. liera-^'Xii, -/if X jyo-ei, it concerns 
 
 one differently (perd), it re- 
 pents one (dat.). See 707. 
 
 902. Tp(Tos, -17, -ov, third. See 176. 
 
 903. dSiKos, -ov, unjust. See 523, 
 
 904. r], truly, verily. 
 
 905. dTro-<f>a£v(i), -<^au^, to show 
 
 forth. See 592. 
 
 906. IkytoScGv, out from one^s feet, 
 
 out of the way. 
 
 907. orxoXtj, -^f, leisure. 
 
 908. cOeXovTTJs, -ov, %'olunteer : as 
 
 adj., iciUing, See 438. 
 
 909. irpo<r-Tt0Tjni, to put to, add; 
 
 mid., add one's self to, 
 agree. See 296. 
 
 910. Odvaros, -ov, death. 
 
 911. onry-'ycvTis, -ey, kindred. See 
 
 152. 
 
 912. 
 913. 
 
 914 
 
 915. 
 916. 
 
 917. 
 918. 
 
 919. 
 920. 
 
 921. 
 
 ^|-dY«», -a|a), ?o lead out. See 
 464, 553. 
 
 irpocr-rdTTw, -^co, /o ^ire an 
 order to one, to enjoin, com- 
 mand. See 326. 
 
 irpo<r-icvve«, -jjaa), do obeisance 
 to. 
 
 KaCircp, although. 
 
 cUr-aYw, -ti^o), /o /eac? into. 
 See 553. 
 
 o-KTiiTToOxos, -ou, yceptre-bearer. 
 
 Ovrfo-Kw, chietiy in pf. redvrjKa; 
 other tenses fr. dno-6vr)(TK<a, 
 -Bavovpai, 2 aor -idavov, to 
 die, be slain. See 910. 
 
 irwiroTc, eyer ye?. 
 
 £XXo>s, m another way, other- 
 wise. See 132. 
 
 rd^os, -ov. burial, a grave; 
 Bairroi (— rat^-ro)), ?c> bury 
 (deriv. epi-taph). 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 922. vvf, wKTos, fi, L. noz, E. 
 
 NIGHT. 
 
 923. ^«s, fo), 17, dawn, morning. 
 
 924. K< pas, Kep<os, TO, hoi n ; tving of 
 
 an army. 
 
 925. Sia-TOLTTw, -^Q), to draw up, 
 
 arrange. See 326. 
 
 926. avrd-fioXos, -ov {poXiiv, to go), 
 
 deserter. 
 
 927. Xox-d-yo's, -oO, leader of a 
 
 \6yog. captain. See 421. 
 
 928. 'K&o,how? 
 
 929. irap-aivco), impf. irap-^vovv, 
 
 -eaopai {alvfoa, commend), to 
 recommend, exhort. See 706. 
 
 930. Oappvvd) (6dppos, -ovi, cour- 
 age), to encourage. 
 
 d(ieCv(i>v, -ov (com par. of dya- 
 
 6ds), better. See 107. 
 irpo(r-Xap,pdv(a, 2 aor. -eXa^ov, 
 to take in addition. See 51. 
 933. ^XcvOcpCd. -as, freedom. 
 
 931. KTdo|jLai, -rjaop^tt, acquire, 
 
 gain; pf. KeKTrjpai, to possess. 
 
 931 
 
 932. 
 
818 
 
 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 pil 
 
 935 
 
 936 
 
 937. 
 938. 
 
 939. 
 940. 
 
 941. 
 942. 
 
 943. 
 
 944. 
 945. 
 
 946. 
 
 047. 
 948. 
 
 949. 
 
 950. 
 
 951. 
 
 952. 
 
 ciSaifiovC^M, to account rvdat- 
 fioiv {happy) y conyratulate. 
 See 250. 
 
 iroXXairXcurios, -a, -ov^ many 
 times as many, manifold 
 more. 
 
 8i8ckTKu, -d^o), to teach. 
 
 dv-€X«, -€^(0 or -orp^jjao), 2 aor. 
 -€cr;(oi/, hoLfl up; mid. en- 
 dure, restrain one*s self. 
 See 600. 
 
 cv-ToX)iOS, -ov (roX/xdo), to 
 dare), courageous. 
 
 {T|Xti)T<Ss, -t'i, -dv, verb, adj., 
 to be envied; (rjXoa), vie 
 with, envy. 
 
 kCvSvvos, -ov, danger. See 
 59. 
 
 |fci|i.Wj(rKO)uu,, fiv^a-ofiai, to re- 
 mind ones self of; ^cfxvT]fiai 
 (aa pres.), to remember. 
 
 irarptJos, a, -op, paternal, 
 hereditary. See 086. 
 
 |i€<rT]p,Pp£d, -Off, mid-day; south. 
 
 Kavji.a, aros, to, heat. See 
 870. 
 
 SpKTos, -OV, ^, hear, Great 
 Bear, the tiorfh. 
 
 \u.^<j»v, Stvos, d, icinter, cold. 
 
 aarpaiTiVM, -tvaa, to be sat- 
 rap (of or over). See 25. 
 
 •Y-Kpan^s, -<ff, in power over, 
 master of. 
 
 cTTi^vos, -ov, crown (deriv. 
 Stkphkx). 
 
 ctcr-ci^i, iiiipf. (l(T-t](iv, to go 
 into. See 352. 
 
 KpaT€o», -lycTo), to overpower, 
 conquer. 
 
 953. ^|«,-irC|iirXT]|ii, -nkrj<r<a, to _fM 
 
 {\u)fuU; here, satisfy (r^se 
 sense). See 832. 
 
 954. irapa-KeX€vo|iai, to urge on, 
 
 exhort. See 189. 
 
 955. 6<ro<r-vip, -r)-fr€p, -ov-irfp, Just 
 
 as much, great, or many as. 
 See 30. 
 
 956. Sta-XcYo^jkcu, to converse with. 
 
 See 270. 
 
 957. *irMre€(v), behind. 
 
 958. Kaipds, ov, time, esp. fit time. 
 
 959. tr6s, enci. somehow or some- 
 
 where ; i>d€ TTwy, about as 
 follows. 
 
 960. v^, affirm, part, of swearing, 
 
 by, yes by. 
 
 961. ct-ircp, if indeed. 
 
 962. dfiaxcC. without a battle. See 
 
 282. 
 i^'63. c|-oirXi(rCd -ay, act or process 
 of arming. See 1007. 
 
 964. 8p€iravT]-<)>6pos, ov, scythe-bear- 
 
 ing. 
 
 965. c|aKurxiXioi, -ai, -a, six thou- 
 
 sand. 
 
 966. vorrcp^w, -ijcra), /o be (behind), 
 
 later than. See 462. 
 
 967. dyY<^^«5 -fXw, ^yyftXa, to an- 
 
 nounce, brinf/ tidings. 
 
 968. airofioXcM, -jjo-o), /o desert. 
 
 See 926. 
 
 969. Td4>pof, -ov, rj. ditch. 
 
 970. dpvKT<S«, -1^, OP, dug. See 
 
 762. 
 
 971. ^aOvs, -€ta, -V, </^e;). 
 
 972. 6pyv%d, -as (dpeyo), /r> stretch 
 
 out the arm«), a fathom. 
 
 973. pd6os, -oif, rd, depth. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 319 
 
 974. irapa-T<Cva>, -Tfvca, -«V«i/a, t<- 
 
 roxa, -/lot, €Td6rjp, to stretch 
 along. 
 
 975. 8u»pv|, -vxos, ^, canal. 
 
 976. o-iT-aYwyiis, -ov, grain-carry- 
 
 ing. 
 
 977. 8ia-X€Cir(o, ^o /eai;e (a space) 
 
 between, be or s/a/it/ a/>«r/. 
 See 766. 
 
 978. \ura^v, between (with gen.). 
 
 979. IpvfLa, -aroff, to, defence. See 
 
 266. 
 
 980. |idvTis, -fwff, d (fialvofiai, rare, 
 
 der. mania), prophet, sooth- 
 sayer. 
 
 981. fv8€KaTos, -17, -01/, eleventh. 
 
 982. dpa, postpos. illative particle, 
 
 Men. 
 
 983. dXi]6€V(a, -fvato, to speak the 
 
 truth. 
 
 984. ToXavTov, -ov, a talent, $1125. 
 
 985. diro--yi'yvw<rK(i>, -yvoKTOfuu, 2 
 
 aor. -fypcop, -eyp(OKa, to de- 
 cide (lit. know) against or 
 abandon the idea of. See 
 463. 
 
 986. Tj|jL€XT)|i€v<i>s, adv., carelessly. 
 
 See 527. 
 
 987. xopcCd, df, journey, march. 
 
 See 198. 
 
 988. avaL-Tapama, a^oa, to stir up, 
 
 confuse. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 989. irX^iOci), chief, in pres. part.; 
 
 pass, of mfnr\r}fjLi (see 832), 
 to be full. 
 
 990. irXT|<r£ov, 7iear. See 738. 
 
 991. licXXo), /xfXXjjo-ca, (fieXkrjaa, to 
 
 be about, intend. 
 
 992. ijvCKa, ?vhen. 
 
 993. irpo-<)>a£vo>, act. to show forth ; 
 
 mid. to appear before or in 
 front. See 592. 
 
 994. dvd, prep, with ace, up, 
 
 up along; d. Kpdros, ivith 
 all (lit. up to) one's 
 might. 
 
 995. Kpdros, -ovs, to, might, power. 
 
 996. i8p6(o, -d)o-a>, to sweat. 
 
 997. Pod», -T^aofiai, f/3o'i;o"a, to 
 
 shout (/So^, -^s, shout). 
 
 998. Pap^apiKus, in barbarian 
 
 (langnao^e). 
 
 999. irapa-crK€XNx^a>, -do-co, to pre- 
 
 pare. See 232. 
 
 1000. rdpa^os -ov, confusion. See 
 
 988. 
 
 1001. avrCxa, at once, immediately. 
 
 1002. draKTos, -ov, disarranged, in 
 
 disorder. See 324. 
 
 1003. l-BX-TrCirro), -Trfo-ovpai, 2 aor. 
 
 -tnfaov, to fall upon. See 
 130. 
 
 1004. KaTa-in|8db), -rjcrofxai, to leap 
 
 down. See 810. 
 
 1005. Owpof, fiffo?, d, breastplate. 
 
 1006. ^v-Svvw, or -dvofxai, 2 aor. 
 
 -€dvi/, /« enter ; of clothes^ 
 etc., to put on. 
 
I 
 
 320 
 
 1007. 
 
 1008. 
 1009. 
 
 1010. 
 1011. 
 1012. 
 
 1013. 
 1014. 
 
 1015. 
 
 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 1016. 
 
 1017. 
 
 1018. 
 
 1019. 
 1020. 
 
 1021. 
 1022. 
 1023. 
 
 1024. 
 
 1025. 
 1020. 
 1027. 
 1028. 
 
 4|-oir\Ct<^, iS>, to arm com- 
 pletely. See 963. 
 
 <nrov8i^, -TJSj haste. See 552. 
 
 ir€XT€urTtK6s, -17, -01/, consist- 
 ing 0/ targeteers. See 222. 
 
 i|aK6(noi., -at, a, six hundred, 
 
 oir\Ci;<0, tw, to arm, 
 
 irapa)A.T|p(8ia, -tav, ra, thigh 
 (firjpoi) pieces of armor. 
 
 Kc<)>aX^, -fjs, head. 
 
 8ia-Kiv8vycvQ» (r. /.), -cucro), to 
 pass through (dta) or incur 
 danger. See 59. 
 
 irpofJL€T(air£8iov, -ov (^fUr-ioitoVy 
 the space between the 
 eyes (w^), forehead), a 
 frontlet. 
 
 irpo<rtcpvC8iov (npo -\- (rreppop, 
 breast), breastplate (for 
 horses). 
 
 fidxciipa, as, a shprt sword. 
 See 817. 
 
 KaTa<{>av^s, -«, clearly vis- 
 ible. See 592. 
 
 8€CXt), -tfSj afternoon. 
 
 Kovioprds. -ov (leoi'ir, dust', 
 op-vvfu^ to raise), cloud of 
 du.st. 
 
 vc4>€Xt), Tji, cloud. 
 
 Xruicds, -17, -6u tchite. 
 
 irvxv6s, -7. -ov, considerable ; 
 avxyov, sc. ^(oplou, at a 
 considerable distu nee. 
 
 fuXavCd, -dff. blackness {fUXai, 
 black). 
 
 IyIvs, -vTfpov, -rara, near. 
 
 T^xa, quickly. 
 
 XaXK6s, -oO, copper, bronze. 
 
 aurrpdiTTtt, to lighten, flash. 
 
 1029. XdYX'l' -»;5' lance. 
 
 1030. XcvKo-0<op€i|, -drop, adj., wear- 
 
 ing wh te breastplate. 
 
 1031. ^ycppo-ffxipoi, -CUV {carrying 
 
 the ytppop, wicker-shield), 
 soldiers with wicker-shields, 
 
 1032. iro8-^pT]s, -<y, reaching to the 
 
 feet. See 269. 
 
 1033. ^iv6s, -7, -ov, wooden. See 
 
 847. 
 
 1034. l6vos, ow, TO, nation, 
 
 1035. irXaCo-tov, -ov, a square. 
 
 1036. Sfcvayov, -ov, scythe. See 
 
 964. 
 
 1037. a|(i>v, -oi/oy, 6, axle. 
 
 1038. wXd-ytos, d, -oi', slanting i 
 
 <tf IT. , obliquely. 
 
 1039. diro-T€£v«, rcwi, /o stretch 
 
 out, extend. See 974. 
 
 1040. 8C<^pos, -ov, chariot-board. 
 
 1041. pXcirc*, -^ofiai, c^SXc^a, /o 
 
 1042. 8iar«6irT», -<co^a», ^o rw^ 
 
 through ov in two. See 080 
 
 1043. «riY^, -ffs, silence. 
 
 1044. dvvorrds, -<Jr (verb, of avuoi, 
 
 accomplish ) , practicable. 
 
 1045. ijcmx^* quietly {rja-vxot, 
 
 quiet). 
 
 1046. lo-os, ?;, -or, e-^Ma/, ei'en ; «V 
 
 tcro). iM er^n (line). 
 
 1047. PpaSccfts, slowly {^patvi, 
 
 slow). 
 
 1048. (rTt4>os, -0V5, TO, a (dense) 
 
 mass or body. 
 
 1049. ir<p(-ci)u, impf. -^v, M lie 
 
 ahore or superior. See 725. 
 
 1050. KvicXdw, -0)0-0), /o encircle. 
 
 See 755. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 321 
 
 1051. ^Karc'pwOcv, on eacA side. 
 
 1052. oVoXws, cfcn/^. See 723. 
 
 1053. KaTa-6cou>fA.ai,, -aa-ofiai, to look 
 
 down upon. See 796. 
 
 1054. iKaripiaa-f, to each side. 
 
 1055. diro-pXeiro), to look (from all 
 
 else at) intently. See 10 U. 
 1056 ircXd^o), approach. 
 
 1057. oT;v-avTd«, -jjo-o), to meet with. 
 
 1058. Upd -oiv, rd, omens (ifpds, 
 
 sacred). 
 
 1059. ir^ayiov, -ov, victim (o-<^arro>, 
 
 to slay). 
 
 1060. Odpvpos, -ov, a (confused) 
 
 noise, tumult. 
 
 1061. <rvv-6Tj(Jta, -aros, to, thing 
 
 which is agreed upon 
 (avv-Tidrjixi, to agree), 
 watchword. 
 
 1062. 8evT€pov, a second time (htv- 
 
 Tfpos, second). 
 
 1063. <ro)"Hip, -rjpof, sacior. 
 
 1064. 8€xo)jLai, -(ofiai, to receive, 
 
 accept. 
 
 1065. ovK«Ti, no longer. 
 
 1066. 8i-6xo», impf. -flxov, to hold 
 
 apart; oftener intrans. be 
 apart or distant. See 600. 
 
 1067. iraiavC^o), -iaa or -to), to sing 
 
 the paean or war song. 
 
 1068. irpo-<pxo)iiai, to go forward. 
 
 See 383. 
 1009. dvrCos, -a, -ou, opposite, 
 against. 
 
 1070. JK-Kv}i.aCv(i>, to swell out (Kvpa, 
 
 wave). 
 
 1071. 0«« (chief, in pres. and 
 
 impf. ; for other tenses 
 see 737), to run. 
 
 1072 <)>6c'y'Y0fUU, -^oficu, to shout, 
 cry out (der. r//-PHTHONG). 
 
 1073. 4XcXC^o>, to raise the war-cry 
 
 (eXf Xfi)) . 
 
 1074. 8<Spv, bopaTos, TO, spear. 
 
 1075. 8ovWco, -r](r<o, to make a sound 
 
 (doxJTTos, a dull sound). 
 
 1076. T6|€V|ia, -aTos, to, thing 
 
 which is shot, an arrow. 
 
 1077. c|-iKvco}jiai, come forth to, to 
 
 reach. See 78. 
 
 1078. cK-KXtva», -a>, -tKkiva, to bend 
 
 out (of line), give way. 
 
 1079. K€v6s, -17, -6v, empty (with 
 
 gen.). 
 
 1080. tjvCoxos (quia, reins; ?;(«, 
 
 hold), charioteer. 
 
 1081. irpo-€C8ov (pres. 7rpo-opd(o)f 
 
 to see before, foresee. 
 
 1082. iirmS-Spofios, -ou, horse-race 
 
 (deriv. hippodrome). 
 
 1083. To^evo), -fvaco to shoot (with 
 
 a To'foi/, bow). See 1076. 
 
 1084. ws, thus. Note the accent. 
 
 1085. o-v-o-ircipdo)iai,, to be drawn 
 
 tip (lit. rolled) closely. 
 
 1086. do-<|>aX^s. -€ff, safe. See 532. 
 
 1087. Urxvs. -vos, 17, strength, force, 
 
 1088. if}iio-vs, -€ia, -V, half 
 
 1089. €p.irpoo-6€v, in front. See 
 
 18.'). 
 
 1090. iirt-Kd|i.irr», -Kapy^ay to bend 
 
 forward. 
 
 1091. KVKXoxris, -€0)9, 7, encircling ; 
 
 fU K., in order to encircle. 
 See 1050. 
 
 1092. <|>vYi -qi, flight. See 121. 
 
 1093. rpc'iro), Tp€y\rui, to turn. See 
 
 366. 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 21 
 
Ill 
 
 322 
 
 1094. 
 
 1095. 
 
 109f). 
 1097. 
 
 1098. 
 
 1099. 
 
 1100. 
 1101. 
 
 1102. 
 1103. 
 1101. 
 
 1105. 
 
 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 Tpoir^, -fjs, turn, rout (of an 
 
 enemy). See 1003. 
 Sia (nrcCptf, -airfpSa. to strew ^ 
 
 to scatter. 
 <rx«S6v. nearly^ almost. 
 d^o-rpdirc^os, -ov (at table 
 
 (TpaTTfCa) with), mcasmate. 
 KaO-opdw, Kar-oyp'Ofjiaiy 2 aor. 
 
 KQT f Idoy, to look down upon, 
 
 observe. See 362. 
 iraCw, nai(T<aj to strike, smite, 
 
 chief, poet, for rvnTco. 
 oTtpvov. -ov, breas'. 
 TiTpw<rKw, rpaxro), erpaxra, to 
 
 wound. 
 Iarp6s, -ov, physician. 
 IdofAai, IdaofiiH, to heal. 
 Tpav|ia, aros, to, wound. 
 
 See 1101. 
 dLKOvri\t», -i(T(M} or -t«, to shoot 
 
 with a javelin (ukwv). 
 
 1106. 
 1107. 
 1108. 
 1109. 
 1110. 
 
 nil. 
 
 1112. 
 
 1113 
 
 1114. 
 
 1115. 
 
 1116. 
 
 1117. 
 
 o<|>6aX|A6s, -oC, eye. 
 Pia£«s, forcibly. See 627. 
 ^Kdrcpos, -a ov, each (of two). 
 Kclfjiai, iin[)f. fic€ifjLr]v, to lie. 
 Ocpdiruv, -ovTos, servant, at- 
 
 tendfuit. 
 teirrra, vfaovyna, iTfTrTfjiKa, 2 
 
 aor. (TTfaov, to fall. See 
 
 1003. 
 ircpi-irfirrw (see 1111), to 
 
 fall around, embrace. 
 ^'iri-<r<|>aTTw, -(r(f)d^(o, to slay 
 
 upon. See 1059. 
 OTrdo). crirdcra}, fairaaa, to 
 
 draw. See 834. 
 <|>opca>, -rjo-ca (cf. <)>€pa)\ to 
 
 wear. 
 cvvoia, -as, good will. See 
 
 90, 821. 
 iri<rTdTT|s, -rjTos. tj, faithful- 
 ness. See 703. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 1118. Pa(riXiK6s, -fj, 6v, kingly, 
 
 royal. See 80. 
 
 1119. ircipa, -nff, trial, experience. 
 
 See 128. 
 
 1120. iraiScvw, -fv(T(o, to train, edu- 
 
 cate. See 3. 
 
 1121. o-dx^poo-vivi], -r)i, prudence; 
 
 self control. 
 
 1122. KaTa-p.av6avu», -fiaOrjcrofxai, 2 
 
 aor. -ffxaBov, to learn thor- 
 oughly. 
 
 
 1123. alo-xpos, -a, 6v ; comp. al- 
 
 a)(iaiv, super). arrr;^iaToy, 
 shameful, disgraceful. See 
 518. 
 
 1124. |iavddv(i>, p.aBr)(TO}iai, 2 aor. 
 
 (fiaBov, to learn. 
 
 1125. alS^piuv, ov, modest (albas, 
 
 modesty). 
 
 1126. TJXiKiwTTjs, ov. an equal in 
 
 age (see 1134), a com- 
 rade. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 323 
 
 1127. viro-8c€'<rT€pos, wanting some- 
 
 what, inferior. See 183. 
 
 1128. ^(\-\.tnros-, -ov, fond of horses 
 
 (deriv. Philip). 
 
 1 129. cp-yov. -ov (for Fipyov), WOR K. 
 
 deed. 
 
 1130. TogiKo's, T), -6v, of a bow: 
 
 rj ro^iKT) {Tfxvrf), archery. 
 See 1083. 
 
 1131. dKovruris -cws, rj, throtving 
 
 thejarelin. See 1105. 
 
 1132. <^iXo-p,a6Tis, is fond of learn- 
 
 ing 
 
 1133. (uXcrnpos, -A, -oi/, studious 
 
 (/lifXeraa), to study^ prac- 
 tice). 
 1131. TjXiKid^ -as, age, time of life. 
 See 1126. 
 
 1135. irp€ir€i. it becomes, in fitting. 
 
 1136. <|>iXo 0T]pos. ov, Jond of the 
 
 chaae (Brjju). 
 
 1137. <^iXo-k(vSvvos, -ov, fond of 
 
 danger. 
 
 1 1 38. cin-<t>€pti>, bring up or against ; 
 
 mid. rush upon or against. 
 See 407. 
 
 1139. T^fA, to tremble, fiee from. 
 
 1140. o-v(A irCirro), 2 aor. aw €7T((tov, 
 
 to fall together^ grapple 
 with. See 1003. 
 
 1141. Kara-o-irdo), to draw down. 
 
 See 831. 
 1 1 12. toTciXT]. -i}ff. wound, scar. 
 
 1143. TcXos, -ouff, TO, end; often as 
 
 Adv.,Jinally. 
 
 1144. Kara-KTcCvo), 2 aor. (kovov, 
 
 to kill. See 52. 
 
 1145. Pen 0c«, ryo-o), to aid. assist 
 
 (with dat.). See 1071. 
 
 1147 
 1148 
 
 1149. 
 
 1150. 
 
 1151. 
 1152. 
 
 1146. liaKopKTTos. -rj, -ov (verb. adj. 
 of fiaKapl^o), to deem fuiKap 
 or blessed). 
 Kara-irc^iTM, ->^o), to send 
 
 down. See 55. 
 cnrcvSco, anfiaa), to pour a 
 libation ; mid. to pour a 
 libation with another, 
 make a treaty. 
 crvv-TCeT]jii, -drjaa, put to- 
 gether; mid. agree (make 
 an agreement, IX. 7). See 
 1061. 
 otitovStj, -^5, a libation ; 
 plui". treaty, truce. See 
 1148. 
 Toi-Yttp-ovv for indeed then, 
 
 therefore. 
 irpo-iT)p.i, -rjao), -fJKa, eijca, 
 -€t/xat, send before or axcay ; 
 chief, in mid. let go, gice 
 up. See 800. 
 dira|, once. 
 (icCwv, -ov. less, smaller, used 
 
 as comp. of pxKpoi. 
 ^^Xl'' ^f» prayer, vow. 
 €K-<j>€p(0, -olaa}, to bring out 
 or forth ; to report. See 
 1138. 
 
 IcTTC, U7ltil. 
 
 i'iri-Ov\U(a, -rfao), to .'iei one's 
 
 heart (Svfios) upon, desire. 
 
 See 5.06. 
 (Twfia, -aros, to, body. 
 KaKovpYos, -ov, evil-doer. See 
 
 1129. 
 KaTa--y€Xd(i», aa-ofiai, to laugh 
 
 (down) at, deride. See 
 
 361. 
 
 1153. 
 1154. 
 
 115.5. 
 1156. 
 
 1157. 
 1158. 
 
 1159 
 1160. 
 
 1161. 
 
 e 1 
 
 i I 
 
 I I 
 
 I s 
 
324 WORDS OF BOOK I. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 1162. d-<^i8TJs, -€y; -€OT«poff, -c'oTO- 
 
 Tos, unsparing {(f)fibofuUi to 
 spare). 
 
 1163. <rT€(pw, to tread. See 869. 
 
 1164. ii-^tus, fearlessly {btos^fear). 
 
 1165. tfirot, whither. 
 
 1166. irpo-x«p«'«t -rfato. go on, ad- 
 
 vance ; beo/uid See 348. 
 
 1167. 8ta-<^povT«s, exceedingly 
 
 (8ta-^€'pa), differ, excel). 
 
 1168. KaTa-o-Tpc<tMi>, turn down, 
 
 overturn, subdue. 
 
 1169. SovXoS) -ov, a slave. 
 
 1170. d4>6ov£d, -Off (a (f)$ovosy not 
 
 grudged), abundance. 
 
 1171. jiTj'v, certainly, assuredly ; ye 
 
 fiTjv, assuredly, at least, 
 moreover. 
 
 1172. ti.Kaio0-vvr\, rjs. justice. See 
 
 489. 
 
 1173. irXovo-ios, -a, -ov, rich. 
 
 1174. <)>iXo-KcpS€«D, -lyo-o), to be fond 
 
 of gain. See 1181. 
 
 1 1 75. 8iKa((i>Si justly. 
 
 1176. 8ia xcipCt*^. -to>, to have in 
 
 hand (xf^p)t to manage. 
 
 1177. dXT]0tvos, -^, -ov, true (to 
 
 name), (7cnM///c. See 983. 
 
 [1178. irXcM, ir\(vaofiai, firXfvaa, 
 to sail. See 393.] 
 
 1179. Kcp8aXcoSi a ov. gainful. 
 
 [1180. ini9-ap\ita, -ijo-o), to obey au- 
 thority apxv)^ ''^ obey."] 
 
 1181. K€p8os, ovi, TO, gain, profit. 
 
 See 1174. 
 
 1182. v'ir-T|p«T€«. ^(To), /<> fee a >'er- 
 
 vant (vnrjperrji) to serve. 
 
 1183. &-xapi<rTos, -ov, thankless, 
 
 unt hanked. See 699. 
 
 1184. irpo-0vjiid, -at, zeal. See 
 
 596 
 
 1185. vir-tjp€Tiis, -ov, an under 
 
 rower (eptrrjs), a .'servant. 
 
 1186. 8€ivos, -r), -6v, fearful, ter- 
 
 rible, mighty ; clever. See 
 522. 
 
 1 1 87 . oIko-vojios ,-ov,h ouse-steward^ 
 
 manager. 
 
 1188. Kara-cKcvatw, daa, prepare 
 
 or equip fully (to menage 
 well, IX. 19). See 999. 
 
 1189. TTpoV o8os, -ov, T). coming to, 
 
 approach, revenue. See 
 318. 
 
 1190. eUt, always. 
 
 1191. irpo<r-8C8o»|it, -daxro, to give 
 
 in addition, add. See 
 485. 
 
 1192. OappoXcitfs, boldly (Bappakeos, 
 
 bold). See 508. 
 
 1193. trdo|jiai, chief, in pf. and 
 
 plpf. ntnafiai, (nfndfirjv, 
 hove gotten, possess. See 
 934. 
 
 1194. TjKurra. lea.'it, least of all. 
 
 1195. <^Oov€a>, -i)(70) {(f)66voi, envy), 
 
 to enry. 
 1196 ^nvipifi, manifestly See 609 
 
 1197. irXovT€«, -^(To), to be rich. 
 
 See 1173. 
 
 1198. diro-Kpvirrw, -"^to, to hide 
 
 from or airay. See 93. 
 
 1199. €v-vovs, -ovi', well disposed. 
 
 See 90. 
 
 1200. crvv-epyo^, -ov, fellow worker. 
 
 See 1129. 
 
 1201. KaT-€pYa^op.(u, to work out, 
 
 accomplish. See 1129. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 325 
 
 1202. Gcpaircvo), -fv<r&), to serve, at- 
 
 tend. See 1110. 
 
 1203. 8ia-8C8w)jki, -daao), to give to 
 
 different ones, distribute 
 See 1191. 
 
 1204. o-Koircw (in pres. and impf.), 
 
 aKfyj/ofiat (from a-KiTrrofxai), 
 fo-Kfyj/dfXTjv, to look at, ob- 
 serve. 
 [1205. Ko(r|jLos, -ov, ordfr, adorn- 
 Jiient]. 
 
 1206. KaXX(0iriorp.os, -ov, adorn- 
 
 ment (/ctiXXoy, bfauty ; a>^, 
 J ace). 
 
 1207. Koa-ficw -rjaoi, to adorn. 
 
 1208. OavpLOfTTos, -rj, -ov, wonder- 
 
 ful. See 364. 
 
 1209. ^iri-|icX€ia, care, attention. 
 
 See 86. 
 
 1210. 'irpo-6v}i.eo)jLai, to be zealous, 
 
 eager. See 590. 
 
 1211. x^P^totAa-i. -iaofxai or -lovfxai. 
 
 See 699. 
 
 1212. dYouTTos, -ij. -ov, admirable. 
 
 See 153. 
 
 1213. ^iKos, -ov (Semitic), wine- 
 
 jar (rare). 
 
 1214. i|p.i-8cTJs, -(9 (Sfo), to lack), 
 
 half-lacking, half-full. 
 
 1215. ^iri-TVYX*^""* 2 aor. -trvxov, 
 to happen upon, meet with. 
 See 452. 
 
 1216. TTiiicpov, or arifxfpov, to- 
 
 day. 
 
 1217. tK-irtva, f. -TTiofiat, 2 aor. 
 
 •fTTiov, to drink off or up. 
 
 1218. x^v, xv^^^^ o, fj. goose. 
 
 1219. i||tC-ppo)Tos, -ov, half eaten. 
 
 See 1214. 
 
 1220. opros, -ov, loaf, bread. 
 
 1221. 'HP-to-v, -(OS TO, a half. 
 
 1222. im-Xtyta, -Xe^a, to say fur- 
 
 ther or in reference to. 
 
 1223. ytvu, to give a taste; mid. 
 
 to taste (with gen.). 
 
 1224. cnrdvios, a. -ov, scarce, rare. 
 122.3. 8ia-'ir€p.'irb>, -"^oa, to send 
 
 in different directions or 
 around. See 1147. 
 
 1226. ttiwoM, -^au), to be hungry. 
 
 1227. irpo<r-KaXe<i>, -eVo), to call to, 
 
 summon. See 209. 
 
 1228. (TirovSaioXo'Yeop'ai, to talk 
 
 earnestly. See 1008. 
 
 1229. 8T]Xob>, -d)tra), to make evi- 
 
 dent, .show. 
 
 1230. T€Kp.TJpiov, -OV, sign, proof. 
 
 1231. €iri-x€ip€(i>, -^j-o), to take in 
 
 hand ix^lp), attempt. See 
 1176. 
 
 1232. dYaird'j), -ijo-co, to love (dydnri, 
 
 love). 
 
 1233. TlfiTJ. -^s, honor. 
 
 1234. dp0«s, rightly. 
 
 1235. Pc'Paios, -a, -ov, firm, stead- 
 
 fast. 
 
 1236. (rvvrpoirc^os, -ov, mess-mate. 
 
 See 1097. 
 
 ' « 
 
 ' 1 
 
 1 
 
326 
 
 WORDS OF BOOK 1. OF THE ANABASIS. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 1237. 
 
 oiro-TcVvw, -TffiSf^ 2 aor. 
 
 1255. 
 
 irpo<r-<ry*»j -a^«i to lead to or 
 
 
 -(Tafiov, to cut off. 
 
 
 towards (with obj. omit- 
 
 1238. 
 
 cUr-irCirra), -n€(Tovfiai, 2 aor. 
 
 
 ted, approach). See 464. 
 
 
 -€7r€crou, to fall into. See 
 
 1250. 
 
 ircpi-irTuo'O'c*, -^o), to fold 
 
 
 1003. 
 
 
 around, outflank. 
 
 1239. 
 
 orrpaToiriSov ov, camp. See 
 
 1257. 
 
 d|i<^OTcpo6cv, from or on both 
 
 
 504. 
 
 
 sides. See 16. 
 
 1240. 
 
 €v6cv, thence, whence. 
 
 1258. 
 
 dva-irTv<ro-«, -Jo), to unfold 
 
 1241. 
 
 iraXXaKCs, Idos, fj, mistress. 
 
 
 or fold hack. 
 
 1242. 
 
 o-o<|>os, -17. -OP, skilled^ wise. 
 
 1259. 
 
 irap-a^cC^p.ai, to change (jo 
 
 1243. 
 
 •yvftvos, -r), -6v, naked (X. 3, 
 
 
 pass on, to pass hy). 
 
 
 lightly clad). 
 
 1260. 
 
 vxi\^i»., -aros, to, form (deriv. 
 
 1244. 
 
 dvTi-TaTTw, -a^G), to draw up 
 
 
 SCIIKMK). 
 
 
 against. See 326. 
 
 1261. 
 
 (rvv-€i)ii, ijiipf. -ijftv, to go or 
 
 1245. 
 
 a-tj»la. 0*0)0-0), to sace, rescue. 
 
 
 co?ne together, to meet. See 
 
 
 See 1063. 
 
 
 352. 
 
 1246. 
 
 evTo's, within, adv. with 
 
 1262. 
 
 irapa-TOTTw, -^o>, to draw 
 
 
 gen. 
 
 
 vp beside. See 326. 
 
 1247. 
 
 dprf-yo), -fo), to aid, suc- 
 
 1263. 
 
 avOiSi again, back. 
 
 
 cor. 
 
 1264. 
 
 {iri-8iwKb>, -|o), to pursue after! 
 
 1248. 
 
 a-rpi^oi, -ylru), 2 aor. p. iarpa- 
 
 
 See 650. 
 
 
 (f>rfv, to turn. 
 
 1265. 
 
 Xo<t>os, -ov, crest, hill. 
 
 1249. 
 
 dva-Xa(iPavo>, 2 aor. -cXajSop, 
 
 1266. 
 
 o-T)|iciov, -ov, sign, standard. 
 
 
 to fake up. See 51. 
 
 1267. 
 
 cKTo's, -ov, eagle. 
 
 1250 
 
 (Tvv-oSos, -ov, rj, coining to- 
 
 1268. 
 
 wcXttj, -r)s, crescent shield. 
 
 
 gether, meeting (derivative, 
 
 1269 
 
 ova-TcCviD, -Tfvo), stretch up or 
 
 
 synod). See 1189. 
 
 
 01//, extend. See 974. 
 
 1251. 
 
 <)>povi(ios^ 0V-, prudent. 
 
 1270. 
 
 odpo'os, -d, -ov, in crowds, in 
 
 1252. 
 
 &ir-aXXdTTo>, -^o), to change 
 
 
 a body. 
 
 
 from or off, to set free ; 
 
 1271. 
 
 dXXoOcv, from another place. 
 
 
 mid. and pass, he set free, 
 
 1272. 
 
 \|ilXoa>, -o)o-o), to make bare. 
 
 
 depart. See 874. 
 
 
 strip. 
 
 1253. 
 
 <rvv-Tvy\o.v<a, 2 aor. -(tvxov, 
 
 1273. 
 
 dva-pipd>, to make go upy 
 
 
 to meet ivilh. See 1215. 
 
 
 lead vp. See 636. 
 
 1254. 
 
 d(iov, adv., together. 
 
 1274. 
 
 VjXiof, -ov, sun. 
 
 .! I 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 327 
 
 1275. 
 
 1276. 
 
 1277. 
 1278. 
 
 1279. 
 
 8^v« or 8i5o/iat, to enter; 
 
 sink into (the sea), set. 
 
 See 1006. 
 dva-iravo>, to make to cease or 
 
 rest; mid. to rest. See 
 
 214. 
 ovSa|iov, nowhere, 
 irpo-cXavvo), -cXo), to drive or 
 
 ride forward. See 845. 
 SoprnjoTos, -ov, supper time. 
 
 1280. o-itCov, -ov, chief, in plur. 
 
 grain, food. See 720. 
 
 1281. "TTOTo'v -ov drink. See 1217. 
 
 1282. o-<j>o8pos, -a, -ov, txce.^sire, 
 
 I'iolent. 
 
 1283. cvSeia, -a?, tran/. See 183. 
 
 1284. d-Sciirvos, -ov, without dinner 
 
 {bfiirvov) , 
 
 1285. dv-opioTos, -01/, without break- 
 
 fast (apiarov). 
 
 I 
 
I 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 A. 
 
 A, &-ircp. See 8s, Kor-ircp. 
 
 ayayta, dyayiov. See &,yia, 
 
 d-yados, -4 -^"j <jood, brave. 
 
 dYajiat, admire. 535,1 4; 329.* 
 
 dYairdw, -jJo-w, love, am pleased. 
 
 d^aiTTos, -17, -01', admirable, praise- 
 worthy. 
 
 dYYcXXb), announce. 329. 
 
 dyy^oS; -oi', 6, messenger, 
 
 d^opd, -dy, 17, assenibhj; place of as- 
 aemblijy market-pla^e ; market^ pro- 
 visions on sale. 
 
 dYopd|;w, buy; mid., buy for one's 
 self. 
 
 d"ypios, -id, -Of, wild. 
 
 6.yia, lead, lead 0/>, bring, emivey. 
 508, 6; 330. 
 
 d^wv, -Qvos, b, game, eooite^. 
 
 d-8€i.irvo$, -ov, stip/Kr-less. 
 
 d8€X4>os, -ov, 6, brother. 
 
 d-8€<os, fearlessly. 
 
 d8i,K^<0, be unjust, ad, unjustly; harm, 
 wrong, injure. 
 
 A-81KOS, -ov, unjust, had; -repl riva, 
 against any one; rb AdiKov, in- 
 justice. 
 
 iud, always. 
 
 derds, -ov, 6, eagle. 
 
 *A0r|vaios, -ov, 6, Athenian. 
 
 dOXov, -ov, t6, prize in a contest. 
 
 * Reference?? in this heavy type are to 
 
 * References in this type are to pag^S 
 
 dOpoC^w, collect, muster troops : mid., 
 corae together, assemble, collect. Cf. 
 517, 1; eiKdti^, 338. 
 
 d6pdos, -a, -ov, together, in a body. 
 
 &-6iifM>s, -ov, spirit-less, disinclined; 
 TTpbs dvd^aaiv, toward, etc. 
 
 at, at, als. See o, 8s. 
 
 AlYvimos, -Id, -ov, Egyptian. 
 
 alS^pov, -ov, gen. -bvos, modest, re- 
 spectful. 
 
 Alvtdv, -dvo%, b, Aenidnian. The 
 Aenidnians lived in Thessaly, occu- 
 pying the valleys of the Spercheios. 
 
 alpcrds, -"fj, -6v, taken, chosen ; ol 
 alpfToi, the delegates. 
 
 aipcii), take, seize, capture ; mid. , take 
 for one's .self, choose. 539, 1 ; 
 330. 
 
 otp«, raise. 518, 2 ; 330. 
 
 alcr6dvo)Mii, perceive, become aware of 
 or that. 522, 1; 330. 
 
 alo-xpds, -tf, -6v, disgraceful, base. 
 253; §72. 1. 
 
 alo-xvvo), disgrace, shame; mid., he 
 ashamed; &ti, because. Cf. 519, 3; 
 330. 
 
 airiia, ask, ask for; mid., ask for 
 something as a favor, entreat, 
 beg. 
 
 alTido|Mii, blame, accuse, charge. 
 
 sections in Hadley's (Allen) Grammar, 
 in Goo<l\vin's Grammar. 
 
 
atrios 
 
 330 
 
 ava-yKatos 
 
 <■ I 
 
 t ; 
 
 \\ i ' I 
 
 atrios, -id, ov, chargeable with; re- 
 sponsible; bevig or acting as the 
 cause of. 
 
 dKivdKT)s, -ov, 6, Persian dagger, slioit 
 
 and straitrht. 
 dKOvrCl^w, hurl a javelin, hit or 
 
 wound with a javelin. 
 dK<$KTuris, -ewj, 17, use or hurling of 
 
 the javelin. 
 dKovii), hear, licar about or of 507 1 • 
 
 330. 
 dKpoiroXis, -COS, 17, ^/ig highest part of 
 
 a city, citadel. 
 
 &Kpos, -a, 'ov, highest ; rh 6.Kpov, top ; 
 
 TO. &Kpa, heights, hills. 
 OKwv, -ovffa, -ov, gen. -ovtos, -oua-qs, 
 un-imlling ; Kifpov oLkovtos, against 
 the will of Cyrus. 
 iXi^ia, ward of ; nnd., ward off ho\\\ 
 one's self, defend one's self, repel, 
 punish. 510, 1; 331. 
 dX^TT]s, -ov, 6, grinder; as adj., 6vo^ 
 
 dXerr)^, grinding mill, grindstone. 
 dX«vpov, -01;, rb, flour, wheat-flour, 
 
 usually plur. 
 dXTjeevo), speak or tell the truth. 
 oXTjOivds, --n, -bv, true, trusty, genuine. 
 dXCorKop.ai, be taken, captured, taken 
 
 as prisoner. 533, 1; 331. 
 (iXXd, but ; dXV 6/iws, but yet ; at the 
 beginning of a speaker's words, un- 
 translated, or like the Eng. iccll ; 
 dWd S^xo^at, i^'ell, I accept it. 
 dXX^Xwv, one another, each other. 
 dXXos, other, rest of, another; 6 AWos, 
 the rest, the other; rd dWa M/JL-rjae, 
 in other respects than what imme- 
 diately follows ; rl Kal dWo (CXt;?), 
 a7iy other kind off dWoi dWwy, 
 sojne in one way, others in another; 
 AWoi d\\o6€v, in various directvms. 
 dXXctfs, differently. See dXXos. 
 dX<f>iTov, -ov, TO, grains, groats; hnr- 
 ley-grains, barley-meal ; usually 
 plur. 
 
 dX«, d\u}<To/iai. See dX(<nco)iai. 
 iL\i.a, at the same time, togetlcer with; 
 
 a/ia T^ r|^l€pq., at daybreak. 
 dfia^a, -77s, i), wagon, Iieavy icagon for 
 
 hauling freight. 
 dfAo^iTos, -bv, for wagons, fit for 
 
 tva^ons. 
 dpipTdvw, mLss, fail, err. 522, 2 • 
 
 331. 
 
 a-)iaxci, vithout rcsistaiux or fighting. 
 
 'AfippaKtwTTjs, -ov, b, an Ainbraciot 
 
 or Ambracian. Anibracia was a 
 
 city of Epciros, about 80 stadia, or 
 
 7 miles, north of the gulf named 
 
 after it the Sinus Anibrarius. 
 
 djieCvwv, -ov, gen. -ovo^, comp. of 
 
 d')/adb^, better, superior. 
 dp.cX^w, l)e negligent or careless of. 
 d-fi^X^^o^f -0", in-expedient; imprac- 
 ticable ; ins^urmountable, 
 dp^ircXos, -ov, i), vine. 
 d\i.^C, about, around. 
 d\u^i-\iy(a, dispute, quarrel with 
 
 words. 
 'Ap,<|>iiroXtTT]s, an Amjjhipolite. Am- 
 I)hipolis was a city of Thrace on 
 the river Strymon. 
 d|i4>oT€pos, -d, -ov, both; rib iralde 
 
 dp<poT^pu}, both the sons. 
 dv. Cf. 857 ; 207. 
 dv, for idv, if. 
 dvd, up, opp. to Kard ; dvd Kpdros, 
 
 up to one's strength, at full speed. 
 dva-pa^vw, go or march up, ascend, 
 embnrk, proceed from the coast into 
 the inlrrior. 519, 7 ; 333. 
 avd^ao-is, -cws, r\, upward march or 
 
 expedition, ascent. 
 dva-pipd^w, lead up. 
 dv-ayyAXw, report, bring back word. 
 See dyyAXta. 
 
 dva-'yi-yvcoarKw, recognize, read. 531, 
 
 4 ; 335. 
 avaYKaios, -d, -ov, necessa/ry ; rl dva'y- 
 
 Kaiov, some necessity. 
 
 dva^Kii 
 
 331 
 
 airo 
 
 avd-yKT), -17s, ij, necessity; dvdyKtj 
 
 (<ttLv, it is necessary. 
 dva-'yvovs. See dva-^i'yvwo'KCD. 
 dva-Xap.pdv(i>, take up, take up with 
 
 one, rescue. 
 dva|vpCScs, -(jiv, al, trousers, such as 
 
 were worn by the Persians, 
 dva-iravw, mid., rest one's self; take, 
 
 or go to, rest. 
 dva-ircCOo), persuade, induce. 
 dv-(tpi(rros, -ov, without breakfast. 
 dv-ctpird^fi), snatch up, carry off. 
 dva-o-rds. See av-C<m\y^i. 
 dva-crTp^<JMi), turn back or around, 
 
 retreat, advance. 508, 26; 355. 
 dva-(rx^<r6ai. See av-iyja. 
 dva-Tapdrra), stir up, confuse. 
 dva-TcCvw, stretch or Iwld up, raise. 
 dvSpa, dvSpds. See dv^p. 
 dvSpdiroSov, -ov, rb, slave, captive. 
 dv-€pT]v. See dva-PaCvw. 
 dvcv, without. 
 
 dv-4x**» ^^^ '^Pi sustain; mid., en- 
 dure. 
 
 dWjp, dvdpbs, 6, man, meaning about 
 the same as the Lat. vir. 
 
 dv0', by elision, for avrC. 
 
 dvOpw^os, man, homo ; human be- 
 ing ; sometimes used in a con- 
 temptuous sense. 
 
 dvidci), trouble, annoy. 
 
 dv-C<rTT]|ii, raise or start up; mid., 
 rise, stand up. 
 
 dvT*, by elision, for dvrt. 
 
 dyT-a-yopd^ci), buy in return or ex- 
 change. 
 
 dvrf, against, over against, instead 
 of, in return for. 
 
 dvrCoSi -id, -ov, opposite ; d. Uvai, go 
 against. 
 
 dvTi-Trapa-o-Kcvd^ofiai, make counter 
 yreparations. 
 
 dvTt-tr^pds, opposite. 
 
 dvTt<rTaort»TT]S| political opponent or 
 adversary. 
 
 dvTt-TdTT«, draw up or set in line 
 
 against. 
 dvrpov, -ov, TO, cave. 
 dwoTos, -bv, practicable , possible. 
 dvw, upwards, high up, into the in- 
 
 terior (from the sea-coast), 
 d^iVT], -77s, i}, axe. 
 d^kos, -id, -ov, icorth, worthy. 
 a^i6io, consider as proper, ask for as a 
 
 proper thing. 
 d^wv, -ovos, 6, axle. 
 dir-ayy^XXw, bring back tidings from 
 
 a place or person, report. 
 dir-aYop€vo>, refuse, give up, give out 
 
 through exhaustion, am fatigued. 
 dtr-d'YM, bring or lead away or back. 
 dir-aiWd), ask for or demand as one's 
 
 right. 
 dir-aXXdrrfi), get rid of, remove; 
 mid. and pass., be freed from; 
 withdraw. 514, 1 ; 331. 
 dir{iX($s, -17, -bv, soft, tender. 
 dira|, once. 
 
 d-irc43d<rKevos, un-prepared. 
 dirds, -daa, -av, entire, all without 
 
 exception. 
 dtr-cSuKCU See diro-SCSwp.i. 
 d7r-^6avov. See diro-6vili(rKa>. 
 dir-€i.p.i>, go from or away, depart, 
 
 desert. 
 dir-cXavvci), drive away, ride or march 
 
 aicay, retreat. 521, 1 ; 338. 
 dir-€X6wv. See dir-^pxoiiai. 
 ^"^■ipXo^ai, go away, come from, 
 
 v^ithdraw, desert. 539, 2 ; 340. 
 dir-^X**» ^^ away from, be distant; 
 
 refrain from. 
 dir-V|Ya7ov. See dir-aYW. 
 dir-ijctv. See d7r-ci)tu 
 dir-fjXavvov. See dir-cXavvcD. 
 dir-{jX6ov. See dir-^pxcjiai. 
 d'ir-TjXXd'YT]v. See dir-aXXdrra). 
 dir-i<^vai, dir-iiAcv. See dTr-ciiii. 
 dir<J, with the gen., from, from off, 
 away from ; by means of. 
 
 Ill 
 
li ' 
 
 ij 
 
 diroPiPa^w 
 
 332 
 
 do'4>aXTJs 
 
 diro-^ipd^d), cause to go off ov nicay 
 
 from, disembark (trans.). 424. 
 diro-pXcirw, look away^ look uLcay 
 
 toward. 508, 8 ; 334. 
 diro-^iYVMO-Kb), decide negatively, re- 
 linquish or abandon a thought or 
 purpose. 531, 4 ; 335. 
 diro-S^SpciKa. 8ee diro-SiSpda-KO). 
 Q.-vco-%i.iKVv^\.j show ; appoint. 528, 3; 
 
 336. 
 a7ro-Si8pd(rK(0, r^in off or away; 
 sraeak away; escajic. 530, 2 ; 337. 
 diro-S£8cDfii, give back, return what is 
 
 due ; pay. 
 airo-8ovvai, diro-Sucro). See preceding. 
 •iTro-Kprvo|Aat, np/y. 519, 2 ; 345. 
 diro-KpvTTTw, hide away, conceal; 
 mid., hide for one's self; hoard 
 money. 513. 10 ; 345. 
 diro-KTciVM, kill, put to death ; de- 
 liver to the executioner, 519, 4 ; 
 345. 
 airo-Xaix^dvo), take back, receive back. 
 
 523, 5 ; 34o. 
 diro-XcCirco, leave, leave behind; de- 
 sert. 511, 7; 346. 
 diro-X^\)/o)xai.. See diro-XafJipdvctf. 
 dir-dXXvfii, mid., be destroyed, perish, 
 
 die. 528, 8 ; 349. 
 'AiroXXwv, -wj'os, 6, Apollo. 
 d-nro-ir^p,irai, send away or back ; roi/s 
 Saa-fiovs, remit, etc. 508, 21; 351. 
 diro-irX^(tf, sail a way or back, sail 
 
 homeward. 512, 3 ; 352. 
 dirop^w, be in distress or without re- 
 source, be /yerplejred. 
 diropia, -/as, ij, distress, difficulty. 
 dird-p-pT]Tos, -OP. secret. 
 diro-(nrda>, draw away from, from 
 
 one's pursuer, hence outstrip. 
 diro-OT-f^vai. See d4>-f<m]fii. 
 diro-irvXdw, strip off, despoil, rob. 
 diro-TcCvd), stretch away, extend. 519, 
 
 5 ; 356. 
 diro-Ti|iv<i), cut off. 521, 8 ; 356. 
 
 dTTO-^ivu, show, reveal ; mid., show 
 
 one's self, appear, show for one's 
 
 self, express an opinion. 518, 19 ; 
 
 358. 
 
 diro-<|>€VYii), flee away, run away. 
 
 511, 15 ; 358. 
 diro-X(i)p^<i), go away, retreat, return, 
 diro-4n]<^^^o)iai, vote against. 
 diTTw, nud., touch. 513, 1 ; 332. 
 dir-ci)Xd|iT]v. See d-ir-6XXv)ii. 
 Ap(&, inlerential, therefore, then; prob- 
 ably 
 dp^vpiov, -ov, rb, silver money, money. 
 dprHj, -^$, ij, virtue, goodness; good 
 
 service. 
 dp-(\y(a, succor, render aid. 
 dpi0)4.6s, -ov, 6, number, enumeration, 
 
 total amount. 
 opwrrov, -ov, t6, breakfast. 
 dpurros, -77, -ov, best, best in rank, 
 
 noblest; most advantageous. 
 'ApKds, -ddos, 6, Arcadian, native of 
 
 Arcadia. 
 dpKTos, -01', ^, bear, Oreat Bear, 
 
 north. 
 dpfia, -aro^, to, chariot for war. 
 dp}jLdp,a|a, -775, % covered carriage. 
 dpirdj^b), seize, carry away; plunder. 
 
 517. 1; 333. 
 "ApTcp-is, -i5os, 71, Artemis, the Lat. 
 
 Diana. 
 dpTos, -OV, 6, bread. 
 dpxaios, -a, -ov, old, ancient; rb 
 
 dpxo.iov, formerly. 
 dpx"^. -^s, i), beginning, rule, govoni' 
 
 ment, province. 
 dpx". begin, command. 508, 7; 333. 
 Apufia, -aroj, rb, spice. 
 do-OeWo), am sick or feeble, 
 aa-BtvfiSt -^s, feeble. 
 donr£si -iSoi, i}, large oval shield of 
 
 the heavy-armed soldiers. 
 do-rpdirTw, gleam, Jfash. 
 ik-(r^aK.i\%, h, firm, safe; ivdc<t>a\u, 
 in a safe pin re. 
 
 d<r«|»aX»s 333 
 
 d-<r4>aXwSf safely. 
 
 A-raKTOS, -ov, disarranged, in dis- 
 order. 
 
 dTT}jid^a>, dishonor. 
 
 'Attikos, -tJ, -ov, Attic, Athenian, 
 
 a&, again. 
 
 adSts, again. 
 
 aUrq, avrai. See oiItos. 
 
 avTkKO, immediately, at once. 
 
 ouTo9t, tlicre, in this or that place. 
 
 auT($)iaTos, -"j;, -ov, self-moved; airb 
 or iK TOO avTo/xdrov, voluntarily, 
 of one's own accord. 
 
 auTofioX^Wj desert. 
 
 avTOfioXos, -ov, 6, deserter. 
 
 avTos, -4 -6, ipse, self; 6 our6s, 
 idem, same ; in obli([ue eases it is 
 the ordinary pron. 3ii pers. 
 
 avTov, in this or that place, here, 
 there. 
 
 avTov. See lavrov. 
 
 d<}>', for dirb when is elided before a 
 rough breathing. 
 
 d(j>-aip^w, seize or take away, rob; 
 usually mid. 539. 1; 330. 
 
 d-(|»av^S, -e'j, unseen, out of sight, 
 gone. 
 
 d4>€i8»s. 
 
 d<)>-ciorT^K€iv. See 6i^-i<m\]u. 
 
 a^dovia, -as, 17, abundance, 
 
 d4>-(T)|ii, send away or off, dismiss, re- 
 lease. 534, 3; 342. 
 
 d<f>-iKV€op,ai, arrive, come to. 524, 2; 
 342. 
 
 d<^-i-Tnr€va>, ride away on hoi-seback. 
 
 d(j>-{<rTT]|ii, mid., stand off or away, 
 revolt. 534, 5 ; 342. 
 
 'Ax^vos, -d, -bv, Achaean. Achaia 
 was a portion of the Peloponnesus, 
 bordering on the Corinthian Gulf. 
 d-xdpwTTos, -ov, without thanks, ■un- 
 rewarded. 
 dx^o^ai, dep., be displeased. 510, 2; 
 
 333. 
 d'^CvOiov, -ov, rb, wo7'mwood. 
 
 Pa>fi6s 
 
 B. 
 
 Ba^vXccv, -Qvos, i}, Babylon. 
 
 BaPvXwvios, -d, -ov, Babylonian. 
 
 Pd6os, -ovi, rb, depth. 
 
 Pa6i^, -eia, -6, deep. 
 
 PdXavos, -ov, ij, nut. 
 
 pdXXo), throiv, hit. 518, 4; 334. 
 
 PopPapiK^S) -77, -bv, barbaric, bar- 
 barian. 
 
 PapP<ipiK<0S, in a barbarian way ; in 
 the barbarian tongue. 
 
 PdpP(ipos, barbarian; oi ^dpfiapoi, 
 people who were not Greeks, bar- 
 barians. 
 
 ^ao-iXela, -ds, rj, kingdom. 
 
 Pao-CXcios, -ov, kingly, royal ; t4 /Sa- 
 <rfXeta [5w/xara], royal rooms or 
 residence. 
 
 ^ao-iXcvs, -^wy, 6, king. 
 
 Pa<riXcv<0, am king. 
 
 Pao-iXiKos, --fi, -bv, kingly, royal, 
 
 P^Paios, -a, -ov, firm. 
 
 PcXTfcov, -ov, better, /SArwrros, -rj, -ov, 
 best. 
 
 pCd, -ds, T), force. 
 
 Pid^op.(u, use force, compel. 
 
 ^laifos, forcibly, violently, 
 
 ^iKOS, -ov, 6, pitcher. 
 
 Ptos, -ov, b, life. 
 
 pX^-n-ca, look; of objects, pointed or 
 directed towards. 508, 8 ; 334. 
 
 Podo), shout out, cry aloud. 
 
 PoqO^ti) (/3o77, shout; d^u), run), hasten 
 with help, bring aid. 
 
 BoKOTOs, -ov, 6, Boeotian. Boeotia 
 lay northwest of Attica. 
 
 PovXcvo), p^an, counsel ; mid. de- 
 liberate, consult. 
 
 PovXo^iai., wish. 510, 4 ; 334. 
 
 PpaS€ci>s, slowly. 
 
 Ppax^, -eFa, -v, short; ^paxv (adv. 
 
 .a(;c.), short distance. 
 Pp^X'^' ^^^ fnoisten. 508, 9. 
 Pa>}Jios, -ov, 0, altar. 
 

 •yop 
 
 r. 
 
 334 
 
 SiaKivSvvfvw 
 
 -ydp, postpos., for; koX ^d^ etenim, 
 
 for. 
 ^ postpos. and enclitic, at least, you 
 
 see, you know. 
 Y<YCVT])iai, Yc-yova See yiyyo^a,*.. 
 ^c'Xws, -wro5, 6, lau(jhter. 
 7ev^(r0ai, ycvoCjativ. See -yCYvofAai. 
 •yi'vos, -ous, t6, ftir^A. 
 •ycppo-c^dpos, -ov, 6, soldier with or 
 
 caiTyiiig a vricker-shield. 
 7€v«, mid., taste. 
 7^<^vpa, -dj, ^, bridge. 
 y% 7^s, ^, earth, land. 
 7Vj-Xo<^S) -ou, 6, A?7/. 
 Y^TvojiLcu, hccmne, am bom; result. 
 
 506, 1; 335. 
 •yvo^nv, Yvua-ofia^ See yiyvMcrKta. 
 -yvwf&T], -77$, 17, opinion, plan, ex^Kcta- 
 
 tion. 
 y6vv, ybvoLTo^, t6, knee. 
 ■ypcuJMtf, tvritc. 508, 11; 335. 
 Yvp-vd^w, exercise. 
 
 •yvfiv^s, -^Tos, 6, light-armed soldier. 
 ■yvp-vis, -tJ, -Ai/, half-dressed, naked, 
 
 exposed to (brnf^er. 
 •yvv^, YvvaiKos, ^, woman, wife. 
 
 8*, by elision, for 5^. 
 
 SaKp^, weep. 
 
 Sairavdw, -^<rw, spend or squander 
 
 vioncy. 
 8dpciK<$s, -ov, 6, rfar/c. A Persian 
 
 gold coin, worth about $4.00. 
 8a<r|ii<$s, -ov, 6, tax, revenue. 
 8^, postpos., but, for, frequently and. 
 8€8iws, 848oiKa. See hdtia. 
 848o-)iai. See SCSufii. 
 8€Ti0fjvai, 8€i. See 8^«. 
 8fC8a>, fear, be afraid. 490, 5 ; 336. 
 
 8€CXt|, -7;f, 77, afternoon, evening. 
 
 8€iXds, -rj, -6v, cowardly. 
 
 8€iv6s, -■/), -6v, terrible; able, skilful; 
 
 t6 dfivov, danger, 
 8<tTai. See 8^«». 
 8^K(t, ten. 
 
 8€v8pov, -ov, t6, tree. 
 8(|ofiai. See 8^xoH^^ 
 8€gi<5s, -d, -bv, right; ij Se^id (xeip), 
 right hand, pledge ; iv de^iq, an the 
 right (hand). 
 8^p,a, -aros, t6, the skin as removed 
 
 from the body, hide. 
 8(vpo, hither. 
 8€vTcpos, -d, -ov, second; t6 Se&repop, 
 
 second time. 
 Bi\o\ui\^ receive, accept. Tage 357 ; 
 
 336. 
 8^«, need; mid., waiU, desire, beg; 
 St I, it is necessary; r6 Uov, the 
 desired thing. 
 8^, postpos., a strengthening particle, 
 verily, indeed, just; in questions, 
 pray. 
 8fjXo$, evident; drjXov Srt, evidently, 
 Br\\6<a, show, make manifest. 
 8id, with gen., through ; 5td Tax^(^v, 
 
 quickly ; with ace. on account of 
 8i,a-paiv<i>, go through, cross. 519, 7; 
 
 333. 
 8idPao-bs, -ews, ij, place of crossing, 
 
 ford. 
 Zia^arSs, -ij, -Sv, fordnble. 
 8ka-pds, 8ia-pf]vai. See 8ka-Pa£vb). 
 8i.-aYY^^«o> bring word through, re- 
 port. G. 329. 
 8ia-YCYvopiak, come through, subsist; 
 
 continue, pass time. 
 8i-dY(0, lead through; continue; jmss 
 time. 
 
 8ia-8^XOH'<^^: receive through or in a 
 
 line, relieve. 
 8ia-8C8a>|JLi, distribute. 
 8ia-Ktv8i5v€vw, run all risks, make a 
 
 desperate attem])t. 
 
 8iaK6irTw 
 
 335 
 
 8(opov 
 
 8iaK($irTca, cut or break through, cut 
 
 to pieces. 
 8idK($criok, -at, -a, two hundred. 
 Sia-\iyo\ia.t., converse, confer with. 
 8ia-X€lira), leave between, stand at 
 
 intervals. 
 8ia-ir^p,Trw, send around or among. 
 8i-(ipird^a>, plunder. 517, 1 ; 333. 
 8ia-(rTrda), draw apart, separate, 
 
 scatter. 
 8ia-<rir€Cp()), scatter ; mid., iutrans. 
 8ia-(rrds. See 8i-C(rTi]|ik. 
 8ia-TdTT«, arrange or draw up in 
 
 line of battle. 514, 9 ; 356. 
 8ia-TeX^ci>, finish anything, as a dis- 
 tance. 
 8ka-TC0T]p,i, dispose, handle or treat 
 
 persons. 534, 1; 356. 
 8ia-Tp^pca, wear away, waste time. 
 
 508, 3 ; 357. 
 8ia-<f>€pdvTa>s, differently, pre-emi- 
 nently. 
 8ia-x€ipC^a>, manage, control, ad- 
 minister. 
 8i8d(rKti>, teach, instruct, inform. 
 
 533. 8 ; 337. 
 8(b«}ii, give. 534, 4 ; 337. 
 8i-^paivov, 8i-€pTjv. See 8ia-PaCvci>. 
 8cr-€Xavva>, drive or ride through. 
 8i-^X0HAi, come or go through; \6yos 
 dirjXOe, a rumor spread through (the 
 a™y). 539. 2 ; 340. 
 8t-€X«i have between, be apart or 
 
 distant. 508, 16 ; 340. 
 8i-'^Xa<r& See 8i-€Xaiiv(i>. 
 8i-f)X6ov. See 8i-€pxo|izi. 
 81 £<mi(u, set apart ; mid., stand 
 apart; open the ranks. 534, 5; 
 342. 
 8CKaios, -d, -ov,just; n. \A., justice. 
 8£kt], -rjs, i), justice. 
 Zs.6, = 5t' 5, on account of which, wliere- 
 
 fore. 
 8i<r-xfXioi, -at, -a, two thousand. 
 8i(f>9ep£, -dy, 17, tanned skin; bag. 
 
 8^4>pos, -ov, 6, wagon or chariot 
 seat. 
 
 8i«K«, pursue, chase, rout an enemy. 
 
 494 
 8i(ipu|, -vxos, i), trench, canal. 
 8o0i)vak, 8oCqv. See 8C8<0|ai,. 
 8oK^», think, suppose ; 8ok€i, it seems, 
 seems best; rd do^avra, the things 
 which seemed best or were determined 
 upon. 509, 3 ; 337. 
 AdXoxj/, -OTTOS, 6, Dolopian. The 
 Doloi)es lived in the southwestern 
 ])arts of the Pindus range. 
 8d|ds, 8d|». See 8ok^(o. 
 8opKds, -d5os, ij, gazelle. 
 8opirrj<rTds, -ov, 6, supper-time, even- 
 ing. 
 8dpv, -aros, t6, spear used by the 
 
 Greek hoplite. 
 8ovXos, -ov, 6, slave. 
 8ovvai, 80VS. See 8C8ti>|i,i. 
 8ovir^«, -77(rw, rattle, clash. 
 8p€Travi]-4>dpos, -ov, scythe-bearing. 
 Bpiiravov, -ov, to, scythe. 
 Sp6\Los, -ov, 6, a run, race; SpofKf), 
 
 with a run, at full speed. 
 8vvap,ai, am able, can (ws /idXia-ra 
 edOuaro, as much or as well as he 
 could); be worth, valued at. 535, 
 5 ; 337. 
 8vva|xis, -ews, % force, ability ; mili- 
 tary force or strength. 
 8vvd<rTTjs, -ou, 6, man in power, 
 
 officer. 
 8 wards, -rj, -&v, able, possible; iJ 
 dvuarbv /ndXio-ra, as much as pos- 
 sible. 
 8i5w, Scfcrw, enter; of the sun, set. 
 
 507, 3 ; 337. 
 8vo, two. 
 
 8v<r-irdp€VTos, -ov, liard or difficult to 
 
 pass through or along. 
 8w, 8wo'(i>. See 8£8(i)(u* 
 8(d8€Ka, twelve. 
 8(i)pov, -ov, rb, gift. 
 

 
 ii,v 
 
 £. 
 
 336 
 
 CKirCirrw 
 
 IdVf if; followed by the subj. 
 
 lavTOv, -^s, 8ui, of himself. 
 
 4da), idtroj, permit^ allow. 
 
 ^yyvs, corap. iyy&repov or -r^puj, near. 
 
 ^'y€V($|XT)y, 47i*Yvd(JiT|v. See 'yC-yvofiai. 
 
 ^■Y-K^fvorTOs, -ov, bidden, instructed. 
 
 4-y-KpaT'^s, -e's, in power or powerful 
 
 over. 
 {-yvwv. See y^YVwo-kw. 
 
 ^Y«, /. 
 
 Iywyc, I for my part, equidem. 
 
 ISci, ^SciTo. See 8^<i>. 
 
 IScurav. See Sc^Sm. 
 
 ISwKO. See 8£8a)fLi. 
 
 f^cDV. See \6m. 
 
 lOcXovr^Si -ov, 6, volunteer ; as adj. 
 
 willing. 
 46A.o>, am willing, cfioose, desire. 
 
 510, 10 ; 337. 
 46€yT]v. Sec tCOtjjii. 
 tOvos, -ouy, t6, ^/'iftg, nation; Kar 
 
 iOuTj, tribe by tribe. 
 cl, if wliether ; ei /j-ti, unless; ei Si 
 
 fi-fl, but if not. 
 eta, ctaoxL See loo). 
 clS^vai.. See otSo. 
 clSov. Sec opdw. 
 clSw, clSwS' See otSa. 
 ctT]v, cttioxiv. Soe elfiC. 
 cUd^o), ??A:e»i itn^o, conjecture., suppose. 
 
 O. 338. 
 €l'KOo-i(v), twenty. 
 ciX6(iT)v, clXov. See alp{<i>. 
 ilfjiC, am, exist ; (<rTi(v), it i.<t posfiib-e ; 
 
 (ffTi 8' 6ffTii. somebody. 537, 1; 
 
 338. 
 ctfii, go, come. 536, 1 ; 338. 
 ctirov. See ({>t]|i.C. 
 cC-ircp, if really. 
 €lpT]Ka. See <^T]fi£. 
 ds, into, against; with num. as much 
 
 as, about. 
 
 cl<r-dY«» bring into. 
 
 clo-poXXtt, throw into, make an en- 
 trance into ; of rivers, etc., empty 
 into. 
 
 cl<r-PoXVj, -^s, ^, entrance. 
 
 cC<r-et.|Jik, come or (/o into or I'n. 
 
 €lo--eXavva), 7'i«fc or march into^ enter. 
 
 clo'-cXOciv. See cUr-^pxofiou. 
 
 clar-^pXO|xai, come into, enter. 
 
 tlcr-ijciv. See €t<r-ci|Li. 
 
 €lor-'fjXa(ra. See cltr-cXaiJvw. 
 
 d<r-i\\Br]v. See €l<r-dYa>. 
 
 ctcropiai, -€Tai. See otSa. 
 
 cl(r-irT]8da>, -rjao/iiai, leap into. 
 
 dar-TritrTOiy fall upon ; of an army, 
 e?iter, invode. 
 
 cto-w, within. 
 
 cIto, then, in the next place, thereupon. 
 
 tlxov. See lx«. 
 
 ctwv. See Idw. 
 
 ^K. See ^. 
 
 fKacrros, -17, -ov, each ; phir., several. 
 
 cxdrcpos, -a, -ov, either, each. 
 
 CKaripcrtOcv, on either or both sides. 
 
 €KaT^p«a<rc, ?>i both directions. 
 
 CKardv, oi/c hundred. 
 
 ^K-pdXXw, throw or c?)'/w om/, expel. 
 
 4K-S4pci), -Sepw, 5^<'?<, ^"2/' 
 
 4kcivos, -i?, -o, /Art/, /Artf one; he, she, 
 if. 
 
 iK-KoXvirria, uncover. 
 
 (KKX-qo-fo, -as, in, assembly. 
 
 ^K-KXfvio, be7id out of position; give 
 way, flee. 
 
 ^K-Kop.i^w, bring ox fetch out. 
 
 4K-KdirT», cut out, destroy by cutting 
 out, e. (J. tr«'es. 
 
 lK-Kv|i.a(v(i>, -ai'u;, bend (in any direc- 
 tion) like a wave. 
 
 ^K-Xcfirw, leave, abandon, forsake. 
 
 CK-irciTTWKws. See iK-trdrrw. 
 
 ^K-irtvw, drain, drink up. 
 
 ^K-trtiTTw, fall out, am banisJied; ol 
 cKTrfiTTUKbret, the exiles. 
 
 UvXayds 337 
 
 i|cXavvM 
 
 ^K-irXaYcCs. See eK-irX-^TTw. 
 
 ^K-irX^TTW; strike out of one's senses ; 
 
 terrify, amaze. 
 ^K-iroSwv, out of the way. 
 iKTui\i.r]v. See KTdoftai. 
 iK-^pta, bring out, publish, report. 
 iK-^iiiy<a,Jtce out of danger, escape. 
 CKwv, -ovffa, -6vj willing, of one's own 
 
 accord. 
 IXa^ov. See Xap.pdv(i». 
 4Xavva>, drive, ride, march. 
 ^Xd<^aios, -ov, of or belonging to a 
 
 deer. 
 €X€iv, IXc<r6ai. See alp^». 
 cXeXl^cD, raise tlie war-anj. 
 {Xc^o, 4X^x®n^- ^66 Xfyw. 
 AcvScpCd, -ds, ij, freedom. 
 4XTJ(f>6T]v. See Xap.pdvci>. 
 ^X6civ, ^X0wv. See ^px^f***- 
 'EXXds, -<i5o9, rj, Greece. 
 "EXXtjv, -Tyi'oj, 6, Greek. 
 'EXXtivikos, --f), -6v, Grecian. 
 '£XXT)viK(tfS, in tlie Greek way, in 
 
 Greek. 
 
 *EXXT]<rTrovTiaKds, -77, -ov, Helles- 
 pont ic. 
 
 IXoi^ti, -oCfiTjv, -($p,€Vos. See aip^w. 
 
 iXiris, -i5oy, 17, hope ; iXridas X^yuv, 
 expressing hopes. 
 
 4X»v. See ^Xavvca. 
 
 4f&avT0v, -179, of myself. 
 
 4|i-PaCv», jjro into, embark. 
 
 4p.-pdXX(a, ^Aroif? fvi^o / of rivers, fiow 
 into, empty; i. TrXrrydi, ivfiict blows, 
 thrash ; e. •xJXl>v, give fodder (to 
 horses); in battle, charge, fall 
 upon. 
 
 {p.€iva. See iiivo. 
 
 Ifios, -tJ, -bv, my. 
 
 4}iov. See 4y«. 
 
 {p.-iraXiv, backwards, back again. 
 
 4fi-irkirXT|;ik, fill, satisfy. 
 
 €(4-irXc«s, -<av, full. 
 
 4fiirdpiov, -01', r6, iwrt of trade, 
 market. 
 
 l|i-trpo<r9ev, before, in front. 
 
 €V, in, on ; iv rourtp, at this time. 
 
 Hv, evbs. See els. 
 
 ^vStio, -ds, ij, want, need, lack (of 
 
 provisions). 
 cv-8€KaTOs, -rj, -ov, eleventh. 
 kv-hvia, mid. and perf. act., put upon 
 
 one's body. 
 ^v^^aXov. See IfL-pdXXtt. 
 4v-c8p€va>, lie in ambush. 
 Kv-cip^i, am in or on ; am in a place, 
 
 am Uiere. 
 lv€Ka, SvcKcv, oji. account of for the 
 
 sake of. 
 ^vcv^KovTo, ninety. 
 kv-9\v. See ^-cifti. 
 ?v0a, there, here; where; thereupon. 
 tv^fv, tlience ; tvQ^v . . . ivQ^v, on this 
 
 side . . . on that side, on all sides. 
 kvL, <v<Js. See €ls. 
 ?viot, -at, -a, some. 
 kvioTi, sometimes, occasionally. 
 kwio>., nine. 
 Iv-oiK^cD, inhabit; ol evotKOvvrei, the 
 
 inhabitanUi. 
 kv-opoM, sec in a thing, perceive, dis- 
 tinguish. 
 bfrav^OL, here, there; hereupon, then. 
 kvriKi[i, -4%, full, complete. 
 4vTev0€v, thence, thereupon. 
 ^-Ti8Tjp,t, place on, put on board. 
 ivTos, within. 
 
 cv-TVYxavw, happen upon, find. 
 'EwdXios, -ov, 6, Enydlius, epithet of 
 
 Ares, as god of destructive warfare. 
 k%, with gen., out of , forth, from. 
 ^-aYY^XXo), bring out word, report. 
 4|-dY», bri}ig or conduct out; ijiduce, 
 
 tempt. 
 l^-aiWtt, demand as a right, beg off; 
 
 mid., demand, beg for as a favor. 
 l^aKUTT^tXioi., -at, -a, six thousand, 
 l^aKoo-ioi, -ot, -a, six hundred. 
 ig^poXov. See 4K-pdXX». 
 c^-cXavvM, drive out, march. 
 
l^\9tiv 
 
 338 
 
 fp^ov 
 
 It! 
 
 I'' i 
 
 : 
 
 4|-€X0€iv. See €$-€pxofiai. 
 4|-^Xnrov. JSe(? €K-X€iiro). 
 4§-€pxofi.at, come or yo out, eficape. 
 4§€Ta<rts, -ews, i}, review, examination. 
 ii-i^v'>(ov. See iK-^ivyta, 
 4§-fjX0ov. See €|-€pxop.6.i. 
 4|-^X®1V' See €^-dYu>. 
 €^-i.Kvco|iai., come cisiar as, reach. 
 €^-to-Trp.t, mid., stand oat or aivay 
 
 from. 
 ^|op.€V. S(;e i\ia. 
 
 cl-oirXt^w, arm fully or comphtrhi. 
 4|o7rXio-La, -ds, 17, ^Ac arming or 
 
 cquijrpiuf) uf so.'dicrs. 
 ^w, adv., outside; rb i^u>, tlie outside 
 
 or o«/f^?*, 
 JiraGov. See ird<rx«. 
 cTT-atvc'w, -eVw, applaud, praise, 
 iird, coiij., W/6'y/, ^'/^cy ; si>/cc (causul). 
 circiSiiv, foiij. with subj., whenever. 
 €Tr€t8TJ, when indeed, after. 
 ^/r €ip.i, am upon or over. 
 Iir-€ip.i, cnmr 'ff/ainsf, attack, advance. 
 ^TTciaa, 4ir€(o-0.|V. See ireiSw. 
 lirctTo, thercupim, then, afterwards. 
 4ir-€Xt7rov. Sv-e ^Trt-XcC-Trci,. 
 kix-i'TrA.^y\v, -TO. See irdofiai. 
 €'7r-<'<rTT]v. Ste 4<f>-io"TTjfJii. 
 CTT-ileiv, -T]€<rav. See J[ir-€i|Ai (2). 
 iir f|v. See ^ir-cifii (1). 
 €Tr-TJV€<rav. See ^Tr-aiv^w. 
 4ir£, with <?en., o/j, ?<;)on ; iirl rer- 
 
 rdpuv, in fours, four deep ; itp' 
 
 nuQv, in our time; with dat. at, 
 
 'Upon, for (i)ur}»ose) ; eTrt Tovrip, for 
 
 that object ; eirl davdn^, to death ; 
 
 iirl T(^ d5eX0^, ill the power of etc. ; 
 
 with ace. to, against; eirl iroXv, to a 
 
 great distance. 
 tir-td<ri(v). See ^ir-cifAi (2). 
 c-TTL-PovXcvo), plot against. 
 ciriPovX*^, -77s, Tj, conspiracy, plot. 
 i-TTK-Z^t.Kvv^x., show, exhibit. 
 jiri-SiuKw, pursue. 
 ciri-Ocivai, eiri.-6<o. See ciri-TCOiiiti. 
 
 ^irt-Ojjifw, desire or long for. 
 tTTt-KdiMTTw, bend or bring (the wings 
 
 of uii army) togetlicr. 
 iiriKivSvvos, -ov, dangerous. 
 €Tri-KpvirT«, carer over, conceal. 
 ciri-Xc'-yw, say in reference to or in 
 
 connection wi(h a thiiiii. 
 im-XiCirta, leave, fail, forsake. 
 cirifieXcia, -ds, ij, care, attention. 
 €7ri-pieX€0}iai, aire for, give attention 
 
 to. 
 €mp.TrXT)v. See irtfiirXTjui. 
 iit\.-t:lrrr(a, fall upon, attack. 
 CTTiTTovos, -ov, laborious, difficult. 
 CTTi p-puTos, -ov, ic el I -watered. 
 '•irt-<riTt^ojxai, lay in provisions. 
 €Tri crlTio-jids, -ou, 6, a laying in of 
 
 provisions. 
 cirio-Tajiat, know, know how. 535, 6; 
 
 339. 
 tiri-<m^<rds. See l^-C(rrr\\i.i, 
 cTTKrToXTi, -r,s, i}, letter. 
 kTri-<r<j)dTTa), slay upon or over. 514, 
 
 15; 355. 
 cirir/jScios, -d, -ov, suitable, fitting; 
 
 TO, tTTiTrjdfLa, provisions. 
 i^n-TCBr^\t.l, place upon; i. dUrjv, inflict 
 
 punishment. 
 itri-rpiTTb), turn or give over to, allow. 
 
 508, 28 ; 357. 
 i-ir\.-rvy\av(o, happen upon, find. 
 
 523, 9; 357. 
 ciri-4>^p(i), bring upon ; mid., rush 
 
 upon, attack. 
 (iri-xcip^cD, 2indertake, attempt. 
 iTT\.-\ijipi(a, move upon, advance. 
 €ir-iwv, -o£<ra, -ov. See 6ir-€i|ti (2). 
 €irX€uo-o. See irX^w. 
 %Trc\iL(xi, follow. 508, 13; 339. 
 cmrd, septem, seven. 
 tirra-Koo-ioi, -at, -a, seven hundred. 
 'ETTvo^a, -77s, 7), Epi/axa. 
 iTrvQ6\ir\v. See iruv6dvop,ai. 
 €p70v, -01', t5, loork, action ; tA eh 
 Tov TToXeaov ^,iya, the drcda of war. 
 
 tfA 
 
 339 
 
 X<AVt\ 
 
 ('pci. See <{>Ti|ii. 
 
 cp-q^os, -ov, deserted, desert ; deprived 
 
 of, without. 
 cp£^<i), strive or contend with. 
 €pp.T)V€vs, -^ws, 6, interpreter. 
 Ipvp.a, -aros, rb, defence, protection. 
 cpvp.v<$s, 'V, -ov, fortified, strong (as a 
 
 fort). 
 ^pXO|xai, i\ev!TO!xat, 2 aor. '^Xdov^ 
 
 come, go. 539, 2 ; 340. 
 epurdb), -rjau}, ask. 
 €<r9C«, ?8o,u.aL, 2 aor. ^(payov, cat. 
 €(rolp,r]v, ^o~rai, corrc, €arT£(v). See 
 
 4'(rT€, conj., until. 
 
 ^o-Ti^Ka, lo-TtGs, €OT-riv. See to-rrjiti. 
 
 eorxaros, -17, -oi', ^05/, farthest. 
 
 eo-\ov. See €\<i). 
 
 cVwdev, v'ithin; rb Hauidcv, tlie inner. 
 
 co-ioo'a. St'e O'w^o). 
 
 i'ro|a, €Tdx0Tjv. See Tdrrw. 
 
 cTcpos, -d, -oj/, one or o</i<?r of two, 
 
 another o{ two \ \\\\v., one or oth^r, or 
 
 another of two divisions, parties, etc. 
 €T€Ttnifjp.Tjv. See Tip.d(i>. 
 Itv, 2/ci, yet rnore; hereafter, after- 
 - wards, still. 
 lToi|ios, -rjy -ov, ready. 
 crpwo-a. See Tirpwo-Kw, wound. 
 (Lt\}\ov. Siie Tvyyjivfa. 
 €{», adv., well. 
 cv8ai|JLov£l^ci>, congratulate. 
 €v8a£^(i)v, -o»', fortuncUe, prosjjcrous. 
 t\)'{\9iia, -ds, ^, folly. 
 cv^0T]s, -es, foolish. 
 €v0vs, immediately; ev. -n-aiSei 6vTei, 
 
 immediately from childhood, from 
 
 very chi'dhood. 
 ct/voia, -ds, ij, good-will. 
 cvvo'iKws, with good-will; edv. ^x^iv, 
 
 be ive'l disposed, affectionate. 
 clJvoos, -ov, contr. to eCvovs, -ovv, of 
 
 good mind or feeling, well disposed. 
 €vpCa-K(a, find. 533, 5; 340. 
 ciiposi -oi'S, t6, ividth, breadth. 
 
 cvTo^id, -ds, i], good order, arrange- 
 ment, discipline. 
 
 €i;-ToXp.os, -ov, bold, courageous. 
 
 tv-rv\io}, be successful. 
 
 £v<|>pdTT]s, the Euphrdtes. 
 
 cvx*^, -rjS, i}, prayer, wish. 
 
 €{}X<'H-°'>-) 2^''".'A wish earnestly. 
 
 €v-a>8T)$, -es, fragrant. 
 
 €v-(tfvvp.os, -ov, leftf left side, left wing 
 of an ainiy. 
 
 C(|>dvT]v. Sec <j>aivc«. 
 
 €<|>ao-av. See <j>T]p,C. 
 
 "E<|>€0-os, Ephesus; in Asia Minor at 
 the mouth of the Cayster. 
 
 4<|>-€iorrTJKeo'av. See i^'ixm\YX. 
 
 €<j>T]V, €<j>Tj. See (f>T]|JL£. 
 
 c<j>-i<rTTip.t, iiri-aTTjau}, place or set 
 upon or in ; i. rbv 'ixirov, check, etc. ; 
 mid., stand by or over. 
 
 i^vyov. See ^ivyoi. 
 
 €X0pos, -OV, 6, per.sonal enemy, foe. 
 
 €X«» inii)f. dxov, ^^w, 2 aor. ?<txov, 
 have, hold; evvoiKus i., be kindly 
 disposed ; oi/rws ^,, be so, be in the 
 same condition; kukQs e., be in a 
 bad condition, go badly ; ^x^ixevos, 
 mid., hold one's self to, come next. 
 508, 16; 340. 
 
 ^\|;op,ai. See ^irofiai. 
 
 €(tfpa>v, €(tfpd. See 6pda>. 
 
 ?(i)S, ^w, Attic decl., daum. 
 
 ?«s, conj., while. 
 
 Z. 
 
 Jaci), f77<rw, live. 412 ; 341. 
 5€V7vD|ii, ^€v^u}, join. Lat. jungo. 
 
 528, 5; 341. 
 Zevs, ^l6s, Zeus, the king of gods and 
 
 men. 
 \r[v. See 5<i«- 
 ^TiXcoTos, -"fi, -6v, enviable, one to be 
 
 envied, 
 ^(tfVT), -77s, 7], zone, girdle, belt; els 
 
 ^uivriv, for jiiti-moiuy. 
 
340 
 
 Ovijo-KW 
 
 H. 
 
 ij . . . <j, either . . . or, 
 
 <^, than. 
 
 i\, verify, certainly. 
 
 •rfj. See 6, -q, r6, 
 
 lg. See «s ij, 6. 
 
 TQ. See clfiC. 
 
 f|7dorOT]v. See A^afjiai. 
 
 i\yHi.MV, -ovos, 6, leader y guide; com- 
 mander. 
 
 i^-y^O|uii, --qaofmi, lead, command; 
 thinky deem. 
 
 'q8€iv. See otSa. 
 
 Tj8^a)s, sweetly, gladly. 
 
 ffir\, now, already, at length. 
 
 iqSvs, -cFa, -v, conip. iidtuv, sweet. 
 
 ijSop,ai, ijdriaofiai, i^adrjy, am pleased. 
 
 TQCiv, -ntcrav. See clftt, go. 
 
 <)0€Xov. See c0cX«. 
 
 fJKKTTa, atlv., least, least of all. 
 
 fJKO), T^^u;, am come, hare arrived. 
 
 ijXaora, "IjXavvov. See cXavvw. 
 
 -^XOov. See cpxop-ai. 
 
 ■flXC-Paros, -ov, impassible , 'precipitous. 
 
 i^Xlk^ol, -ds, 17, /twjc 0/ life, age. 
 
 i^XiKi(tfTt]S| -ov, 6, an equal in years ; 
 
 com/Hinion. 
 ^Xios, -ov, 6, sun. 
 TJfictS} |)1nr. of ^t6, ve. 
 i\\Ukr\\Livti)s, carelessly. 
 i\\UpcL, -as, 7}, day. 
 ^fjircpos, -d, -ov, our. 
 TJixi-ppuTos, -ov, half-eaten. 
 'q(ii-Sdp€iK<^v, -oO, t6, half-daric. 
 i\YX-%ti\%^ -h, half-empty, lialf-fulL 
 ■^|ii,-($Xios, -d, -01', as substant., ont 
 
 and mie-half a half more. 
 <J|Jiicrvs, -€ta, -u, Art//; as substant, a 
 
 half. 
 ^pii-ci>PoXiov, -01;, TO, a half obol. 
 ^^v, =idv, if, with subjunct. 
 ^v. See «ljiC. 
 y|V(0^6|Jtiiv. See dv^X"* 
 tjvCko, conj., when. 
 
 iqvC-oxos, -01', 6, t/nrcr of a wagon or 
 
 ehadot. 
 ^{^•'V, fj^otfti. See ^K«. 
 tlTTcp. See 6<rtr€p. 
 VipldjiTjv, ^px<ij4tiv. See &px»- 
 i]p6\ir\v, riputrutv. See Ipcardw. 
 ^<rav. See clfxC. 
 liadavoiirjV, -j^o-ec'p.Tiv. See al<r6d- 
 
 vop.ai. 
 i\a-dr\v. See ij8o|iai. 
 T|<rvx^, quietly, noiselessly. 
 i^rrdofiai, -i^ofiai, be conquered. 
 y\y>\6\Ly\v. See c^ofuii. 
 t|vpov. See c^pCo-KO). 
 
 o. 
 
 0', for T^, by elision before an initial 
 
 rougli vowel. 
 OdXarrO) -t^s, 17, sea. 
 Odvaros, -ov, 6, death. 
 OoppoXcws, boldly, fearlessly. 
 9app€ti> am ofgoodcourage,havenofear, 
 Oappbvw, (five encouragement, cheer. 
 6dTT«v, eonip. of raxi^s, which see. 
 Bav\ia\ia, -dao/xai, vender, admire. 
 OavfLao-rds, -ij, -6v, wonderful. 
 0a^aKr\v6^, -ov, 6, inhabitant of 
 
 Thapsacus. 
 Ocdoftai, -daofxai, behold, see, view. 
 6€iv. See 6^o), rtin. 
 6(ios, -d, -oj/, miraculous, marvellous. 
 O^IJKVOs, 6^VT€S. See t£0t|^. 
 6eds, -ou, 6, ^/eiVt/, jrorf. 
 0€paircvw, 5cnr, provide or care for. 
 0€pd'irb)v, -oi/Toy, 6, sei'vant. 
 0^0-001. See t£0t]|i.i. 
 ©^TTaXos, -ov, 6, Thessalian. 
 0^«, r?nj.. 
 
 0€«ap^(t>, v?'cj<>, review, e. g. an army. 
 0T]pd(a>, -rfcrw, hunt wild animals. 
 0T]pcvo), gro on a hunt, hunt. 
 0T)p{ov, -01', t6, w?iW animal. 
 Bv-fia-Kiaf die. 530, 4; 342. 
 
 3dpvPos 341 
 
 KaKOS 
 
 Ij 
 
 0opvPos, -ov, 6, noise. 
 
 Bp9|, QpdKds, by Thracian. 
 
 Ovpd, -ds, Tj, {/a^c, (/oo?\ 
 
 0(J«, ^dcra;, sacrifice. 504, 2 ; 342. 
 
 Oupd^ -dKos, 6, breastplate. 
 
 I. 
 
 Idof&ai, -dffofxai, dress or A«a? a 
 
 wound. 
 Idrpos, -ov, 6, physician. 
 ISeiv, I8wv. See 6pd<i>, see. 
 iSioSy -d, -ov, private ; cts to tdiov, for 
 
 private use. 
 l8iwTT)s, -ov, 6, a private person^ pri- 
 vate soldier. 
 ISpdtt, sweat. 
 up.(u, IcvTO. See lr\px. 
 Uvai, \m, Iwv. See €t|ii. 
 icpds> -d, -6v, sacred; rd ^epd, the 
 
 omens indicated by the sacrifices. 
 Itjjw, send, throio ; mid., send one's 
 
 self, rush. 534, 3 ; 342. 
 Uavos, -'^, -bv, enough, able. 
 'Ikoviov, -ou, Iconium^ a city of 
 
 Phrygia. 
 fXrj, -17s, •^, <rooj!?, chiefly of horse, 
 
 probably sixteen front and four 
 
 deep. 
 tva, conj., with subj. or opt., in 
 
 order that. 
 IdvTOSf lovTwv, etc. See ctfii. 
 tinrcvSf -^ws, 6, horseman ; plur., cav- 
 alry. 
 linriK^s, -tJ, -bv, of cavalry; t6 
 
 lirviKbv, the cavalry. 
 7 fnr6-8po|&oSi -ov, rj, horse-race. 
 tiriros, -ov, 6, horse; dirb tmrov, on 
 
 horseback, 
 t<ros, -1}^ -ov, equal; h fuy, in an 
 
 even line, with equal step. 
 *I<r(roC, -wv, ol, Fssus, in eastern 
 
 Cilicia, at the northeast corner of 
 
 the Mediterranean. 
 
 Xxm. See ot8a. 
 
 tart] fill, set, make stand, halt, stop; 
 
 mid. and 2 aor. act., stand. 534, 
 
 5; 342. 
 IotIov, -ov, rb, sail. 
 Ur\vp6it -d, -bv, strong. 
 IcrxvpdtfSy mightily, very. 
 Icrx^S, -iJos, i], vis, strength. 
 lX0flS, -iJos, 6, Jish. 
 ^X*'®5« "°^5, t6, <7*rtc«, track. 
 'Iwvld, -ds, ^, Ionia, the most central 
 
 l);ut of Asia Minor. 
 'IwviKos, -V, -bv, Ionian. 
 
 Ka0*, by elision for Kurd, before a 
 
 rough vowel. 
 Ka0-^^o)iak, impf. ^Kade^bfitiv, sU dowii, 
 
 halt, rest. 
 Ka0-ct)8«», lie down, sleep. 510, 8 ; 
 
 343. 
 Ka0-T)8v-ira0€<i), squander or waste in 
 
 luxury. 
 Ka0-'/|Ka), come down, extend down; 
 
 belong to as a duty. 
 Kd0-Tifiai, sit down, sit ; of an army, 
 
 am stationed. 537, 2 ; 341 (^fmi). 
 KaQ-C<m\\L^ set down, place, arrange, 
 
 of forces; mid., with 2 aor. act., 
 
 take one's place, be established, be 
 
 settled. 534, 5 ; 342. 
 Ka0-opd(i>, Kar-ddov, see fully, ex- 
 amine. 539, 4 ; 350. 
 Kal, que, and, even, also; with 
 
 partic, although; Kai . . . Kal, W 
 
 . . . Kal, both . . . and. 
 Ka£-ir€p, with partic, although. 
 Kaipos, -ov, 6, occasion, particular 
 
 moment. 
 KaC-Toi, conj., and assuredly, and 
 
 yet. 
 KaCci), K&ui, btim. 520, 1; 343. 
 KaKOS, -tJ, -bv, bad, base, cowardly. 
 
Hi 
 
 KaKoOp-yos 342 
 
 KaKovp-yos, -ov, 6, evil-doer. 
 
 KttKWs, badl)/, ill; k. iroUu, hnrin, 
 wrong ; k. ix^t '«"^ *'< " bcid con- 
 dUio)i ; K. vpdTTu), fine bitd >j. 
 
 KdXa|xoS| -ou, 6, reed. 
 
 KaXew, at//, name, call to one's self, 
 aammon. 504, 5 ; 343. 
 
 KaX\(i>iri(r|i6s, -ov, 6, oraamenf, adorn- 
 ment. 
 
 KoXos, --fj, -6v, beautifal ; of omens, 
 
 favorable. 
 KaXws, beaHtifully, well; k. irpdrruf, 
 
 succeed ; k. #xw, am all nght. 
 Kav, b}' ciasis lor icai at/. 
 KavSvs, -uos, 6, a Persi.in aw/, of wool 
 
 or silk, purple- colored, buttoning 
 
 over the breast, and furnished witli 
 
 loose sleeves, reaching to the 
 
 fingers. 
 Kain^Xciov, -01;, to, booth, slwp. 
 KairCOr], -77s, % cujnt/te, a Persian 
 
 measure, et^ual to 2;^ choenks or 
 
 2.3 litres. 
 KaTTtraSoKia, -as, tj, Cappadocia, a 
 
 province of eastern Asia Minor, 
 
 ijorth of the Taurus mountains. 
 Kdp<|>Ti, -7;s, i), hay. 
 Kara, with gen., down from, doicn ; 
 
 with ace, down along, a'ong, 
 
 against; /card yijv, by land; kut' 
 
 idi/T}, nation by nation ; Kara ^w- 
 
 pav, in the proper place. 
 Kara-Palvo), come or go down, descend, 
 
 dismount. 519, 7; 333. 
 KaT-a-yaYOi. See KaT-dY<i>. 
 KaTa-Y€Xda>, laugh at, mock ; exult. 
 Kar-d-yo), 2 aor. KaT-rjyayov, leal or 
 
 bring do}(*n ox back. 508 6: 330. 
 Kara-Si^ca, 5mA: (trans.). 507, 3; 337. 
 Kara-Ocdo^ai, -daouai, gaze down 
 
 upon, look out towards. 
 Kara-KaCvcD, -Kavw, slay, put to death. 
 
 518, 7; 343. 
 Kara-KaCw or -Krfw, burn down, de- 
 stroy hy fire. 520, 1; 343. 
 
 KariSiiv 
 
 Kara-KCKoil/co-Oou. See Kara-Kdirrw. 
 KaTa-KOTTTw, cut down, cut to pieces. 
 
 513. i^; 344. 
 KaTa-Xa|xpdvb>, seize, take possession 
 
 of, catch. 523, 5; 346. 
 
 KaTa-XckTTd), Ituvt behind, leave. 511, 
 7; 34t). 
 
 Kara-Xcvw, sfimc to death. 
 
 KaTa-XT|<f)-, -Xrj\j/-. See KaTa-Xa|x- 
 PdvcD. 
 
 KaTa-Xiircov. See KaTa-Xcfiro. 
 
 Kar-oXXdrrw, reconcile; i)ass , am rec- 
 onciled. 514, 1; 331. 
 
 Kara-Xjo), of an army, break ranks, 
 rest, halt ; k. irpjs, break up hostili- 
 ties, make peace with. 
 
 Kara-fJuivOuvb), leai'n iccll. 523, 7; 
 347. 
 
 Kara-vo^u), consider or icntch carefully. 
 
 KaTa-ir^p.irca, send down, i. e. from 
 the interior to the sra-coast. 
 
 KaTa-ircTpoo), stone to death. 
 
 KaTa-irt]8d6), •'qao/xai, leapt down. 
 
 Kara-TrpuTTw, do well, accomplish. 
 
 514, 6; 3.')3. 
 KaT&-orK^TrTO|iai, view, examine. 513, 
 
 15; 354. 
 Kara-o-Kcvd^ft), /^ out, equip, improve. 
 Kara-cnrdw, -(jirdiju}, draw down. 
 KaTa-OTi^o-onai, -trw. See Ka0- 
 
 l(rTr\\ii. 
 KaTa-(rTp^(|>a), over-turn, subdue. 508, 
 
 26 ; 355. 
 KaTa-i£6Tin,t, lay down, deposit, put 
 
 away, e. g. a treasure. 
 KaTa-4>av^s, -^$, gen. -0C5, visible. 
 Kara-^ivyu), ^ftee for refuge. 511, 15; 
 
 358. 
 KaT-^PT]v. See Kara-^aCvfa. 
 KaT-€0^fjLT)v. See Kara-riBr]]ii. 
 KaT-eXTJ4>0T]V. See Kara-Xa^^dyb). 
 KaT-6p*yd^0JLai, do f.horoicghly, aaoi.i- 
 
 plish. 359 ; 339. 
 Ka,r-4<^rr^v. See Ka9-C«m]fi.i. 
 Kar-iSciv. See KaO-opdw. 
 
 Kavfjia 
 
 343 
 
 Xe^uv 
 
 Kav|ia, -aros, t6 (Katw), heat. 
 
 KavoTpov ircSkOV, plain of tJie Cay- 
 ster, a populous spot in Flirygia. 
 
 K&b). See KaUi). 
 
 K«YXpos, 'OV, 6, jmiiic, a small grain 
 valued as a food. 
 
 Kaftai, lie, lie fallen. 482; 178. 
 
 K^KTT]|iai. See Krdofjiai.. 
 
 KcXaivaC, -wf, at, Celdinoe, in 
 Phrygia. 
 
 KcXevcD, order, bid, command. 
 
 KcvoS) -?), -ovt empty; foil, by gen., 
 without. 
 
 K€pdp.wv d-yopd, -as, ij, Ceramon 
 agora, a market -town in Phrygia. 
 
 K€pdvvvp.i, mix, usually wine and 
 water. 525. 1; 343. 
 
 K^pas, -dros, or -w$, t6, horn, wing of 
 an army. 
 
 K€p8aX€os, -d, -OV, gainful. 
 
 K£p8os, -CVS, TO, gain ; pay, wcLgcs. 
 
 Ke(|>aXTJ, -^s, T}, head. 
 
 KkXiKCd, -as, rj, Ciiicia, the south- 
 eastern province of Asia Minor. 
 
 KCXi|, -iKos, 6, a Cilician, 
 
 KfXio-orct, -77s, 7], Cilician tcoman, 
 
 KivSvvcvb), incur danger. 
 
 kCvSwos, -OV, 6, danger. 
 
 KVT)p.Cs, -tSos, i], greave, leggin, worn 
 to protect the lowt-r ])art of the leg, 
 and made usually of metal lined 
 with some soft material. 
 
 KoXocro-aC, -Cov, al, Colossae, in Phry- 
 gia, seat of the church to which 
 Paul wrote the "Epistle to the 
 Colossians." 
 
 Kovi-opTos, -ov, 6, cloud of dust. 
 
 KoirpoS) -ov, 6, dung. 
 
 KO<rp.E«i>, -rjau}, arrange, adorn. 
 
 K6<r|i0S| -ov, 6, arrangement^ adorn- 
 ment. 
 
 kov<)k>s, -77, -ov, light, i. e. not heavy. 
 
 KpdvoSi -ovs, t6, helmet. 
 
 Kpar^fi), -Tjffb), am superior, conquer. 
 
 KpaTicTTOS. See Kpclrrwy. 
 
 Kpdros, -ous, t6, strength, power ; 
 
 Kara KpdTos, with all one's strength. 
 Kpaxryi^, -^$, 17, shout. 
 Kp^as, Kpeus, TO, Jiesh, meat. 
 Kp€tTT«v, KpdriaTos, comp. and sup. 
 
 of d7a^^s, superior, better, stronger, 
 
 higher in rank. 
 Kpe)idvvv(j,i, hang up, suspend. 525, 
 
 2; 345. 
 KpT|VT], -77$, i}, spring of water ; foun 
 
 tain. 
 Kpi^s, K/37;r6s, 6, a Cretan. 
 Kpid^. -f/$, T], usually plur., barley. 
 Kpiviii, judge. 519, 2 ; 345. 
 KpCoris, -ews, i], trad. 
 RpviTTw, Jtule, conceal. 513, 10 ; 345. 
 KTdop.at,, acquire. 465, a ; 345. 
 kvkXos, -ov, 6, circle. 
 kvkXow, encircle, surround. 
 KvKXaxris, -ca's, r], a surrounding, an 
 
 encircling. 
 KopcioS) -a, -ov, Cyr€an, belonging to 
 
 Cyrus. 
 KcoXilb), prevent, hinder, 
 K»^T], -T^s, 17, village. 
 
 XaPctv, '01, -wv. See Xafji^dvco. 
 
 XaOciv. See XavOdvw. 
 
 XdOpd or XdOpqi, secretly, without the 
 knowledge of. 
 
 AaKcSaipdvtos, -ov, 6, Spartan. 
 
 Xaix^dvcD, take, capture, obtain. 523, 
 5 ; 346. 
 
 Xafiirpdrr^S, -77x0?, ^, brightness, splen- 
 dor. 
 
 XavOdvo), escape the knov)ledge or 
 notice of; loll, by su}>pl. partic. 
 523 6 ; 346. 
 
 \iy<a, Sfty, speak 508 19 6; 346. 
 
 XcCiro), Icnve. 5x1, 7; 346. 
 
 X€§«v, fut. act. part, of Xiyta, 
 
M. 
 
 |fcd,7iay, surely; fxh. Toi>s ^eojJs, nay, 
 surely, by the gods. 
 
 MaCavSpos, -ov, 6, the Maeander river, 
 
 |JUiKapto-T({$, -tJ, -6/', made happy ; en- 
 viable. 
 
 |MiKp<$s» -d, '6v, long. 
 
 (MiXa, comp. [xaXXov, sup. fi&Xurray 
 very, exceedingly; comp. rather; 
 sup. mo5< especially, most, best. 
 
 fiavOdvw, learn. 
 
 |i.dvns, -ewy, 6, prophet, soofhmyer. 
 
 Mof <rvds, -ou, 6, Mdrsyas, the Mdrsyas 
 river. 
 
 K^X<*«f*» '^^t ^» dagger, with only 
 one edge sharp, the dull edge being 
 straight, the sharp one curved ; 
 this weapon was worn at the belt 
 
 XivKo6Mpa| 344 
 
 XcvKO-OMpdl, -(XKos, 6, Imving a white 
 breast-armor or corselet. 
 
 XcvKos, -t), -6v, bright, white. 
 
 XT]4>6f)v(u, XVj^o^t. Sec Xafipavw. 
 
 XCOos, 'OV, 6, stane, 
 
 Xl)JM>s, -oOf 6, hunger. 
 
 Xo-yos, -ov, 6, word, rum,or, argument. 
 
 ^®YX'n> '"^^y Vi spear-Jiead, spear* 
 
 \6^o% -ov, 6, hill, height. 
 
 XoxaYid, -cfy, 17, a captaincy. 
 
 Xox-aY<Js, -ou, 6, aiplain. 
 
 Xoxos, -ov, 6, company of soldiers, 
 consisting of 100 men. 
 
 AvSCd, -d$, 7}, Lydia, the west cen- 
 tral province of Asia Minor. 
 
 AvSios, -a, -ov, Lydian. 
 
 AvKaia (tf/3(£), the Lycrean rites, 
 celebrated by the Arcadians each 
 spring in honor of Zeus, on the 
 Lyciean range. 
 
 XvfiaCvofUii, \vfxavovaat., ruin, spoil. 
 
 Xvirita, pain, grieve. 
 
 |i4Tairc}i.irci» 
 
 |jb(Tca»pos 
 
 345 
 
 1*^X1 » -^5, rj, battle, JiglU. 
 
 )uixo|Mu, Jight, fight with. 510, 11; 
 
 347. 
 1^ y.\ Y^v, |JM>C. See ^y*^* 
 pieydXT). See piyas. 
 (iryaXo-trpcTrcAs, in a courtly or mag- 
 nificent way. 
 Mryapcvs, -^ws, 6, a Megarian, 
 |&<Yas, neyd.\rj, fi^a, great, large; 
 
 Tit peyicrroy, chiefly. 
 |i€0*, by elision for ixerd, before a 
 
 rough vowel. 
 \LiiX<aiv, larger, greater; comp. of /t^oj. 
 fickvai, aor. inf. act. o\ fiivia. 
 )uCo»v, comp. of piKp6s, less, worse; 
 
 fieiov tx^'^t ^^ worsted. 
 
 ^fXavld, -ay, ^, blackness, black object, 
 
 fUXci, fut. ij.i\-f}ff€i, it is a care, it coH' 
 
 cerns ; i/xoi /xeXiJo-et, it tvill be my 
 
 care. 
 
 |i€XcTT)p<{s, -d, -Lv, assiduous or studi- 
 
 ous in practising. 
 (icXCvT), -17$, 1^, millet, panic^ usually 
 
 I>lur. 
 (UXXu, intend, am likchj, am about to. 
 yAv, postpos. particle, on tJie one 
 hand, indeed; reg. foil, by au ad- 
 vei"sative bL 
 jUv-Toi, but yet, however. 
 ^ivta, aor. tfxeiva, remain. 
 fUpos, -ovi, T&, part, portion. 
 ficcr-T]p.pp£d, -as, ri, mid-day ; south. 
 Y.ia-0%, -7), -oVf middle; rb piaov, the 
 
 m iddlc. 
 licorr^s, -ij, -6v,full. 
 I&rrd, with gen. or ace; with gen,, 
 vnth; fier^, dSiKids, with, by means 
 ^/» i^' justice ; with ace, after. 
 }i€Ta-fiA.ct, poenitet, it repents; fx 
 
 <roi, you repent, 
 fiera|v, between. 
 ItrTA-ircjiirTOs, sent after, 
 )UTa-ir^p.ir(0, send after; mid., sei\d 
 after to come to myself. 508, 21; 
 351. 
 
 |LeT^(»pos, -ov, in mid air, raised from 
 the ground. 
 
 |i^XPS ^P ^^» as far as, until. 
 
 jtifj, as conj., with subj. or opt., that 
 not, lest ; as adv. , 'not ; &iroi fir), ex- 
 cept w/iere ; ei firi, unless. 
 
 fjinSi, nor, ne . . . quidem, 7iot 
 even. 
 
 )iT]ScCs, not even one, no ojie. 
 
 MT)8Cd, -ds, Tf, Media, the country 
 lying north and east of the Tigris 
 river. 
 
 y.r]-K-(n, not again, no longer. 
 
 fif^KOs, -ovs, TO, length. 
 
 |fcV|v, adv., vero, in truth, hoivcver, 
 yet. 
 
 |iifjv, /i 771/65, b, month. 
 
 p.T|-'iroT€, n-ever. 
 
 li-^Tt, and not ; prfre . . . fffiTc, neither 
 . . . nor. 
 
 |iTJTT]p, -Tpli% 71, mother. 
 
 MC8ds, -OV, 6, Midas. 
 
 luKp6st -d, -6v, small; piKp6y, adv. 
 ace, narrowly. 
 
 MtXifjo-ios, -ta, -ay, Milesian. 
 
 MtXTjTos, -ov, 7), MilUus, an Ionian 
 city. 
 
 |U|&W|crKC0, remind; perf. mid., re- 
 member. 530, 6 ; 348. 
 
 |u<r0o-SoTT|s, -ov, 6, pay-giver, pay- 
 master. 
 
 p.i<r6<$s, -ov, h, pay, wages. 
 
 |ii(r6o-^pos, -ov, 6, serving for pay, 
 mercenary. 
 
 \ki<r96(a, hire. 
 
 jiva, -as, rj, minn, =100 drachmae, 
 ^ of a talent, a little less than 
 $20. 
 
 itovos, -17, -ov, alone, only. 
 
 p.vpids, -6.^0%, 71, myriad, 10,000. 
 
 p.^pioSt -o-> ■o*'» 10,000. 
 
 Mlioaos, -d, -ov, Mysian. Mysia lay 
 in the northwest part of Asia Mi- 
 nor. 
 
 Mvo^, -oO, 6, same as the preceding. 
 
 o^oXos 
 
 N. 
 
 vav-apxos, -ov, 6, ship commander, 
 
 admiral, 
 vavs, v€-ioi, i], navis, ship. 
 vavTiKoSi -■»), 'OV, naval. 
 vio% -a, -ov, novus, young. 
 V€(j>eXT], -775, ij, cloud. 
 V€ws, vewv. See vavs. 
 v^, adv., of swearing, yea by; v'q Ata, 
 
 yea, by Zens. 
 vf)-€9. See vavs* 
 vucdo), conquer. 
 vficT], -77s, T>, victorij. 
 vo^LXfn, suppose, believe, think. 348. 
 vd)M>Si -ov, 6, custom. 
 vdos (vovs), -60V (-ov), 6, mind. 
 VVKT-6S, etc. See viJ|. 
 vvv, nunc, 7tow. 
 vv^, vvKTos, 77, night; fi^aai vuicra, 
 
 midnight. 
 
 ^cvfas, -ov, b, Xenias. 
 
 ^cvkKos, -t), 'bv, of mercenaries ; rd 
 
 ^., the mercenary army. 
 ^ivo% -ov, 6, guest-friend, mercenary. 
 ^€vo<|>wv, -CivTos, 6, Xenophon. 
 ^vXivoSi -77, -ov, wooden. 
 |vXov, -ov, t6, wood, piece of wood. 
 
 o. 
 
 o, 1^, T<5, the article, the; 6 jxh . . , 
 6 d^, he (this) on the one hand . . , 
 he (that) on the other ; 6 5^, he, how- 
 ever ; freq. i>oss., e.g. irpbs rhv 
 dS€\(f>6v, before his brother; freij. 
 =: those who, e. g. Toi>s iKrreTTUKoras, 
 THOSE WHO had Ifeen exiled. 
 
 8. See 8s. 8 Tt. See 8<rrts. 
 
 dPoXds, -ov, 6, obol, about 3^ cents. 
 
6Zi 346 
 
 68€, ijde, t65€, this. 
 
 68os, -oG, i], waij, route, journey. 
 
 60€V, ivhdice. 
 
 01, the; see h. o'l, see 6$. ot, end., 
 
 see ov. 
 ol8a, / know; peif, with ii pies, 
 meaning ; xapt;/ oX5a, am gratefid. 
 491; 178. 
 oiKaSc, homeward. 
 oiKc'ft), inhabit ; irdMs oUovfiiu-q, a city 
 
 veil -inhabited. 
 oIko-8oji^«, build (\\o\\ii(^, palace, etc.). 
 oI'koi, at home ; oi oikoi, those at home. 
 oiKo-vo|i.os, -ov, 6, houaeicejwrf stew- 
 ard. 
 oiKTc^po), pity. 
 
 ol^ai, think; often parenthetic, 7ne- 
 
 thinks. 
 olvos, -ov, 6, vinum, wine. 
 ol'o|iai, think, suppose. 510, ](i , 349. 
 olos, -d, -ov, qualis, of what or which 
 
 kind ov nature. 
 olo<r-ir€p, -d-ircp, -ov-irep, of just 
 
 which kind or nature. 
 oI'tivcs. See Scttis. 
 olxo}^a.i, am gone. 5:0, 17; 349. 
 6kv€'w, hesitate^ am reluctant. 
 OKTaKoo-uoi, -aif -a, eiyht hundred. 
 OKTM, c/(/A<. 
 
 ^XcOpos, -ov, 6, destruction. 
 oXl^yos, -77, -01', .s>>m//, /i/!/'/e (in quan- 
 tity) ; \Ai\T.y fcio ; dXlyov (dei), al- 
 most. 
 oXKds, -dSos, 17, freight vessel, mer- 
 chantman. 
 6X0S, -77, -oj', v)hole, entire. 
 6)Jio-Tpdir€^os, adj. listed as noun, 
 
 -ov, 6, table-companion. 
 6p.ov, together. 
 
 6|xws, f^t the same time, nevertheless. 
 6v. See (Js. 
 £vop,a, -aros, r6, name. 
 6vos, -ou, 6, OSS ; 6. olX^ttj^, mill- 
 stone. 
 6vroSj -€S, etc. See fi\iC. 
 
 Sri 
 
 iJ-irn, ichithery in what way or direc- 
 
 tion. 
 fitrixeev, /rowi behind, in the rear. 
 oirXiJw, arin, put on armor. 
 
 o-irXtTTjs, -ou, 6, heavy -a/rmcd soldier ^ 
 hopiite. 
 
 8irXov, -ou, TO, plur. ra 6ir\a, armor, 
 arms. 
 
 oircJo-os, -77, -ov, how large soever; 
 
 phir., how many soever. 
 6irdT€, whenever, when (indefinite). 
 Sirov, wherever; Birov firi, except where. 
 fiiTtts, conj., w o/-t/cr that; adv., m 
 
 whatever way. 
 opdo), scr. 539, 4 ; 350. 
 
 6p'y£5w, ;>j/r^7? angry. 
 
 op-yvid, -ay, 77, fathom, six feci. 
 
 6p6ios, -t'd, -o/', s/cc/?. 
 
 op0«s, rightly. 
 
 6p(id«, s/ar^, r?«A, mid., 5tor^, 5€< 
 
 out from. 
 opfi^ca, //V; rt^ anchor. 
 ^pos, -ofj, to', mountain. 
 <SpvKTds, -77, -6v, dug. 
 <5pvTT«, dig. 514, 4 ; 350. 
 'OpxcjA^vios, -01;, 6, Orchomenian. 
 . Orchomenos was located in the ea^t 
 I)art of Arcadia. 
 8s, fj, 8, irAo, w7i?cA; oC, as adv., 
 where; rj dvvarbv fidXiara, as tee 1 1 
 or strictly as possible. 
 8oros, -77, -ov, quantus, how much or 
 great; phir., as many as; irdvres 
 6ffoi, all uho ; with nnmerals, 8eov, 
 just about. 
 8<ro<r-ir€p, -Tj-inp, -ovnep, just as 
 
 much or 7nany as. 
 8<r-Tis, ij-Tii, 6-Ti, whoever, which- 
 ever, whatever. 
 8Tav, whenever. 
 8tc, when. 
 
 8x1, conj. ^Aa^, because; with the 
 superlat., intensive, ^. g. 8ti vXel- 
 arovs, as many asjjossiblc. 
 
 OTl 
 
 347 
 
 irdpcipLi 
 
 5 Ti, 8tov, 8t<p. See 8<ms. 
 
 ov, oiiK, ovx, not (denying a fact) ; o6k 
 
 etpaaav Uvai, they refused to go. 
 ov. See 8s. 
 
 ov, ol, 51, end., sui, sibi, se, of him- 
 self or herself, etc. 
 ou8ap.ov, nowhere. 
 oltM, ov8', and not, nor; =ne . . . 
 
 quidem, not even. 
 oJ8-€£s, ovde-fdd, nobody, no (adj.)» 
 
 ovb-iv, nothing. 
 ou.c. See oi. 
 oj;€-^Ti, no longer. 
 cJ;<ovv, nonne, not therefore 1 
 o5v, accordingly, however, be that as 
 
 it may. 
 oJ}-TroT€, n-cver. 
 ov-irw, not yet. 
 ow-irw-iroTe, not yet at any time, never 
 
 before. 
 oi;s. See 8s. 
 oSo-a, oOo-iv. See cl^C. 
 ojT€, nor ; o^re . . . oihe, neither . . . 
 
 nor. 
 ouTivos. See 8orTts. 
 oStos, aOrrj, tovto, this, that ; koI 
 
 ravra, and that too. 
 ovToc-t, this . . . here. 
 ouT«(s), thus. 
 64>€CXii>, owe; pass., owed, due. 518, 
 
 12; 350. 
 8()>€Xos, TO, use, advantage, 
 6<|>9aXp.6s, -ov, 6, eye. 
 oxvp<5s, -d, -ov (^xw). tenable; of a 
 
 stronghohi, fortified. 
 
 n. 
 
 iraOciv. See irdo^w. 
 
 irdOos, -ous, TO, treatment. 
 
 iraidvC^tD, sing a paean or war-song. 
 
 irai8€v«0, educate. 
 
 irats, TraiSo'j, 6 or t}, child ; hoy, girl. 
 
 traCtt, strike. 505, 12; 350. 
 irdXai, long ago. 
 irdXiv, back, again. 
 iraXXaKis, -i5os, if], mistress. 
 iraXrov, -oD, to, javelin, Persian spea?', 
 
 light and easily handled. 
 irdv. See irds. 
 iravrd- ;. tto-i(v) , wholly. 
 irdvrjj, on all sides, altogether. 
 iravToSairos, -17, -bv, of every kind. 
 iravTotos, -a, -ov, of every kind, va- 
 rious, manifold. 
 vLvv, wholly, very. 
 irapd, BKSIDE : (a) with gen., from 
 
 (beside); (fi) with dat, beside, at; 
 
 (c) with ace, to (the side of) ; 
 
 against, i. e. contrary to, e. g. 
 
 irepl rd'i awovbds. 
 irap-ayy^XXw, pass the word along, 
 
 order, sumrnon. 
 <irapa-YiYvo)j.ai, become by the side of, 
 
 arrive. 
 vapaSeitros, -ov, 0, park (Persian). 
 irap-aiv€«>, advise ; exhort. 
 irapa-KaXeo), call to my side, invite. 
 irapa-KcXcvofiai, bid, urge, encourage. 
 vop-afji.ipb), change, ; mi<l., change 
 
 (a line of battle) for one's self. 
 irapa-iJLTipiSiov, -ov, to, adj. used 
 
 subst., thigh-piece (of armor). 
 iropa-irXi^o-ios, -id, -ov, or -os, -ov, 
 
 sim ilar. 
 tropaordYY^s, -ov, 6, pfirasang (Puis.), 
 
 = 30 stadia, 5i kilometers, a little 
 
 more than 3 miles, league. 
 irapa-o-Kevd^cD, mid., prepare, make 
 
 ready. 
 irofaa-KcWj, -^s, t), preparation. 
 irapa-TdTTO), arrange in line (for 
 
 battle). 
 irapa-T6ivca, stretch along, extend. 
 'ir<ip-€'y€vop.t]V, -cTo. See iropa-yiYvo- 
 
 irdp-ci}xi| am by or on hand, am 
 present ; arrive. 
 
Trap€Xavvb> 
 
 348 
 
 WWTT^S 
 
 vop-cXavvii), march or drive by or 
 
 past. 
 irop-^pXOfi.at,^ go along, past or through. 
 rraup-eTira.ro. See iropa-Tcivo). 
 irop-^X'^t fK^rnish ; cause, 
 Trap-'qXcura. See irop-cXavvw. 
 irap-fjXOov. See irap-€p)^o|iai. 
 irap-i]v. See irdp-ctfjii. 
 irdp-o8os, -ou, ri, way by passage, 
 
 pass. 
 
 Ilappdorios, -ou, 6, Parrhasian. Par- 
 rhasia was in soutlnve«t Arcadia. 
 
 ir(&p-<tfv. See irdp-ci)M. 
 
 irds, every^ all. 
 
 irdirx«, suffer ; eP tt. , enjoy. 533, 1 1 ; 
 351. 
 
 irarVip, -"'"P'^s, 6, father. 
 
 irarpts, -i5os, ^, fatherUind. 
 
 irarpwos, -a, -oj', paternal, hereditary. 
 
 trawa, stop: mid., cease. 505, 17. 
 
 iTiSCoVy -ov, t6, plain. 
 
 ircjjds, -V, '6y, of infantry ; subst. 
 foot-soldier, plur. infantry; ve^rj, 
 on foot. 
 
 irc£9<tf, persuade; mid. and pass., 6c- 
 
 liei'c, obey. 511, 8 ; 351. 
 veivdoD, rtw hungry. 
 ircipo, -OS, 7), experience, acquaintance. 
 ircipdii), -ctcro;, mid., ^ry. 
 ireio-ds, ircio-Oc^s. Sec ttc^Ow. 
 ircfo-ofiai. See irdaxo) and ircCOci). 
 ircXdJw, rfmw; wca?-, approach. 
 IlcXoirowVjo-ios, -d, -oi', Pelopon- 
 
 nesian. 
 
 neXoirdvvTjo-os, -ov, rj, Peloponnese, 
 that part of Greece which is south 
 of the Isthmus of Corinth. 
 
 ireXTao-r/is, -ov, 6, 2)€l(ast, a soldier 
 armed with a spear (aKdmiov) about 
 4^ feet long, a sword, and a sujall 
 wooden shield (TriXTrj) covered 
 with leather. 
 
 TTcXTacTTiKds, -7^, -6v, of jycJtasfs ; 
 subst., /orce of peltasts, target eers. 
 
 ir^TT), -T/s, % pcUa. See ircXTacmfjs. 
 
 -ir^fjuro), scud. 508, 21 ; 351. 
 TTcvTaKoo-ioi, -aif -a, five hundred. 
 ir€VT€, five. 
 
 -ircvTC-Kaf-ScKa, fifteen, 
 ircvrVjKovTa, //^^. 
 ir^iTTWKo, -Kws. See iriirTw. 
 tr^pdv, on the other side, across. 
 TT^pSil, -t/co$, 6, partridge. 
 trtpC, around; with gen., about, con- 
 cerning ; it. ravrjs (or ttoWoC) tto*- 
 eiaOac, to consider as all (or rcry) 
 important: with dat., a6o«<, with 
 tlie idea oi place ichcre ; with ace, 
 about, concerning. 
 ir€pi-Yt"YVojiat, become around, pre- 
 vail over. 
 ircpf-cifii, get the upper hand, surpass. 
 ir€pi-^Xa>, surrouniL 
 ir€pi-f)v. See Tr€pC-€ip. 
 •rr€pt-ir60-€tv. See ircpi-irfirrw. 
 ircpi-irt'irTa), /(«// round about, em» 
 
 brace. 
 ircpi-irX^o), 5rti7 around. 
 irept-irTvo-<r«, /oW round about, sur- 
 round, enfold. 
 ircpi-p-p^b), ^oif round about. 
 ircpioTcpd, -as, 17, dove. 
 n^p<n]s, -ou, 6, a Persian. 
 ricpo-iK^s, -f), -bv, Persian. 
 ir^TO|iai, fiy. 508, 23 ; 351. 
 ir^Tpd, -CIS, T), rock, rocky cliff, 
 ''"I'Y^* -V^y Vt source, of a river. 
 irrjXds, -ov, 6, mud. 
 irUXa, press, bring into distress. 
 irij4irXT]}ii, pleo, fill. 534, 7 ; 352. 
 irCiTTw, fall. 506, 4 ; 352. 
 nurCST)s, -ov, 6, rt Pisidian. Pisidia 
 was a district of Asia Minor, south 
 of Phrygia, and bordering on the 
 MediteiTanean. 
 tnarrcvctf, trust, have confidence in. 
 irtoTis, -ews, ij, trustf confidence, 
 
 pJrdge. 
 iri<rT<$s, -tJ, -ov, trusty ; rh. triard, 
 pledges. 
 
 jm. 
 
 iruTTOTqs 
 
 349 
 
 irpoSpap^v 
 
 irwrrdrtjs, -17x0$, 77, faithfulness. 
 
 irXdYios, -id, -ov, oblique; eliirXdyiov^ 
 obliquely, sideways. 
 
 irXaCo-iov, -ov, t6, rectangle ; square. 
 
 irXavdojiai, wander. 
 
 irXcOpialos, -id, -ov, of a plethrum 
 (100 feet) in length or width. 
 
 irXcOpov, -ov, TO, plethruyn, 30.83 me- 
 ters, a little more than 101 feet. 
 
 IrXeUav, irXcwv, irXeiaros. See iroXvs. 
 
 trX^o), sail. 512, 3 ; 352. 
 
 irkitaVf irXiov. See iroXiis. 
 
 wXt]yVj, -77s, 7}, plaga, blow. 
 
 irXfjOoSi -ous, t6, maltUudej extent^ 
 number. 
 
 irX-^6o>, am full ; dyopk irKi^dovffa, 
 vnarket-timc. 534, 7. 
 
 ttX^v, prep., except; conj., except 
 that. 
 
 irX'fjpTjs, -e$, full. 
 
 irXt](rtd]^a), come near, approach. 
 
 irXT]<rtov, adv., Tiear. 
 
 irXotoV; -ov, TO, boat, large or small ; 
 the larger boat propelled by banks 
 of oars is called vam or Tpir/pTji. 
 
 irXouo-ios, -Id, -ov, rich. 
 
 irXovT^w, am rich. 
 
 iroS-TJpTjs, -es, reaching to the feet. 
 
 iroSos, iroSwv. See irovs. 
 
 leoUta, make, do. See €{l, KaK»s, ircpf. 
 
 woiTjTcos, -d, -ov, faciendus, must be 
 made or doiie. 
 
 itoikCXos* -7?, -ovy many-colored, em- 
 broidered. 
 
 iroXcfjilw, make or carry on war. 
 
 iroX^fiios, -id, -ov, hostile ; subst., an 
 enemy ; ret iroX^/jtta, military affairs. 
 
 irdXcfios, -ov, 6, war. 
 
 iroXi-opK^d), besiege. 
 
 iroXis, -ews, ^, city. 
 
 iroXXdKis, often. 
 
 iroXXa-irXdortos, -id, -ov, manifold, 
 many more, 
 
 iroXvs, com p. wXfiuv, sup. 7r\e?(rro$, 
 much, plur. vuDiy ; rb iroXv, tlie 
 
 greater part ; 5id -KoXKd, for many 
 
 reasons; irXe'iov, xX^ov, plus, inore, 
 iroXv-T€X'^S, -^s, costly. 
 irov^o), labor, toil. 
 TTopdd, -ds, i), journey. 
 TToptvat, mid., proceed, march, jour- 
 ney. 
 ir^ppb), far aicay, for from. 
 'Trop(|>vp€o$ (-ovs), -id (-a), -€0p (-ow), 
 
 purple. 
 tro<rl. See irovs. 
 TroTa|i6s, -ov, 6, river. 
 trori, at some tiine, once. 
 Tr<5T6pov, utrum, whctlier. 
 iroTos, -"i], -ov, drinkable; ri ttotov, 
 
 anythin-g to drink. 
 irov, anywhere, perhaps. 
 irovs, TToSos, 6, foot. 
 irpdYfia, -aros, to, affair, deed; plur. 
 
 business ; trouble. 
 irpdewv. See irpdos. 
 irpdvi^S, -^$, steep. 
 
 irpd|is, -ews, i], business, undertaking. 
 irpdos, -cJ'a, -ov, mi/d, tame. 
 irpfiTTci), do, perform ; /cafciDs tt., fare 
 
 badly, am unsuccessful. 514, 6 ; 
 
 353. 
 irpdws, mildly. 
 irpc'irw, become, suit, 
 irpco-^vs, -ccijs, com p. -^repoi, old. 
 irp£a<r6ai (see wvcofiai), buy, 539, 7 ; 
 
 164, 165. 
 irpiv, conj., before, freq. with irpoadev 
 
 preceding. 
 irpd, before, with gen. ; wi front of, 
 
 before (temporal) ; in behalf of 
 irpo-ai(r6dvo|jiai, perceive in advance 
 
 or beforehand. 
 irpo-pdXXci), throw before: mid., throw 
 
 before one s self ; Trpo^dXXeadai to. 
 
 dirXa, present arms. 
 irpo-8C8(a>)ii, prodo, give 2ip, betray. 
 irpo-8ovs, irpo-8dvTa. See irpo- 
 
 818(1) (11. 
 irpo-8papwv. See irpo-rp^x*** 
 
trpO€iirov 350 
 
 irpo-ciTTOv, announce beforehand or in 
 
 the 2>rescnce of othei's. 
 wpo-cicrTTjK€iv. From irpo-Ca"n)|&i. 
 TTpo-cXavvo), ride foruuird. 
 irpo-Ticiv. From irpo-cijii. 
 irpo-0vp,.'op.at, am eager or zealous. 
 irpo-Gvp.id, -as, t/, eagernes.% zeal. 
 irpo-0u(jios, -ov, ea^jer. 
 irpo-OvfjLws, eagerly. 
 irpo-l8oip.i. From irpo-opdw. 
 irpo-Uvai. From 7rp6-eip.i. 
 irpo-fr,p,i, throw awayy desert, aban- 
 don. 
 Tpo-Co-TTiiit, place in command^ set in 
 
 charge. 
 irpo-Kara-Kdw, burn in advance of or 
 
 before others. 
 irpo-KaTa-Xafi^dvo), seize in advance 
 
 of or before others. 
 irpo-p.CTwiriSi.ov, -oi', t6, protection for 
 
 the head, head-piece. 
 irp<$-oiTo. See irpo-T'Tjp.t. 
 irpo-opd(i>, see beforehand or in front. 
 irpds, at, hij : with «;en., in front of ; 
 TTpos diQ)v, in tJic sight of the gods ; 
 irpos Tou rpSirov, in accord with the 
 character; with dat., at, in addi- 
 tion to; with ace, to, towards; 
 with reference to. 
 irpotr-aya, lead on or forward^ ad- 
 vance. 
 irpocr-oiiTiui, ask in addition, ask 
 
 besides. 
 'rrpo<r-ZCSia\u, give in addition, give 
 
 besides. 
 irpotr-iKa^ov. See irpo(r-Xap,P(lv<i>. 
 irpo(r-€ip.i, come towards, advance. 
 irpoo--eXavv(tf, ride or march towards, 
 
 adv'tnrr. 
 vpo<r-ip\o\t.ai.f come towards, ap- 
 proach. 
 'irpoo--€Ta,\0T]. See irpo<r-TATT«. 
 irpo<r-^X«, hold to, apply; rbp vovv 
 
 vpoo-^X^t Oi^<^ attention. 
 Trpocr-TJciv. See 'irp<{(r-€ip,u 
 
 irw9 
 
 irpo<r-'/jK«, come or extend towards, 
 
 pertain to, am related to, 
 irpoor-T]€<rav. See Trpdor-cifiu 
 Trp6(r0€v, before; ir. . . . irpLv, before 
 
 that ; 6 irpdad^v, the previous. 
 irpo(r-0€<r0ai. See irpc<r-Ti0Ti|i,u 
 irpo<r-iwv. See Trpdo'-cijii. 
 'irpo<r-KaX^w, call towards, summon. 
 irpo<r-Kvv^«, do reverence, bow down 
 
 before. 
 
 'rrpo<r-Xap.pdva>, take in addition or 
 
 besides. 
 irpd(r-o8os, -ov, rj, return, revenue, gain. 
 •Trpoo--TroU«, pretend. 
 Trpoo--7rcX€|i.^«, make war against. 
 •frpo<r-TdTTft), lay a command or duty 
 
 upon, command. 
 irpo-(rT€pv£8iov, -ov, t6, breast-pro- 
 
 lector, breastplfUe. 
 irpo<r-Tt0T]p,i, place by or beside, add; 
 
 mid., concur. 
 irpco-iu, forward. 
 
 -rrpoTcpos, -a, -ov, prior, before, sooner. 
 TTpo-TiiJidft), honor or esteem before 
 
 others. 
 •npo-rpi\<a, run before, outrun. 
 irpo-<|>aCv«, mid., appear in front or 
 
 in the distance. 
 Trp6-4>a<ris, -fws, ij, pretext. 
 trpo-\<ap4to, advance, help, be for one's 
 
 convenience. 
 irpwTos, ->7, -ov, first; vpQnov, adv., 
 
 primum, first. 
 trripv^, -vyos, ij, wing. 
 ttOXtj, -77s, T), gate. 
 irvv0dvop.ai, inquire, learn by inquiry. 
 
 523. 8 ; 353. 
 irvpds, -ov, 6, chiefly plur., wheat. 
 ir«, yet, up to this or that time. 
 truXiat, sell. 
 
 irwiroTc, ever yet, ever, up to this or 
 
 that time. 
 irws, how ? 
 ir«s, end., somehow ; Cbdc irus, about 
 
 as follows. 
 
 ^(j» 
 
 P. 
 
 351 
 
 crrparos 
 
 ltia,flow. 512, 5 ; 3.53. 
 ptirria, throw. 513, 13 ; 354. 
 
 craXirtJft), blow the trumpet. 398, b ; 
 
 354. 
 Zdp.ios, -ov, 6, Samian. Samos was 
 a very important island, lying olf 
 the west central part of Asia Minor. 
 Sdp8ci$ -cwc, at, Sardis, on the 
 river Pactolus ; the capital of Lydia. 
 carpairct^o), am satrap or ruler over. 
 a-a^utS, clearly. 
 
 or^avTov, (TavTov, of thyself 266 ; 80. 
 o-T])i£iov, -ov, t6, sign, standard. 
 (r^o-ap.ov, -ov, t5, sesame, a seed 
 largely cultivated in Persia for the 
 oil it furnishes, and for its excel- 
 lence as a food. 
 ctiyVj, -^5, ^7, silence. 
 o-tyXos, -ov, 6, shekel, =7^ obols, 25 
 
 cents. 
 €rlT-ay(ay6s, -ov, grain-carrying. 
 trlrLov, -ov, to, bread, food. 
 o"iTos, -01;, 0, grain. 
 (riwirdb), am silent. 
 o-KciTTcos, -a, -ov, to be considered. 
 orK^TTToiiai, specio, look at, examine, 
 
 consider. 513, l."> ; 354. 
 (rK€vo-(j>dpos, -ov, baggage-carrying ; 
 
 subs., neut. plur., pa/^k -animals. 
 crKT|v^a), encamp. 
 a-Kr\vi\, -^5, 7}, tent. 
 o-KTjTTTOvxos, '01', 6, sccptrc-bearcr. 
 a-Koiriia. See o-Kcirrofiat. 
 <ro<|>£a, -cis, rj, wisdom, (musical) skill. 
 <ro4>ds, -7}, -6v, wise, accomplished, 
 
 skilful. 
 cnrdvios, -Id, -ov, scarce, rare. 
 cnrdw, draw. 503, 4 ; 355. 
 
 <nr€v8«, pour, make a libation ; mid., 
 make a libation (hence treaty), with 
 .some one. 463, c ; 355. 
 a"7r€v»8a), hasten. 
 
 o-trovSTJ, -r,s, rj, libation ; plur. treaty. 
 (nrovSaio-Xcy^b), talk earnestly or on f 
 iccighty topics. ! 
 
 <nrov8iQ, -775, i}, haste. 
 <rTd8iov, -ov, TO, plur. rd ffrdbLa or ol 
 ffTadioi, stadium, little less than a 
 furlong, — about 606 feet. 
 a-Ta0(tds, -ov, 6, stopping place, station, 
 day s journey, about live parasangs, 
 or fifteen miles. 
 crTC-yao-fia, -aros, r5, covering. 
 <rT€tPw, stipo, tread, press; 6S6s (rrei- 
 ^op.€vr}, trodden ivay, highway. 
 511, 9 ; 355. 
 oTevds, -77, -6v, narrow. 
 OTfvo-yjapia., -ds, t}, narrow place. 
 <rT€p£«, deprive ; pass., arepofiai. 533, 
 
 6 ; 355. 
 OTcpvov, -ov, Tj, breast. 
 <rT€4>avos, -ov, 6, crown. 
 crTr\vai, (rr-f\cras. See X<m]p.i. 
 trri^os, -ov, 6, path, track. 
 <rTi(|>os, -ovs, TO, (dense) mass or body. 
 trrXcYyCs, -t'Sos, tj, strigil, flesh-comb, 
 
 scraper. 
 irro\'f\, -^s, 17, dress, robe. 
 (rrdXos, -ov, b, military preparation, 
 
 expedition. 
 (TTpdTcufjLa, -aros, to, army. 
 OTparcvw, engage in war, am in the 
 
 field. ^ 
 <rTpaTT]Yc'«i am general, command, 
 
 lead. 
 o-TpaTTjY^d, -as, ij, military com- 
 mand. 
 (TTpanTyds, -ov, 6, general. 
 o-rparid, -as, i), army. 
 <rTpaTi«TT]s, -01;, 6, soldier. 
 o-TpaTo-TTcScvw, mid., encamp, 
 o-rpaTd-ireSov, -01;, rb, camp, 
 OTpardSi -ov, 0, army. 
 
(TTpa^Cs 
 
 352 
 
 «rxoXii 
 
 OTpa4>€Cs. See rrpi^tt, 
 
 <rTporTos, -^, -Svf twisted ; 6 arpeTTdSj 
 
 necklace. 
 irrp4^, ticrn ; mid., turn or face 
 
 about. 508, 26 ; 355. 
 <rrpov0<$s, -ov^ 6, 17, ostrich, 
 <rv, ^Ay?^. 261 ; 79. 
 <rvy-"y€Viqs, -^s, ff^w; subst., relative^ 
 
 kinsman. 
 cnry-'yC'YVopiai, cy<//c ixio intercourse or 
 
 acquaintance with, associate with. 
 onry-KoX^i*, convoke^ call together. 
 <ruX-Xa|iPa,ya>, apprehend, arrest. 
 orvX-X^Y"? collect. 
 oniX-XcyTj, -ijs, ^, collection^ levy (of 
 
 soldiets). 
 (rvp.-pdXX<a, mid., contribute. 
 <rv|jL-PovX€V()>, counsel vnth^ advise ; 
 
 mid., confer with. 
 <Hi)i-PovXds, -01', 6, counsellor. 
 (ru|i-}iaxos, -ou, 6, aZ/y. 
 cri^ji-irdsy -dtra, -a»', altogether. 
 orvft-'Tr^fi.'Tra), Sf?n<i? toiYA some on^. 
 <rv|jL-irtirT«, /rt^/ in with, grajtjtlc with. 
 (Tvfi-'irXeiDS, -WK, filled iviUi^ abounding 
 
 in. 
 <ru^-iroX€p.€(*>, fight with (as an ally). 
 (ru)&-7rop€vo)iai, jrroceed with. 
 o-vji-irpATTw, work with cin other, co- 
 
 oj)crafe. 
 <rvv, with ; with dat. 
 o-w-aycfpo), gat.lier together^ collect, 
 <rw-d'y<i>, bring togetfier, collect,. 
 «ruv-oXXATT«, change together, recon- 
 cile. 
 (Tuv-ava-paCvo), go up with. 
 orw-avrdw, meet with. 
 o-tw-diTTw, join together, join. 
 <rvv-€YCVO|tT)v. See <nrY-'y(YVO|ioi. 
 <rvv-ci|iii, coine togetJier, wed, en- 
 counter. 
 vyjv-iK-^i^aXiJi, join in bringing out. 
 (n;v-^€|a, crvv-iKiy^o. See <rvX- 
 
 X€Y«. 
 irvv-«'irv-o"jr€v8w,,/ot;i i« liastcuing mi. 
 
 <rw-(vo^if follow with, accomjxini/. 
 
 <rw-cpY<is, -oO, 6, fel/oW'Workcry helper, 
 
 <rvv-€OTr«v. See «rv-<nrda>, 
 
 <ruv-^70Yov. See orvv-d'ytt* 
 
 <ruv-'[j«tv, <rvv-TJ€(rav. See <rvv-cip.i. 
 
 <rvv-6Tj|ta, -aros, to, agreement, watch- 
 word. 
 
 <rvv-0oiTO. See crw-TiOrjui. 
 
 <ruv -i8«iv. See arvv-opd«>. 
 
 (rvv-o8os, -o«', 17, meeting, encounter. 
 
 o-vv-oi8a, am conscious, realize. 
 
 OTiv-opdw, see together or m o^ie view. 
 
 o-w-rdrTw, arrange together, draw up 
 ( torces). 
 
 (Tw-TfOt^jiv, put together ; mid., ogrrc^. 
 
 o-vy-Tpd-irc^os, -ov, 6, <«6/« companion^ 
 messmate. 
 
 a^vrvy\o-v*i, fall in taith, meet, find. 
 
 DvpoKovo-tos, Sijracusan. Syracuse 
 was the hirgest city of Sicilj', and 
 located in its southeastern jmrt. 
 
 SvpCd, -ds, 57, Syria, that jmrt of west- 
 ern Asia lying east of the Mediter- 
 mnean and north of Arabia. 
 
 Svpios, -icL, -oy, Syrian. 
 
 Svpos, -01', 6, Syrian. 
 
 (rv-o-K€vd^a>, inake ready ; pack up. 
 
 OTNOTrdw, draw together. 
 
 (rv-o-7rcipd<«| roll or draw closely to- 
 gether. 
 
 <rv-<rTpaTcvw, mid., join in an expe- 
 dition. 
 
 ov-crrpaTtwrqs, -ov, 6, fellow-soldier. 
 
 <rvxv<>S» -^» -ov, considerable ; (rvxvfyv 
 (numerous in chap, viii. § 10), ai a 
 considerable distance. 
 
 <r<j>d7iov, -01;, t6, sacrificial victim. ; 
 plur., omens from sacrifices. 
 
 o-(f>cts, a-^itru See o5, 61, I. 
 
 (rxc8id, -d?, i], frame, raft. 
 
 <rx€8<5v, nearly, ahnost. 
 
 <rxfifta, -aro5, t6, /o?'»j>, figure, 
 
 <rxC^w, s/)/iY. 
 
 <rxoXa£<i>s, leisurely. 
 
 <rxoX^, -rjs, 71, leisure. 
 
 viiXini 
 
 353 
 
 TVYX^vw 
 
 <r«5«, save. 517, 5 ; 355. 
 (ra>}ia, -aros, r6, feoo^?/. 
 <rwTT|p, -^po5, 6, savior. 
 o"«(|>po<rvvTj, -7;s, 71, temper a7icc, self- 
 control. 
 
 T. 
 
 rdXavTov, -ov, t6, talent, about $1125. 
 
 rdXXa, = TO. dWa. 
 
 rd^is, -ews, i], arder, discipline; line 
 
 or body of soldiers. 
 rdpaxoSi -oi', 6, conf union. 
 Tapa-oi, -Qu, oi, Tamufi, the capital 
 
 of Cilicia. 
 TaTTo), arrange, order. 514, 9 ; 356. 
 TavrQ, /;i ^/tKs or tliat way or direction. 
 Ta.<})os, -01', 6, burial, grave. 
 Td<{>pos, -ov, ■^, ditch, trench. 
 Tax^'nvai, xaxOcis. See Tdrrw. 
 rdxti, quickly. 
 
 Tttx^ws, doLTTov, Taxi-f^Ta, quickly. 
 TaxvSf ddtTfjov, rdxi-O'Tcs, quick. 
 ri, both ; and, end. 
 TcGvqKws. See dvqaKU). 
 T€tXOS, -OUS, TO, v'all. 
 
 T€Kp.TJpiov, -01', TO, cvidsnce, proof. 
 
 Wkvov, -ov, r6, child. 
 
 TtXcvrdo), fin ish ; die. 
 
 TcXruTi^, r,s, Tj, end. 
 
 T^os, -yjv^, t6, end ; adv. ace, finally. 
 
 T6Tp-, T€TT-. Scc tile list of nuuicrals 
 ill the grammar. 
 
 T€v^€<r0€, T€v|ojiai. See rvyxdvoj. 
 
 T^^cpov, to-day. 
 
 TCypr]s, -rjTos, 6, river Tigris; its 
 course is southerly tli rough the 
 countries southeast of the Euxine ; 
 it unites with the Euphrates, near 
 Babylon, before entering the Per- 
 sian Gulf. 
 
 tC9t](jii, put, place ; mid., rldeffdai to. 
 dirXa, stand under arms or h^U in 
 line. 534, 1 ; 356. 
 
 Tt|idw, esteem, honor. 
 
 Tiji-q, -^s, rj, honor. 
 
 Titles, -td, -lov, honorable, honored. 
 
 Tifjiwpco), punish. 
 
 tIs, tI, soine one, any one, some per- 
 son or thing. 
 
 tCs, Ti, who ? vjhat ? 
 
 Tirpwo-Kw, wound. 531, 6 ; 357. 
 
 Toi-'Y<tp-ovi', therefore, so then, accord- 
 ingly. 
 
 TOIOO--8C, -cc5e, -dude, of the kind men- 
 tioned or about to be mentioned ; 
 \iy€iv Toiddf, to speak as follows. 
 
 ToiovTos, -avTT} -ovTo{p), such, usually 
 referring to what precedes. 
 
 T6|6vp.a, -ttTos, t6, arrow. 
 
 To|€vw, shoot the bow ; pass., am struck 
 with an arrow. 
 
 To^iKds, -TTj, -ov, relating to the bow ; 
 7] To^iKT), archery. 
 
 To|dTT)s, -ov, 6, bowmen. 
 
 TOTTos, -01', 6, place. 
 
 Too-ovTos, -aoTTj, -ouTo(p), SO great, so 
 much (i»lur. so many). 
 
 t6t«, then. 
 
 rpavfia, -aTos, to, icound. 
 
 rpdxilXos, -ov, 6, neck. 
 
 rpcts, rpia, tres, three. 
 
 TpcTTw, turn. 508, 28 ; 357. 
 
 Tp€<f>w, feed, support, nourish. 508, 
 29 ; 357. 
 
 Tp€x«, run. 539. 5 ; 357. 
 
 rp4u}, trouble; fiee. 503, 15 ; 357. 
 
 rpta. See rp^is ; TptdKOvra, rpid- 
 Koo-ioi. See list of numerals in tlie 
 (Irammar. 288 ; 76. 
 
 Tpi-f]pr\s, -ovs, 7). trireme, the Creel' 
 war- vessel. 
 
 rpior-. Sen list of numerals in Gram- 
 mar. 288 ; 76. 
 
 rp^Tos, -ri, -ov, third. 
 
 rpoTTTi, -?;?, r}, a turning, defeat, rout. 
 
 rpdiros, 'OV, 6, turn, way, manner. 
 
 Tpo<|>T|, -rjs, T], support, nurture. 
 
 TUYXcivo), happen, cliance, hnppen or 
 chance upon. 523, 9 ; 357. 
 
 23 
 
v8«p 354 
 
 Y. 
 
 v8o)p, (JSaros, t<5, icatcr, 
 vXtj, -77s, 17, wood, hush, shruhhcry. 
 vfi€is, v|ita)V, vjiiv, v)ia9. See erw. 
 vTT-apx^os, -ou, 6, oj/ucr, lieutenant. 
 vTT-dpxw, ^>f'f//>i, a//t 071 hand, aid. 
 vTT-cXativu), r/fi^c 2<jt> to. 
 virc'p, super, oVKH ; with g(.'ii., 
 0V67", i?t behalf of, on account of, 
 concerning ; with ace, over^ be- 
 yond. 
 {fircp-jBoXifj, -^s, 17, 2f(issn(jc over (e. g. 
 
 mountains). 
 vir€p0€v, from over, over, above. 
 vTr-6crx6(i,T]V. See vir-i(rxv^o(iai. 
 i»ir-i]KOOS, -ov, obedient, subjict. 
 vTr-T]p€Tc'w, render aid. 
 vir-KTxvcojjiai, prom isc. 524, 5 ; 358. 
 viro, sub, under; with ^en., under, 
 by (of agency, with i)assive verbs); 
 with dat. under, at the foot of; 
 with ace, to (a })osition) under. 
 vnro-Sc^oTcpos, of inferior origin or 
 
 station, inferior. 
 imo-hi\o^aA^ take or receive under 
 
 protection. 
 iriro-JvYiov, -ov, r6, yoke - animal, 
 
 beast of burden. 
 iiro-RpviTTo), mid., secrete, hide 
 
 away. 
 {firo-Xafjipdva), Ixike under protec- 
 tion. 
 iiro-XcCirw, leave behind. 
 vnrc|jLVT]fxa, -aro^, to, reminder, re- 
 
 membra 7ice. 
 inr-OTrnvta, suspect. 
 viro-xwp^w, 2vithd7'au\ retreat. 
 VTToy^id, -ds, i], suspicion. 
 va-T€paios, -d, -op, next (in time), 
 
 following. 
 voTcpcw, am behind^ later than, too 
 
 late for. 
 vorrcpos, -d, -ov, later, behind. 
 vi)/T]Xds, --fj, -6v, high. 
 
 4>p6vi,)ios 
 
 <|)a£T]v. See ^^i. 
 
 <|>aivw, shoio, mid., shoic myself, ap- 
 pear. 518, 19; 358. 
 jjxxXa-y^, -a77os, 17, line or ortfcr p/ 
 
 battle, plt'ilanx. 
 <|)avcp6s, -cr, -oi/, apparent, evident. 
 <|)av€pws, apparently, evidaitly, openly. 
 4>ao-{(v). See 4>t)^C. 
 <}>€pa), ftc«r, bear array, receive; x^^f- 
 TTcDs 0., am troubled. 539. 6 ; 3f)8. 
 4>ivyu), fee ; 6 (pevyoji', fugitive. 511, 
 
 15 ; 358. 
 4>r.|it, 5^///; OL? (pTj/xi, refuse. 535, 1, 
 
 481 ; 358. 
 (|>0dvid, anticipate. 521, 2 ; 358. 
 ^Oc'yyojiai, «<^^cr or make a sound, 
 
 shout. 
 (j>6ov^<i), bcgi'udge, envy. 
 4>iX^(a, /ore. 
 
 <j>iXCd, -ds, 71, love, friendship. 
 <t>£Xios, -id, -ov, friendly. 
 <|>{X-t'ir7ros, -ov, fond of horses. 
 <|)tXd-9T]pos, -ov, fond of hunting. 
 <t>iXo-K€p8€u>, am fond of gain. 
 4>iXo-kCv8vvos, -ov, fond of danger. 
 <|>iXo-)ia0Vjs, -^s, fond of learning. 
 <|)CXos, -ov, 6, friend. 
 4>iXo-Tr|x4oftai, am piqued or jealous. 
 
 497. "• 
 <|>£XT€pos, -d, -ov, com p. of 0t\os. 
 <|>Xvdpia, -ds, 7), folly, nonsense. 
 ^0^4(1), frighten ; mid., fear. 
 <|>dpos, -01;, 6, fear. 
 
 4>0lvfK€0S(0VS), -id (f]), '€0V (-OVV), ;)?(?*- 
 
 pie. 
 ^oivfKT), -77s, 17, Phoenicia. 
 <|>otvtKioT-/is, -ov, 6, wearer of the 
 
 purple, courtier. 
 4>oivi.5, -t\os, 6, palm-tree, espec. 
 
 date-palm. 
 <|>op^ci>, ?iTar. 
 
 t^pd^w, /c//, declare. 514, 17 ; 359. 
 <j>pdvi|j.os, -ov, temperate, eool-headcd. 
 
 <f>povpapxos 
 
 355 
 
 ok)>(Xi(jlos 
 
 4)povp-apxos, -ov, 6, commander of a 
 
 g irrisyn. 
 4>f}0vp€u, guard, icafch. 
 4>povpiov, -ov, TO, guard, garrison. 
 <PpvyCai, -ds, 77, Phrygia. 
 ^pv|, ^pvybs, 0, a Plirygian. 
 <j>u'Yds, -dSos, 6, fugitive, exile. 
 4)VYTJ, -r,s, Tj, flight. 
 t\>v\aKT\, -7js, 77, vigilia, a guard 
 
 (collective). 
 4)uXa|, -/cos, 6, gicardsman. 
 <j)vXdTTa), guard. 514, 11; 359. 
 <|)va>, produce. 507, 4; 359. 
 <l>(DKdis, -Idos, 77, Phocdcan woman. 
 
 X. 
 
 XaXcTratvw, «»< angry. 
 XaXcTTos, -^, -u»', A«?Y^, difficult. 
 XoXcTTws, luirdly, grievously ; x^Xe- 
 
 TTtDs (p^poj, am troubled, am grieved. 
 XdXKcos(oCs), -^d(f]), -eoi'(ovv), brazen, 
 
 of bronze. 
 XoXkos, -ov, 6, bronze. 
 Xapti;op.ai, gratify. 
 Xdpis, -tTos, i), grace, favor ; %• <=t5e- 
 
 vaL, recognize a favor, feel grateful. 
 Xei,awv, -wj/os, 6, winter, cold. 
 X€^p, Xf'P'^5, 17, hand. 
 XfXtot, -ai, -a, one thousand. 
 XlXos, -ov, 6, hay, fodder. 
 XiTciv, -tDfos, 6, <w?uc, the linen gar- 
 ment worn next the body. 
 Xoivig, -Kos, 77, choenix, about a litix 
 
 or quart. 
 XdpTos, -01', 6, d7-y grass, fodder. 
 Xpdo}iai, use. 412 ; 360. 
 XpTJ, ?V is necessary, one must. 535, 3, 
 
 486; 360. 
 XP'dl'*> desire, wish. 
 Xpfjfia, -aros, t5, thing ; plur., espec. 
 
 goods, means, wealth. 
 
 XP^vai, see xpi^ ; XP^<»-®a«', see xpA- 
 op.ai. 
 
 XP'n<ri|xos, -77, -ov, useful. 
 
 Xpovos, -ov, 6, time. 
 
 Xpvo-€OS(ovs), -ed(f]), -eoj'(ovv), go'den. 
 
 Xpu<rtov, -ov, TO, gold piece, gold 
 
 money. 
 Xpvo-o-xdXivos, -ov, golden-bridled. 
 X^pd, -ds, 7}, a country. 
 \o)pi<ji, make room, advance; of a 
 
 measure, contain, hold. 
 \bipCov, -OV, t6, stronghold. 
 X«pis, apart from. 
 
 ^. 
 
 ij/cXtov, -OV, t6, bracelet. 
 
 \j/c\{Sci), deceive; pass., rt^?^ mistaken; 
 
 mid., deceive, lie. 360. 
 \}/T] 91^(1), vote. 
 
 \|/iA.ds, --q, -6v, bare, iinpi'otected. 
 tj/iXdo), make bare ; pass., am cleared 
 
 of 
 
 a 
 
 w8€, thus (as follows). 
 
 u>6To. See oto^ai. 
 
 u>KT€ipov. See olKT€ipa>. 
 
 (dveofJLai, buy, traffic. 539, 7; 360. 
 
 «pd, -ds, 77, hora, season, suitable 
 
 time, hour. 
 ws, as; (rt) with numerals, about; 
 
 {b) strengthening the superl. u>s 
 
 rax'-O'Ta, as quickly as jwssible ; 
 
 (c) as a prep., to; (d) with the 
 
 partic, as, on the ground th/d ; 
 
 (c) how, in what manner ; (/) as 
 
 conj., that, in order that. 
 5s, thus. 
 
 &)(r-'ir€p, just as, just as if. 
 wTTi, SO that (as a result). 
 «T€iXVj, -^s, 77, scar. 
 «t£s, -i5os, 77', bustard. 
 u^tkia, benefit, assist, aid. 
 ut^iki[i.os, -77, -ov, bencfioial. 
 
t 
 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
 
 This book is d"*» or the da*e ^^ 
 
 e- 
 
 ^M-'v, or at ♦^he 
 
 .■i 
 
 Harper * Vl/aters. 
 
 (I 
 
 > 
 
 lififiuHM^"^ UNIVERSfTY 
 
 0026058170 
 
-■ * ' ':'''mmi!^?^m^':^ ^^ -, -«w!-*,**t.; 
 
 
 m- 
 
 M! 
 
 
 ; ,r t 
 
 h "M 
 
 
 '■•fit''' ''S;V* 
 
 L^-'T, 
 
 R* if 
 
 >l'j , Sr. 
 
 evM'fi 
 
 '-. J. <.( r jS _^^ 
 
 
 :MM:'IA-'M' 
 
 
 r<hai: 
 
 • '' i' ,.-«.«u'S il" ^' ■ '■